Daily Information Bulletin - 1980s - 1980 - APR - ENG





  DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

TUESDAY, APRIL 1, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

IMPROVED SOCIAL SECURITY BENEFITS FRO-! TODhY .............. 1

NEW POSTER AND LEAFLET TO PRCHCTZ PRISON RECRUITMENT ................................................ 2

ORDERS-ON-HaND SURVEY....................................... 3

SNT OPENS NEW HEUNG YEE KUK □ XL ........................... 4

TECHNICAL INSTITUTE HOLDS OPEN DaY TOMORROW..................4

CONTRACTS AWARDED IN FEBRUARY .............................. 5

EIGHT CLINICS REMaIN OPEN DURING EaSTER......................6

TRAFFIC hRRaI’GEMEFTS IN CAUSEWAY BAY ...................... 6

1

TUESDAY, APRIL 1, 1980

IMPROVED SOCIAL SECURITY BENEFITS FROM TODAY

* * * ft

, TWO SOCIAL SECURITY IMPROVEMENTS ARE IMPLEMENTED FROM TODAY (APRIL 1) TO PROVIDE EXTRA SUPPORT TO THE PROFOUNDLY DEAF AND THE PARTIALLY DISABLED.

THE DISABILITY ALLOWANCE IS NOW EXTENDED TO COVER THE PROFOUNDLY DEAF, AND A DISABILITY SUPPLEMENT IS INTRODUCED UNDER THE PUBLIC ASSISTANCE SCHEME FOR THE PARTIALLY DISABLED.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT SAID APPLICATIONS MAY BE MADE AT THE DEPARTMENT’S SOCIAL SECURITY FIELD UNITS IN THE VARIOUS DISTRICTS, AND IN ORDER TO FACILITATE PROCESSING, APPLICANTS ARE ADVISED TO APPLY IN WRITING.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE DISABILITY ALLOWANCE, AT S23O, AND THE DISABILITY SUPPLEMENT, AT 1115 A MONTH, BOTH NON-CONTRIBUTORY, ARE PAYABLE ON TOP OF ANY NORMAL PUBLIC ASSISTANCE PAYMENT.

HE SAID THE NON-MEANS-TESTED DISABILITY ALLOWANCE, COVERS THOSE PROFOUNDLY DEAF PERSONS WITH A HEARING LOSS OF 85 DECIBELS OR MORE, OR OF 75 TO 85 DECIBELS BUT WITH OTHER PHYSICAL HANDICAPS INCLUDING LACK OF SPEECH.

AS TO THE DISABILITY SUPPLEMENT, THE SPOKESMAN SAID IT IS PAYABLE TO THE PARTIALLY DISABLED WHO ARE PUBLIC ASSISTANCE RECIPIENTS.

THOSE WHO ARE ALREADY RECEIVING AN OLD AGE SUPPLEMENT UNDER PUBLIC ASSISTANCE, OR A SPECIAL NEEDS ALLOWANCE, WILL NOT BE ELIGIBLE AS THESE PAYMENTS ARE INTENDED TO COVER SIMILAR NEEDS,

PARTIAL DISABILITY, HE EXPLAINED, MEANS A 50 PER CENT OR MORE LOSS OF EARNING CAPACITY AS DEFINED IN THE WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION ORDINANCE, OR A MENTAL OR PHYSICAL CONDITION MEDICALLY CERTIFIED AS BEING BROADLY EQUIVALENT.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID IT IS ESTIMATED THAT THE TWO SOCIAL SECURITY IMPROVEMENTS WOULD COST A TOTAL OF |8.9 MILLION IN THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR, AND WOULD BENEFIT AN ESTIMATED 3 800 PROFOUNDLY DEAF PEOPLE AND 1 000 PARTIALLY DISABLED PEOPLE.

o -------

TUESDAY, APRIL 1, 1980

2

NEW POSTER AND LEAFLET TO PROMOTE PRISON RECRUITMENT

* M M *

THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT IS STEPPINS UP ITS RECRUITMENT CAMPAIGN BY PRODUCING A POSTER AND A LEAFLET TO HELP ATTRACT YOUNG MEN OF RIGHT CALIBRE TO JOIN THE PRISON SERVICE.

THE COLOUR POSTER SHOWS A BOY WITH A PRISON CAP SITTING NEXT TO A PRISON OFFICER IN UNIFORM, WITH THE WORD +SECURITY+ IN LARGE BOLD TYPE Ol< IT.

THE WORD ^SECURITY* HAD A DOUBLE MEANING, A PRISONS DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID. +IT MEANS A SECURITY JOB AND JOB SECURITY THAT THE PRISON SERVICE OFFERS.+

THE LEAFLET WITH A COVER OF THE SAME DESIGN LISTS THE QUALIFICATIONS TO BECOME A PRISON OFFICER AND THE CONDITIONS OF PRISON SERVICE INCLUDING ITS EXCELLENT PROMOTION PROSPECTS AND WELFARE. THE LEAFLET ALSO CONTAINS AN APPLICATION FORM FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF THOSE WHO HAVE DECIDED TO APPLY.

THE NEW RECRUITMENT POSTER HAS BEEN PUT UP AT VARIOUS GOVERNMENT POSTER SITES THROUGHOUT HONG KONG- AND THE NEW LEAFLET, IS OBTAINABLE FROM ALL CITY DISTRICT OFFICES, DISTRICT OFFICES OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION AND THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS ON THE 10TH FLOOR OF GUARDIAN HOUSE, 32 01 KWAN ROAD, WAN CHAI.

••■RESPONSIBLE AUD INTELLIGENT YOUNG MEN LOOKING FOR A REWARDING AND SECURE CAREER WITH GOOD PROSPECTS CAN NOW APPLY TO JOIN THE PRISON SERVICE AS THERE ARE VACANCIES FOR BOTH OFFICERS AND ASSISTANT OFFICERS ll,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

♦THEY CAN APPLY IN PERSON OR BY COMPLETING THE FORM IN THE LEAFLET AND RETURNING IT TO THE DEPARTMENT’S STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IN STANLEY. AN APPOINTMENT WILL BE ARRANGED ACCORD INGLY,+ HE SAID.

APPLICANTS SHOULD HAVE GOOD PHYSIQUE AND PREFERABLY BE UNDER 35 YFARS OF AGE. THE SALARY FOR AN ASSISTANT OFFICER II STARTS AT tl 610 AND RISES TO $2 440 WHILE THAT FOR OFFICER AT >3 250 RISING TO $6 000.

+A SUCCESSFUL APPLICANT HAS TO UNDERGO A ONE-YEAR TRAINING PROGRAMME UHICH INCLUDES FIELD TRAINING AT THE DEPARTMENT’S VARIOUS PENAL INSTITUTIONS,-*- THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.

TUESDAY, APRIL 1, 1980

3

ORDERS-ON-HAND SURVEY ft ft ft

THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY (TUESDAY) RELEASED ORDERS-ON-HAND STATISTICS FOR THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY FOR JANUARY 1980.

THE STATISTICS DERIVED FROM THE MONTHLY SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, PAYROLL AND ORDERS-ON-HAND ARE BASED ON AN UP-DATED AND ENLARGED LIST OF THE 200 LARGEST MANUFACTURING COMPANIES SELECTED BY REFERENCE TO THEIR EMPLOYMENT SIZE IN SEPTEMBER 1979.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT SAID THAT AS THE LIST WAS NOT A SCIENTIFICALLY DESIGNED SAMPLE, RESULTS OBTAINED WOULD BE REPRESENTATIVE ONLY OF THE COMPANIES INCLUDED IN THE SURVEY.

♦BUT IT IS HOPED THAT THEY WILL GENERALLY INDICATE THE DIRECTION OF CHANGE IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY AS A WHOLE,* THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.

FOLLOWING ARE ORDERS-ON-HAND STATISTICS OBTAINED IN THE JANUARY SURVEY COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS MONTHi

ORDERS-ON-HAND

(IN TERMS OF MONTHS)

INDUSTRY GROUP DECEMBER 1979 JANUARY 1980

WEARING APPAREL, EXCEPT FOOTWEAR 5.1 5.0

TEXTILES, EXCEPT WEARING APPAREL 3.2 2.9

PLASTIC PRODUCTS 4.2 4.7

FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS, EXCEPT MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT 4.1 4.2

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MACHINERY, APPARATUS, APPLIANCES AND SUPPLIES 5.1 5.0

OTHERS 3.9 4.0

ALL MANUFACTURING 4.5 4.5

APART FROM THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY, THE SURVEY ALSO COVERS THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY AND SELECTED SERVICES.

THE JANUARY 1980 SURVEY REPORT ON EMPLOYMENT, PAYROLL AND ORDERS-ON-HAND, PRICED AT Si EACH, WILL BE ON SALE TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) IN THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GROUND FLOOR, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE.

ENQUIRIES ON THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE MADE TO THE INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT (TELi 5-274203).

-----o------

/4

TUESDAY, APRIL 1, 1980

if

SNT OPENS NEW HEUNG YEE KUK HALL

* * * * * *

FOR SEVERAL DECADES THE HEUNG YEE KUK HAS BEEN ACTIVE IN PROMOTING THE WELFARE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES, SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES SAID TODAY (TUESDAY).

MR AKERS-JONES WAS SPEAKING AT A CEREMONY MARKING THE OPENING OF A NEW HALL AT THE HEUNG YEE KUK’S HEADQUARTERS AT CUMBERLAND ROAD, KOWLOON TONG.

♦THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THIS NEW HALL WILL FACILITATE THE ACTIVITIES OF THE KUK AND ENABLE ITS DISCUSSIONS OF MATTERS AFFECTING THE LIVELIHOOD OF THE PEOPLE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES TO EE HELD IN DIGNIFIED SURROUNDINGS AND TO PROVIDE A VENUE FOR A RANGE OF CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES,* HE SAID.

THE NEW HALL, BUILT AT A COST OF >750 000, HAS AN AREA OF 2 200 SQUARE FEET AND IS EQUIPPED WITH THE LATEST AUDIO/VISUAL FACILITIES.

-----o------

TECHNICAL INSTITUTE HOLDS OPEN DAY TOMORROW * * * *

MEMBERS

OF THE PUBLIC ARE WELCOME TO VISIT THE HAKING WONG (WEDNESDAY)NST,TUTE ,N CHEUN6 SHA WAN 0N ,TS 0PEN DAY TOMORROW

AT PRESENT MORE THAN A 000 STUDENTS ARE ENROLED IN THE INSTITUTE IN VARIOUS FULL-TIME AND PART-TIME DAY-RELEASE AND EVENING COURSES RUN BY THE FIVE TEACHING DEPARTMENTS, NAMELY MARINE AND FABRICATION, CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING, AND HOTEL-KEEPING AND TOURISM STUDIES.

VISITORS WILL BE ABLE TO SEE EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES IN WORKSHOPS AND LABORATORIES, AND TAKE A LOOK AT THE TRAINING RESTAURANT AND HOTEL-KEEPING TRAINING FACILITIES.

THE INSTITUTE AT 702 LAI CHI KOK ROAD, IS OPEN FROM 10 AM TO 12 NOON, AND FROM 1 PM TO 4 PM TOMORROW.

DURING THE OPEN DAY WINNERS OF A CRAFT COMPETITION HELD AMONG CRAFT STUDENTS OF BASIC MECHANICAL COURSES FROM HAKING WONG, MORRISON HILL, KWUN TONG AND KWAI CHUNG TECHNICAL INSTITUTES, WILL RECEIVE THEIR PRIZES.

THE COMPETITION, THE FIRST OF ITS KIND, INVOLVED THE MAKING OF A WORKPIECE NAMED SNAP GAUGE WHICH IS USED FOR MEASUREMENT PURPOSES.

FOUR PRIZE WINNERS HAVE BEEN CHOSEN FROM AMONG THE 10 FINALISTS BY A JUDGING PANEL CHAIRED BY MR Y.W. YANG, HEAD OF THE KCHANICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF KWUN TONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE.

/THE CHAMPION .....

5

TUESDAY, APRIL 1, 1980

THE CHAMPION IS MR YIP WAI-YAN OF KWAI CHUNG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE- FIRST RUNNER-UP MR LAU CH I-WAI OF HAKING WONG TECHNICAL

NST TUTE- SECOND RUNNER-UP MR WU CHOI-MING OF KWUN TONG TECHNICAL

INSTITUTE- AND THIRD RUNNER-UP MR CHAN HOK-LEUNG OF KWAI CHUNG

TECHNICAL INSTITUTE.

THE WORKPIECES MADE BY THE 10 FINALISTS WILL BE ON DISPLAY IN THE INSTITUTE.

NOTE TO EDITORSi

YOU ARE WELCOME TO SEND YOUR REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE OPEN DAY OF HAKING WONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AND THE PRIZE-GIVING CEREMONY OF THE CRAFT COMPETITION. THE CEREMONY WILL BE HELD AT 2 PM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) IN THE ASSEMBLY HALL OF HAKING WONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AT 70S LI CHI KOK ROAD.

0

CONTRACTS AWARDED IN FEBRUARY ft * * *

THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AWARDED A TOTAL OF 22 CONTRACTS WORTH MORE THAN $207 MILLION IN FEBRUARY.

OF THESE, 11 WERE AWARDED ON THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE CENTRAL TENDER BOARD AND THE OTHERS ON THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE PWD TENDER BOARD.

ONE OF THE LARGEST CONTRACTS WAS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION OF A CONTROLLED TIP AT MA YAU TONG. IT IS WORTH MORE THAN $28.8 MILLION.

TUESDAY, APRIL 1, 1933

6

EIGHT CLINICS REMAIN OPEN DURING EASTER

* ft ft *

EIGHT OUT-PATIENT CLINICS OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT WILL REMAIN OPEN FROM 9 AM TO 1 PM DURING THE EASTER HOLIDAYS FROM APRIL 4 TO 7.

OF THESE TWO ARE ON HONG KONG ISLAND. THEY ARE THE VIOLET PEEL POLYCLINIC IN WAN CHAI AND THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB CLINIC IN SHAU KEI WAN.

IN KOWLOON, THREE CLINICS, THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB CLINICS IN KWUN TONG AND YAU MA TEI, AND THE ROBERT BLACK HEALTH CENTRE IN SAN PO KONG, WILL REMAIN OPEN FROM APRIL 4 TO 7.

IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, CLINICS TO REMAIN OPEN DURING THE EASTER HOLIDAYS ARE THE LADY TRENCH POLYCLINIC IN TSUEN WAN, THE YUEN LONG JOCKEY CLUB HEALTH CENTRE AND THE SHEK WU HUI JOCKEY CLUB CLINIC.

ALL OTHER GOVERNMENT OUT-PATIENT AND EVENING CLINICS WILL BE CLOSED DURING THE HOLIDAYS.

--------0--------

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN CAUSEWAY BAY ft ft ft ft ft

PENNINGTON STREET AT ITS JUNCTION WITH LEIGHTON ROAD IN CAUSEWAY BAY WILL BE DESIGNATED A PUBLIC LIGHT BUS PROHIBITED ZONE FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (APRIL 4).

ALL PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES UNLESS AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE ZONE.

IN THE MEANTIME, THE EXISTING PUBLIC LIGHT BUS RESTRICTED ZONE ON THE SOUTHERN SIDE OF JARDINE’S BAZAAR WILL BE EXTENDED FROM OUTSIDE HOUSE NO 57 TO END AT OUTSIDE HOUSE NO 45.

FROM 10 AM ON THE SAME DAY, THREE SECTIONS OF JARDINE’S BAZAAR WILL BE DESIGNATED URBAN CLEARWAYS FOR ALL VEHICLES FROM 7 AM TO ID AM AND 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.

THEY ARE THE NORTHERN KERB SIDE OF JARDINE’S BAZAAR BETWEEN HOUSE NO 38 AND ITS JUNCTION WITH HENNESSY ROAD- THE SOUTHERN KERB SIDE BETWEEN HOUSE NO 19 AND ITS JUNCTION WITH HENNESSY ROAD- AND THE EXISTING URBAN CLEARWAY RESTRICTION ON THE SOUTHERN KERB SIDE NEAR ITS JUNCTION WITH PENNINGTON STREET WILL BE EXTENDED FROM HOUSE NO 57 TO HOUSE NO 45 *ESTWARDS.

WITHIN THE CLEARWAYS, ALL PICKING UP OR SETTING DOwN OF PASSENGERS AND LOADING OR UNLOADING OF GOODS ARE PROHIBITED.

ALL THE RESTRICTED ZONES WILL BE INDICATED BY TRAFFIC SIGNS.

_ _ O _ _

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 2, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

GRaVE WORSHIPPERS WARNED OF HIGH FIRE RISK ................. 1

PLANS IN HAND TO IMPROVE LiNTaU BUS SERVICE ................ 1

REMINDER TC RATEPAYERS ..................................... 2

RSS BRINGING IN FIVE-a-SIDE F0CTB..LL ...................... 3

POSTAL aRR.'J\GEMENTS OVER EASTER........................... 4

WINNERS OF CRAFT COMPETITION RECEIVE PRIZES ................ 4

VENUES FOR QUEEN'S BIRT.DaY CELEBRATIONS IN KOWLOCN..........5

marine department's holiday opening hours .................. 6

Water cut

6

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 2, 1980

1

GRAVE WORSHIPPERS WARNED OF HIGH FIRE RISK

*****

WORSHIPPERS AT GRAVE SITES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ARE WARNED OF THE HIGH FIRE RISK IN FOREST PLANTATION AREAS DURING THE CHING MING FESTIVAL.

THE WARNING WAS ISSUED TODAY (WEDNESDAY) BY THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT AS THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE PREPARE TO FLOCK TO GRAVE SITES TO PAY HOMAGE TO THEIR ANCESTORS.

♦ALTHOUGH THE RECENT HIGH HUMIDITY HAS DAMPENED MUCH OF THE UNDERGROWTH, THE RISK OF FIRE IN THE PLANTATION AREAS IS STILL VERY HIGH,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.

AND AS A REMINDER OF THE RISK, THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT, THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT HAVE PUT UP CAUTION SIGNS AT MOST GRAVE SITES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

SENIOR COUNTRY PARKS OFFICER, MR JOHN WHOLEY SAID THE LARGE NUMBER OF FIRE OUTBREAKS AT CHUNG YEUNG AND CHING MING WAS ONE OF THE MOST SIGNIFICANT SINGLE FACTORS IN THE HILL FIRE PROBLEM.

AS AN EXAMPLE HE CITED THE LAST CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL WHEN THERE WERE 145 FIRES OVER THE THREE-DAY PERIOD.

♦EXPERIENCE SHOWS THAT DURING THE CHING MING FESTIVAL, MOST OF THE COUNTRYSIDE FIRES HAVE BEEN STARTED BY UNATTENDED SMOULDERING JOSS STICKS.

♦IF POSSIBLE, WE WOULD LIKE WORSHIPPERS TO REFRAIN FROM BURNING JOSS STICKS AND PAPER AND TO TAKE PRE-COOKED FOOD WITH THEM INSTEAD OF PREPARING BARBECUES.

♦GRAVE WORSHIPPERS SHOULD ALSO CLEAR THE VEGETATION AWAY FROM THE GRAVE BY HAND AND SHOULD HAVE A CONTAINER OF WATER HANDY TO DOUCE ANY FIRE WHICH MAY OCCUR,♦ SAID MR WHOLEY.

PLANS IN HAND TO IMPROVE LANTAU BUS SERVICE * * * *

THERE ARE PLANS FOR SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS TO ALL BUS ROUTES ON LANTAU ISLAND TO BENEFIT BOTH HOLIDAY-MAKERS AND VILLAGERS, THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, MR ALAN ARMSTRONG-WRIGHT SAID TODAY.

HE WAS SPEAKING AT A CEREMONY AT THE MUI WO BUS TERMINUS IN WHICH HE STARTED THE ENGINE OF THE FIRST DOUBLE-DECKER BUS TO BE BROUGHT INTO SERVICE ON THE ISLAND.

HE SAID, AS A RESULT OF MID-WEEK IMPROVEMENTS, ALL MAJOR VILLAGES IN PARTICULAR WILL ENJOY BETTER BUS SERVICES.

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 2, 1980

2

HE SAID THE NEW LANTAU BUS COMPANY WAS AWARDED AN EXCLUSIVE FRANCHISE LAST YEAR, ON THE UNDERSTANDING THAT IT WOULD CONTINUE TO IMPROVE ITS SERVICES, AND TO PROVIDE IT WITH THE SECURITY IT NEEDED TO INVEST IN MORE BUSES AND DEPOTS.

SINCE THEN, THE COMPANY HAD ADDED SEVEN SINGLE-DECKER BUSES TO ITS FLEET An6 NOW TWO NEW DOUBLE DECKERS REPRESENTING A VERY CONSIDERABLE CAPITAL INVESTMENT.

DOUBLE-DECKER BUSES ARE BEING INTRODUCED TO LANTAU IN ORDER TO INCREASE PASSENGER CARRYING CAPACITY, TO PROVIDE MORE COMFORT FOR PASSENGERS AND, BECAUSE THEY ARE MORE ECONOMIC TO OPERATE, TO KEEP COSTS AND THEREFORE FARES DOWN.

THE PURCHASE OF THE DOUBLE DECKERS IS A CLEAR INDICATION THAT THE COMPANY IS LOOKING FORWARD TO THE FUTURE CONFIDENTLY AND TAKING POSITIVE STEPS TO IMPROVE ITS SERVICES, MR ARMSTRONG-WRIGHT SAID.

THE TWO NEW DOUBLE DECKERS WILL BE DEPLOYED ON THE MUI WO TO TONG FUK ROUTE STARTING FROM TODAY. DURING SUMMER, THEY WILL SERVE THE HEAVY RECREATIONAL ROUTE BETWEEN MUI WO AND CHEUNG SHA BEACH.

----0------

REMINDER TO RATEPAYERS * * * M

RATEPAYERS ARE REMINDED THAT RATES FOR THE SECOND QUARTER OF THIS YEAR (APRIL-JUNE) MUST BE PAID BY THE END OF THIS MONTH.

A TREASURY SPOKESMAN TODAY (WEDNESDAY) SAID LATE PAYMENTS MAY BE SUBJECT TO A FIVE PER CENT SURCHARGE, AND A FURTHER TEN PER CENT SURCHARGE ON AMOUNTS STILL OUTSTANDING SIX MONTHS AFTER THE DUE DATE.

HE NOTED THAT RATEPAYERS SHOULD BY NOW HAVE RECEIVED DEMAND NOTES FOR THE CURRENT QUARTER.

ANY RATEPAYER WHO HAS NOT YET RECEIVED A DEMAND NOTE SHOULD APPLY IMMEDIATELY FOR A COPY AT THE RATES SECTION OF THE TREASURY IN ROOM 203, HANG CHONG BUILDING, SECOND FLOOR, 5 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL.

♦NON-RECEI PT OF THE DEMAND NOTE,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID, *DOES NOT ALTER THE REQUIREMENT FOR PAYMENT.*

TO AVOID QUEUING AT THE COUNTERS, RATEPAYERS ARE ADVISED TO PAY BY CHEQUE OR MONEY ORDER SENT BY POST OR MAKE THEIR PAYMENTS EARLY AT ANY ONE OF THE OFFICES LISTED ON THE BACK OF THE DEMAND

RATES ARE PAYABLE ON VACANT PROPERTIES BUT ARE REFUNDABLE UNDER CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE RATING ORDINANCE.

HOWEVER, IT IS NOT REFUNDABLE IN THE CASE OF A VACANT TENEMENT LAST USED OR INTENDED TO BE USED WHOLLY OR PRIMARILY FOR DOMESTIC PURPOSES, UNLESS THE TENEMENT IS VACANT BY REASON OF AN ORDER OF THE GOVERNMENT.

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 2, 1980

RSS BRINGING IN FIVE-A-SIDE FOOTBALL * ft ft ft *

THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE IS EMBARKING ON A PILOT SCHEME TO INTRODUCE FIVE-A-SIDE FOOTBALL TO HONG KONG.

THE MAJOR EVENT OF THE SCHEME WILL BE A FIVE-A-SIDE FOOTBALL COMPETITION WHICH WILL BE HELD ON MAY 3 AND 4 (SATURDAY AND SUNDAY) AT THE MACPHERSON PLAYGROUND IN MONG KOK.

FIVE-A-SIDE FOOTBALL, AS A COMPETITIVE EVENT, IS EVOLVED FROM SMALL-SIDE TRAINING EXERCISES PRACTISED BY MOST PROFESSIONAL LEAGUE CLUBS IN BRITAIN. IT IS A FAST, NON-STOP GAME WHICH DEMANDS MOBILITY, SPEED AND BALL MANOEUVRING SKILLS FROM PLAYERS.

♦THE GAME IS CONSIDERED A SUITABLE SPORT TO BE PROMOTED IN HONG KONG BECAUSE IT ONLY REQUIRES A RELATIVELY SMALL SPACE TO PLAY AND THE PLAYERS IN HONG KONG ARE GENERALLY GOOD AT BOTH SPEED AND BALL MANOEUVRING SKILLS,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE SAID.

♦IT IS BELIEVED THAT THE NEW GAME WILL BE ACCEPTED AND BECOME A POPULAR SPORT IN HONG KONG, BOTH INDOORS AND OUTDOORS,♦ THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.

THE FIVE-A-SIDE FOOTBALL COMPETITION IN MAY WILL BE ON A KNOCK-OUT BASIS. THE NUMBER OF PARTICIPATING TEAMS WILL BE LIMITED TO 64.

EACH MATCH WILL LAST 12 MINUTES WITH A TWO-MINUTE BREAK AT HALF-TIME. IF A MATCH RESULTS IN A DRAW AFTER FULL TIME, THE WINNING TEAM WILL BE DECIDED BY TAKING PENALTY KICKS BETWEEN THE TWO SIDES.

THE CHAMPION AND THE FIRST RUNNER-UP TEAMS WILL BE AWARDED A SILVER CUP AND A MEDAL RESPECTIVELY. PLAYERS OF ALL THE PARTICIPATING TEAMS WILL BE AWARDED A COMMEMORATIVE MEDAL.

ENTRY FORMS FOR THE COMPETITION ARE NOW OBTAINABLE AT THE RSS HEADQUARTERS AT 111 CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL, 11TH FLOOR, AND ITS 17 DISTRICT OFFICES THROUGHOUT HONG KONG, KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES. COMPLETED FORMS MUST REACH THE RSS HEADQUARTERS ON OR BEFORE APRIL 18. NO FEE IS CHARGED FOR ENTERING THE COMPETITION.

TO FAMILIARISE THE PLAYERS WITH THE GAME, THE RSS HAS PRODUCED A LEAFLET INTRODUCING THE GAME AND ITS RULES.

COPIES OF THE LEAFLET CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE RSS HEADQUARTERS. ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE TO THE RSS ON TELEPHONE 5-458511.

TO ALLOW PARTICIPATING TEAMS TO FURTHER UNDERSTAND THE RULES AND METHOD OF PLAYING THE FIVE-A-SIDE FOOTBALL, AN INVITATIONAL TOURNAMENT WILL BE HELD ON MAY 2 (FRIDAY) IN WHICH FOUR DIVISION I FOOTBALL TEAMS WILL BE INVITED TO TAKE PART. ALL TEAMS TAKING PART IN THE COMPETITION WILL BE INVITED TO WATCH THE TOURNAMENT.

- - 0 - .

A ...

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 2, 1980

- 4 -

POSTAL ARRANGEMENTS OVER EASTER ft ft ft ft

THERE WILL BE NO MAIL DELIVERY ON GOOD FRIDAY (APRIL 4) AND ALL POST OFFICES WILL BE CLOSED THAT DAY.

THERE WILL BE ONE MAIL DELIVERY ON SATURDAY (APRIL 5) AND EASTER MONDAY (APRIL 7).

THIRTY-TWO POST OFFICES. INCLUDING THE GENERAL POST OFFICE, THE KOWLOON CENTRAL POST OFFICE, THE TSIM SHA TSUI AND THE POST OFFICES IN TSUEN WAN AND TAI PO, WILL BE OPEN FOR

BUSINESS

ALL

FROM 9 AM TO NOON ON THESE TWO DAYS. OTHER POST OFFICES WILL BE CLOSED.

-----o------

WINNERS OF CRAFT COMPETITION RECEIVE PRIZES ft ft ft ft ft ft

FOUR STUDENTS TODAY (WEDNESDAY) RECEIVED PRIZES IN THE FIRST CRAFT COMPETITION FOR THOSE STUDYING MECHANICAL COURSES IN FOUR TECHNICAL INSTITUTES.

SPEAKING AT THE PRIZE-GIVING CEREMONY, MR DAN WATERS, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (TECHNICAL) SAID THE COMPETITION ORIGINATED FROM A SUGGESTION BY THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, W KENNETH TOPLEY. *IT IS THE FIRST OF ITS KIND AND THEREFORE EXPERIMENTAL, BUT I HOPE IT WILL BE THE FORERUNNER OF MANY SUCH COMPETITIONS EMBRACING OTHER DISCIPLINES.*

HE CONGRATULATED THE CONTESTANTS ON THEIR SKILL AND CO-ORDINATION OF HANDS AND MIND WHICH RESULTED IN THE PRODUCTION OF ACCURATE AND WELL-MADE TEST PIECES.

THE COMPETITION INVOLVED THE MAKING OF A MEASURING DEVICE NAMED SNAP GAUGE.

MR PATRICK CHOI, DIRECTOR AND GENERAL MANAGER OF TINGTAI WAHCHONG METAL MANUFACTORY LTD PRESENTED PRIZES TO THE WINNERS.

IN HIS SPEECH MR CHOI SAID THE COMPETITION AIMED TO RAISE THE STANDARD OF TRAINING AT CRAFT LEVEL, AND TO PROMOTE PUBLIC UNDERSTANDING, ESPECIALLY AMONG STUDENTS AND LOCAL INDUSTRIES, OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION.

♦I SINCERELY HOPE SIMILAR COMPETITIONS WILL BE HELD ANNUALLY TO AROUSE PUBLIC AWARENESS TO THE IMPORTANCE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,* HE SAID.

MR CHOI ENCOURAGED YOUNG PEOPLE TO TAKE UP TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND TO CONTRIBUTE TO THE INDUSTRIAL SECTOR.

/THE WINNER .....

4

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 2, 19SC

- 5 -

THE WINNER OF THE CRAFT COMPETITION IS MR YIP WAI-YAN OF KWAI CHUNG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE WHO WAS AWARDED THE PRINCIPALS’ SHIELD AND A MICROMETER.

THE FIRST RUNNER-UP IS MR LAU CH I-WAI OF HAKING WONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE- THE SECOND RUNNER-UP MR WU CHOI-MING CF KWUN TONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE- AND THE THIRD RUNNER-UP M? CHAN HOK-LEUNG OF KWAI CHUNG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE.

THEY RECEIVED TECHNICAL EQUIPMENT AND DRAWING INSTRUMENTS AS PRIZES.

THE CEREMONY WAS HELD IN THE ASSEMBLY HALL OF HAKING WONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE IN CHEUNG SHA WAN, KOWLOON.

-------0---------

VENUES FOR QUEEN'S BIRTHDAY CELEBRATIONS IN KOWLOON

* * * * * *

ENTERTAINMENT WILL BE PROVIDED FOR RESIDENTS IN KOWLOON AT MORSE PARK AND KOWLOON PARK IN CELEBRATIONS FOR THE QUEEN’S BIRTHDAY ON APRIL 21, A PUBLIC HOLIDAY.

AT MORSE PARK, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, MR A. DE 0. SALES WILL CUT A RIBBON AT 9.30 AM TO START A PROGRAMME OF GAMES AND SPORTS EVENTS WHICH WILL BE HIGHLIGHTED BY A FREE-FALL PARACHUTE DISPLAY BY THE ARMY ’RED DEVILS’.

THERE WILL BE A ’DANCE-FOR-ALL’, A MASS TAI CHI DISPLAY AND DEMONSTRATIONS OF YOGA, FENCING, AIKIDO AND KUNG FU.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WILL BE ABLE TO PARTICIPATE IN TRAMPOLIN ING, CYCLING, SOFTBALL, TABLE TENNIS, BASKETBALL, SOCCER, AS WELL AS TELEGAMES.

OTHER ENTERTAINMENT WILL INCLUDE MUSIC BY AN ARMY BAND AND A LION DANCE.

AT KOWLOON PARK, UNOFFICIAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR MR ALLEN LEE WILL BEGIN THE MORNING’S FESTIVITIES WITH A SHORT SPEECH. THIS WILL BE FOLLOWED BY PERFORMANCES AND DISPLAYS BY DANCERS AND ATHLETES AS WELL AS SPORTS AND GAMES EVENTS FOR ALL AGES. FOR THE ELDERLY, THERE WILL BE A ROUND-THE-PARK WALK- FOR THE YOUNG, THERE WILL BE A KARTING COMPETITION AND POTTED SPORTS.

SIMILAR CELEBRATION EVENTS WILL BE HELD ON THE QUEEN’S BIRTHDAY AT VARIOUS PARKS AND PLAYGROUNDS ON HONG KONG ISLAND IN VICTORIA PARK AND IN YUEN LONG, TUEN MUN, TSUEN WAN, SHA TIN, TAI PO, SAI KUNG, CHEUNG CHAU AND MUI WO ON LANTAU ISLAND.

THOSE WHO WISH TO PARTICIPATE IN GAMES AND COMPETITIONS CAN APPLY TO THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE (RSS). ENTRY FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT ALL RSS DISTRICT OFFICES, CITY DISTRICT OFFICES AND NEW TERRITORIES DISTRICT OFFICES.

0 -------

/o

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 2, 1980

6

MARINE DEPARTMENT’S HOLIDAY OPENING HOURS ft * * ft * ft

THE MARINE DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THAT ITS PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREAS IN WAN CHAI, YAU MA TEI, KWUN TONG AND TSUEN WAN AND ITS PORT COMMUNICATIONS CENTRE WILL REMAIN OPEN DURING THE EASTER HOLIDAYS (APRIL 4-7).

THE DEPARTMENT’S VICTORIA SMALL CRAFT LICENSING OFFICE WILL BE OPEN FROM 9 AM TO 11 AM ON SATURDAY (APRIL 5) AND EASTER MONDAY (APRIL 7) WHILE ITS ENTRY AND CLEARANCE OFFICE WILL BE OPEN FROM 9 AM TO 11 AM ON SUNDAY (APRIL 6). ITS MACAU FERRY WHARF UNIT WILL BE OPEN DAILY FROM 7.30 AM TO 1.30 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY THROUGHOUT THE HOLIDAYS.

OTHER OFFICES OF THE DEPARTMENT WILL BE CLOSED DURING THE EASTER HOLIDAYS.

-----0------

WATER CUT ft ft

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN KOWLOON CITY, HO MAN TIN AND MONG KOK WILL BE TURNED OFF FOR NINE HOURS FROM 9 PM ON SATURDAY (APRIL 5) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY TO FACILITATE WATER WORKS.

THE PREMISES TO BE AFFECTED ARE AS FOLLOWS I

ft THOSE ON MAN WAN ROAD, MAN FUK ROAD, HOK YU LANE, KADOORIE AVENUE, BRAGA CIRCUIT, HO MAN TIN STREET AND PUI CHING ROAD"

ft THOSE ON PRINCESS MARGARET ROAD FROM ARGYLE STREET TO PUI CHING ROAD, AND ON WATERLOO ROAD FROM BOUNDARY STREET TO ARGYLE STREET"

ft AREA BOUNDED BY NATHAN ROAD, BOUNDARY STREET, PRINCE EDWAR ROAD AND LA SALLE ROAD INCLUDING WATERLOO ROAD, EARL STREET, KNIGHT STREET, BELFRAN ROAD, SAI YEE STREET, FA YUEN STREET, TUNG CHOI STREET, SAI YEUNG CHOI STREET, PLAYING FIELD ROAD, FLOWER MARKET ROAD, YUEN NGA I STREET AND EMBANKMENT ROAD"

ft AREA BOUNDED BY ARGYLE STREET, PERTH STREET, PRINCESS MARGARET ROAD, TIN KWONG ROAD AND TWEED ROAD- AND

ft AREA BOUNDED BY ARGYLE STREET, WATERLOO ROAD AND PEACE AVENUE INCLUDING JULIA AVENUE, EMMA AVENUE, PEACE AVENUE, SOARES AVENUE, VICTORY AVENUE AND LIBERTY AVENUE.

- 0 -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

THURSDAY, APRIL 3, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

NEW FREEDOM OF EVIDENCE BY SPOUSES PROPOSED............... 1

STIFFER PENALTIES FOR UNSCRUPULOUS VEHICLE OTHERS ........ 1

ANTI-SMOKING EXHIBITION .................................. 2

RECLAMATION FOR ISLAND CORRIDOR........................... 3

POWER SUB-STaTION FOR ELECTRIC TRalN ..................... 4

DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION LISTENS TO VIEWS OF PRINCIPALS ............................................... 4

Sal KUNG CHILDREN’S CHOIR MaKES TV DEBUT ................. 5

AIRPORT’S TRANSIT AREA TO HuVE MONEY CiLiNGING SERVICE.....6

ANNUAL FAMILY DaY FCR PRISONS STaFF.....................   6

THURSDAY, APRIL 3, 1980

1

NEW FREEDOM OF EVIDENCE BY SPOUSES PROPOSED * * * * * *

SPOUSES OF PERSONS FACING CRIMINAL CHARGES WILL BE PERMITTED TO TESTIFY FOR THE PROSECUTION IN FUTURE IF A PROPOSED AMENDMENT TO EXISTING LEGISLATION IS PASSED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

THIS IS THE MAIN PROPOSAL CONTAINED IN THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) (NO 2) BILL 1980, PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY (THURSDAY).

AT THE MOMENT, THE SPOUSE OF A DEFENDANT CAN TESTIFY FOR THE DEFENCE BUT IS PREVENTED BY LAW FROM APPEARING AS A WITNESS FOR THE PROSECUTION, EVEN IF HE OR SHE WISHES TO.

THE BILL SEEKS TO REMOVE THIS PROHIBITION, THEREBY ENABLING A PERSON TO TESTIFY AGAINST HIS OR HER SPOUSE.

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT A SPOUSE WILL HAVE COMPLETE FREEDOM TO DECIDE WHETHER OR NOT TO GIVE EVIDENCE OR TO DISCLOSE ANY PRIVILEGED COMMUNICATION MADE WITH THE DEFENDANT DURING THEIR MARRIAGE.

THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT THE PROPOSAL WAS DRAFTED AFTER CONSULTATIONS WITH THE CHIEF JUSTICE, THE BAR ASSOCIATION AND THE LAW SOCIETY.

ALSO PROPOSED IN THE BILL ARE AMENDMENTS TO TWO PROCEDURAL PROVISIONS OF THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE WHICH ARE BASED ON ENGLISH LEGISLATION, AND WHICH HAVE BEEN THE SUBJECT OF JUDICIAL INTERPRETATION AND REFORM IN ENGLAND.

ONE AMENDMENT PERMITS CROSS-EXAMINATION AS TO THE CHARACTER CF AN ACCUSED PERSON WHO TESTIFIES AGAINST ANOTHER DEFENDANT IN THE SAME TRIAL. THE OTHER PROVIDES GROUNDS FOR AN APPEAL AGAINST CONVICTION WHERE A PLEA OF GUILTY IS ENTERED IN ERROR.

-------0---------

STIFFER PENALTIES FOR UNSCRUPULOUS VEHICLE OWNERS ******

THE GOVERNMENT PROPOSES TO INTRODUCE STIFFER PENALTIES TO DEAL WITH VEHICLE OWNERS WHO REFUSE TO IDENTIFY DRIVERS SUSPECTED CF HAVING COMMITTED MOVING TRAFFIC OFFENCES.

THE PROPOSALS ARE CONTAINED IN THE ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY (THURSDAY).

THE BILL EMPOWERS THE COURT TO ORDER AN OWNER TO DISCLOSE THE IDENTITY OF THE PERSON DRIVING HIS VEHICLE AT THE TIME OF AN ALLEGED OFFENCE.

AT THE MOMENT, PERSONS FAILING TO PROVIDE THE POLICE WITH THE INFORMATION ARE LIABLE TO A FINE OF 12 000 AND IMPRISONMENT FOR SIX MONTHS.

/UNDER THE ..

THURSDAY, APRIL J, 1930

2

UNDER THE BILL, ANY PERSON WHO DOES NOT COMPLY WITH THE COURT ORDER WILL BE LIABLE TOi

M A FINE OF $50 A DAY WHILE THE DEFAULT CONTINUES, UP TO A MAXIMUM OF $5 000, OR

M IMPRISONMENT UNTIL HE HAS REMEDIED HIS DEFAULT, FOR A MAXIMUM PERIOD OF SIX MONTHS.

OFFENDERS CAN ALSO BE DISQUALIFIED FROM HOLDING OR OBTAINING A DRIVING LICENCE FOR THE SAME PERIOD AS FOR THE COMMISSION OF THE TRAFFIC OFFENCE ITSELF.

THE BILL WILL REQUIRE THE COURT TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE FACTS OF THE TRAFFIC OFFENCE IN DETERMINING THE SENTENCE FOR NON-DISCLOSURE.

VEHICLE OWlfeR-S WILL STILL BE ENTITLED TO AN ACQUITTAL IF THEY CAN PROVE THAT THEY DO NOT KNOW, OR CANNOT WITH REASONABLE DILIGENCE ASCERTAIN, THE PARTICULARS OF THE DRIVER INVOLVED IN THE ALLEGED OFFENCE.

-----0------

ANTI-SMOKING EXHIBITION SOO

AT LEAST ONE MILLION PEOPLE ALL OVER THE WORLD DIE EACH YEAR OF DISEASES RELATED TO SMOKING WHICH IS NOW THE LARGEST SINGLE PREVENTABLE CAUSE OF ILL HEALTH AND THREATENS TO BECOME TOMORROW’S MAJOR HEALTH HAZARD OF THE WORLD.

ACCORDING TO WORLD HEALTH ORGANISATION STATISTICS, 90 PER CENT OF ALL LUNG CANCER DEATHS ARE SMOKERS, SO ARE 25 PER CENT OF DEATHS FROM CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASES AND 75 PER CENT OF ALL DEATHS FROM CHRONIC BRONCHITIS.

IN ORDER TO SHOW THE PUBLIC HOW SMOKING AFFECTS HEALTH, THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT, IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE HONG KONG ANT I-CANCER SOCIETY AND THE HONG KONG CARDIOLOGICAL SOCIETY, WILL JOINTLY MOUNT A 'SMOKING OR HEALTH EXHIBITION’ AT THE OCEAN TERMINAL NEXT WEEK.

THE FOUR-DAY EXHIBITION, SPONSORED BY THE HONG KONG HEART FOUNDATION, WILL BEGIN ON MONDAY (APRIL 7) WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED BY WHO AS THE WORLD HEALTH DAY FOR 1980.

THE EXHIBITION WILL BE PART OF THE DEPARTMENT’S ANT I-SMOKING HEALTH EDUCATION DRIVE THIS YEAR TO ENCOURAGE SMOKERS TO GIVE UP THE HABIT AND TO PREVENT YOUNGSTERS FROM SMOKING.

OTHER HEALTH EDUCATION ACTIVITIES TO BE ORGANISED WILL INCLUDE MOBILE DISPLAY IN COMMUNITY CENTRES AND SCHOOLS, SEMINARS FOR YOUTH GROUPS AND STUDENTS AND THE DISTRIBUTION OF PUBLICITY MATERIALS.

/THS ANTI-SMOKING .....

THURSDAY, APRIL 3, 19'0

1

THE ANT I-SMOKING DRIVE IS IN LINE WITH THE THEME OF THE WORLD HEALTH DAY FOR 1980 WHICH IS +SMOKING OR HEALTHi THE CHOICE IS YOURS+.

NOTE TO EDITORS! THE ANTI-SMOKING EXHIBITION WILL BE OFFICIALLY OPENED BY THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR SOCIAL SERVICES, MR JOHN CHAMBERS, WHO IS ALSO CHAIRMAN OF THE GOVERNMENT-APPOINTED AD HOC COMMITTEE ON CIGARETTE SMOKING, IN THE MAIN CONCOURSE OF THE OCEAN TERMINAL AT 2.30 PM ON MONDAY (APRIL 7). YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE EVENT.

-----o------

RECLAMATION FOR ISLAND CORRIDOR » * * M

THE PUBLIC'WORKS DEPARTMENT TODAY INVITED TENDERS FOR WORK ON A RECLAMATION WHICH WILL FORM PART OF THE HONG KONG ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR.

ABOUT THREE HECTARES OF FORESHORE AND SEABED BETWEEN WATSON ROAD AND OIL STREET IN NORTH POINT WILL BE RECLAIMED FOR THE ROAD PROJECT.

A PWD SPOKESMAN SAID STAGE ONE OF THE PROJECT CONSISTS OF A 1W0-KILOMETRE ELEVATED ROAD RUNNING ALONG THE COAST BETWEEN CAUSEWAY BAY AND HEALTHY STREET WEST IN NORTH POINT.

A SECTION OF THIS WILL BE BUILT OVER THE RECLAMATION.

HE ADDED THAT THE RECLAMATION WILL ALSO PROVIDE FACILITIES TO COMPENSATE FOR THE LOSS OF WATER FRONTAGE AND SEA ACCESS TO THE WATERFRONT LOTS.

WORK ON THE RECLAMATION WILL START IN JUNE AND WILL TAKE ABOUT 18 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

THE WORK HAS BEEN DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED BY MAUNSELL CONSULTANTS ASIA FOR PWD’S HIGHWAYS OFFICE.

-----o------

A

THURSDAY, APRIL 3, 1980

4

POWER SUB-STATION FOR ELECTRIC TRAIN

* * * *

THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TODAY (THURSDAY) AWARDED A $2.5 MILLION CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A POWER SUB-STATION AT TAI WAI, SHA TIN, FOR THE FUTURE ELECTRIFIED RAILWAY SYSTEM.

THE CONTRACT WAS FORMALLY SIGNED THIS (THURSDAY) MORNING BY MR HSU TSE-LIN, ACTING CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE CONSULTANTS MANAGEMENT DIVISION OF THE PWD’S CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE, AND REPRESENTATIVES OF NISHIMATSU CONSTRUCTION CO LTD OF JAPAN.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE PWD SAID THAT THE PROJECT FORMED PART OF THE ELECTRIFICATION AND MODERNISATION OF THE KOWLOON CANTON RAILWAY.

THE WORK, WHICH WILL TAKE ABOUT SIX MONTHS TO COMPLETE, WILL ALSO COVER THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN ACCESS ROAD AS WELL AS SITE FORMATION, FOUNDATION AND DRAINAGE WORK.

HE SAID TRANSFORMERS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR THE POWER SUB-STATION WOULD BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS.

THE WORK HAS BEEN DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED BY TRANSMARK, THE GOVERNMENT’S CONSULTING ENGINEERS, THROUGH THEIR SUB-CONSULTANTS, (MAUNSELL CONSULTANTS ASIA, SPENCE ROBINSON AND RANKINE AND HILL), UNDER THE OVERALL SUPERVISION OF THE CONSULTANTS MANAGEMENT DIVISION OF THE PWD’S CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE.

-----o------

DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION LISTENS TO VIEWS OF PRINCIPALS

* * * * *

THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR KENNETH TOPLEY TODAY (THURSDAY) SAW A SEMINAR ON SCHOOL MANAGEMENT IN SESSION AND LISTENED TO GROUP DISCUSSIONS BY HEADS OF AIDED PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

HEADS OF ABOUT 700 AIDED PRIMARY SCHOOLS ATTENDED THE SEMINAR HELD AT THREE CENTRES ON HONG KONG ISLAND, IN KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES TODAY.

MR TOPLEY DROPPED IN AT THE NEW TERRITORIES CENTRE AT KIANGSU-CHEKIANG COLLEGE IN WO CHE ESTATE, SHA TIN.

THE AIM OF THE SEMINAR IS TO IMPROVE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE SCHOOL HEADS AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, AND THE PROGRAMME INCLUDES TALKS BY SENIOR OFFICERS OF THE DEPARTMENT AND GROUP DISCUSSIONS.

DURING THE DISCUSSIONS, PARTICIPANTS TALKED ABOUT WAYS TO PROMOTE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN SCHOOL HEADS AND TEACHERS, MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES, PARENTS AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.

/THEY ALSO ..

THURSDAY, APRIL J, 1980

5

THEY ALSO DISCUSSED FAIR TREATMENT IN THE PROMOTION OF TEACHERS, TIMETABLING AND DEPLOYMENT OF STAFF.

OFFICERS OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT ALSO TOOK THE OPPORTUNITY TO PASS ON TO THE PRINCIPALS SOME OF THE VIEWS OF TEACHERS CONCERNING SCHOOL MANAGEMENT WHICH WERE EXPRESSED AT A SEMINAR ORGANISED LAST MONTH FOR TEACHERS IN AIDED PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

- - 0 - -

SAI KUNG CHILDREN’S CHOIR MAKES TV DEBUT

******

THE SAI KUNG CHILDREN’S CHOIR INAUGURATED LAST MONTH WILL MAKE ITS TV DEBUT THIS (THURSDAY) AFTERNOON ON RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG'S WEEKLY PROGRAMME, +HAPPY VALLEY+.

IN THE HALF-HOUR PROGRAMME, THE CHOIR WILL SING TWO EASTER SONGS AND A CHINESE FOLK SONG DEPICTING SPRING AND YOUTH.

THE CHOIR WILL ALSO JOIN THE PROGRAMME COMPERE, 12-YEAR-OLD MISS LUK KA-MENG, IN SINGING A FAMOUS SONG ENTITLED +WHAT HAPPENS TO THE HENS?*, WHICH IS POPULAR WITH LOCAL CHILDREN.

THE PROGRAMME WAS SHOT ON LOCATION AT SHA TIN RACE COURSE. IT WILL BE BROADCAST ON CHANNEL ONE OF RTV AT 5.30 PM TODAY AND ON TVB JADE AT 10 AM ON SUNDAY (APRIL 6).

THE TV APPEARANCE WILL BE THE FIRST OF TWO PERFORMANCES THE CHOIR IS TO GIVE DURING THE EASTER HOLIDAY.

IT WILL GIVE A CONCERT IN THE GROUND FLOOR LOBBY OF THE HOTEL MIRAMAR AT 3 PM ON SUNDAY.

ENTITLED +MUSIC FOR THE MILLIONS*, THE CONCERT IS SPONSORED BY GOVERNMENT’S MUSIC OFFICE. ADMISSION IS FREE.

CONDUCTING AND ACCOMPANYING THE CHOIR ON THE PIANO IN THEIR TWO PERFORMANCES WILL BE ITS TUTOR, MR FUNG KIN-HONG, AND THE MUSIC OFFICE’S CHIEF INSTRUCTOR, MR YIP CHI-KWONG.

THE SAI KUNG CHILDREN’S CHOIR WAS FORMED BY SAI KUNG DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD IN CONJUNCTION WITH SAI KUNG RURAL COMMITTEE AND THE MUSIC OFFICE TO PROVIDE A RECREATIONAL OUTLET FOR LOCAL CHILDREN AND TO ENCOURAGE THEIR MUSICAL TALENTS.

IT HAS 75 MEMBERS AGED BETWEEN SEVEN AND 12, ALL OF WHOM ARE LOCAL SCHOOL CHILDREN.

WITH THE ENCOURAGEMENT AND SUPPORT OF THE GOVERNMENT AND SAI KUNG COMMUNITY, THE CHOIR IS PLANNING TO RECRUIT 90 NEW MEMBERS IN MAY TO FORM A TEENAGE SINGING GROUP.

- - 0 -

G

THURSDAY, APRIL 3, 1980

AIRPORT’S TRANSIT AREA TO HAVE MONEY CHANGING SERVICE ******

TENDERS ARE BEING INVITED FOR A SHOP SPACE TO PROVIDE MONEY CHANGING SERVICE IN THE TRANSIT AREA OF THE PASSENGER TERMINAL AT HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.

THE TENANCY FOR SHOP NO DI WILL BE FOR THREE YEARS FROM JUNE 4,

1980

TENDERS MUST BE PLACED IN THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TENDER BOX AT THE ENTRANCE HALL OF MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, BEFORE 12 NOON ON FRIDAY, APRIL 25, 1980.

EACH TENDER MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A RECEIPT SHOWING THAT THE TENDERER HAS DEPOSITED WITH THE TREASURY A SUM OF |10 000 AS A PLEDGE OF HIS BONA FlDES.

TENDER FORMS AND FURTHER PARTICULARS MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE CIVIL AVIATION DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS, NEW RODNEY BLOCK, QUEENSWAY, OR AT HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.

- - 0 -

NOTE TO EDITORSi

ANNUAL FAMILY DAY FOR PRISONS STAFF * * * *

THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT SPORTS ASSOCIATION WILL HOLD AN ANNUAL FAMILY DAY AT THE FOOTBALL PITCH OF TAI LAM DRUG ADDICTION TREATMENT CENTRE ON SATURDAY (APRIL 5) FOR MEMBER’S OF THE DEPARTMENT AND THEIR FAMILIES.

THE EVENT WILL FEATURE A NUMBER OF GAMES STALLS AND COMPETITIONS. THERE WILL BE TWO ARMY SARACEN CARS ON DISPLAY. THE COMMISSIONER OF PRISONS, MR T.G. GARNER, WILL ATTEND.

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER AND/OR PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE ANNUAL FAMILY DAY OF THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT WHICH WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE FOOTBALL PITCH OF TAI LAM DRUG ADDICTION TREATMENT CENTRE AT 16-1/2 MILESTONE CASTLE PEAK ROAD, NEW TERRITORIES ON SATURDAY (APRIL 5) STARTING AT 2.30 PM.

PRESS TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED LEAVING KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER (NEXT TO THE STAR FERRY PIER IN TSIM SHA TSUI) AT 1.30 PM SHARP.

- o - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

FRIDAY, 11PRIL 4, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

NEW BUOYaGE SYSTEM TO ENSURE GREATER S.lFETY

AT SEA 1

COUNTRY PARKS NOW PaTROLLED BY RANGERS ..................... 2

MP TO SEE HK'S SPORT SCENE.................................. 3

HK REPRESENTED aT TWO SaFETY CONFERENCES IN EUROPE .................................................. 3

TUEN MUN TO HAVE NEW POLYCLINIC ........................... 4

SCHOLARSHIPS FOR OVERSEAS MATRICULATION COURSE aVaILaBLE .................................................. 4

FUND RAISING CANTONESE OPERA IN TSUEN WAN

5

FRIDAY, APRIL 4, 1980

1

NEW BUOYAGE SYSTEM TO ENSURE GREATER SAFETY AT SEA * * * * *

A NEW BUOYAGE SYSTEM TO ENSURE GREATER SAFETY AT SEA IS BEING INTRODUCED INTO HONG KONG’S WATERS BY THE MARINE DEPARTMENT.

THE NEW SYSTEM, KNOWN AS +IALA MARITIME BUOYAGE SYSTEM A+ HAS ALREADY BEEN ADOPTED BY MARITIME AUTHORITIES IN OTHER PARTS OF THE WORLD.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE MARINE DEPARTMENT SAIDi ♦THE MERIT OF THE NEW SYSTEM OVER THE CONVENTIONAL ONE IS THAT IT WILL MAKE THE NAVIGATIONAL BUOYS MORE DISCERNIBLE. THIS IS PARTICULARLY USEFUL IN WARNING SHIPPING OF NAVIGATIONAL HAZARDS.♦

UNDER THE NEW SYSTEM, TREACHEROUS SPOTS AT SEA SUCH AS A SUBMERGED REEF OR ROCK, SHOAL WATER, OR A SHIPWRECK SITE WILL BE MARKED BY APPROPRIATE TYPES OF BUOYS WITH APPROPRIATE TYPES OF TOPMARKS AT DAY TIME AND WITH THE APPROPRIATE CHARACTERISTICS OF LIGHTS AT NIGHT.

THE NEW SYSTEM PROVIDES FIVE TYPES OF MARKS WHICH MAY BE USED IN ANY COMBINATION! LATERAL MARKS TO INDICATE THE PORT AND STARBOARD HAND SIDES OF CHANNELS- CARDINAL MARKS USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE COMPASS, TO INDICATE THAT NAVIGABLE WATER LIES TO THE NAMED SIDE OF THE MARK- ISOLATED DANGER MARKS ERECTED ON, OR MOORED DIRECTLY ON OR OVER DANGERS OF LIMITED EXTENT- SAFE WATER MARKS, SUCH AS MID-CHANNEL BUOYS- AND SPECIAL MARKS, THE PURPOSE OF WHICH IS APPARENT FROM REFERENCE TO THE CHART OR OTHER NAUTICAL DOCUMENTS.

♦THIS IS AN IMPROVEMENT OVER THE TRADITIONAL BUOYAGE SYSTEM WHICH TENDS TO CAUSE CONFUSION TO MARINERS,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE NEW SYSTEM IS INTERNATIONALLY UNIFORM AND MARINERS WILL BE FAMILIAR WITH IT AND, BY OBSERVING THE SHAPES, COLOURS AND TOPMARKS OF BUOYS, THEY WILL READILY IDENTIFY THOSE WATERS THAT ARE SAFE FOR NAVIGATION THUS ENHANCING GREATER SAFETY AT SEA.

♦SINCE APRIL 1 BUOYS FOR THE NEW SYSTEM ARE BEING INTRODUCED AND THE CHANGE-OVER IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY OCTOBER.

TO MAKE KNOWN THE SYSTEM TO MARINERS, THE MARINE DEPARTMENT ISSUED AN EXPLANATORY NOTICE TO THEM IN JANUARY THIS YEAR.

♦A DETAILED NOTICE WILL BE ISSUED TO REMIND THEM PRIOR TO EACH CHANGE OF BUOY OR GROUP OF BUOYS,♦ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

IN ADDITION, THE DEPARTMENT’S NAUTICAL TRAINING SCHOOL ORGANISED A ONE-DAY SEMINAR ON THE NEW SYSTEM IN MID—MARCH FOR MORE THAN 200 STAFF FROM DIFFERENT GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

-----o------

/2

FRIDAY, APRIL 4, I960

2

COUNTRY PARKS NOW PATROLLED BY RANGERS

* ft ft ft

AN ELITE FORCE OF COUNTRY PARKS RANGERS HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED TO PROTECT THE COUNTRYSIDE FROM WANTON DESTRUCTION.

A PILOT GROUP OF 18 RANGERS DRAWN FROM THE RANKS OF FIELD OFFICERS IN THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT HAS GONE INTO IMMEDIATE OPERATION ARMED WITH AUTHORITY TO ARREST ANY PERSON FOUND BREAKING THE COUNTRY CODE.

AT A RECENT MEETING OF THE KOWLOON EAST ROTARY CLUB, SENIOR COUNTRY PARKS OFFICER, MR JOHN WHOLEY SAID ENFORCEMENT OF LEGISLATION DEALING WITH HILL FIRES HAD BEEN STEPPED UP BY THE COUNTRY PARKS PILOT RANGER SERVICE.

HE ALSO SAID MAGISTRATES WERE TAKING A STERN VIEW OF THIS SENSELESS WASTE OF RESOURCES OF COUNTRYSIDE AND MANPOWER.

CONVICTED OFFENDERS HAVE RECENTLY BEEN FINED UP TO S3 000 FOR CAUSING FIRES IN COUNTRY PARKS. AND THE LAW PROVIDES FOR FINES UP TO $5 000 AND IMPRISONMENT IN SEVERE CASES.

♦THIS REFLECTS THE IMPORTANCE WHICH GOVERNMENT ACCORDS THE HILL FIRE PROBLEM,* MR WHOLEY SAID.

ALREADY THE PILOT SCHEME HAS HAD SOME SUCCESS. AS A RESULT OF ARRESTS MADE BY THE RANGERS A NUMBER OF OFFENDERS HAVE BEEN CONVICTED OF LIGHTING BARBECUE FIRES IN PROHIBITED AREAS- HUNTING AND TRAPPING WILD ANIMALS- CARRYING AIR GUNS IN COUNTRY PARKS- AND PICKING PROTECTED PLANTS.

RECENTLY, AN ALERT RANGER SPOTTED A GROUP OF MOTOR CYCLISTS RIDING THROUGH THE MA ON SHAN COUNTRY PARK WHERE VEHICULAR TRAFFIC IS BANNED. HE NOTIFIED OTHER RANGERS BY WALKIE-TALKIE AND AN AMBUSH WAS SET UP AT THE BOTTOM OF THE TRACK. SIX MOTOR CYCLISTS WERE ARRESTED AS A RESULT.

THE RANGERS NORMALLY PATROL IN PAIRS OR SMALL GROUPS AND ARE EASILY IDENTIFIED BY THEIR GREEN TUNICS AND BROWN BERETS. THEY HAVE UNDERGONE AN INTENSE TRAINING COURSE IN LAW AND DETECTION ORGANISED BY THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE.

BUT THEIR WORK IS NOT ONLY CONFINED TO ENFORCEMENT OF THE LAW. LIKE THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN OTHER NATIONAL PARKS THROUGHOUT THE WORLD, THEY ARE FULLY VERSED IN THE ENTIRE COUNTRY PARKS SYSTEM AND ARE ALWAYS PREPARED TO GIVE VISITORS FRIENDLY ADVICE ON WHERE TO GO AND WHAT TO DO.

THEY ALSO TAKE PART IN RESCUE OPERATIONS AND FIRE FIGHTING DUTIES.

AS THE SYSTEM IS NEW TO HONG KONG, THE GOVERNMENT HAS AGREED TO A PILOT SCHEME OF RANGERS AND IF SUCCESSFUL IT IS PLANNED THAT EVENTUALLY THERE WILL BE SOME 280 COUNTRY PARK RANGERS PATROLLING THE COUNTRYSIDE.

- - 0 - - - -

FRIDAY, APRIL 4, 1980

3

MP TO SEE HK’S SPORT SCENE * * * *

MR GARY WALLER, MP, HONORARY SECRETARY OF THE CONSERVATIVE PARLIAMENTARY SPORTS AND RECREATION COMMITTEE, WILL BE ARRIVING ON SUNDAY (APRIL 6) AT THE INVITATION OF THE HONG KONG SWIMMING TEACHERS’ ASSOCIATION TO FAMILIARISE HIMSELF WITH THE SPORTS AND RECREATION SCENE IN HONG KONG.

MR WALLER IS ALSO HONORARY SECRETARY TO THE CONSERVATIVE YORKSHIRE MEMBERS’ COMMITTEE AND MEMBER OF THE NATIONAL UNION OF JOURNALISTS.

ON MONDAY (APRIL 7) AT 2.30 PM, HE WILL CALL AT THE MORSE PARK SWIMMING POOL WHERE HE WILL OBSERVE 430 STUDENTS TAKING THE SWIMMING TEACHERS’ ASSOCIATION PERSONAL SURVIVAL SWIMMING AWARDS EXAMINATION.

HE WILL BE THE GUEST OF HONOUR AT THE PRESENTATION OF PERSONAL SURVIVAL AWARDS CERTIFICATES TO SCHOOL REPRESENTATIVES AT A COCKTAIL RECEPTION TO BE HELD IN THE CITY HALL RESTAURANT AT 5.30 PM ON TUESDAY (APRIL 8). MR KENNETH TOPLEY, DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, WILL ADDRESS THE GATHERING.

MR WALLER WILL LEAVE ON SATURDAY (APRIL 12).

NOTE TO EDITORS i

PRESS REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO COVER MR WALLER’S VISIT TO MORSE PARK SWIMMING POOL ON MONDAY (APRIL 7) AT 2.30 PM AND THE PRESENTATION IN THE CITY HALL RESTAURANT ON TUESDAY AT 5.30 PM.

o -------

HK REPRESENTED AT TWO SAFETY CONFERENCES IN EUROPE *****

THE CHIEF FACTORY INSPECTOR OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, MR CHAN SIU—LAP, WILL LEAVE HONG KONG ON APRIL 17 TO ATTEND TWO SAFETY CONFERENCES IN LONDON AND AMSTERDAM RESPECTIVELY.

HE WILL ATTEND THE NATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY CONFERENCE TO BE HELD IN LONDON FROM APRIL 22 TO 24 AND THE NINTH WORLD CONGRESS ON THE PREVENTION OF OCCUPATIONAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES IN AMSTERDAM FROM MAY 6 TO 9.

DURING THE VISITS, MR CHAN WILL SEE THE LATEST DEVELOPMENTS IN THE PROMOTION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY IN THE UNITED KINGDOM AND HOLLAND.

HE WILL ALSO HOLD DISCUSSIONS WITH FACTORY INSPECTORATE IN UK.

------0------- /u.................

FRIDAY, APRIL 4, 1980

TUEN MUN TO HAVE NEW POLYCLINIC ft ft ft ft ft ft

A NEW POLYCLINIC WILL BE BUILT SHORTLY IN TUEN MUN TO IMPROVE MEDICAL SERVICES IN THE NEW TOWN.

IT WILL CONSIST OF A GENERAL OUT-PATIENT DEPARTMENT, FAMILY HEALTH SERVICE CENTRE, DENTAL AND CHEST CLINIC, RADIODIAGNOSTIC DEPARTMENT AND PATHOLOGICAL AND PUBLIC HEALTH LABORATORY.

OTHER FACILITIES SUCH AS A STAFF CANTEEN, KITCHEN, STAFF CHANGING ROOMS AND PARKING SPACES WILL ALSO BE PROVIDED IN THE NEW POLYCLINIC.

THE PROJECT WILL BE DEVELOPED IN TWO STAGES. TENDERS FOR WORK ON STAGE ONE ARE BEING INVITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.

A PWD SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT THE POLYCLINIC WOULD BE BUILT ON A 5 900-SQUARE-METRE SITE NEAR THE JUNCTION OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD AND FRASER ROAD. IT WOULD CONSIST OF A SIX-STOREY MAIN BUILDING AND A TWO-STOREY ANCILLARY BUILDING.

YAN 01 TONG, A CHARITABLE ORGANISATION, HAS DONATED $4 MILLION TOWARDS THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO BEGIN IN JUNE AND WILL TAKE 18 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

- - 0 - -

SCHOLARSHIPS FOR OVERSEAS MATRICULATION COURSE AVAILABLE ft ft ft ft ft ft

HONG KONG STUDENTS WITH GOOD ACADEMIC RECORDS ARE INVITED TO APPLY FOR A LIMITED NUMBER OF SCHOLARSHIPS DONATED BY LEADING ORGANISATIONS FOR A TWO-YEAR MATRICULATION COURSE LEADING TO THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE, RECOGNISED FOR UNIVERSITY ADMISSION IN MOST COUNTRIES.

AN EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID EACH SCHOLARSHIP IS WORTH $60 000 FOR TWO YEARS AND IS TENABLE THIS SEPTEMBER AT ATLANTIC COLLEGE IN THE UNITED KINGDOM OR PEARSON COLLEGE IN CANADA.

IT WILL COVER PART OF THE TUITION AND BOARDING FEES DURING THE PERIOD BUT WILL NOT BE ADEQUATE TO COVER EXPENSES SUCH AS AIR FARES, PERSONAL SPENDING AND OTHER ITEMS OF EXPENDITURE.

APPLICATION FORMS ARE OBTAINABLE FROM THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HONG KONG BRANCH OFFICE, ROOM 1522 LEIGHTON CENTRE, 15TH FLOOR, 77 LEIGHTON ROAD, CAUSEWAY BAY,

♦COMPLETED FORMS MUST BE RETURNED IN PERSON TO THE SAME OFFICE ON OR BEFORE FRIDAY, APRIL 18.

/♦LATE APPLICATIONS

FRIDAY, APRIL 4, 1980

5

♦LATE APPLICATIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

HE ADDED THAT APPLICANTS MUST BE UNDER 17-1/2 YEARS OF AGE ON SEPTEMBER 1, 1980 AND BE IN POSSESSION OF A HONG KONG CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION WITH AT LEAST FIVE SUBJECTS AT GRADE C OR ABOVE, AND GOOD RESULTS IN ENGLISH.

STUDENTS SITTING FOR THE 1980 HONG KONG CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION EXAMINATION MAY ALSO BE CONSIDERED AS WELL AS THOSE WHO HAVE OBTAINED THE HONG KONG UNIVERSITY ADVANCED LEVEL CERTIFICATE, HONG KONG HIGHER LEVEL EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE, GCE CERTIFICATE, OR OTHER APPROVED EQUIVALENT QUALIFICATIONS.

APPLICANTS WILL BE SELECTED ON THEIR PAST ACADEMIC RECORD, EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES, RECOMMENDATION OF THE HEAD OF SCHOOL, PERSONALITY AND PROFICIENCY IN ENGLISH.

♦SUCCESSFUL STUDENTS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE COLLEGES IN SEPTEMBER, 1980, AND WILL TAKE THE FULL TWO-YEAR COURSE. THE ACADEMIC AND ACTIVITIES PROGRAMMES IN THE COLLEGES ARE INTERWOVEN AND JOINTLY FORM THE BASIS FOR STUDENTS’ DEVELOPMENT.

♦THEY ARE ENCOURAGED TO TAKE PART IN A VARIETY OF ACTIVITIES WHICH ARE PHYSICAL, INTELLECTUAL AND AESTHETIC IN NATURE. DUE EMPHASIS IS ALSO LAID ON COMMUNITY SERVICES,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

SINCE 1972 WHEN THE SCHOLARSHIP WAS FIRST INTRODUCED TO HONG KONG, A TOTAL OF 49 PROMISING STUDENTS HAD BEEN GRANTED THE AWARD.

- - 0 - -

FUND RAISING CANTONESE OPERA IN TSUEN WAN ft ft * * ft

FOUR CIVIC ASSOCIATIONS IN TSUEN WAN WILL BENEFIT FROM A FUND RAISING CANTONESE OPERA TO BE HELD IN TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL TOMORROW (SATURDAY) EVENING.

TOWN MANAGER AND DISTRICT OFFICER TSUEN WAN, MR JAMES HAYES, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING OF THE OPERA BY THE CHOR FUNG MING OPERA TROUPE.

THE FOUR ASSOCIATIONS WHICH HAVE ORGANISED THE OPERA ARE THE TSUEN WAN CULTURE AND RECREATION CO-ORDINATING ASSOCIATION, THE FEDERATION OF TSUEN WAN DISTRICT SPORTS AND RECREATION, THE TSUEN WAN GIRL GUIDES ASSOCIATION AND THE TSUEN WAN Y’S MEN’S CLUB.

THE EVENT IS EXPECTED TO RAISE 1100 000 FOR EVEN DISTRIBUTION AMONG THE ASSOCIATIONS WHICH WILL USE THE MONEY TO FINANCE SERVICES FOR RESIDENTS IN THE DISTRICT.

ACTIVITIES THE ASSOCIATIONS ORGANISE INCLUDE CHOIR PERFORMANCES, DANCING, DRAMA, EXHIBITIONS AND SPORTS.

SOME OF THE ASSOCIATIONS’ FUNDS ARE PROVIDED BY TSUEN WAN DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD WHICH ALSO GIVES ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT AND ADVICE.

ALL 1 200 TICKETS FOR THE OPERA HAVE BEEN SOLD.

- - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

SATURDAY, nPRIL 5, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO,

RECREATION AMD SPORT PROGRAMMES FOR ALL.................... 1

GOVERNMENT TO GRANT LaND TO SCOUT ASSOCIATION FOR SEh hCTIVITY CENTRE.....................................2

SURVEY ON PHYSIC<tLLY HANDICAPPED STUDENTS ................ 3

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS ON ROBINSON ROAD...................... 4

URBaN CLEaR/^YS ON HENNESSY ROAD........................... 4

FIRING PRACTICE

5

SATURDAY, APRIL 5, 1980

1

RECREATION AND SPORT PROGRAMMES FOR ALL

* * * * * *

THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE HAS LINED UP MORE THAN 400 ACTIVITIES THIS MONTH, INCLUDING A NUMBER OF WATER SPORTS IN ANTICIPATION OF WARMER WEATHER.

THE MOST SPECTACULAR OF THE ACTIVITIES WILL BE HELD ON +SPORTS-FOR-ALL+ DAY ON APRIL 21 IN CELEBRATION OF THE QUEEN’S BIRTHDAY. THERE WILL BE SOME 100 GAMES AND SPORTS EVENTS TO BE HELD IN PARKS AND PLAYGROUNDS ALL OVER HONG KONG. AT MOST OF THE PLACES THERE WILL BE DANCES AND BAND MUSIC AS WELL AS ACROBATIC PERFORMANCES.

DURING THE EASTER HOLIDAYS, THERE WILL ALSO BE PROGRAMMES FOR FAMILY GROUPS AND WORKERS. THESE INCLUDE SEA-LAND EXCURSIONS AND DAY-CAMPS AT THE SAI KUNG OUTDOOR RECREATION CENTRE.

ABOUT HALF OF THE ACTIVITIES IN THE MONTH ARE NEW EVENTS. MANY OF THEM ARE EITHER IN THE MORNING OR IN THE EVENING FOR PEOPLE WHO HAVE TO WORK OR ATTEND TO FAMILY CHORES.

NOT ALL ARE STRENUOUS— THERE ARE SOCIAL AND FOLK DANCING, YOGA AND FITNESS CLASSES, TAI CHI, AND FISHING.

THERE ARE ALSO EVENTS FOR THE ELDERLY AND THE DISABLED, SUCH AS LEISURELY WALKS AND EXCURSIONS TO THE OCEAN PARK.

THE APRIL PROGRAMME IS OBTAINABLE FROM CITY DISTRICT OFFICES, NEW TERRITORIES DISTRICT OFFICES AND OFFICES OF THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE.

THOSE WHO WISH TO JOIN ANY OF THE ACTIVITIES CAN ENQUIRE ABOUT ENROLMENT AT THEIR LOCAL RSS OFFICE. THE TELEPHONE NUMBERS AREi

HONG KONG ISLAND

HEADQUARTERS 5-458511, HK EASTERN 5-641543, WAN CHAI 5-724844, HK CENTRAL/WESTERN 5-438559, HK SOUTHERN 5-534111 EXT 10.

KOWLOON

SHAM SHU I PO 3-860945, MONG KOK 3-808781, YAU MA TEI 3-682585, KOWLOON CITY 3-028500, WONG TAI SIN 3-272641, KWUN TONG 3-436123.

NEW TERRITORIES

SHA TIN 12-620170, TAI PO 12-677111 EXT 140, SAI KUNG 3-2814683, NT ISLANDS 5-454616, YUEN LONG 12-764246, TUEN MUN 12-813210 EXT 264, TSUEN WAN 12-404361, SAI KUNG OUTDOOR RECREATION CENTRE 3-2813828.

-----0------

/a......

SATURDAY, APRIL 5, 1980

2

GOVERNMENT TO GRANT LAND TO SCOUT ASSOCIATION FOR SEA ACTIVITY CENTRE

******

THE GOVERNMENT WILL GRANT A 2 405-SQUARE-METRE SITE AT PAK SHA WAN, SAI KUNG, BY PRIVATE TREATY TO THE HONG KONG SCOUT ASSOCIATION FOR DEVELOPMENT AS A SEA ACTIVITY TRAINING CENTRE.

THE CENTRE WILL BE USED FOR ROWING AND CANOEING ACTIVITIES AND WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A FLEET OF 20 CANOES AND 16 DINGHIES, EIGHT OF WHICH ARE BEING BUILT BY THE SCOUTS THEMSELVES AT A HANG HAU BOATYARD.

INSTRUCTORS HAVE ALREADY BEEN TRAINED BY THE HONG KONG YACHTING ASSOCIATION.

THE SITE OF THE CENTRE, PART OF WHICH COVERS THE SEABED, IS JUST OFF HIRAM’S HIGHWAY.

RECLAMATION WORK AND CONSTRUCTION OF A PROTECTIVE WALL IS ALREADY IN PROGRESS AND IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED WITHIN SIX MONTHS.

IN PHASE II OF THE DEVELOPMENT, A TWO-STOREY BOAT HOUSE OF 65 SQUARE METRES IN AREA WILL BE BUILT TO PERMIT EARLY USE OF THE SITE FOR SEA ACTIVITY TRAINING. THIS WILL TAKE 12 MONTHS.

PHASE III IS THE CONSTRUCTION OF A MAIN TWO-STOREY BUILDING OF ABOUT 280 SQUARE METRES TO PROVIDE SPACE FOR AN ASSEMBLY HALL, TWO LECTURE ROOMS, TWO OFFICES, A COMBINED ACTIVITY ROOM AND CANTEEN, CHANGING ROOMS AND DORMITORIES TO ACCOMMODATE 40 PEOPLE. TWO YEARS WILL BE TAKEN OVER WORK IN THIS PHASE.

TOTAL COST OF THE PROJECT IS ABOUT $2.5 MILLION. FUNDS WILL BE OBTAINED IN VARIOUS WAYS, INCLUDING PRIVATE DONATIONS AND A FILM PREMIER TO BE HELD IN MAY.

THE BUILDING COVENANT IS $450 000 TO BE COMPLETED IN THREE YEARS.

PRIVATE TREATY GRANT DOCUMENTS ARE TO BE SIGNED SHORTLY

SATURDAY, APRIL 5, I960

- 3 -

SURVEY ON PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED STUDENTS

*****

THERE ARE 1 254 PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PUPILS STUDYING IN 482 ORDINARY PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS, ACCORDING TO A RECENT SURVEY CONDUCTED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.

THE SURVEY CARRIED OUT IN JUNE LAST YEAR WAS TO IDENTIFY PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PUPILS ATTENDING ORDINARY SCHOOLS AND TO OBTAIN INFORMATION FOR FUTURE PLANNING OF SERVICES TO THESE PUPILS.

LETTERS WERE SENT TO 1 291 SCHOOLS IN THE SURVEY. OF THESE, 1 244 SCHOOLS OR 96.4 PER CENT SUBMITTED RETURNS.

AMONG THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PUPILS, 672 ARE STUDYING IN ORDINARY PRIMARY SCHOOLS, AND 582 IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS.

♦THE MAJOR TYPES OF HANDICAP THESE PUPILS ARE SUFFERING FROM ARE POST POLIO, CARDIAC DISEASE, DELICATE HEALTH, FEEBLE LOWER LIMBS AND MOTOR INCO-ORDI NAT ION,♦ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SAID.

AS FOR THEIR MODE OF TRANSPORT, OVER 50 PER CENT WALK TO SCHOOL, 30 PER CENT USE PUBLIC TRANSPORT, 6.6 PER CENT USE EITHER TAXI OR PRIVATE CAR, 4.8 PER CENT BY SCHOOL BUS, AND ONLY 11 PUPILS USE THE REHABUS SERVICE.

THE MAJORITY OF THE PUPILS STUDY IN SCHOOLS NEAR THEIR HOMES, AND THERE IS ONLY MINOR INTER-ZONAL MOVEMENT.

THERE ARE CASES IN WHICH PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PUPILS PREFER TAKING SCHOOL BUSES WITH THEIR SCHOOLMATES, SOME MILDLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN MAY PREFER TO WALK TO SCHOOL, AND OTHERS MAY NOT LIKE TO MAKE USE OF THE REHABUS SERVICE, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

♦HENCE ACCOUNT NOT

PROVISION

OF SPECIAL TRANSPORT HAS TO TAKE INTO JUST THE EXTENT TO WHICH THE SCHOOL AUTHORITY OR VOLUNTARY BODIES CAN PROVIDE, THE SEVERITY OF THE HANDICAP AND THE PROXIMITY OF THE SCHOOLS TO THE PUPILS’ HOMES, BUT ALSO TO THE PUPILS’ PREFERENCE REGARDING THE CHOICE OF SPECIAL OR ORDINARY MEANS OF TRANSPORT,♦ HE SAID.

-----0------

/4

SATURDAY, APRIL 5, 1980

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS ON ROBINSON ROAD * * X *

SPECIAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE INTRODUCED NEXT WEEK ON ROBINSON ROAD IN MID-LEVELS TO FACILITATE ROAD RESURFACING WORK.

BETWEEN 10 PM ON TUESDAY (APRIL 8) AND 6 AM ON WEDNESDAY, ROBINSON ROAD BETWEEN THE GLENEALY AND MOSQUE STREET WILL BE CLOSED TO WESTBOUND TRAFFIC.

DURING THE TEMPORARY CLOSURE, MOTORISTS MAY USE EITHER THE GLENEALY AND CONDUIT ROAD, OR UPPER ALBERT ROAD AND CAINE ROAD AS AN ALTERNATIVE ROUTE.

BETWEEN 9 AM AND 4 PM ON THURSDAY (APRIL 10) ROBINSON ROAD NEAR OLD PEAK ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO WESTBOUND TRAFFIC.

DURING THIS PERIOD, WESTBOUND TRAFFIC SHOULD USE THE ALBANY FLYOVER, TRAFFIC FROM OLD PEAK ROAD MAY USE HORNSEY ROAD AND THE GLENEALY.

ON APRIL 14 BETWEEN 10 AM AND 4 PM, THE GLENEALY WILL BE REDUCED TO ONE-LANE FOR TWO-WAY TRAFFIC CONTROLLED BY TRAFFIC SIGNALS.

APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

- - o - -

URBAN CLEARWAYS ON HENNESSY ROAD X X X X X

TWO SECTIONS OF HENNESSY ROAD WILL BE DESIGNATED URBAN CLEARWAYS FROM 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (APRIL 9).

THEY ARE THE EASTBOUND SECTION OF HENNESSY ROAD BETWEEN HOUSE NO 183 AND A POINT ABOUT 60 METRES EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH FLEMING ROAD- AND THE WESTBOUND SECTION BETWEEN HOUSE NOS 226 AND 192.

WITHIN THE CLEARWAYS, ALL VEHICLES, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES, WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS AND LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.

THE CLEARWAYS WILL BE INDICATED BY TRAFFIC SIGNS.

- - o -

4

SATURDAY, APRIL 5, 1980 - 5 -

FIRING PRACTICE * * * *

FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE IN THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON FOUR DAYS NEXT WEEK.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF PRACTICE.

THE PRACTISING TIMES AREi

DATE TIME

APRIL 8 (TUESDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

APRIL 9 (WEDNESDAY) 8 AM - 5 PM

APRIL 10 (THURSDAY) 8 AM - 6 PM

APRIL 11 (FRIDAY) 8 AM - 6 PM

-----o------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191

SUNDAY, .APRIL 6, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

OVER 410.8 MILLION PAID OUT UNDER TAVa SCHEME ........... 1

NT FIRE COMMAND HEADQUARTERS TO COME INTO USE NEXT MONTH .......................................... 2

JAPANESE INVESTMENT MISSION aRRIVES ON TUESDAY .......... 2

new Faces .^dded to nt district .iDvisory boards ........ 3

PORT TELECCMhUNICaTION STREAMLINED....................... 5

NEW PUMPING STATION FOR TSUEN WaN ....................... 6

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS ON NATHAN ROAD ..................... 6

SUNDAY, APRIL 6, 1980

1

OVER $10.8 MILLION PAID OUT UNDER TAVA SCHEME * * * *

THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT HAS PAID OUT MORE THAN $10.8 MILLION AS QUICK CASH RELIEF FOR PEOPLE APPLYING UNDER THE +N0 FAULT+ TRAFFIC ACCIDENT VICTIMS ASSISTANCE SCHEME SINCE ITS IMPLEMENTATION LAST MAY.

ANOTHER $175 000 HAVE BEEN AUTHORISED FOR PAYMENT TO 43 CASES AND AWAIT COLLECTION AT THE DEPARTMENT.

THE PAYMENTS ALREADY MADE WERE GRANTED TO 309 CASES INVOLVING DEATH AND 2 804 CASES INVOLVING INJURIES WHICH HAVE CAUSED AT LEAST SEVEN DAYS’ LOSS OF EARNING CAPACITY.

MRS DIANA LEE, HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT’S TRAFFIC ACCIDENT VICTIMS ASSISTANCE (TAVA) SECTION, SAID TODAY (SUNDAY) THE AMOUNT OF PAYMENTS FOR THE FATAL CASES TOTALLED $2.07 MILLION AND THAT FOR THE INJURY CASES, OVER $8.7 MILLION.

SHE SAID THE INJURY GRANTS INCLUDED FURTHER PAYMENTS AMOUNTING TO $1.7 MILLION IN 903 CASES WHEREBY THE APPLICANTS WERE MEDICALLY CERTIFIED TO REQUIRE EXTENDED SICK LEAVE.

IN CASES ALREADY PROCESSED, SHE SAID, THE HIGHEST PAYMENT WAS $21 100 MADE IN ONE FATAL CASE, WHILE OTHER PAYMENTS RANGED FROM $800 TO $20 100.

+AT PRESENT, 343 OTHER APPLICATIONS ARE BEING PROCESSED AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE AND THE APPLICANTS SHOULD BE ABLE TO RECEIVE PAYMENTS IN A FAIRLY SHORT TIME,+ SHE SAID.

THE NON-MEANS TESTED SCHEME AIMS AT PROVIDING QUICK CASH RELIEF FOR TRAFFIC ACCIDENT VICTIMS OR THEIR DEPENDANTS REGARDLESS OF WHO WAS AT FAULT IN CAUSING THE ACCIDENT.

MRS LEE SAID PEOPLE INVOLVED IN TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS AFTER MAY 1 LAST YEAR COULD APPLY WITHIN SIX MONTHS OF THE ACCIDENT.

ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE SCHEME CAN BE MADE AT SWD’S TAVA SECTION ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF THE FIRE BRIGADE BUILDING AT 46 CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL, HONG KONG (TELi 5-222392 AND 5-223254).

-----o------

/2......

SUNDAY, APRIL 6, 1980

2

NT FIRE COMMAND HEADQUARTERS TO COME INTO USE NEXT MONTH

* * *

THE NEW TERRITORIES FIRE COMMAND HEADQUARTERS AND THE NEW SHA TIN DIVISIONAL FIRE STATION BY ITS SIDE WILL COME INTO USE NEXT MONTH.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SAID THE COMBINED PROJECT, STANDING ON A 9 OOO-SQUARE-METRE SITE NEXT TO SHING MUN RIVER IN SHA TIN NEW TOWN, WOULD BE HANDED OVER TO THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT TOWARDS THE END OF THIS MONTH.

THE NEW TERRITORIES FIRE COMMAND HEADQUARTERS IS A TWO-STOREY BUILDING WITH OFFICE ACCOMMODATION FOR FIRE SERVICES STAFF.

THE NEW THREE-STOREY SHA TIN DIVISIONAL FIRE STATION WILL HAVE ROOM FOR 10 FIRE APPLIANCES. THERE WILL ALSO BE DUTY ROOMS, OFFICES, LECTURE ROOMS, BARRACKS ACCOMMODATION FOR ESSENTIAL STAFF ON DUTY, DINING AND RECREATIONAL AREAS AND A STORE FOR DANGEROUS GOODS.

THERE WILL BE A NINE-STOREY DRILL TOWER AT THE YARD FOR FIREFIGHTING TRAINING PURPOSES.

♦ONE OF THE FEATURES OF THE STATION WILL BE ELECTRICALLY OPERATED SHUTTER DOORS WHICH CAN BE OPENED IN LESS THAN 10 SECONDS AFTER THE CONTROL SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED,+ HE SAID.

♦THIS WILL REDUCE THE TIME TAKEN BY FIREMEN TO GET TO A FIRE SCENE,♦ HE ADDED.

- - 0 - -

JAPANESE INVESTMENT MISSION ARRIVES ON TUESDAY ******

A JAPANESE INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT STUDY MISSION, COMPRISING TOP EXECUTIVES OF 19 COMPANIES. WILL BEGIN A THREE-DAY FACT FINDING VISIT HERE ON TUESDAY (APRIL 8).

THIS IS THE SECOND MISSION ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG/JAPAN BUSINESS CO-OPERATION COMMITTEE (HK/JBCC). THE FIRST MISSION VISITED HONG KONG LAST DECEMBER.

THE EXECUTIVES' PROGRAMME WILL BEGIN AT THE TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT WHERE, AFTER A WELCOME BY THE DIRECTOR, MR BILL DORWARD, THE PARTY WILL BE BRIEFED BY DEPARTMENTAL OFFICERS LED BY MR T.K. TSE, HEAD OF INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT DIVISION-AND BY MR P.K. WONG, COMMERCIAL DIRECTOR OF THE HONG KONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION.

AFTER AN AFTERNOON BRIEFING BY MR JOSEPH WONG, ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES (DEVELOPMENT) AT THE NTA HEADQUARTERS, THE PARTY WILL VISIT SHA TIN AND THE TAI PO INDUSTRIAL ESTATES.

/THE FIRST

SUNDAY, APRIL 6, 1980

THE FIRST DAY ENDS WITH A RECEPTION HOSTED BY MR T.K. ANN, CHAIRMAN OF THE HK/JBCC’S WORKING COMMITTEE ON COMMUNICATIONS.

WEDNESDAY BEGINS WITH PANEL DISCUSSIONS AT THE TICD HEADQUARTERS, WHERE THE MISSION DIVIDES INTO ITS THREE PRIMARY INTERESTS - MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES- CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRIES AND REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT- AND FOOD CATERING INDUSTRIES.

GUEST SPEAKERS WILL COMPRISE MR T.S. CHAN OF SONCA INDUSTRIES LTD- MR C.Y. WONG OF WONG’S CIRCUIT CO LTD- MR T.K. SHEN OF T.K. SHEN CONSTRUCTION CO LTD- MR S.C. HO OF FOOK LEE CONSTRUCTION CO LTD- MR EDDY YAU OF LUN SANG AND CO- MR CHRISTOPHER LEONG OF CONVENIENCE FOOD CO LTD AND MR J. BOWLER OF WELCOME CO LTD.

THE EXECUTIVES WILL THEN TOUR THE PREMISES OF MODERN TERMINALS LTD AT THE KWAI CHUNG CONTAINER TERMINAL- ELECTRONIC DEVICES LTD AT KWAI CHUNG WHICH MANUFACTURES SEMI-CONDUCTORS AND TRANSISTORSAND OUTBOARD MARINE ASIA LTD AT TSI NG Yl.

IN THE EVENING THEY WILL ATTEND A DINNER HOSTED BY THE HK/JBCC AND THE HONG KONG WORKING COMMITTEE ON INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT. VISITS TO TUEN MUN NEW TOWN INCLUDING A TOUR OF THE TOY-MAKING FACTORY OF LION ROCK LTD, WILL TAKE UP THURSDAY MORNING, WHILST THE AFTERNOON IS SCHEDULED FOR ROUND-UP DISCUSSIONS AND A PRESS CONFERENCE.

IN THE EVENING, THEY WILL ATTEND A RECEPTION HOSTED BY THE JAPANESE CONSUL GENERAL.

NOTE TO EDITORS!

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND YOUR REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE PRESS CONFERENCE BY THE JAPANESE INVESTMENT MISSION WHICH WILL BE HELD ON THURSDAY (APRIL 10) AT 3 PM IN THE GIS THEATRE, 5/F, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE.

- - 0 - -

NEW FACES ADDED TO NT DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS

-ft * * * X

THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION TODAY (SUNDAY) ANNOUNCED THE APPOINTMENTS OF SOME UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS ON SEVEN OF THE EIGHT DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS EFFECTIVE FROM APRIL 1.

IN ISLANDS DISTRICT, THE TWO NEW MEMBERS ARE MISS LEE WAI-FONG, DIRECTOR OF CARITAS SOCIAL CENTRE ON CHEUNG CHAU- AND MR LAM WAI-KEUNG WHO IS ACTIVE IN SEA SCOUT, BOY SCOUT AND GIRL GUIDE WORK.

/the new

4

SUNDAY, APRIL 6, 1980

THE NEW MEMBERS IN SAI KUNG DISTRICT ARE MRS ANITA CHAN, PRINCIPAL OF SAI KUNG HANG HAU SECONDARY SCHOOL- MR CHOW TIN-SANG, CHAIRMAN OF SAI KUNG KAI FONG ASSOCIATION- FATHER NICHOLAS RUGGIERO OF SAI KUNG CATHOLIC CHURCH AND SUPERVISOR OF SUNG TSUN MIDDLE SCHOOL- MR WILLIAM WAN, A MEMBER OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF, CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG, AND A MEMBER OF THE ANTIQUITIES ADVISORIES BOARD- MR YAU KOON-KAU, PRINCIPAL OF LUNG TANG PRIMARY SCHOOL- AND MR CHIU CHUN-BONG, CHAIRMAN OF PO LEUNG KUK FOR 1980/81.

WITH THE SPLITTING OF TAI PO AND NORTH DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD INTO TWO SEPARATE BOARDS, SIX NEW MEMBERS HAVE BEEN APPOINTED TO TAI PO DAB. THEY ARE MR POON CHUN-KAU, PRINCIPAL OF MOK SAU CHUN SCHOOL- MR MICHAEL LAI, HEAD OF ST CHRISTOPHER’S HOME-NR CARLOS CHEUNG, AN ARCHITECT- MR HUNG CHEUNG-HO, HEADMASTER OF TAI PO PRIMARY SCHOOL AND A FOUNDER MEMBER OF THE NT SCHOOLS’ SPORTS ASSOCIATION- MR YU KWAN, A DOCTOR- AND MR HO YUNG-SANG, VICE-CHAIRMAN OF TAI PO RURAL COMMITTEE. THE THREE NEW MEMBERS OF NORTH DAB AREi MR CHAN CHEE-CHUNG, A DENTIST- MR CHONG KAM-NING, CHAIRMAN OF SHEUNG SHU I SPORTS ASSOCIATION- AND MR KO KIM-CHING, A BUSINESSMAN IN SHEUNG SHUI.

MRS IVY WU, 1980/81 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF YAN CHAI HOSPITAL, IS NEWLY APPOINTED TO TSUEN WAN DAB, TOGETHER WITH MR WONG DAI-HEI, FISHERMEN’S REPRESENTATIVE OF MOON TSAI-TONG, AND MISS ALICE YUK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OF SHENG KUNG WU I MACLEHOSE CENTRE.

THE NEW APPOINTEES TO TUEN MUN DAB ARE: MR AUGUSTINE NG CHEUK-TAI, DIRECTOR OF MARDEN FOUNDATION CARITAS SOCIAL CENTRE-MR SELWYN MA, A BUSINESSMAN- AND MR CHAN WU-CHING, MANAGER OF A LARGE COMPANY.

TWO NEW APPOINTMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE TO YUEN LONG DAB. THEY ARE MR NATHAN MA NING-HEI, PRINCIPAL OF LUTHERAN MIDDLE SCHOOL-AND MR SUEN HING-PING, MANAGER OF YUEN LONG BRANCH OF THE CHARTERED BANK.

A NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION SPOKESMAN SAID SOME OF THE APPOINTMENTS WERE TO FILL VACANCIES CAUSED BY RETIREMENTS.

HE SAID THE NUMBER OF DAB MEMBERS HAD BEEN INCREASED FROM 140 IN 1979/80 TO 160 IN THE CURRENT YEAR.

DABS WERE FIRST ESTABLISHED IN NOVEMBER, 1977, WITH THE FOLLOWING TERMS OF REFERENCE:

* TO ADVISE ON MATTERS AFFECTING THE WELL BEING OF THE INHABITANTS OF THE DISTRICT.

* TO ADVISE ON THE PROVISION AND USE OF PUBLIC FACILITIES WITHIN THE DISTRICT, IN PARTICULAR:

(I) ON THE ADEQUACY AND PRIORITIES OF THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME FOR THE DISTRICT

(II) ON THE USE OF FUNDS AVAILABLE FOR EXPENDITURE WITHIN THE DISTRICT UNDER THE LOCAL PUBLIC WORKS VOTE.

/TO UNDERTAKE,

SUNDAY, APRIL 6, 1980

5

TO UNDERTAKE, USING PUBLIC FUNDS MADE AVAILABLE FOR THE PURPOSE:

(I) MINOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENTS WITHIN THE DISTRICT0

(II) THE PROMOTION OF RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES WITHIN THE DISTRICT.

THE LARGEST DAB IS TSUEN WAN WHICH NOW HAS 32 MEMBERS. YUEN LONG HAS 23 MEMBERS AND SAI KUNG 20.

THE DAB BUDGET FOR 1978/79 WAS $3.7 MILLION AND FOR 1979/80 WAS $4.5 MILLION. IT HAS BEEN INCREASED TO $6,148 MILLION FOR THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR.

MR AUGUSTINE CHUI KAM, DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, SAID THE DABS HAD DONE A GREAT DEAL OF VALUABLE WORK IN THE COMPARATIVELY SHORT TIME THEY HAD BEEN ESTABLISHED. +1 AM SURE THE NEW FACES WILL HELP TO FURTHER THIS WORK,* HE SAID.

- - , - 0 ---------

PORT TELECOMMUNICATION STREAMLINED

* * *

A NEW CONSOLE SYSTEM FOR TELECOMMUNICATION HAS BEEN INSTALLED AT THE MARINE DEPARTMENT'S PORT COMMUNICATIONS CENTRE TO STREAMLINE ITS OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES.

BUILT AT A COST OF $50 QOO, THE NEW SYSTEM CONSISTS OF THREE INTER-CONNECTED CONSOLES DESIGNED TO FACILITATE BETTER AND FASTER TELECOMMUNICATION WITH SHIPPING BOTH APPROACHING AND IN HONG KONG WATERS.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE MARINE DEPARTMENT SAID: +ONE OF THE MAIN ADVANTAGES -OF THE NEW SYSTEM IS THAT IT WILL CENTRALISE OUR VHF (VERY HIGH FREQUENCY) RADIO-TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION WITH VESSELS IN THE HARBOUR AND ITS APPROACHES,* HE SAID.

AN INTER-CONNECTED SELECTOR IN THE SYSTEM IS CAPABLE OF TRANSFERRING CALLS FROM ONE CONSOLE TO ANOTHER AND THIS SAVES DUTY OFFICERS A LOT OF TROUBLE IN MOVING AROUND TO COMMUNICATE WITH SHIPPING.

THE NEW CONSOLE SYSTEM HAS ALSO INCORPORATED AN +AUTO-ANNOUNCER* TO TRANSMIT MESSAGE TO VESSELS ON WEATHER, TRAFFIC AND NAVIGATION.

+THE DEVICE IS CAPABLE OF AUTOMATICALLY TRANSMITTING PRERECORDED MESSAGES AT PREDETERMINED INTERVALS, AND AFFORDS STAFF MORE TIME TO ATTEND TO RELATED DUTIES,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

APART FROM MAINTAINING CONTACT WITH VESSELS IN HONG KONG WATERS, THE PORT COMMUNICATIONS CENTRE HAS INTERNATIONAL TELEX LINKS WITH OTHER MAJOR PORTS AND CITIES.

/THS CENTRE .....

6

SUNDAY, APRIL 6, 1980

o-r.,.THE CENTRE <8 ALSO THE CENTRAL NERVE IN THE CHAIN OF SIGNAL STATIONS WITHIN HONG KONG WATERS. THE CHAIN STRETCHES FROM WAGLAN J8LAND IN THE EAST> VIA THE SIGNAL STATION IN NORTH POINT TO WESTERNMOST STATION ON GREEN ISLAND.

THE

THE PORT COMMUNICATIONS CENTRE ALSO RESCUE OPERATIONS IN THE SOUTH CHINA SEA.

CO-ORDINATES SEARCH

AND

- - 0 - -

NEW PUMPING STATION FOR TSUEN WAN *****

A NEW FRESH WATER PUMPING STATION WILL BE BUILT SHORTLY ON THE HILLSIDE OF CHING CHEUNG ROAD TO MEET THE RAPID INCREASE IN DEMAND FOR WATER IN TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN.

TENDERS FOR THE WORK ARE BEING INVITED BY THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.

*

THE NEW PUMPING STATION WILL HAVE A CAPACITY OF 65 000 CUBIC F€TRES PER DAY.

WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL START IN JUNE AND WILL TAKE SOME SEVEN MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

-----0------

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS ON NATHAN ROAD

******

Ann tm!! ARRANGEMENTS ON NATHAN ROAD NEAR THE JORDAN

onDwednesday [aprilT9)STATI°NS WILL BE ,NTR0DUCED FR0M 10 AM ____ THE ARRANGEMENTS WERE TO HAVE BEEN IMPLEMENTED LATE LAST MONTH BUT WERE POSTPONED DUE TO EMERGENCY ROADWORKS.

FROM WEDNESDAY, TWO EXISTING BUS-ONLY LANES WILL BE REDESIGNATED URBAN CLEARWAYS.

RPWC^EL^LT^Ln0RTHB0UND CARRIAGEWAYS OF NATHAN ROAD BETWSEN PEKING ROAD AND GRANVILLE ROAD AND BETWEEN AUSTIN ROAD AND PUBLIC SQUARE STREET.

ta O.^L VEH|CLES, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES, WILL NOT BE ALLOWED JC R«CK UP OR SET DOWN PASSENGERS AND LOAD OR UNLOAD GOODS FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM WITHIN THE CLEARWAYS.

/IN ADDITIC?;

SUNDAY, APRIL 6, 1980

7

IN ADDITION, THE NORTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF THE ROAD BETWEEN JORDAN ROAD AND PUBLIC SQUARE STREET WILL BE DESIGNATED A PLB PROHIBITED ZONE.

PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES, EXCEPT THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE ZONE FROM 7 AM TO MIDNIGHT.

EXISTING URBAN CLEARWAY RESTRICTIONS AND PUBLIC LIGHT BUS RESTRICTIONS ON OTHER SECTIONS OF NATHAN ROAD AND JORDAN ROAD WILL REMAIN UNCHANGED.

TRAFFIC RE-ROUTINGS WILL ALSO BE IMPLEMENTED AS FOLLOWS 1

* NATHAN ROAD BETWEEN PEKING ROAD AND GRANVILLE ROAD AND BETWEEN AUSTIN ROAD AND PUBLIC SQUARE STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED TWO-WAY,

M BOWRING STREET BETWEEN NATHAN ROAD AND PILKEM STREET WILL BE OPENED TO TRAFFIC ONE-WAY EASTBOUND,

* NANKING STREET AND NING PO STREET BETWEEN NATHAN ROAD AND PARKES STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY WESTBOUND AND THE CLOSURE AT THEIR JUNCTIONS WITH NATHAN ROAD WILL BE REMOVED,

* PAK HOI STREET BETWEEN NATHAN ROAD AND WOOSUNG STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY EASTBOUND AND THE CLOSURE AT ITS WESTERN JUNCTION WITH NATHAN ROAD WILL BE REMOVED.

OTHER EXISTING TRAFFIC ROUTINGS IN THE STREETS OR ROADS NEXT TO NATHAN ROAD, INTRODUCED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE TSIM SHA TSUI AND JORDAN MTR STATIONS, WILL REMAIN UNCHANGED.

FROM WEDNESDAY, THE FOLLOWING TURNING MOVEMENTS WILL BE PROHIBITED:

JUNCTION WITH AUSTIN ROAD

* LEFT TURN FROM NATHAN ROAD NORTHBOUND INTO AUSTIN ROAD WESTBOUND,

* RIGHT TURN FROM NATHAN ROAD NORTHBOUND INTO AUSTIN ROAD EASTBOUND,

* RIGHT TURN FROM NATHAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND INTO AUSTIN ROAD WESTBOUND,

* LEFT TURN FROM AUSTIN ROAD EASTBOUND INTO NATHAN ROAD NORTHBOUND,

* LEFT TURN FROM AUSTIN ROAD WESTBOUND INTO NATHAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND, AND

* RIGHT TURN FROM AUSTIN ROAD WESTBOUND INTO NATHAN ROAD NORTHBOUND-

/JUNCTION WITH

SUNDAY, APRIL 6, 1980

8

JUNCTION WITH JORDAN ROAD

* LEFT TURN FROM NATHAN ROAD NORTHBOUND INTO JORDAN ROAD WESTBOUND,

* RIGHT TURN FROM NATHAN ROAD NORTHBOUND INTO JORDAN ROAD EASTBOUND,

* LEFT TURN FROM NATHAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND INTO JORDAN ROAD EASTBOUND,

* RIGHT TURN FROM JORDAN ROAD EASTBOUND INTO NATHAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND, AND

* RIGHT TURN FROM JORDAN ROAD WESTBOUND INTO NATHAN ROAD NORTHBOUND-

JUNCTION WITH GASCOIGNE ROAD

* LEFT TURN FROM NATHAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND INTO GASCOIGNE ROAD EASTBOUND, AND

* LEFT TURN FROM GASCOIGNE ROAD INTO NATHAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND.

ALL NORTHBOUND TRAFFIC, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES, ON NATHAN ROAD MUST TURN LEFT INTO KANSU STREET OR PUBLIC SQUARE STREET.

APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP AT THESE PLACES

TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

-------0 ---------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

MONDAY, iiPRIL 7, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

SMOKING CAUSES ILL HEaLTH ................................. 1

CAREERS INFORMATION CENTRES GETTING MORE PQPULhR.................................................... 2

EXPANSION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION services..................... 3

MORE VOLUNTEERS NEEDED TO HELP PROBATIONERS ................4

OLD VILLAGE NEAR TSUEN WAN TO BE RESTORED.................. 5

BUS TERMINUS TO GET NEU LOOK............................... 6

MONDAY, APRIL 7, 1980

1

SMOKING CAUSES ILL HEALTH * * * * *

SMOKING DECREASES LIFE EXPECTANCY AND INCREASES THE INCIDENCE OF SUCH DISEASES AS LUNG CANCER, CORONARY HEART TROUBLE, CHRONIC BRONCHITIS AND EMPHYSEMA.

THE WARNING WAS GIVEN BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE HONG KONG CARDIOLOGICAL SOCIETY,DR RAYMOND WU, AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE 'SMOKING OR HEALTH EXHIBITION’ AT THE OCEAN TERMINAL THIS AFTERNOON.

THE FOUR-DAY EXHIBITION IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE SOCIETY, THE ANTI-CANCER SOCIETY AND THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT AND SPONSORED BY THE HONG KONG HEART FOUNDATION.

IT IS PART OF A SERIES OF THE DEPARTMENT’S ANTI-SMOKING HEALTH EDUCATION ACTIVITIES ORGANISED TO MARK WORLD HEALTH DAY 1980 WITH THE THEME +SMOKING OR HEALTH: THE CHOICE IS YOURS+.

DR WU POINTED OUT THAT FROM STUDIES DONE BY THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF ENGLAND, A SMOKER OF OVER 20 CIGARETTES A DAY LIVES THREE YEARS SHORTER COMPARED WITH A NON-SMOKER.

+MATHEMATICALLY ONE CAN DEDUCE BY CALCULATION THAT EVERY CIGARETTE YOU SMOKE BURNS AWAY YOUR LIFE BY 5.7 MINUTES,+ HE SAID.

DR WU SAID THAT A MALE SMOKER OVER 45 YEARS OF AGE IS THREE TIMES MORE LIABLE TO HAVE CORONARY HEART DISEASE AND THAT 90 PER CENT OF DEATHS FROM LUNG CANCER ARE SMOKERS.

SMOKING ALSO AFFECTS THE HEALTH OF OTHERS, AS IT HAS BEEN SHOWN THAT EVEN PASSIVE INHALERS ALSO SUFFER FROM ILL-EFFECTS OF THE INGREDIENTS OF SMOKE, HE SAID.

THE FINANCIAL IMPLICATION FROM TOBACCO CONSUMPTION AMOUNTED TO S36O MILLION IN 1978, AN AMOUNT THAT COULD BUILD NINE HOUSING ESTATES, HE ADDED.

DR WU STRESSED THAT SMOKING HAS BECOME THE LARGEST SINGLE PREVENTABLE CAUSE OF ILL HEALTH OF MOST DEVELOPED COUNTRIES, INCLUDING HONG KONG.

+IT NEEDS THE JOINT EFFORT OF EVERYBODY, PROFESSIONAL GROUPS AS WELL AS GOVERNMENT TO FIGHT AGAINST SMOKING FOR A HEALTHIER ENVIRONMENT,+ HE SAID.

THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE EXHIBITION WAS PERFORMED BY THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR SOCIAL SERVICES, MR J.W. CHAMBERS.

THE EXHIBITION,. SAID MR CHAMBERS, REPRESENTED A CO-ORDINATED EFFORT BY THE GOVERNMENT AND THE VOLUNTARY SECTOR.

HE SAID THAT THERE CAN BE NO DOUBT OF THE DANGER TO HEALTH REPRESENTED BY CIGARETTE SMOKING, IN THE LIGHT OF THE DETAILED RESEARCH UNDERTAKEN BY DOCTORS IN MANY PARTS OF THE WORLD.

/MR CHAISE-S .....

MONDAY, APRIL 7, 1980

2

MR CHAMBERS SAID IT WAS PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT THAT YOUNG PEOPLE WHO ARE AT THE AGE WHEN THE PRESSURES TO TAKE UP SMOKING ARE AT THEIR STRONGEST, SHOULD BE FULLY AWARE OF THE IMPLICATIONS

OF THEIR DECISION.

HE EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT THE EXHIBITION FOLLOWED BY MOBILE DISPLAYS IN SCHOOLS, WILL HELP MANY YOUNG PEOPLE TO TAKE A WISE DECISION.

CAREERS INFORMATION CENTRES GETTING MORE POPULAR ******

DURING THE PAST TWO MONTHS, MORE THAN 4 800 YOUNG PEOPLE VISITED THE TWO CAREERS INFORMATION CENTRES OPERATED BY THE YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE (YEAS) OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT.

A LARGE NUMBER OF THE VISITORS WERE FORM III STUDENTS FROM SCHOOLS.

MORE OF THEM WILL BE CALLING AT THE CENTRES IN THE NEXT TWO MONTHS IN GROUP VISITS SPECIALLY ARRANGED FOR THEM BY THE YEAS.

IN THE PAST TWO MONTHS, THE YEAS ARRANGED A TOTAL OF 88 SUCH VISITS FOR MORE THAN 3 300 FORM III STUDENTS.

A FURTHER 100 GROUP VISITS HAVE BEEN ARRANGED FOR MORE THAN 4 000 FORM III STUDENTS IN THE NEXT TWO MONTHS.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (MONDAY) THE INCREASING NUMBER OF VISITORS REFLECTED THE CENTRES’ GROWING POPULARITY WITH YOUNG PEOPLE.

♦THIS HAS ALSO INDICATED THAT THE CENTRES, COMPLETE WITH A WIDE RANGE OF FACILITIES, ARE MEETING THE NEEDS OF YOUNG PEOPLE LOOKING FOR CAREERS INFORMATION,+ HE ADDED.

THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT UNDER A PROGRAMME SPECIALLY ARRANGED FOR THE GROUP VISITS, VISITORS WERE BRIEFED ON THE THREE OPTIONS OPEN TO FORM III SCHOOL LEAVERS, NAMELY FURTHERING STUDY, FINDING EMPLOYMENT AND RECEIVING VOCATIONAL TRAINING.

THE SPECIAL PROGRAMME ALSO FEATURED A SMALL EXHIBITION OF DISPLAY MATERIALS TO ENABLE THEM TO HAVE A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF JOBS AVAILABLE IN HONG KONG.

THE TWO CENTRES, ONE ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF NEW RODNEY BLOCK, QUEENSWAY, AND THE OTHER ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF MA TAU KOK ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES, ARE COMPLETE WITH REFERENCE LIBRARIES, SLIDES, FILMS, VIDEO-CARTRIDGES, CASSETTE TAPE-RECORDINGS OF TALKS BY SPECIALISTS AND PRINTED INFORMATION MATERIALS SUCH AS NEWSLETTERS, PAMPHLETS AND LEAFLETS.

-------0--------- /3

MONDAY, APRIL 7, 1980

3

EXPANSION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION SERVICES * * * *

SPECIAL EDUCATION SERVICES FOR SLOW-LEARNERS WILL BE GREATLY EXPANDED WITH 22 360 MORE SPECIAL OR RESOURCE CLASS PLACES PLANNED FOR THE NEXT FIVE YEARS.

AT PRESENT, THERE ARE 15 380 SUCH PLACES, 14 560 IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS AND 820 IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. BY 1985-86, THE NUMBERS WILL BE 24 660 AND 13 080 RESPECTIVELY — REPRESENTING A 145 PER CENT OVERALL INCREASE.

MR C.Y. WONG, SENIOR INSPECTOR OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S SPECIAL EDUCATION SECTION SAID TODAY (MONDAY) THE DEVELOPMENT WAS IN LINE WITH GOVERNMENT’S POLICY OF PROVIDING MORE SERVICES TO CHILDREN WITH LEARNING DIFFICULTIES.

THESE CHILDREN WERE NOT MENTALLY RETARDED, HE EXPLAINED: +THEY ARE ONLY PROGRESSING IN THEIR LEARNING AT A SLOWER RATE THAN AN ORDINARY CHILD.+

IN ORDER TO DETECT LEARNING DISABILITIES OF A CHILD AT AN EARLY STAGE, PRIMARY ONE TO THREE PUPILS IN ALL SCHOOLS ARE GIVEN A GROUP TEST EVERY YEAR.

MR WONG SAID UNDER THE GROUP TESTING PROGRAMME A CHILD WOULD ONLY BE RECOMMENDED TO ATTEND A SPECIAL OR RESOURCE CLASS AFTER CAREFUL EVALUATION OF THE TEST OUTCOME, SCHOOL RECORDS, TEACHERS’ VIEWS AND PARENTS’ OPINIONS.

♦ONCE WHAT IS BEST FOR A CHILD IS DECIDED UPON, STAFF OF OUR SECTION WILL APPROACH THE PARENTS TO EXPLAIN THE RECOMMENDATIONS TO THEM AND TO SEEK THEIR APPROVAL,+ HE SAID.

♦MORE THAN 90 PER CENT OF THE PARENTS CONCERNED HAVE ACCEPTED OUR RECOMMENDATIONS AND, IN FACT, THE MAJORITY PREFER TO HAVE THEIR CHILDREN STAY ON IN SPECIAL CLASS EVEN AT SECONDARY SCHOOL LEVEL,+ HE SAID.

♦THIS IS A CLEAR INDICATION OF THE HE ADDED.

SUCCESS OF THE PROGRAMME,+

MR WONG POINTED OUT THAT A SPECIAL CLASS IS FOR CHILDREN HAVING LEARNING DIFFICULTIES IN ALL SUBJECTS WHILE A RESOURCE CLASS IS FOR THOSE WHOSE PERFORMANCE IN BASIC SUBJECTS ARE LAGGING BEHIND.

THE CURRICULUM FOR A SPECIAL CLASS FOLLOWS THAT OF AN ORDINARY CLASS AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE BUT WITH ADAPTION AND MODIFICATION. IN ADDITION, STUDENT/TEACHER RATIO IS 20,MUCH SMALLER THAN AN ORDINARY CLASS. FOR A RESOURCE CLASS THE RATIO IS 60 IN FOUR GROUPS WITH 15 PUPILS EACH.

MR WONG SAID, +THESE ARRANGEMENTS ENABLE A TEACHER TO SPEND MORE TIME AND ATTENTION ON A SLOW-LEARNER WHO MAY PROGRESS AT HIS OWN PACE IN A SPECIAL OR RESOURCE CLASS.

/♦THIS WILL .....

MONDAY, APRIL 7, 1980

+THIS WILL MAKE THE LEARNING PROCESS MORE EFFECTIVE AND CONSEQUENTLY CHILDREN DO SHOW A KEEN INTEREST, PERFORM BETTER AND BUILD UP MORE CONFIDENCE,* HE SAID.

SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHERS HAVE AN IMPORTANT ROLE TO PLAY IN TRANSFORMING ABSTRACT CONCEPTS INTO SOMETHING CONCRETE FOR CHILDREN TO GRASP WITH.

THEY HAVE TO DEVISE A LOT OF TEACHING AIDS TO HELP ACHIEVE THIS. IN THIS RESPECT, THE SPECIAL EDUCATION SECTION PROVIDES CONSULTANCY AND +BACK-UP* SERVICES FOR THE TEACHERS.

THE SECTION IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR IN-SERVICE TRAINING FOR SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHERS. +AT PRESENT, ABOUT 100 TEACHERS ARE UNDERGOING SUCH TRAINING,* MR WONG SAID.

-----o------

MORE VOLUNTEERS NEEDED TO HELP PROBATIONERS ******

THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT IS EXPANDING ITS VOLUNTEER SCHEME FOR PROBATIONERS SO THAT MORE YOUNG OFFENDERS CAN BE HELPED TO REHABILITATE BY PUBLIC-SPIRITED CITIZENS SOCIALLY.

THE DEPARTMENT WILL LAUNCH ANOTHER RECRUITMENT DRIVE IN JUNE THIS YEAR AIMED AT ENLISTING A HUNDRED MORE VOLUNTEERS.

UNDER THE SCHEME, VOLUNTEERS FROM VARIOUS WALKS OF LIFE WORK FOR SIX MONTHS IN PARTNERSHIP WITH THE DEPARTMENT’S PROBATION OFFICERS TO HELP REFORM OFFENDERS PUT ON PROBATION.

MR PETER LIN, CHAIRMAN OF THE SCHEME’S EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, POINTED OUT TODAY THAT SINCE THE COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT PROJECT STARTED IN 1976, 49 VOLUNTEERS HAD SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED THEIR ASS IGNMENTS.

MR LIN SAID 53 WERE RECRUITED IN THE LAST DRIVE. TWENTY-NINE OF THEM WERE INDIVIDUALLY MATCHED WITH PROBATIONERS AND ARE NOW GIVING UP THEIR FREE TIME TO HELPING THE OFFENDERS.

MATCHING ARRANGEMENTS ARE BEING MADE FOR THE REMAINING NEW RECRUITS ACCORDING TO THEIR AREAS OF SPECIALTY AS WELL AS INTERESTS.

BEFORE BEING ASSIGNED TO A PROBATIONER, MR LIN SAID, VOLUNTEERS ARE TRAINED IN THE BASIC PRINCIPLES OF PROBATION SERVICE- AFTERWARDS, THEY KEEP IN CLOSE TOUCH WITH PROBATION OFFICERS WHO WATCH OVER THEIR PROGRESS OF WORK.

+AMONG THE VOLUNTEERS ARE CIVIL SERVANTS, A MANAGER, A SECRETARY, OFFICE CLERKS, A DESIGNER, TEACHERS, STUDENTS, A TELEVISION PRODUCER, A STORE PROPRIETOR AND A MESSENGER,* HE SAID.

/VS LIN .....

MONDAY, APRIL 7, 1980

5

MR LIN EXPLAINED THAT WHILE PROBATION OFFICERS ASSUME THE LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY OF GUIDING PROBATIONERS IN IMPROVING BEHAVIOUR. VOLUNTEERS PROVIDE THEM WITH COMPANIONSHIP AND HELP SOLVE THEIR SOCIAL PROBLEMS THROUGH FRIENDLY ATTITUDES, CARE AND UNDERSTANDING.

HE SAID THERE IS WIDE SCOPE FOR DIFFERENT KINDS OF VOLUNTARY EFFORT TO HELP PROBATIONERS.

FOR EXAMPLE, HE SAID, VOLUNTEERS WHO ARE PROFESSIONALS MAY CONTRIBUTE KNOWLEDGE IN THEIR OWN FIELD OF SPECIALTY, AND THOSE WHO ARE HOUSEWIVES CAN TEACH HOW TO HANDLE HOUSEHOLD CHORES.

OTHERS MAY GIVE TUITION IN SCHOOL SUBJECTS OR HELP PROBATIONERS DEVELOP MEANINGFUL HOBBIES BY JOINING IN SUCH ACTIVITIES AS PICNICKING, SWIMMING OR PHOTOGRAPHY, HE ADDED.

MR LIN SAID THE IMPACT OF PROBATION WORK ON YOUNG OFFENDERS DEPENDED NOT ONLY ON THE EFFORTS OF PROBATION OFFICERS BUT ALSO ON CO-OPERATION AND SUPPORT OF THE COMMUNITY.

+THROUGH THE COMPANIONSHIP AND GUIDANCE THEY PROVIDE, THE VOLUNTEERS HAVE NO DOUBT GONE A LONG WAY TO HELPING REBUILD THE CONFIDENCE OF PROBATIONERS AND STRENGTHENING OUR PROBATION SERVICE,+ HE SAID.

-----o------

OLD VILLAGE NEAR TSUEN WAN TO BE RESTORED

******

A 30Q-YEAR-0LD VILLAGE NEAR TSUEN WAN WILL BE RENOVATED AND PRESERVED AS PART OF HONG KONG’S HERITAGE.

THE WORK, ESTIMATED TO COST $300 000, WILL START IN JUNE AND WILL INVOLVE A ROW OF HISTORICAL BLUE BRICK HOUSES AT YUEN TUN OLD VILLAGE.

ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER (KWAI CHUNG), MR STEPHEN SELBY, SAID TODAY (MONDAY) THE WORK WAS BEING IMPLEMENTED BY THE YUEN TUN OLD VILLAGE PRESERVATION COMMITTEE, CHAIRED BY THE CHIEF STAFF OFFICER OF THE CIVIL AID SERVICES, MR JOHN FORTUNE.

MR SELBY, WHO IS SECRETARY OF THE COMMITTEE, SAID THE VACATED OLD VILLAGE WAS PART OF THE CIVIL AID SERVICES CAMP AT YUEN TUN.

THE SUM REQUIRED FOR THE RENOVATION WAS BEING RAISED PRIVATELY, WHILE ADMINISTRATION OF THE PROJECT WAS BEING DONE BY THE COMMITTEE OF SEVEN GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS WORKING ON A VOLUNTARY BASIS, HE SAID.

OTHER MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE INCLUDE AN ARCHITECT OF TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE, MR ROGER MATTHEWS-AND THE EXECUTIVE SECRETARY (ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS), URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT, DR SOLOMON BARD.

MONDAY, APRIL 7, 1980


TSUEN WAN COMMUNITY LEADER, MR DEACON CHIU, HAS DONATED $100 000 TOWARDS THE COST OF THE RENOVATION WORK AND ANOTHER COMMUNITY LEADER, MR CHOU WEN-HIN, OF CHOU’S FOUNDATION, HAS DONATED $50 000. MR LAM KIN-MING HAS GIVEN $10 000.

THE COMMITTEE HOPES THAT THE REMAINING SUM WILL BE RAISED BEFORE THE END OF MAY.

THE OLD VILLAGE IS LOCATED 200 METRES ABOVE TSI NG LUNG TAU. YUEN TUN MEANS +ROUND MOUND* IN CHINESE.

IN THE EARLY 196OS, RESIDENTS OF THE OLD VILLAGE WERE RESITED AT TSI NG LUNG TAU WHEN TAI LAM CHUNG RESERVOIR WAS CONSTRUCTED.

THE BLUE BRICK ROW OF SEVEN HOUSES WAS CONSTRUCTED TO A DISTINCT ARCHITECTURAL PATTERN IN RECTANGULAR FORM. AN ANCESTRAL HALL FORMS THE CENTRAL PART, FROM WHICH THERE IS A CORRIDOR CONNECTING ROOMS AND KITCHENS ON EACH SIDE.

RENOVATION WORK WILL INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION OF DRAINAGE CHANNELS AND WORK UNDER THE ROW OF HOUSES TO PREVENT RISING DAMP.

WHEN COMPLETED, A COLLECTION OF LOCAL HISTORICAL ARTEFACTS, INCLUDING ORIGINAL DECORATIONS, FURNITURE AND WORK TOOLS, WILL BE DISPLAYED IN ONE OF THE HOUSES. 7/

AN EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE CIVIL Al& SERVICES WILL ALSO BE ON DISPLAY. i

THE RENOVATED HOUSES, AND FACILITIES AT THE CAMP, CAN BE MADE AVAILABLE TO MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ON REQUEST TO THE CIVIL AID SERVICES.

--------0-----------

BUS TERMINUS TO GET NEW LOOK * * * *

THE EXISTING TSZ WAN SHAN (SOUTH) BUS TERMINUS AT PO KONG VILLAGE ROAD WILL BE REBUILT TO A HIGHER STANDARD.

TENDERS FOR THE OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC

WORK ARE BEING INVITED BY THE HIGHWAYS WORKS DEPARTMENT.

nilI1 MR T,D- ARM0UR> CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE HIGHWAYS (KOWLOON) DIVISION, SAID THE NEW TERMINUS WOULD BE CONSTRUCTED IN REINFORCED CONCRETE.

IT WOULD ALSO HAVE A CANTEEN AND A REGULATOR'S OFFICE.

WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL START MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

IN MAY AND WILL TAKE SOME SIX

- - 0------------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL: 5-233191

TUESDAY, APRIL 8, 1980

CONTENTS

PAGE NC

MONEY SUPPLY hND FINANCIAL STATISTICS FCR FEBRUARY ............................................... q

CHINA VISIT BY HK TRANSPORT OFFICIALS .................. 3

CAS ON SPECIAL EASTER DUTIES ........................... 4

OVERSEAS TRAINING FCR LABOUR OFFICERS .................. 5

RHKahF KEPT BUSY OVER EnSTER............................ g

'.VCRK ON NEW TECHNICAL INSTITUTE VIRTUALLY COMPLETE ............................................... g

SAI KUNG WATERFRONT TO GET A BRIGHT LOOK ............... 7

EXHIBITION OF GIFTS FCR SPECIAL PEOPLE ................. 7

STUDENTS RECEIVE SWIMMING rtWARDS

8

TUESDAY, APRIL 8, 1980

1

MONEY SUPPLY AND FINANCIAL STATISTICS FOR FEBRUARY ******

THE MONEY SUPPLY AND FINANCIAL STATISTICS FOR FEBRUARY 1980 WERE PUBLISHED TODAY (TUESDAY).

THEY SHOW A MARKED FALL IN THE GROWTH RATE OF THE MONEY SUPPLY. AND OF CREDIT TO THE ECONOMY, FROM THE VERY HIGH GROWTH RATES IN JANUARY. THE HIGHER YEAR-ON-YEAR CHANGES RECORDED IN FEBRUARY AS COMPARED WITH JANUARY ARE LARGELY A REFLECTION OF THE EARLIER INCIDENCE OF THE LUNAR NEW YEAR IN 1979 THAN IN 1980.

THE FEBRUARY FIGURES ARE STILL AFFECTED, THOUGH PROBABLY TO A LESSER EXTENT THAN IN JANUARY, BY THE SPECIAL FACTORS MENTIONED LAST MONTH, INCLUDING THE SEASONAL INFLUENCES OF THE LUNAR NEW YEAR AND TAX PAYMENTS, WHICH CONTINUED TO AFFECT DEMAND FOR CREDIT.

MONEY SUPPLY

THE MONEY SUPPLY ON THE NARROWEST DEFINITION, Ml (NOTES AND COIN WITH THE PUBLIC. PLUS DEMAND DEPOSITS. OTHER THAN FROM BANKS AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES (DTCS), WITH LICENSED BANKS) ROSE BY TWO PER CENT IN FEBRUARY, AGAINST A 1.8 PER CENT RISE IN JANUARY. NOTES AND COIN IN THE HANDS OF THE PUBLIC ROSE BY 10.6 PER CENT OVER THE MONTH. WITH THE LUNAR NEW YEAR EXPANSION IN THE NOTE CIRCULATION TAKING, AS USUAL, SOME WEEKS TO FALL FROM ITS HOLIDAY PEAK.

M2 (WHICH IS DEFINED AS Ml PLUS SAVINGS AND TIME DEPOSITS, OTHER THAN FROM BANKS AND DTCS, WITH LICENSED BANKS) ROSE BY ONLY ONE PER CENT IN FEBRUARY, AGAINST A 2.9 PER CENT RISE IN JANUARY. TOTAL DEPOSITS WITH BANKS WERE UNCHANGED IN THE MONTH, SO THAT THE RISE IN M2 REFLECTS SOLELY THE EXPANSION IN THE NOTES AND COIN IN CIRCULATION.

M3 (M2 PLUS PUBLIC DEPOSITS WITH DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES) ROSE BY 2.6 PER CENT IN THE MONTH, WELL DOWN FROM THE JANUARY INCREASE OF 5.3 PER CENT. THE FEBRUARY GROWTH REFLECTS A RISE OF 7.1 PER CENT IN DEPOSITS WITH DTCS.

CREDIT TO THE ECONOMY

BANK LOANS IN HONG KONG ROSE BY 4.6 PER CENT IN FEBRUARY, WELL DOWN FROM THE JANUARY INCREASE OF 6.4 PER CENT. LOANS IN HONG KONG BY DTCS ROSE IN FEBRUARY BY 5.2 PER CENT, AGAIN WELL DOWN FROM THE JANUARY FIGURE OF 7.3 PER CENT. AS A RESULT TOTAL LOANS IN HONG KONG ROSE BY 4.7 PER CENT IN FEBRUARY, WELL DOWN ON THE 6.6 PER CENT RISE IN JANUARY.

LOANS ABROAD

THE TOTAL LOANS ABROAD ROSE IN FEBRUARY, WITH LOANS BY BANKS UP BY S78O MILLION TO S21 485 MILLION, AND LOANS BY DTCS INCREASING BY 1566 MILLION TO $23 756 MILLION.

/EALANCE_SHEET......

TUESDAY, APRIL 8, 1980

2

BALANCE SHEET RATIOS

THE AVERAGE LIQUIDITY RATIO FOR ALL BANKS IN HONG KONG WAS UNCHANGED AT 53.6 PER CENT IN FEBRUARY. THE LOAN/DEPOSIT RATIO HOWEVER ROSE SHARPLY TO 98.9 PER CENT, FROM 94.5 PER CENT, REFLECTING AN INCREASED LOAN BOOK AND AN UNCHANGED DEPOSIT BASE.

THE AVERAGE LIQUIDITY RATIO FOR ALL DTCS FELL SLIGHTLY IN FEBRUARY TO 48.1 PER CENT, DOWN FROM 49.0 PER CENT IN JANUARY. THE LOAN/DEPOSIT RATIO ALSO FELL, FROM 52.7 PER CENT TO 51.8 PER CENT.

NUMBER OF REPORTING INSTITUTIONS

THE NUMBER OF REPORTING BANKS AND DTCS WAS UNCHANGED IN FEBRUARY, AT 106 AND 272 RESPECTIVELY.

THE DETAILED FIGURES FOR FEBRUARY AND COMPARISONS WITH PREVIOUS MONTHS ARE AS FOLLOWS 1

MONEY AND BANKING FIGURES FOR FEBRUARY 1980

FIGURES FOR EARLIER MONTHS IN ^MILLION (% CHANGE)

FEBRUARY 1980 JANUARY 1980 NOVEMBER 1979 FEBRUARY 1979

Ml 21 647 21 226 (*2.0%) 20 039 (+8.0%)* 19 033 (+13.7)*

M2 78 219 77 436 (+1.0%) 72 957 (♦7.2%)* 67 057 (+16.6%)*

M3 107 770 105 032 (*2.6%) 95 833 (+12.5%) 79 631 (+35.3%)

BANKS -

DEPOSITS 70 065 70 063 (-) 66 028 (+6.1%)* 60 320 (+16.2%)*

LOANS AND ADVANCES IN HONG KONG 69 306 66 223 (*4.6%) 58 653 (+18.2%)* 49 359 (+40.4%)*

LOAN/DEPOSIT RATIO 98.9% 94.5% 88.8% 81.8%

AVERAGE LIQUIDITY RATIO 53.6% 53.6% 48.9% 45.6%

TUESDAY, APRIL 8, 1980

5

DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES -

DEPOSITS 29 551 27 596 (+7.1%) 22 876 (+29.2%) 12 574 (+135.0%)

LOANS AND ADVANCES IN HONG KONG 15 304 14 552 (+5.2%) 13 085 (+17.0%) 9 788 (+55.2%)

LOAN/DEPOSIT RATIO 51.8% 52.7% 57.2% 77.8%

AVERAGE LIQUIDITY RATIO ft 48.1% 49.0% ft ft

BANKS AND DEPOSITTAKING COMPANIES

TOTAL CREDIT TO THE ECONOMY

84 610 80 775 71 738 59 218

(+4.7%) (+17.9%) (+42.9%)

NOTEi ’ft’ DENOTES THAT FIGURES ARE RECALCULATED TO EXCLUDE BANKS’ LIABILITIES TO AND CLAIMS ON DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES.

’ft’ DENOTES THAT FIGURE IS NOT AVAILABLE AS THE STATUTORY REQUIREMENT FOR DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES TO OBSERVE A MINIMUM LIQUID ASSETS RATIO CAME INTO FORCE ON JANUARY 1, 1980.

-------o----------

CHINA VISIT BY HK TRANSPORT OFFICIALS ft ft ft ft

A TEAM OF HONG KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS LEFT FOR CHINA THIS (TUESDAY) MORNING FOR TALKS ON QUESTIONS OF MUTUAL INTEREST CONCERNING ROAD TRANSPORT.

THE DISCUSSIONS WILL DEAL PARTICULARLY WITH ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE MOVEMENT OF PUBLIC AND COMMERCIAL VEHICLES BETWEEN HONG KONG AND GUANGDONG.

THE VISIT TO GUANGZHOU IS AT THE INVITATION OF THE TRANSPORTATION BUREAU OF GUANGDONG PROVINCE.

THE DELEGATION IS LED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, M? ALAN ARMSTRONG-WRIGHT, AND ITS MEMBERS INCLUDE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, ENVIRONMENT BRANCH AND THE POLITICAL ADVISER’S OFFICE.

------0-------

/4

TUESDAY, APRIL 8, 1980

4

CAS ON SPECIAL EASTER DUTIES *****

THE CIVIL AID SERVICES WAS PUT TO THE TEST OVER THE EASTER HOLIDAYS AND HAS COME THROUGH REMARKABLY WELL.

THE CHING MING FESTIVAL COINCIDING WITH THE EASTER HOLIDAYS MEANT THAT THE CAS HAD TO MANAGE ENORMOUS CROWDS OF GRAVE SWEEPERS AND TO TAKE CARE OF HILL FIRES AND ACCIDENTS CAUSED BY HOLIDAY-MAKERS TO THE COUNTRYSIDE.

THE FIRST CALL FOR ASSISTANCE CAME FROM THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY WHERE TREMENDOUS DEMANDS FOR TRAIN SERVICES WERE EXPECTED OVER THE HOLIDAYS.

IN RESPONSE TO THE URGENT CALL FOR MANPOWER FOR CROWD CONTROL AND DESPITE OTHER HEAVY COMMITMENTS, THE CAS MUSTERED NEARLY 400 ADULT AND CADET MEMBERS TO KEEP GOOD ORDER AT KOWLOON RAILWAY STATION.

THE SIZE OF THE PROBLEM FACED CAN BE REFLECTED BY THE NUMBER OF TRAVELLERS WHO USED THE RAILWAY TERMINAL ON GOOD FRIDAY WHICH WAS ALSO CHING MING DAY. A RECORD 46 000 PEOPLE WERE REPORTED TO HAVE TAKEN THE TRAIN FROM KOWLOON.

WHILE THEIR COLLEAGUES WERE AT HUNG HOM CONTROLLING THE CROWDS, OTHER CAS MEMBERS WERE OUT IN FORCE IN THE COUNTRY PARKS AND FORESTRY PLANTATIONS KEEPING WATCH ON HILL FIRES.

THE NUMBER OF CAS FIRE FIGHTERS ON PATROL WAS DOUBLED, AS CHING MING IN THE PAST WAS A NOTORIOUSLY BAD TIME FOR COUNTRYSIDE FIRES. ALTOGETHER OVER 700 ADULT AND 160 CADET MEMBERS SACRIFICED THEIR HOLIDAYS FOR THIS SPECIAL DUTY.

THE FINAL COUNT WAS 92 HILL FIRES. CHING MING DAY WAS PARTICULARLY BUSY WITH 55 FIRES, 38 OF WHICH WERE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, 12 ON HONG KONG ISLAND AND FIVE IN KOWLOON.

CAS MEMBERS ACTIVELY HELPED IN STAMPING OUT 22 OF THEM OVER THE WEEKEND. QUICK RESPONSE BY FIRE FIGHTERS WAS A FACTOR TO PREVENT THESE FIRES GETTING OUT OF CONTROL. THE RATHER HIGH HUMIDITY AND INCREASED PUBLICITY ALSO HELPED. ONLY 11 HECTARES OF GRASSLAND WERE BURNT AND SOME 800 PINE TREES DESTROYED IN THE 22 FIRES CONTAINED BY CAS MEMBERS.

CAS MEMBERS ALSO HAD A BUSY TIME IN LOOKING AFTER PICNICKERS WHO NEGLECTED BASIC COMMON SENSE SAFETY RULES.

LATE ON SATURDAY NIGHT A CAS MOUNTAIN RESCUE TEAM RECEIVED AN EMERGENCY CALL TO PROCEED IMMEDIATELY TO YUNG SHU AU IN SAI KUNG TO RESCUE A YOUNG MAN WHO HAD FALLEN FROM A CLIFF AND RECEIVED HEAD INJURIES.

AFTER A QUICK BRIEFING BY THE KOWLOON POLICE DISTRICT CONTROLLER, A TEAM OF 10 TRAINED MOUNTAIN RESCUERS SPED TO THE SCENE AND LOCATED THE INJURED PERSON ON A STEEP ALMOST INACCESSIBLE ROCKY SLOPE ON COCK’S HILL IN THICK UNDERGROWTH.

/THE TEAM...

TUESDAY, APRIL 8, 1980

5

THE TEAM MANAGED TO RECOVER HIM DESPITE GREAT DIFFICULTIES AND CARRIED HIM ON A MOUNTAIN RESCUE STRETCHER TO THE NEAREST HELICOPTER LIFT-OFF AREA.

THE CAS DIRECTOR OF OPERATION, MR JOHN FORTUNE SAID CAS VOLUNTEERS WERE ALWAYS READY TO TURN UP AT ANY PLACE NO MATTER HOW BAD THE WEATHER OR THE TIME OF DAY OR NIGHT IN RESPONSE TO ANY CALL TO EMERGENCY DUTY.

♦THE CAS HAS A WEALTH OF TRAINED DISCIPLINE AND SKILLED LOCAL TALENTS TO MEET ANY NEED FOR IMPORTANT CIVIC DUTIES OR ANSWER ANY REQUEST FOR HELP BY THE REGULAR SERVICES IN DEALING WITH EMERGENCIES OR EVEN DISASTERS,* HE SAID.

- - u

OVERSEAS TRAINING FOR LABOUR OFFICERS ft ft ft ft

AN ASSISTANT LABOUR OFFICER OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, MR MAN TAK-WAH, WILL BE LEAVING FOR LONDON TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) TO ATTEND A 15-WEEK LABOUR ADMINISTRATION COURSE AT THE DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (TUESDAY) THAT MR MAN'S OVERSEAS TRAINING WAS IN LINE WITH THE DEPARTMENT'S POLICY TO PROVIDE OFFICERS WITH FURTHER TRAINING BOTH IN HONG KONG AND OVERSEAS.

OFFICERS WERE SENT OVERSEAS FROM TIME TO TIME FOR FURTHER TRAINING TO ENABLE THEM TO STUDY THE LATEST DEVELOPMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE FIELDS, SUCH AS LABOUR RELATIONS, LABOUR ADMINISTRATION, PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT, EMPLOYMENT AS WELL AS INDUSTRIAL SAFETY.

THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT THREE FACTORY INSPECTORS WERE CURRENTLY RECEIVING FURTHER TRAINING IN LONDON.

ONE OF THEM IS NOW ATTENDING A SIX-MONTH DIPLOMA COURSE ON SAFETY AND HYGIENE AT A UNIVERSITY.

THE OTHERS ARE ATTENDING AN EIGHT-WEEK BASIC CONSTRUCTION SAFETY COURSE IN A TECHNICAL COLLEGE.

THE SPOKESMAN ALSO POINTED OUT THAT SO FAR THIS YEAR SEVEN OFFICERS — ONE DIVISIONAL FACTORY INSPECTOR, TWO INDUSTRIAL TRAINING OFFICERS, TWO LABOUR INSPECTORS AND TWO ASSISTANT LABOUR OFFICERS — HAD RETURNED TO HONG KONG AFTER COMPLETING THEIR OVERSEAS TRAINING.

THE DIVISIONAL FACTORY INSPECTOR SPENT THREE MONTHS ON ATTACHMENT TO THE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT IN UK.

ONE INDUSTRIAL TRAINING OFFICER STUDIED MANPOWER AND PLANNING IN THE UNITED STATES AND ANOTHER ATTENDED A MANAGEMENT COURSE FOR TRAINING PROJECTS.

THE TWO ASSISTANT LABOUR OFFICERS COMPLETED THE COURSE THAT MR MAN IS GOING TO ATTEND, AND THE TWO LABOUR INSPECTORS SPENT THREE MONTHS ON ATTACHMENT TO THE MINISTRY OF LABOUR IN SINGAPORE.

------0 ------ /6..................

TUESDAY, APRIL 8, 1980

6

RHKAAF KEPT BUSY OVER EASTER ft ft ft ft

THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR FORCE RESPONDED TO SIX CASUALTY EVACUATION CALLS DURING THE EASTER HOLIDAYS FROM APRIL 4 TO 7 — THE HIGHEST FOR ANY FOUR-DAY PERIOD.

ON APRIL 5 ALONE, RHKAAF HELICOPTERS AIRLIFTED THREE PATIENTS TO HOSPITALS FOR MEDICAL TREATMENT.

THE SIX EMERGENCY CASES WERE RELATED TO A TRAFFIC ACCIDENT, A HEART FAILURE, A PREGNANCY, AN INTERNAL BLEEDING, A FALL FROM CLIFF AND A PLUNGE FROM HEIGHT.

THESE SIX CASES BROUGHT TO 57 THE NUMBER OF CASUALTY EVACUATION CALLS ANSWERED BY RHKAAF SO FAR THIS YEAR, COMPARED WITH 25 IN THE CORRESPONDING PERIOD IN 1979.

♦THIS IS IN ADDITION TO OUR REGULAR FLYING DUTIES AND ANTI-ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION OPERATIONS,♦ AN RHKAAF SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID UPON RECEIVING AN EMERGENCY CALL DURING NORMAL WORKING HOURS, AIR CREW AT THE RHKAAF HEADQUARTERS IN KAI TAK COULD GET A HELICOPTER AIRBORNE WITHIN FIVE MINUTES AND ARRIVE AT A LANDING SITE IN THE TERRITORY WITHIN 20 MINUTES AFTER TAKE-OFF.

- - o - -

WORK ON NEW TECHNICAL INSTITUTE VIRTUALLY COMPLETE ft ft ft ft ft ft

WORK ON THE $19 MILLION LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE IN KOWLOON TONG IS VIRTUALLY COMPLETE AND THE BUILDING WILL BE HANDED OVER TO THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT TOWARDS THE END OF THIS MONTH.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SAID WORKMEN WERE PUTTING FINISHING TOUCHES TO THE BUILDING.

WORK ON THE FINAL PHASE OF THIS PROJECT INCLUDES THE CONSTRUCTION OF A SCHOOL HALL WITH A COVERED PLAY AREA AND CANTEEN ON THE GROUND FLOOR AND WORKSHOPS FOR ENGINEERING, COMMERCIAL STUDIES, FOOTWEAR TECHNOLOGY AND PRACTICAL DESIGN COURSES.

PHASE ONE OF THE PROJECT INVOLVING THE CONSTRUCTION OF A FOUR-STOREY ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK AND A FIVE-STOREY TEACHING BLOCK WAS COMPLETE LAST YEAR. .

THE INSTITUTE AT THE CORNER OF RENFREW ROAD AND HEREFORD ROAD OPPOSITE TO OSBORN BARRACKS OCCUPIES AN AREA OF ABOUT TwO HECTARES.

IT WILL HAVE SPECIAL FACILITIES FOR HANDICAPPED STUDENTS INCLUDING LIFTS, RAMP ACCESS TO ALL FLOORS AND TOILETS.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE NEW INSTITUTE WAS THE FIRST OF ITS KIND TO HAVE SUCH FACILITIES FOR HANDICAPPED STUDENTS.

- 0 - _

/7 ....

TUESDAY, APRIL 8, 1980

7

SAI KUNG WATERFRONT TO GET A BRIGHT LOOK

*****

THE WATERFRONT OF SAI KUNG TOWN IS TO BE BEAUTIFIED FOR THE BENEFIT OF LOCAL RESIDENTS AND VISITORS.

THE LOCAL DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD IS BACKING A PLAN TO PLANT FLOWERS AND SHRUBS ALONG THE WATERFRONT TO GIVE THE TOWN A BRIGHT LOOK.

ALSO TO BE PROVIDED ARE PUBLIC SEATING AREAS, TREES AND TRAFFIC FREE WALKWAYS.

THE CENTREPIECE OF THE SCHEME WILL BE A HUGE CONCRETE ♦DOLOSSE*, THOUSANDS OF WHICH WERE USED IN THE EASTERN COFFERDAM OF THE HIGH ISLAND RESERVOIR TO DISSIPATE THE FORCE OF OCEAN WAVES.

THE +DOLOSSE*, PROVIDED BY THE RESERVOIR CONTRACTORS, IS INTENDED TO REMIND THE PEOPLE OF THE TOWN AND VISITORS OF THE IMPORTANCE OF THIS ENORMOUS PROJECT AND OF THE VALUABLE PART SAI KUNG RESIDENTS PLAYED IN ITS CONSTRUCTION.

SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICER, MR COLIN BOSHER, SAID IN MANY WAYS A +DOLOSSE+ COULD BE REGARDED AS A FORM OF ART.

♦BEING SO LARGE IT WILL BE A CONSTANT REMINDER OF THE HUGENESS CF THE HIGH ISLAND WATER SCHEME AND OF THE MANY BENEFITS ITS COMPLETION HAS BROUGHT TO HONG KONG,* HE SAID.

HE SAID IT WAS HOPED TO HAVE THE +DOLOSSE* IN POSITION IN TIME FOR THE SUMMER AND ALSO TO HAVE SOME OF THE OTHER WORK COMPLETED. PLANS ARE STILL BEING WORKED OUT.

- _ o - -

EXHIBITION OF GIFTS FOR SPECIAL PEOPLE ******

AN EXHIBITION OF GIFTS SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE, ORPHANS AND REFUGEE CHILDREN WILL BE HELD IN THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S CULTURAL CRAFTS CENTRE FROM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) UNTIL SATURDAY.

THE GIFTS ARE WINNING ENTRIES IN A COMPETITION CALLED *A GIFT CF YOURSELF* ORGANISED BY THE ROTARACT CLUB OF VICTORIA TO AROUSE SOCIAL AWARENESS AND ENCOURAGE CREATIVITY AMONG STUDENTS.

MORE THAN 1 000 ITEMS WERE ENTERED FOR THE COMPETITION FROM STUDENTS IN SOME 60 SCHOOLS, INCLUDING HANDICAPPED CHILDREN FROM SPECIAL SCHOOLS.

*THEIR ACTIVE PARTICIPATION IN THE COMPETITION SHOULD HELP THE PUBLIC TO UNDERSTAND THAT THEY THEMSELVES HAVE THE ABILITY TO SERVE AND TO HELP OTHERS,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.

/THE 100 WINNING

TUESDAY, APRIL 8, 1980

8

THE 100 WINNING ENTRIES TO BE PUT ON DISPLAY WERE SELECTED OFFICIALS OF THE ROTARY CLUB OF VICTORIA AND THE HEEP HONG CLUB REPRESENTATIVES OF THE DEPARTMENT.

BY AND

PRIZES WILL BE PRESENTED TO THE WINNERS ON SATURDAY (APRIL 12) AFTERNOON IN THE CULTURAL CRAFTS CENTRE, AT 4 PAK FUK ROAD, NORTH POINT.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE WELCOME TO VISIT THE EXHIBITION.

-------0 _ _ _ _

STUDENTS RECEIVE SWIMMING AWARDS X * * X X

VISITING CONSERVATIVE MP, MR GARY WALLER TODAY (TUESDAY) PRESENTED PERSONAL SURVIVAL SWIMMING AWARD CERTIFICATES TO SCHOOL REPRESENTATIVES AT A CEREMONY IN THE CITY HALL RESTAURANT.

MR WALLER IS IN HONG KONG AT THE INVITATION OF THE SWIMMING TEACHERS’ ASSOCIATION.

HE SPENT YESTERDAY AFTERNOON AT THE MORSE PARK SWIMMING POOL SEEING STUDENTS TAKING THE PERSONAL SURVIVAL SWIMMING AWARD EXAMINATION ORGANISED BY THE ASSOCIATION.

THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR KENNETH TOPLEY ALSO ATTENDED TODAY’S CEREMONY AND ADDRESSED THE GATHERING.

FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF SPEECH BY MR TOPLEY 1

♦WE ARE GATHERED HERE THIS EVENING TO WELCOME MR GARY WALLER AS AN HONOURED GUEST OF THE HONG KONG SWIMMING TEACHERS’ ASSOCIATION. MR WALLER IS A MEMBER OF PARLIAMENT AND IS HON SECRETARY OF THE CONSERVATIVE PARLIAMENTARY SPORTS AND RECREATION COMMITTEE. HE IS ALSO A MEMBER OF THE NATIONAL UNION OF JOURNALISTS. I WELCOME HIM TO HONG KONG, AND FROM THE PROGRAMME THAT HAS BEEN ARRANGED FOR HIM I BELIEVE HE WILL SEE A GREAT DEAL OF WHAT IS BEING DONE, NOT ONLY IN SWIMMING BUT IN OTHER AREAS OF RECREATION AND INDUSTRY.

+THIS EVENING WE HAVE SOME SPECIAL GUESTS FROM SCHOOLS. THEY ARE SCHOOL PRINCIPALS AND TEACHERS WHO HAVE BEEN INVITED TO RECEIVE SWIMMING TEACHERS’ ASSOCIATION PERSONAL SURVIVAL AWARD CERTIFICATES. YESTERDAY WE HELD A LARGE SWIMMING AWARD EXAMINATION AT MORSE PARK SWIMMING POOL WHEN 430 STUDENTS TOOK PART IN THESE TESTS. THIS AWARD EXAMINATION GIVES CHILDREN SOMETHING TO STRIVE FOR AFTER THEY HAVE LEARNED TO SWIM THROUGH SUCH COURSES AS THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S LEARN-TO-SWIM SCHEME, THE URBAN COUNCIL’S LEARN-TO-SWIM SCHEME, OR VERY OFTEN DURING THEIR OWN SCHOOL P.E. LESSONS. I SHOULD LIKE TO CONGRATULATE ALL WHO HAVE WON THESE AWARDS AND ENCOURAGE AS MANY SCHOOLS AS POSSIBLE TO ENTER FOR THIS WORTHWHILE PROJECT.

+1 PERSONALLY AM VERY INTERESTED IN THE TEACHING OF SWIMMING AND I RECOGNISE THE GREAT IMPORTANCE OF PROPER TEACHING TECHNIQUES BEING USED BY TRAINED TEACHERS. I SHALL CONTINUE TO GIVE MY FULLEST SUPPORT TO THE HONG KONG SWIMMING TEACHERS’ ASSOCIATION AND WISH IT EVERY SUCCESS IN THE FUTURE.+

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

s

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 9, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

GOVERNOR TO VISIT MANILA.....................................

i

ROLE OF EDUCATION IN PREVENTING DRUG ABUSE................... 1

AMS TRAINING CENTRE IN PIPELINE ............................. 2

JAPANESE INVESTMENT MISSION VISITS CONTAINER TERMINAL ................................................... 3

NE’-V TERRITORIES TO TAKE PART IN QUEEN’S BIRTHDAY ................................................... 4

NUMBER OF SEAMEN REGISTERED ................................ 5

KOWLOON BAY SITE AVAILABLE FOR SHORT-TERM TENANCY ...................................................

TEMPORARY CLOSURE CF TAI HANG ROAD........................... 5

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 9, 1980

1

GOVERNOR TO VISIT MANILA ft ft * ft

THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, WEEK TO ADDRESS THE INTERTANKO SHIPPING MEETING.

WILL VISIT MANILA NEXT ORGANISATION GENERAL

A J ? «HRR^^,LL LEAVE 0N APRIL 17 AND RETURN TO HONG KONG ON APRIL 19. DURING HIS STAY THE GOVERNOR WILL BE THE GUEST OF THE PHILIPPINES GOVERNMENT.

SIR MURRAY’S PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE A CALL ON PRESIDENT MARCOS, A DINNER HOSTED BY HIM FOR MEMBERS OF INTERTANKO AND A VISIT TO THE REFUGEE PROCESSING CENTRE AT BATAAN. ’

SIR MURRAY WILL ALSO GENERAL CARLOS ROMULO AND BY HIM.

CALL ON THE WILL ATTEND

PHILIPPINES FOREIGN MINISTER, AN OFFICIAL DINNER HOSTED

THE GOVERNOR WILL BE DR DAVID WILSON.

ACCOMPANIED BY THE POLITICAL ADVISER,

-----o------

ROLE OF EDUCATION IN PREVENTING DRUG ABUSE ft ft ft ft

THE DRUG PROBLEM CAN ONLY BE ULTIMATELY CONTAINED THROUGH EFFECTIVE EDUCATION AND PREVENTIVE EFFORTS, THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR KENNETH TOPLEY, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

MR TOPLEY WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE WEEK-LONG UNESCO ►EETING ON *THE ROLE OF EDUCATION IN THE SOCIAL REINTEGRATION OF FORMER DRUG USERS* IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL CHAMBER.

HE SAID THE ROLE OF EDUCATION IN THIS FIELD MUST BE BROADLY BASED, AND COMMUNITY-WIDE, AND MUST EMBRACE THE FAMILIES, FRIENDS, EMPLOYERS AND FELLOW-WORKERS OF THOSE WHO HAD BEEN ADDICTED AND THOSE WHO WERE AT RISK OF BECOMING ADDICTED, AS WELL AS THE LEADERS OF SOCIETY.

EDUCATION OF THE CHILD ON THE DANGERS OF DRUGS CANNOT BE ACHIEVED SOLELY THROUGH THE EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM, MR TOPLEY SAID.

♦IT MUST START IN THE HOME, WITH THE PARENTS,* HE ADDED.

IT WAS ALSO HIS FIRM CONVICTION THAT REINTEGRATING FORMER AND EXISTING DRUG DEPENDENT PERSONS INTO THE COMMUNITY WOULD BE BENEFICIAL BOTH TO SOCIETY AND THE INDIVIDUALS CONCERNED.

HOWEVER, IN DEVISING EFFECTIVE WAYS OF RE-ENTRY INTO THE COMMUNITY FOR AN ADDICT CURRENTLY UNDER OUT-PATIENT TREATMENT, OR WHO HAS COMPLETED AN IN-PATIENT COURSE, IT IS NECESSARY TO APPRECIATE NOT ONLY THE COMMUNITY’S ATTITUDE TO HIM, BUT HIS ATTITUDE TO THE COMMUNITY.

/SINCS 1976, ....

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 9, 1980

2

SINCE 1976, MUCH PROGRESS HAD BEEN MADE TO CREATE AN AWARENESS AMONG INDIVIDUALS AND COMMUNITY GROUPS OF THE MANY UNDERLYING CAUSES OF THE DRUG PROBLEM AND TO CONVINCE THEM THATi

* SOMETHING CAN BE, AND IS BEING, DONE ABOUT BOTH THE SUPPLY AND DEMAND ASPECTS OF DRUG ABUSE, AND

* THEY CAN HELP IN BOTH THESE FIELDS, AND THAT THE CAUSE IS WORTH THEIR ACTIVE INTEREST.

THE EDUCATION OF THE ADDICT, AND THE CORRECTION OF HIS INGRAINED ATTITUDES TO SOCIETY, IS NO LESS DIFFICULT A TASK THAN THE CHANGING OF COMMUNITY ATTITUDES TO HIM,+ MR TOPLEY SAID.

THE EMPHASIS OF REHABILITATION PROGRAMMES IS ON RESTORING PHYSICAL HEALTH, ON TRYING TO UPROOT THE PSYCHOLOGICAL OR EMOTIONAL DEPENDENCE ON DRUGS, AND LASTLY, TO FACILITATE RE-ENTRY TO SOCIETY.

-----0------

AMS TRAINING CENTRE IN PIPELINE

* * X *

THE AUXILIARY MEDICAL SERVICE PLANS TO BUILD ITS OWN TRAINING CENTRE TO PUT UNDER ONE ROOF VARIOUS TYPES OF TRAINING FOR ITS 6 000 MEMBERS.

THE AMS MEDICAL DEFENCE STAFF OFFICER, MR K.C. TONG SAID A SITE IN HO MAN TIN HAD BEEN EARMARKED FOR SUCH PURPOSE AND WORK WOULD START AS SOON AS FUNDS WERE APPROVED BY THE GOVERNMENT.

THE PROPOSED TRAINING CENTRE, WHEN COMPLETED, WILL PROVIDE A FULL RANGE OF FACILITIES INCLUDING LECTURE ROOMS, NURSING WARDS, DEMONSTRATION ROOMS, A CO-ORDINATION CENTRE, PARADE GROUND AND A CANTEEN.

♦IT IS ALSO INTENDED THAT THE CENTRE CAN BE TURNED INTO A CASUALTY RECEPTION CENTRE IN CASE OF EMERGENCY INVOLVING A LARGE NUMBER OF CASUALTIES,^ HE SAID.

AT PRESENT, AMS TRAINING COURSES ARE CONDUCTED IN CLASSROOMS OF VARIOUS GOVERNMENT AND PRIVATE SCHOOLS DURING WEEKENDS AND HOLIDAYS.

♦THE TRAINING PROVIDED FOR AMS MEMBERS IS MULT I-FACETED,♦ M? TONG SAID.

ALL NEW RECRUITS ARE REQUIRED TO RECEIVE 40 HOURS OF INITIAL TRAINING IN BASIC FIRST-AID, HE EXPLAINED. OTHER TRAINING PROGRAMMES INCLUDE CASUALTY EVACUATION, NURSING, METHADONE TREATMENT, THE MANNING OF AMBULANCES AND EMERGENCY MEDICAL CENTRES, LIFE SAVING AS WELL AS CANOE LIFE GUARD SERVICES.

/THERE ARE .....

5

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 9, 1980

THERE ARE ALSO COURSES ON LEADERSHIP, ADMINISTRATION, AS WELL AS SUPERVISORY AND TRAINING TECHNIQUES, HE ADDED.

♦IT HAS ALWAYS BEEN OUR POLICY TO DIVERSIFY OUR TRAINING AND ACTIVITIES SO THAT AMS MEMBERS CAN RENDER SERVICES TO THE PUBLIC IN AS MANY AREAS AS POSSIBLE,* MR TONG SAID.

-------0 - - - -

JAPANESE INVESTMENT MISSION VISITS CONTAINER TERMINAL ******

THE JAPANESE INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT MISSION, NOW IN HONG KONG ON A FACT-FINDING VISIT, TODAY (WEDNESDAY) VISITED THE KWAI CHUNG CONTAINER TERMINAL AND TWO FACTORIES.

ACCOMPANIED BY MR C.L. CHU, INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OFFICER OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT, THE DELEGATION VISITED THE MODERN TERMINALS LTD AT THE CONTAINER TERMINAL WHICH RANKS AMONG THE TOP FOUR IN THE WORLD.

THE MODERN TERMINALS LTD, A LOCALLY-OWNED COMPANY ESTABLISHED IN 1969, EMPLOYS A TOTAL OF 950 STAFF. THERE ARE 30 SHIPPING LINES USING THE COMPANY’S FACILITIES WHICH INCLUDE FOUR FREIGHT STATIONS AND TWO BERTHS. THE TWO BERTHS, WITH FOOTAGES OF 1 000 FEET AND 1 550 FEET, ACCOMMODATED 982 VESSELS IN 1978 AND 1 072 LAST YEAR.

A WAREHOUSE IS UNDER CONSTRUCTION AND, WHEN COMPLETED, WILL PROVIDE A TOTAL FLOOR AREA OF 465 000 SQ FT.

IN 1978 THE MODERN TERMINALS LTD HANDLED A TOTAL OF 462 000 20-FT-EQUIVALENT CARGO CONTAINERS, AND 479 000 LAST YEAR.

IN THE AFTERNOON, THE MISSION VISITED ELECTRONIC DEVICES LTD IN KWAI CHUNG.

THE COMPANY, ESTABLISHED IN 1969, NOW EMPLOYS MORE THAN 600 PEOPLE, AND IS A JOINT VENTURE BETWEEN LOCAL INTERESTS AND THE NETHERLANDS. IT PRODUCES TRANSISTORS, DIODES AND INTEGRATED CIRCUITS MAINLY FOR EXPORTS TO WEST GERMANY, THE NETHERLANDS AND AUSTRIA.

THE MISSION ALSO WENT TO TSI NG Yl ISLAND TO SEE THE OUTBOARD MARINE ASIA LTD.

THE COMPANY, SET UP IN 1975, IS A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF OUTBOARD MARINE CORPORATION IN USA.

PRODUCTS OF THE COMPANY INCLUDE OUTBOARD MARINE MOTORS, ELECTRICAL PARTS OF IGNITION COIL, CHARGE COIL AND SENSOR COIL.

-------0---------

A

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 9, 1980

4

NEW TERRITORIES TO TAKE PART IN QUEEN’S BIRTHDAY CELEBRATIONS ******

THE QUEEN’S BIRTHDAY ON APRIL 21 WILL BE CELEBRATED IN THE NEW TERRITORIES AT OVER 20 VENUES IN VARIOUS DISTRICTS.

MAJOR CELEBRATIONS WILL BE HELD AT YUEN LONG STADIUM, FANLING RECREATION GROUND, TUEN MUN PLAYGROUND, AND SHA TSUI ROAD PLAYGROUND IN TSUEN WAN.

THE PROGRAMME AT YUEN LONG STADIUM WILL BEGIN AT 9.30 AM AND WILL COMPRISE SPORTS, DANCE AND MARTIAL ARTS DEMONSTRATIONS AS k£LL AS GAMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE AND CHILDREN.

IN THE AFTERNOON AT 4 PM THERE WILL BE A DIVISION A FRIENDLY FOOTBALL MATCH.

IN TUEN MUN, THERE WILL ALSO BE SPORTS EVENTS FOR PARTICIPATION. THESE INCLUDE BASKETBALL TOURNAMENTS FOR BOTH MEN AND WOMEN.

THE MAIN ATTRACTION AT THE FANLING RECREATION GROUND WILL BE TELEGAMES FOR ADULTS AND A ROLLER-SKATING DEMONSTRATION. OTHERS MAY JOIN IN A CROSS COUNTRY RUN.

A MASS DEMONSTRATION OF TAI CHI AND MORNING EXERCISES BY THE ELDERLY WILL SET THE STAGE FOR THE CELEBRATION PROGRAMME AT THE SHA TSUI ROAD PLAYGROUND IN TSUEN WAN. YOUNG CHILDREN WILL BE INVITED TO TAKE PART IN A THREE-HOUR MEDLEY PROGRAMME OF SPORTS GAMES.

RESIDENTS ON OUTLYING ISLANDS WILL ALSO SHARE THE FESTIVITIES. THERE WILL BE SPORTS DEMONSTRATIONS AND COMPETITIONS ON CHEUNG CHAU AND AT MUI WO ON LANTAU, THERE WILL BE A LONG DISTANCE RACE STARTING AT 10 AM.

MISS HONG KONG 1979, MISS OLIVIA CHENG WILL ATTEND THE PROGRAMME AT LEK YUEN COMMUNITY HALL IN SHA TIN BEGINNING AT 10 AM.

DISTRICT OFFICERS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION AS WELL AS LOCAL PERSONALITIES WILL OFFICIATE AT THE CEREMONIES IN ALL THESE FUNCTIONS.

NEW TERRITORIES RESIDENTS WHO WISH TO TAKE PART IN THE COMPETITIONS ARE WELCOME TO OBTAIN APPLICATION FORMS FROM THEIR DISTRICT OFFICE OR LOCAL RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE OFFICE. ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE CELEBRATION PROGRAMMES CAN BE MADE BY TELEPHONE TO RSS OFF ICESi SHA TIN — 12-620170- TAI PO — 12-677111 EXT. 140-SAI KUNG — 3-2814683- ISLANDS — 5-454616- TSUEN WAN — 12-404361-TUEN MUN — 12-813210 EXT. 260- AND YUEN LONG 12-764246.

-------o--------- /s .....

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 9, 1980

5

NUMBER OF SEAMEN REGISTERED *****

THE SEAMEN’S RECRUITING OFFICE OF THE MARINE DEPARTMENT HAS REGISTERED A TOTAL OF 85 294 SEAMEN UP TO THE END OF FEBRUARY THIS YEAR, ACCORDING TO STATISTICS RELEASED TODAY.

OF THESE, 53 733 HAVE EITHER BEEN TO SEA DURING THE PAST TWO YEARS OR HAVE HAD PRE-SEA TRAINING OR ACCEPTABLE SHORE EXPERIENCE TO QUALIFY FOR SERVICE AT SEA.

ANOTHER 1 497 SEAMEN ARE NEW ENTRANTS TO THE SHIPPING INDUSTRY. THE REMAINING 30 064 SEAMEN, ARE THOSE WHO HAVE ALSO REGISTERED WITH LICENSED CREW DEPARTMENTS IN SHIPPING COMPANIES.

DURING FEBRUARY, 85 SEAMEN, INCLUDING 11 OFFICERS, REGISTERED WITH THE OFFICE WHILE 1 424 SEAMEN WERE ENGAGED FOR SERVICE IN OCEAN-GOING SHIPS.

KOWLOON BAY SITE AVAILABLE FOR SHORT-TERM TENANCY * * * *

A SITE AT KOWLOON BAY RECLAMATION FOR STORAGE OF GOODS AND CARGO AND/OR CONTAINER PACKING, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR IS BEING OFFERED BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.

TENDERS FOR A SHORT-TERM TENANCY OF THE 2 775-SQUARE-METRE SITE ARE INVITED BY THE PWD CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE.

A PWD SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THE TENANCY WAS FOR AN INITIAL ONE YEAR PERIOD AND, THEREAFTER, QUARTERLY.

TENDER FORMS AND PARTICULARS OF THE TENANCY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY HEAD OFFICE IN MURRAY BUILDING, 19TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD OR FROM ITS OFFICE IN THE KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 10TH FLOOR, 405 NATHAN ROAD.

TENDERS MUST BE SUBMITTED BEFORE NOON ON APRIL 25.

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF TAI HANG ROAD *****

A SECTION OF TAI HANG ROAD BETWEEN STUBBS ROAD ROUNDABOUT AND ITS JUNCTION WITH BLUE POOL ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 12.30 AM AND 5.30 AM DAILY ON FRIDAY (APRIL 11) AND SATURDAY TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION WORK IN THE AREA.

DURING THE TEMPORARY CLOSURE, MOTORISTS MAY USE STUBBS ROAD AS AN ALTERNATIVE ROUTE.

APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

- - 0 -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

THURSDAY, APRIL 10, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO,

TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE EXPANDED ...................... 1

APPOINTMENTS TO CONSUMER COUNCIL............................ 1

HK REPRESENTED AT AIR TALKS BETWEEN BRITAIN AND CANADA ................................................ 2

WORK HOURS FOR YOUNG PERSONS IN INDUSTRY .................. 3

APPRENTICES COMPLETE PWD COURSES ......................... 4

FOOTBRIDGES FOR SHA TIN..................................... 4

SERVICE RESERVOIR FOR NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN CHAI WAN....................................................5

*

NIGHT CLOSURE OF PRINCESS i-aRGaRET ROAD FLYOVER........... 5

THURSDAY, APRIL 10, 1980

1

TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE EXPANDED ft ft ft ft ft ft

THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE HAS BEEN EXPANDED FROM 10 TO 13 MEMBERS.

MEMBERSHIP OF THE TAC UNDER THE CHAIRMANSHIP OF THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT WILL BE GAZETTED TOMORROW (FRIDAY).

THE MEMBERS ARE THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE- THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE- THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE- THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE- THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT- MRS ELSIE ELLIOTT- MRS GRACE HO- MR STEPHEN WONG- THE HON LYDIA DUNN-THE HON T.S. LO- MR H.M.G. FORSGATE- MR CHAN PAK-KEUNG- AND MISS ANNIE WU.

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE INCREASED MEMBERSHIP RESULTED FROM A CHANGE IN THE COMPOSITION OF THE COMMITTEE, AS ALL THE ADDITIONAL MEMBERS WERE UNOFFICIALS.

THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED I +BECAUSE TRANSPORT PROBLEMS ARE BECOMING MORE IMPORTANT AND COMPLEX, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT A WIDER SPECTRUM OF UNOFFICIAL EXPERIENCE SHOULD BE CALLED ON FOR ADVICE.+

HE ADDED, *THE COMMITTEE IS CONSULTED ON ALL TRANSPORT PROPOSALS SUBMITTED TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.*

+IN THE PAST YEAR, THE WORKLOAD ON THE COMMITTEE HAS GROWN CONSIDERABLY, AND THIS GROWTH IS UNLIKELY TO BE REVERSED IN FUTURE.*

MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE REFLECTS BOTH THE WIDE SCOPE OF INTERESTS OF INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS, AND THE CONTINUING LINKS MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE AND OTHER IMPORTANT HONG KONG BODIES, SUCH AS THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE HEUNG YEE KUK.

- - 0 - -

APPOINTMENTS TO CONSUMER COUNCIL * * ft X * ft

MR K.S. LO, WHOSE TERM OF OFFICE AS CHAIRMAN OF THE CONSUMER COUNCIL EXPIRED ON APRIL 7, 1980, HAS BEEN SUCCEEDED BY MR GALLANT Y.T. HO.

MR HO, WHO JOINED THE CONSUMER COUNCIL IN 1975, THE SAME YEAR WHEN MR LO TOOK UP HIS CHAIRMANSHIP, WILL SERVE ON THE COUNCIL FOR A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS.

NINE MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL, WHOSE TERM OF OFFICE ALSO ENDED ON APRIL 7, 1980, HAVE BEEN RE-APPOINTED FOR ANOTHER TWO YEARS.

THURSDAY, APRIL 10, 1980

2'

THEY ARE MR SHUM CHO I-SANG, MRS MAXINE KWOK

MR ALFRED C.Y. KR KAN MING-YA

AU-YEUNG, MR MARVIN K.T. CHEUNG

MR LEUNG SIK-WAH AND MR

WONG KONG-HA

, MRS LEE LO YUK-SIM MRS MABEL CHOW,

IN ADDITION, FIVE NEW MEMBERS HAVE BEEN APPOINTED TO THE COUNCIL FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR. THEY ARE MR SELWYN MAR MR NG KAI-KONG, MR TANG KWAI-NANG, MR KEIINETH TING AND hRS TONG CHOW YEUK-FUN.

THESE APPOINTMENTS AND RE-APPOIHTMEHTS WILL BE FORMALLY GAZETTED ON APRIL 18, 1980.

-----0------

HK REPRESENTED AT AIR TALKS BETWEEN BRITAIN AND CANADA

******

MR NORMAN LATHAM, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF CIVIL AVIATION, LEFT HONG KONG THIS (THURSDAY) EVENING TO REPRESENT THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT AT AIR SERVICES NEGOTIATIONS TO BE HELD IN LONDON NEXT WEEK BETWEEN THE BRITISH AND CANADIAN AERONAUTICAL AUTHORITIES.

THE MAIN OBJECTIVE OF THE TALKS WILL BE TO SECURE TRAFFIC RIGHTS TO ENABLE A UK DESIGNATED AIRLINE TO OPERATE A COMPETITIVE SERVICE TO CANADIAN PACIFIC AIRLINES ON THE TRANS-PAC IF IC ROUTE BETWEEN HONG KONG AND VANCOUVER. CANADIAN PACIFIC HAVE ENJOYED SOLE RIGHTS ON THE ROUTE SINCE 1949 AND CURRENTLY OPERATE A THREE TIMES WEEKLY B747 SERVICE VIA TOKYO.

CATHAY PACIFIC AIRWAYS AND LAKER AIRWAYS HAVE BOTH MADE APPLICATIONS TO THE HONG KONG AIR TRANSPORT LICENSING AUTHORITY (ATLA) FOR A LICENCE TO OPERATE TRANS-PACIF IC SERVICES CALLING AT VANCOUVER AS WELL AS USA POINTS. IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE ATLA WILL CONSIDER THESE APPLICATIONS FOR LICENCES IN MAY OR JUNE. LAKER AIRWAYS BUT NOT CPA, WOULD ALSO NEED A LICENCE FROM THE UK CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY TO FLY FROM HONG KONG TO VANCOUVER.

AFTER A ROUTE BECOMES AVAILABLE FROM THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT, IT WILL BE NECESSARY FOR THE ATLA TO EXERCISE ITS DISCRETION TO GRANT OR TO REFUSE A LICENCE TO THE APPLICANTS AND FOR THE UK GOVERNMENT TO DESIGNATE THE AIRLINE OR AIRLINES TO WHOM A LICENCE IS SO GRANTED.

o --------

THURSDAY, APRIL 10, 1980

- 3 -

WORK HOURS FOR YOUNG PERSONS IN INDUSTRY M « K * ft K

IN LINE WITH STANDARDS SET BY THE INTERNATIONAL LABOUR ORGANISATION, THE HOURS DURING WHICH YOUNG INDUSTRIAL WORKERS MAY BE EMPLOYED ARE TO BE ADJUSTED.

IN THE NEAR FUTURE YOUNG WORKERS AGED BETWEEN 14 AND 17 MAY BE EMPLOYED ONLY BETWEEN 7 AM AND 7 PM.

UNDER THE EXISTING FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS REGULATIONS, THE EMPLOYMENT TIME-LIMITS FOR THOSE AGED 14 AND 15 ARE FROM 6 AM TO 7 PM AND FOR THOSE AGED 16 AND 17 FROM 6 AM TO 8 PM.

DURING THESE PERIODS A YOUNG PERSON IS ALLOWED TO WORK FOR A MAXIMUM OF EIGHT HOURS.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (THURSDAY) THE ADJUSTMENT WAS PROVIDED FOR IN THE WOMEN AND YOUNG PERSONS (INDUSTRY) REGULATIONS 1980 PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE LAST WEEK.

THE REGULATIONS WERE MADE BY THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL FOLLOWING A LEGISLATIVE EXERCISE TO TRANSFER THE PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT OF WOMEN AND YOUNG PERSONS FROM THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS REGULATIONS TO THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE. THEY WILL COME INTO OPERATION IN ABOUT TWO TO THREE MONTHS’ TIME ON A DATE TO BE NOTIFIED IN THE GAZETTE.

THE REGULATIONS, THE SPOKESMAN SAID, CONTAINED PROVISIONS SIMILAR TO THOSE IN PART II OF THE FACTORIES AUD INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS REGULATIONS, AND THE ADJUSTMENT OF PERIOD OF EMPLOYMENT WAS THE ONLY MAIN CHANGE IN THE NEW REGULATIONS TO THOSE IN FORCE.

ALL PERMISSIONS UNDER AND EXEMPTIONS FROM THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS REGULATIONS GRANTED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR WOULD REMAIN VALID UNTIL THEY WERE CANCELLED BY THE COMMISSIONER, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

-----o------

A

THURSDAY, APRIL 10, 1980

4

APPRENTICES COMPLETE PWD COURSES MO#

FORTY-ONE APPRENTICES WHO HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED COURSES RUN BY THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT WILL RECEIVE THEIR CERTIFICATES TOMORROW (FRIDAY).

LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR. MR CHEN SHOU-LUM WILL PRESENT CERTIFICATES TO THEM AT A CEREMONY IN THE MORRISON HILL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE.

MR CHEN WILL ALSO PRESENT THE ♦BROWN CUP+ TO THE BEST TECHNICAL APPRENTICE AND THE +LAISHLEY CUP+ TO THE BEST CRAFT APPRENTICE.

NOTE TO EDITORSi

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND YOUR REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE PWD APPRENTICE GRADUATION CEREMONY IN THE MORRISON HILL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AT 01 KWAN ROAD AT 5.30 PM TOMORROW (FRIDAY). OFFICERS OF PWD’S PUBLICITY UNIT WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST THE PRESS.

-------0 - - - -

FOOTBRIDGES FOR SHA TIN *****

TWO FOOTBRIDGES WILL BE BUILT SHORTLY IN SHA TIN NEW TOWN TO PROVIDE SAFE CROSSING FOR PEDESTRIANS.

A CONTRACT FOR THE PROJECT, WORTH JUST OVER $5 MILLION, WAS SIGNED THIS (THURSDAY) MORNING BETWEEN MR KWEI SEE-KAN, CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE PWD’S SHA TIN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE, AND REPRESENTATIVES OF CHUN WO CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING COMPANY.

A SPOKESMAN FOR PWD SAID THAT ONE OF THE FOOTBRIDGES WOULD BE OVER THE RAILWAY TRACK AT TIN LIU AND THE OTHER OVER THE RAILWAY AND A TRUNK ROAD AT WO CHE.

THE FOOTBRIDGES WITH CONCRETE ROOF WILL BE 2.8-METRE WIDE.

HE SAID THAT THE PROJECT FORMED PART OF A PROGRAMME TO SEPARATE PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC FROM THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY.

WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL START NEXT WEEK AND WILL TAKE ABOUT 12 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

- o _ _ _ _

/5

THURSDAY, APRIL 10, 1980

■I

SERVICE RESERVOIR FOR NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN CHAI WAN

*****

RESIDENTS IN CHAI WAN WILL HAVE A NEW SERVICE RESERVOIR TO SUPPLY FRESH WATER TO THEM.

A CONTRACT FOR THE PROJECT WHICH COSTS NEARLY >16 MILLION WAS SIGNED THIS (THURSDAY) MORNING BETWEEN THE CHIEF ENGINEER (CONSTRUCTION), MR LEE GUN-CHEUNG, OF THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT AND REPRESENTATIVES OF LEIGHTON CONTRACTORS PTY LTD.

LOCATED AT CHAI WAN HILL, THE NEW RESERVOIR WILL HAVE A STORAGE CAPACITY OF 22 000 CUBIC METRES.

IT WILL BE CONSTRUCTED IN MASS CONCRETE AND WILL HAVE A REINFORCED CONCRETE DECKING.

UPON COMPLETION IT WILL BE ABLE TO COPE WITH DEMAND FOR WATER FROM NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN THE AREA.

WORK ON THE PROJECTS WILL START NEXT WEEK AND WILL TAKE 18 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

- - 0 - -

NIGHT CLOSURE OF PRINCESS MARGARET ROAD FLYOVER *****

THE PRINCESS MARGARET ROAD FLYOVER WILL BE CLOSED BETWEEN 1 AM AND 6 AM ON MONDAY (APRIL 14) FOR RE-PAINTING OF ROAD MARKINGS.

DURING THE TEMPORARY CLOSURE, ALTERNATIVE GROUND LEVEL ROUTES WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR DIVERTED TRAFFIC AND APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

_ - o _ _

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191

FRIDaY, aFRIL 11, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

HK TRANSPORT DELEGATION HAS USEFUL DISCUSSIONS IN GUANGZHOU ........................................... 1

HIGHER INTEREST RATE FOR TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES ...... 2

PLACES OF PUBLIC ENTjSRTAlfitffiNT (AI-EKDi-ENT) .SILL . J

COMPANY STRUCK OFF FROM REGISTER........................ 4

WATER SUPPLY TO YUEN LONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATE ............ 4

YOUNG PEOPLE URGED TO JOIN CRaFT COURSES ............... 5

*•

ART TEACHERS TO LEARN POTTERY TECHNIQUES ............... 6

NEW GOVERNMENT TELEPHONE DIRECTORY GN SALE ............. 6

STUDENTS TO VIE FOR TOP HONOURS IN ilUSIC QUIZ ......... 7

FRIDAY, APRIL 11, 1980

1

HK TRANSPORT DELEGATION HAS USEFUL DISCUSSIONS IN GUANC2H0U ******

A DELEGATION OF SEVEN LED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF TRANSPORT, MR ARMSTRONG-WRIGHT PAID A VISIT TO GUANGZHOU FROM APRIL 8 TO APRIL 10 AT THE INVITATION OF THE GUANGDONG TRANSPORT AUTHORITIES.

THE DELEGATION HAD VERY USEFUL AND INFORMATIVE DISCUSSIONS.

THE OFFICIALS IN GUANGZHOU DESCRIBED THE TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT CONDITIONS IN GUANGZHOU AND EXPLAINED THEIR DRIVER LICENSING AND VEHICLE REGULATIONS. THE HONG KONG DELEGATION SIMILARLY EXPLAINED THE SITUATION IN HONG KONG.

MR ARMSTRONG-WRIGHT SAID TODAY (FRIDAY) BOTH SIDES AGREED TO CO-CPERATE IN ALL ASPECTS OF ANTICIPATED INCREASED COMMERCIAL TRAFFIC BETWEEN HONG KONG AND GUANGDONG.

♦ON THE GUANGDONG SIDE THE AUTHORITIES EXPLAINED THEIR PLANS TO WIDEN AND UPGRADE THE EXISTING ROUTE BETWEEN GUANGZHOU AND SHENZHEN,+ SAID MR ARMSTRONG-WRIGHT.

THE PROJECT WOULD INCLUDE BRIDGES TO REPLACE THE TWO PRESENT FERRY CROSSINGS WHICH HOLD UP TRAFFIC.

ON THE HONG KONG SIDE, MR ARMSTRONG-WRIGHT SAID, THE CUSTOMS AND IMMIGRATION FACILITIES AT MAN KAM TO WERE BEING EXPANDED AND THE NEW TERRITORIES CIRCULAR ROAD WAS BEING IMPROVED.

HE SAID IT WAS EXPLAINED TO THE GUANGZHOU AUTHORITIES THAT PHYSICAL RESTRAINTS AND THE PRESENT LIMITATION ON THE HOURS OF USE WERE FACTORS LIMITING THE POSSIBILITIES OF A SUBSTANTIAL INCREASE IN THE CAPACITY TO HANDLE TRAFFIC AT THE MAN KAM TO CROSSING.

♦THE POSSIBILITY OF AN ADDITIONAL ROAD LINK AT LOK MA CHAU WAS DISCUSSED BRIEFLY, BUT IT WAS AGREED THAT IT WAS TOO EARLY TO DECIDE WHETHER ANOTHER ROAD CROSSING WAS NECESSARY AND WHERE ONE MIGHT BEC* HR ARMSTRONG-WRIGHT SAID.

BOTH SIDES EXPRESSED SATISFACTION WITH THE EXISTING LICENSING REGULATIONS.

MR ARMSTRONG-WRIGHT SAID» +WE AGREED TO CO-OPERATE IN MAINTAINING STANDARDS OF SAFETY TO WHICH BOTH SIDES ATTACHED GREAT IMPORTANCE.*

THE GUANGZHOU AUTHORITIES RAISED THE QUESTION OF SIZE, WEIGHT AND SAFETY OF THE LARGE CONTAINER TRUCKS NOW PLYING BETWEEN HONG KONG AND GUANGZHOU, AND IT WAS AGREED THAT THE REQUIREMENTS WOULD BE GIVEN CLOSE ATTENTION BY THE HONG KONG AUTHORITIES.

WITH REGARD TO COMMERCIAL VEHICLES AND PASSENGER BUSES TRAVELLING BETWEEN HONG KONG AND GUANGZHOU THE HONG KONG DELEGATION EXPLAINED THAT THERE SHOULD BE NO PROBLEM IN DEALING WITH THESE WITHIN THE FRAMEWORK OF THE EXISTING REGULATIONS.

/WITH LIMITED .

FRIDAY, APRIL 11, 1980

2

WITH LIMITED CAPACITY FOR DEALING WITH VEHICLES AND PASSENGERS AT THE BORDER IT WOULD BE NECESSARY TO STRIKE THE CORRECT BALANCE BETWEEN GOODS VEHICLES AND BUSES.

THE HONG KONG DELEGATION INVITED THEIR HOSTS IN GUANGZHOU K0NS F0R FURTHER D'SCUSSIONS °"

MR ARMSTRONG-WRIGHT SAIDi +PART OF THE HONG KONG DELEGATION RETURNED FROM GUANGZHOU BY ROAD TO OBTAIN FIRST HAND KNOWLEDGE OF THE ROUTE BETWEEN GUANGZHOU AND HONG KONG.+

----0------

HIGHER INTEREST RATE FOR TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES *****

THE ANNUAL INTEREST RATE PAYABLE ON TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES HAS BEEN INCREASED FROM 8.4 PER CENT TO 10.5 PER CENT, TAX FREE.

THE NEW RATE WILL APPLY TO ALL CERTIFICATES ISSUED FROM TODAY (FRIDAY).

THE INCREASE WAS AUTHORISED BY THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY AND NOTICE TO THIS EFFECT WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY.

INTEREST ON TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES IS CALCULATED IN MONTHLY STEPS AND THE NEW RATE WILL BE 87.5 CENTS A MONTH PER 1100. INTEREST WILL BE CREDITED AS BEFORE FOR COMPLETED MONTHS BETWEEN PURCHASE AND SURRENDER IN PAYMENT OF TAX.

INTEREST IS ONLY CREDITED WHEN CERTIFICATES ARE USED TO PAY TAX AND NO INTEREST IS DUE WHERE THE PRINCIPAL VALUE OF A CERTIFICATE IS REPAID IN CASH.

CERTIFICATES ISSUED BEFORE TODAY WILL CONTINUE TO EARN INTEREST AT THE FOLLOWING RATES 1

ISSUE DATE INTEREST RATE

OCTOBER 26, 1979 - APRIL 10, I960 8.4%

MAY 4, 1979 - OCTOBER 25, 1979 8.04%

FEBRUARY 16, 1979 - MAY 3, 1979 5.76%

NOVEMBER 24, 1978 - FEBRUARY 15, 1979 5.04%

SEPTEMBER 22, 1978 - NOVEMBER 23, 1978 3.24%

FEBRUARY 17, 1977 - SEPTEMBER 21, 1978 3%

SEPTEMBER 19, 1975 - FEBRUARY 16, 1977 4.2%

/HOWEVER INTEREST .....

FRIDAY, APRIL 11, 1980

3

HOWEVER INTEREST WILL CEASE TO ACCRUE AFTER 36 COMPLETED MONTHS IF A CERTIFICATE IS NOT SURRENDERED FOR PAYMENT OF TAX.

THE FOLLOWING IS AN EXAMPLE OF CALCULATIONi

11 OOO CERTIFICATES BOUGHT ON APRIL 14, 1980, MAY 14, 1980 AND JUNE 14, 1980 RESPECTIVELY, SURRENDERED IN PAYMENT OF TAX DUE ON JULY 16, 1980, WILL HAVE INTEREST CALCULATED AS FOLLOWSt-

ON |1 000, APRIL 14, 1980 TO JULY 16, 1980,

3 COMPLETE MONTHS AT |8.75 PER MONTH - 126.25

ON fl 000, MAY 14, 1980 TO JULY 16, 1980,

2 COMPLETE MONTHS AT $8.75 PER MONTH - $17.50

ON $1 000, JUNE 14, 1980 TO JULY 16, 1980,

1 COMPLETE MONTH AT $8.75 PER MONTH - $ 8.75

INTEREST ACCRUED $52.50

THE INTEREST ACCRUED IS ROUNDED OFF TO $53.00 IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES (FOURTH SERIES) RULES.


PLACES OF PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT (AMENDMENT) BILL ft * * ft * *

THE PLACES OF PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, DESIGNED TO MAKE IT CLEAR THAT A PLACE OF PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT MAY BE LOCATED WITHIN A BUILDING USED ALSO FOR OTHER PURPOSES, WILL EE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL SHORTLY.

THE BILL ALSO AIMS TO ENSURE THAT THE CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH THIS IS DONE CAN BE REGULATED AND APPROPRIATE RESTRICTIONS AND CONDITIONS IMPOSED.

IF PASSED, IT WILL ENABLE REGULATIONS TO BE MADE TO PERMIT SMALL PLACES OF PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT, INCLUDING THOSE COMMONLY KNOWN AS +MINI-CINEMAS+, IN BUILDINGS OF TWO OR MORE STOREYS SUBJECT TO APPROPRIATE RESTRICTIONS.

UNDER THE AMENDMENT REGULATIONS, SUCH IMPORTANT SAFETY MEASURES AS FIRE SERVICE INSTALLATIONS AND EQUIPMENT AS WELL AS VENTILATION IN AN ENCLOSURE FOR PROJECTING APPARATUS WILL HAVE TO BE PROVIDED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES AND THE BUILDING AUTHORITY RESPECTIVELY.

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAIDi +THE PRESENT REGULATIONS CAME INTO FORCE IN 1934 AND HAVE UNDERGONE LITTLE AMENDMENT SINCE THEIR ENACTMENT.

♦THEY ARE IN MANY RESPECTS OBSOLETE AND DO NOT CATER FOR MODERN DEVELOPMENT TRENDS SUCH AS THE INTRODUCTION OF SMALL ’NEWS THEATRE’ TYPE CINEMAS ABOVE GROUND FLOOR LEVEL IN MULTI-STOREY, NON-DOMESTIC OR COMPOSITE BUILD INGS.+

/THE SPOKESMAN ..

FRIDAY, APRIL 11, 1980

4

THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED THAT THE NEW TYPE OF CINEMAS WOULD NOT BE ALLOWED TO INTERFERE WITH DOMESTIC TENANCIES IN MULTI-USER BUILDINGS. IN GENERAL, THEY WOULD FORM PART OF EXISTING COMMERCIAL COMPLEX. BUT ENTRANCES AND EXITS TO RESIDENT! A'. ARFAS WOULD BE STRlX I CT acb-AkAlc.il.

HE ADDED THAT THE BILL WOULD NOT AFFECT THE CONTINUING VIGILANCE OF THE RELEVANT AUTHORITIES TO ENSURE THAT OBJECTIONABLE FILMS WOULD NOT BE SCREENED.


COMPANY STRUCK OFF FROM REGISTER ft ft ft ft ft

THE REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES ON THE ORDER OF THE GOVERNOR-INCOUNCIL HAS STRUCK OFF KWONG LUEN MARTIAL ARTS AND SPORTS GENERAL ASSOCIATION LTD FROM THE REGISTER OF COMPANIES.

CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION OF THE ASSOCIATION IS MADE ON THE RECOMMENDATION OF THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE UNDER SECTION 4(1) OF THE COMPANIES (PREVENTION OF EVASION OF THE SOCIETIES ORDINANCE) ORDINANCE. NOTICE TO THIS EFFECT WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY.

UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE ORDINANCE, THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL MAY ORDER THAT A COMPANY SHOULD BE STRUCK OFF FROM THE REGISTER OF COMPANIES IF HE IS SATISFIED THAT, WERE IT REGISTERED UNDER THE SOCIETIES ORDINANCE, IT WOULD BE LIABLE TO HAVE ITS REGISTRATION UNDER THAT ORDINANCE CANCELLED ON ANY OF THE GROUNDS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 10 THEREIN.

NOTICE OF THE CANCELLATION WAS SERVED ON KWONG LUEN MARITAL ARTS AND SPORTS GENERAL ASSOCIATION LTD TODAY.

------0-------

WATER SUPPLY TO YUEN LONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATE ft ft ft ft ft

A $7.8 MILLION CONTRACT FOR THE LAYING OF A SYSTEM OF PIPELINES IN AND ADJACENT TO THE YUEN LONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATE AT WANG CHAU WAS LET BY THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT TODAY (FRIDAY).

THE CONTRACT FORMS PART OF THE WORK ON SUPPLYING WATER TO THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATE AND THE INDUSTRIAL AREA NORTH-EAST OF YUEN LONG.

IT WAS OFFICIALLY SIGNED THIS MORNING BY MR LEE GUN-CHEUNG, CHIEF ENGINEER (CONSTRUCTION) OF THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT AND REPRESENTATIVES OF WO HING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED.

THE WORK, COMPRISING THE LAYING OF SOME 14 700 METRES OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPES AND MILD STEEL PIPES, RANGING FROM 150 MM TO 900 MM IN DIAMETER, WILL ALSO INCREASE WATER SUPPLY TO YUEN LONG.

IT WILL TAKE ABOUT 19 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

------0 ------ /5........................

FRIDAY, APRIL 11, 1980

5

YOUNG PEOPLE URGED TO JOIN CRAFT COURSES

******

LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, MR CHEN SHOU-LUM, TODAY (FRIDAY) URGED SECONDARY SCHOOL LEAVERS, PARTICULARLY WHO HAVE COMPLETED FORM THREE, TO CONSIDER SERIOUSLY JOINING CRAFT LEVEL COURSES AT TECHNICAL INSTITUTES DIRECTLY OR THROUGH APPRENTICE TRAINING SCHEMES.

HE SAID THAT A CRAFTMAN OR TECHNICIAN HAD EVERY RIGHT TO FEEL PROUD IN THE CONTRIBUTION HE WAS MAKING TO THE PROSPERITY OF HONG KONG AS THE TERRITORY’S ECONOMIC WELL-BEING DEPENDED TO A LARGE EXTENT ON ITS INDUSTRIES, WHICH, IN TURN, DEPENDED ON AN EFFICIENT WORK FORCE.

MR CHEN WHO IS ALSO THE CHAIRMAN OF THE PRODUCTIVITY COUNCIL WAS SPEAKING AT THE GRADUATION CEREMONY FOR GOVERNMENT APPRENTICES AT THE MORRISON HILL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE.

HE SAID, ^VOCATIONAL EDUCATION AND VOCATIONAL TRAINING OF YOUNG PEOPLE ARE OF GREAT IMPORTANCE FOR HONG KONG’S ECONOMIC FUTURE.

♦IN ORDER TO FULLY EXPLOIT THE OPPORTUNITIES FOR DIVERSIFICATION OF HONG KONG’S INDUSTRIES, OUR LABOUR FORCE MUST BE ADEQUATELY TRAINED SO AS TO RAISE ITS LEVEL OF SKILLS AND ABILITY TO ABSORB AND USE TECHNOLOGY.♦

MR CHEN POINTED OUT THAT BOTH THE GOVERNMENT AND INDUSTRIES WERE NOW ABLE TO PROVIDE GOOD TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING FACILITIES AND GOOD CAREER PROSPECTS TO ATTRACT YOUNG PEOPLE TO INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYMENT.

HE RECALLED THAT SINCE THE START OF THE GOVERNMENT APPRENTICE TRAINING SCHEME SOME 10 YEARS AGO, ABOUT 700 APPRENTICES HAD GRADUATED UNDER THE SCHEME.

AT PRESENT, THERE ARE 556 APPRENTICES UNDER TRAINING -- 412 ON CRAFT AND 144 ON TECHNICIAN COURSES.

MR CHEN SAID THE OUTPUT OF TECHNICAL MANPOWER OF SIGNIFICANTLY HIGH STANDARD REFLECTED THE VALUABLE CONTRIBUTION OF TRAINING PERSONNEL, THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL OFFICE APPRENTICE TRAINING CENTRE IN PARTICULAR.

DURING THE CEREMONY, MR CHEN PRESENTED GRADUATION CERTIFICATES TO 25 CRAFT AND 16 TECHNICIAN APPRENTICES.

HE ALSO PRESENTED THE +LAISHLEY CUP+ TO THE BEST CRAFT APPRENTICE, MR WONG CHUNG-LING, AND THE +BROWN CUP+ TO THE BEST TECHNICIAN APPRENTICE, MR KONG KWONG-SIN.

0 -------

/6

FRIDAY, APRIL 11, 1980

6

ART TEACHERS TO LEARN POTTERY TECHNIQUES ft * ft ft *

ART TEACHERS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS ARE INVITED TO TAKE PART IN A WORKSHOP ON BASIC POTTERY TECHNIQUES.

THE WORKSHOP WILL BE HELD IN THE CULTURAL CRAFTS CENTRE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT FOR FIVE CONSECUTIVE SATURDAY MORNINGS, STARTING ON MAY 3, BETWEEN 9.30 AM AND 12 NOON.

ATTENDANCE WILL BE LIMITED TO 20, AND ACCEPTANCE OF APPLICATIONS WILL BE ON A FIRST-COME FIRST-SERVED BASIS.

THE SESSIONS WILL BE CONDUCTED IN CANTONESE.

APPLICATION FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE INSPECTOR (ART) AT THE CULTURAL CRAFTS CENTRE, 4 PAK FUK ROAD, NORTH POINT.

A CERTIFICATE OF ATTENDANCE WILL BE PRESENTED TO THOSE WHO COMPLETE THE FIVE SESSIONS OF THE WORKSHOP.

-----o-----

NEW GOVERNMENT TELEPHONE DIRECTORY ON SALE ft ft ft ft ft

A NEW EDITION OF THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT TELEPHONE DIRECTORY IS NOW ON SALE.

THE DIRECTORY AT $12 EACH IS AVAILABLE FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF GPO BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE.

COMPILED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER, THE DIRECTORY PROVIDES A COMPREHENSIVE GUIDE TO ALL DEPARTMENTS OF THE GOVERNMENT AND ALSO GIVES NAMES OF POST-HOLDERS AND THEIR TELEPHONE NUMBERS.

THE LATEST EDITION HAS GROWN TO 298 PAGES REFLECTING THE GROWTH OF ACTIVITIES IN THE PUBLIC SERVICE.

-----o-----

/7

FRIDAY, APRIL 11, 1980

7

STUDENTS TO VIE FOR TOP HONOURS IN MUSIC QUIZ

******

SIX STUDENTS WILL TAKE PART IN THE FINALS OF A MUSIC QUIZ ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE ON SUNDAY (APRIL 13).

THE COMPETITION IS AIMED AT INSTILLING MORE MUSICAL KNOWLEDGE INTO TRAINEES OF THE MUSIC OFFICE.

AT THE FINALS, THE SIX STUDENTS WILL ANSWER QUESTIONS ON A WIDE RANGE OF MUSICAL SUBJECTS INCLUDING MUSIC THEORY, ORCHESTRAS, TYPES OF MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS, MUSIC HISTORY AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF MUSIC.

SOME MUSICAL GAMES HAVE BEEN ARRANGED AND A FILM WILL BE SHOWN. PERFORMANCES ON PIPA, ER-HU AND CELLO WILL ALSO BE GIVEN.

NOTE TO EDITORSi

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE FINALS OF THE MUSIC QUIZ WHICH WILL BE HELD AT THE MUSIC OFFICE. NINTH FLOOR, HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE AT 3 PM ON SUNDAY (APRIL 13).

-----0------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191

SATURDAY, APRIL 12, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

TWO HAILSTORMS IN hxARCH .................................... 1

CHEUNG CHAU BUN FESTIVAL .................................... 2

KWUN TONG DISTRICT friANAGERENT COiihlTTES MAKING HEADWAY IN ITS YORK.......................................... 3

01 MAN POST OFFICE OPENS ON WEDNESDAY ....................... 4

PRISONS DEPARTl’.WT HOLDS ANNUAL SPORTS iiEET ............... 4

TREE PLANTING DAY AT TUEN MUN ............................... 5

PLB PROHIBITED ZONES AND URBAN CLEARWAYS IN SHA TIN ..................................................... 6

FIRING PRACTICE

6

SATURDAY, APRIL 12, 1980

1

TWO HAILSTORMS IN MARCH *****

THE MOST SIGNIFICANT FEATURE OF THE WEATHER LAST MONTH WAS THE HAILSTORMS ON MARCH 5 AND 6, ACCORDING TO THE MONTHLY WEATHER REPORT RELEASED BY THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY TODAY (THURSDAY).

IT WAS THE FIRST TIME HAIL WAS REPORTED ON TWO CONSECUTIVE DAYS SINCE 1940 AND WITH THE EARLIER HAILSTORM ON FEBRUARY 27. A NEW RECORD WAS SET OF THREE HAILSTORMS IN NINE DAYS.

MARCH WAS WARMER, CLOUDIER, MORE FOGGY AND HUMID THAN USUAL.

TOTAL RAINFALL AMOUNTED TO 76.9 MM, WHICH WAS 27.6 MM MORE THAN NORMAL. MOST OF THIS FELL ON MARCH 6 WHEN A TOTAL OF 73.2 MM WAS RECORDED AT THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY.

DURING THE MONTH, THERE WERE ONLY 80.3 HOURS OF SUNSHINE WHICH WAS 26 HOURS LESS THAN AVERAGE.

COASTAL FOG PERSISTED FOR NINE DAYS FROM MARCH 1 TO 9. THIS LONG PERIOD OF FOGGY DAYS AT WAGLAN ISLAND WAS ANOTHER RECORD SINCE 1953. FOG WAS ALSO REPORTED INSIDE THE HARBOUR ON SIX OF THESE DAYS.

THE BEGINNING OF THE MONTH WAS MISTY WITH FOG PATCHES OVERNIGHT. TEMPERATURES FELL TO THE MONTH’S MINIMUM OF 14.9 DEGREES CELSIUS ON MARCH 2 ON THE ARRIVAL OF AN EASTERLY SURGE.

FOGGY CONDITIONS WITH OCCASIONAL RAIN AND DRIZZLE PERSISTED WITHIN THE HARBOUR UNTIL THE MORNING OF MARCH 5. A 3 139-TON CONTAINER SHIP RAN AGROUND IN THICK FOG AT LEI YUE MUN ON MARCH 4.

HAIL ACCOMPANIED THE PASSAGE OF A COLD FRONT AT NOON ON MARCH 5 BRINGING THE NUMBER OF HAILSTORMS OBSERVED IN HONG KONG SINCE 1940 TO EIGHT. THE BIGGEST HAILSTONES MEASURED 30 MM IN DIAMETER.

ON THE EARLY MORNING OF MARCH 6 HAIL WAS AGAIN REPORTED AND IT WAS CLOSELY FOLLOWED BY THUNDERSTORMS AND HEAVY RAIN. WIDESPREAD FLOODING WAS REPORTED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE HARBOUR.

FOGGY CONDITIONS RETURNED OVERNIGHT ON MARCH 6. VISIBILITY WAS REDUCED TO 200 METRES AT THE AIRPORT ON THE MORNING OF MARCH 7. IN THE AFTERNOON, THE FOG INSIDE THE HARBOUR CLEARED AND TEMPERATURES ROSE RAPIDLY TO 26.7 DEGREES CELSIUS, THE HIGHEST IN THE MONTH. FOG RETURNED ON THE NIGHT OF MARCH 8.

THE ARRIVAL OF A COLD FRONT ON MARCH 9 CLEARED THE FOG AND BROUGHT DRIER AND COOLER AIR FROM THE MAINLAND. FROM MARCH 10 TO 16, THE WEATHER WAS DULL AND GLOOMY WITH SOME LIGHT RAIN ON THE FIRST THREE DAYS.

ANOTHER COLD FRONT PASSED THROUGH HONG KONG ON MARCH 14 AND THE MONTH’S MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 14.9 DEGREES CELSIUS WAS RECORDED AGAIN ON MARCH 15.

APART FROM A CLOUDY DAY ON MARCH 19, THE WEATHER WAS MAINLY FINE WITH SUNNY PERIODS BETWEEN MARCH 17 AND 22.

/ANOTHER surge .....

SATURDAY, APRIL 12, 1980

2

ANOTHER SURGE OF THE WINTER MONSOON ARRIVED ON MARCH 22 BRINGING SLIGHTLY COOLER WEATHER. THE PASSAGE OF A WEAK COLD FRONT ON THE EVENING OF MARCH 26 BROUGHT CLOUDY CONDITIONS ON THE FOLLOWING TWO DAYS BUT THERE WAS NO SIGNIFICANT DROP IN TEMPERATURES AND THE LAST THREE DAYS OF THE MONTH WAS QUITE WARM.

A TROPICAL DEPRESSION DEVELOPED ABOUT 170 NAUTICAL MILES WEST OF YAP ON MARCH 20. IT CROSSED THE PHILIPPINES AND DISSIPATED OVER THE SOUTH CHINA SEA ON MARCH 29.

DURING THE MONTH, 33 AIRCRAFT WERE DIVERTED FROM HONG KONG WHEN FOGGY CONDITIONS PREVAILED. THE STRONG MONSOON SIGNAL WAS HOISTED FROM MARCH 23 TO 25.

THUNDERSTORM WARNINGS WERE ISSUED ON MARCH 3, 5 AND 6. THE RED FIRE DANGER WARNING WAS EFFECTIVE ON ONE DAY AND THE YELLOW WARNING ON NINE DAYS.

CHEUNG CHAU BUN FESTIVAL OK*

THE TRADITIONAL BUN FESTIVAL WILL TAKE PLACE ON CHEUNG CHAU NEXT MONTH WITHOUT THE USUAL SCRAMBLE FOR BUNS.

ISLANDS DISTRICT OFFICER, MR NICKY LO, SAID TODAY (SATURDAY) THAT THE BUN SCRAMBLE WOULD NOT TAKE PLACE + IN ORDER TO ENSURE THAT THE CELEBRATIONS ARE CONDUCTED IN AN ORDERLY MANNER.+

MR LO SAID, INSTEAD, THE BUNS WOULD BE HANDED OUT ON MAY 20, THE DAY AFTER THE MAIN PROCESSIONS.

THE CELEBRATIONS WILL TAKE PLACE OVER FIVE DAYS BEGINNING ON MAY 16. THE HIGHLIGHT WILL BE PROCESSIONS DOWN THE MAIN STREET ON MAY 19.

MR LO SAID AT A MEETING WITH THE CHEUNG CHAU RURAL COMMITTEE AND LOCAL RESIDENTS RECENTLY THAT HE CONFIRMED THE GOVERNMENT’S SUPPORT FOR A BUN FESTIVAL ORGANISED AND FINANCED BY CHEUNG CHAU PEOPLE.

♦WHERE NECESSARY, THE GOVERNMENT WILL BE PREPARED TO PROVIDE FINANCIAL AND OTHER ASSISTANCE TO ENSURE THAT THE FESTIVAL CONTINUES TO BE A COLOURFUL AND JOYFUL EVENT FOR ALL,+ HE SAID.

FOR EXAMPLE, MR LO SAID, THE GOVERNMENT HAD AGREED TO ARRANGE FINANCIAL BACKING FOR SETTING UP THREE TALL BUN TOWERS THIS YEAR, ADDINGi +CONTRIBUTIONS BY LOCAL RESIDENTS TOWARDS THE COST OF BUILDING THESE BUN TOWERS WILL NOT THEREFORE BE NECESSARY.+

HE SAID THAT TO PROMOTE THE EVENT AS A TRADITIONAL LOCAL FESTIVAL CONSIDERATION WAS BEING GIVEN TO DESIGNING A FESTIVAL LOGO.

/The hong kong .....

SATURDAY, APRIL 12, 1980

5

THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION IS ALSO CONSIDERING PLAYING A MORE ACTIVE ROLE IN THE FESTIVAL. BESIDES BEING INVITED TO SPONSOR THE SETTING UP OF BUN TOWERS THIS YEAR THE ASSOCIATION WILL ALSO INVESTIGATE JOINTLY WITH THE GOVERNMENT THE FEASIBILITY OF FURTHER DEVELOPING THE FESTIVAL AS A MAJOR TOURIST ATTRACTION.

PREPARATIONS FOR THE CELEBRATIONS ARE BEING CO-ORDINATED BY AN ORGANISING COMMITTEE ON WHICH CHEUNG CHAU RESIDENTS AND GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS ARE REPRESENTED.

-----0------

KWUN TONG DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE MAKING HEADWAY IN ITS WORK OU

THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE SET UP LAST DECEMBER IS MAKING HEADWAY IN ITS TASK TO IMPROVE THE HYGIENE AND ENVIRONMENT IN THE DISTRICT.

UNDER THE CO-ORDINATION OF THE COMMITTEE AND COLLABORATION OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS CONCERNED. A +TIDY-UP+ OPERATION WAS CARRIED OUT LAST MONTH TO REMOVE REFUSE, DEBRIS AND ABANDONED VEHICLES FROM TING FU STREET IN NGAU TAU KOK WHERE ILLEGAL OCCUPATION OF CROWN LAND WAS EXTENSIVE.

THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICER, KWUN TONG, MR WILFRED WONG SAIDi ♦AS A RESULT OF THIS OPERATION, THE SPACE ONCE OBSTRUCTED BY JUNK AND ABANDONED CARS IS NOW CLEARED TO PROVIDE RESIDENTS WITH MORE RESTING AREA.

♦BENCHES HAVE BEEN PUT THERE FOR RESIDENTS’ USE AND CONCRETE FLOWER POTS WITH PLANTS HAVE ALSO BEEN PLACED IN THE AREA TO IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT.♦

THE OPERATION ALSO HELPED TO PROMOTE A SENSE OF BELONGING AMONG THE RESIDENTS. THIS WAS REFLECTED BY THE FAVOURABLE PUBLIC REACTION TO THE TIDY-UP OPERATION DURING WHICH SOME RESIDENTS VOLUNTEERED TO HELP BY HOSING DOWN THE DIRT AND GREASE WITH DETERGENT FROM THE ROAD SURFACE FOLLOWING THE CLEARANCE.

♦IT PROVES THAT THE INTRACTABLE PROBLEM CAN BE SOLVED WITH BETTER CO-ORDINATION OF DEPARTMENTAL EFFORTS AT DISTRICT LEVEL,♦ MR WONG SAID.

SIMILAR OPERATIONS WILL BE CARRIED OUT AS AN ON-GOING PROGRAMME UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. AS THESE OPERATIONS WOULD REQUIRE ADDITIONAL MANPOWER, GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS INVOLVED ARE WORKING OUT THEIR STAFF REQUIREMENTS AND A STAFF PROPOSAL WILL BE SUBMITTED TO THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT FOR CONSIDERATION IN THE NEAR FUTURE.

APART FROM UNDERTAKING THESE TIDY-UP OPERATIONS, THE COMMITTEE ALSO AIMS AT LOOKING INTO TRAFFIC, AND OTHER PROBLEMS IN THE DISTRICT WHICH REQUIRE INTER-DEPARTMENTAL CO-OPERATION AND CONSULTATION.

-----0------

A

SATURDAY, APRIL 12, 1980

4

NOTE TO EDITORSi

01 MAN POST OFFICE OPENS ON WEDNESDAY * * * *

THE POSTMASTER GENERAL, MR A.C. HEATHCOTE, AND TWO KAIFONG LEADERS WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF A NEW POST OFFICE AT 01 MAN ESTATE IN HO MAN TIN AT 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (APRIL 16).

THE TWO KAIFONG LEADERS ARE THE PRESIDENT OF THE HO MAN TIN KAIFONG WELFARE ASSOCIATION. MR NG TOR-TAI, AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HO MAN TIN SOUTH AREA COMMITTEE, MR CHENG WO-YICK.

THE NEW POST OFFICE, AT Fil 01 MAN COMMERICAL COMPLEX, WILL BE OPENED TO THE PUBLIC AT 2.30 PM ON WEDNESDAY.

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY.

- - 0 - -

PRISONS DEPARTMENT HOLDS ANNUAL SPORTS MEET ******

THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT HELD ITS ANNUAL SPORTS MEET THIS (SATURDAY) AFTERNOON AT THE STANLEY FOOTBALL FIELD.

THE ANNUAL EVENT WAS ONE OF THE MANY RECREATIONAL FUNCTIONS ORGANISED FOR STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT.

AT THE ATHLETIC MEET, STAFF FROM THE DEPARTMENT’S VARIOUS INSTITUTIONS COMPETED IN A WIDE RANGE OF FIELD AND TRACK EVENTS INCLUDING 100-METRE RACE, SHOTPUT, JAVELIN AND DISCUS THROW, HIGH JUMP AND TUG OF WAR. THERE WAS ALSO AN INVITATION RELAY WITH VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS TAKING PART.

A MARCHING DISPLAY WAS PERFORMED BY THE CORPS OF DRUMS OF THE CAPE COLLINSON CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION.

- - o - -

SATURDAY, APRIL 12, 1980

5

TREE PLANTING DAY AT TUEN MUN ft ft * ft *

TUEN MUN SCHOOL CHILDREN AND MEMBERS OF THE LOCAL DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD WILL JOIN HANDS NEXT MONTH TO PLANT TREES IN THE NEW TOWN.

A TREE PLANTING DAY, ORGANISED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD, WILL BE HELD ON MAY 16, IN WHICH MORE THAN 100 CHILDREN FROM THREE LOCAL SCHOOLS WILL TAKE PART.

MOST OF THE TREES WILL BE PLANTED AROUND THE SHEK PAI TAU PLAYGROUND, WHILE OTHERS WILL BE PLANTED ON THE VERGES OF NEARBY STREETS.

THEY ARE COTTON TREES (BOMBAX MALABARICUM) PROVIDED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT AT A COST OF ABOUT $5 000. THESE TREES GROW WIDELY THROUGHOUT INDIA, SOUTH CHINA AND SOUTH EAST ASIA.

THE REGIONAL COMMISSIONER NORTHWESTERN NEW TERRITORIES, W JIMMY SWEETMAN, WILL OFFICIATE AT A CEREMONY TO MARK THE TREE PLANTING.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DISTRICT OFFICE TUEN MUN SAID THE TREE PLANTING IDEA WAS TO INCREASE YOUNG PEOPLE'S AWARENESS OF THE IMPORTANCE OF A PLEASANT ENVIRONMENT, WHILE AT THE SAME TIME BEAUTIFYING THE AREA.

TREE PLANTING WILL ALSO TAKE PLACE DURING MAY IN OTHER PARTS GF THE NEW TERRITORIES, INCLUDING SHA TIN, YUEN LONG, SAI KUNG, TAI PO AND TSUEN WAN.

-----o------

/6

SATURDAY, APRIL 12, 1980

6

PLB PROHIBITED ZONES AND URBAN CLEARWAYS IN SHA TIN

* * * * *

A NUMBER OF ROADS IN SHA TIN WILL BE DESIGNATED PUBLIC LIGHT BUS ZONE FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (APRIL 15).

THEY ARE ROAD P6, ROAD Tl, A SECTION OF ROAD P2 BETWEEN ROAD P6 AND AN UNNAMED ROAD BETWEEN LEK YUEN AND WO CHE ESTATES- AND THE SLIP ROAD OF ROAD T2 LEADING TO ROAD P6.

ALL PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WIU BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THESE ZONES UNLESS AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT.

FROM 10 AN ON THAT DAY, TWO SECTIONS OF ROAD IN SHA TIN WILL BE DESIGNATED URBAN CLEARWAY.

THEY ARE A SECTION OF ROAD P6 FROM THE INTERSECTION WITH THE ESTATE ROAD SOUTH OF THE BUS STATION IN AREA 16B AT FO TAN TO THE JUNCTION WITH ROAD P2- AND A SECTION OF ROAD P2 BETWEEN THE JUNCTION WITH ROAD P6 AND THE JUNCTION WITH THE ACCESS ROAD TO LEK YUEN AND WO CHE ESTATES.

WITHIN THESE CLEARWAYS, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS and Roading or unloading goods between 7 am and 12 midnight daily.

- - - - 0 ---------

FIRING PRACTICE M X M M

FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE RANGE ON FIVE DAYS NEXT WEEK.

PLACE IN THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF PRACTICE.

THE PRACTISING TINES AREt DATE

APRIL 14 (MONDAY)

APRIL 15 (TUESDAY)

APRIL 16 (WEDNESDAY)

APRIL 17 (THURSDAY)

APRIL 18 (FRIDAY)

TIME

8 AM - 6 PM

8 AM - 6 PM

8 AM - 6 PM

8 AM - 6 PM

8 AM - 6 PM

-------0----------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

SUNDAY, aPRIL 198O

CONTENTS PaGE NO.

ACTION STEPPED UP AGAINST LABOUR LA. J BREAKERS ......... 1

NOMINATIONS BEGIN FOR 24TH TERi-i HEUNG YEE KUK ELECTIONS ............................................... 1

INTEREST FREE LGmNS AVAILABLE TO POST-SECONDARY STUDENTS ................................................ 2

ROAD IN TUEN LUN TO BE WIDENED .......................... J

NEW SHA TIN LIBRARY PROVES POPULAR ...................... 4

SUNDAY, APRIL 13, 1980

1

ACTION STEPPED UP AGAINST LABOUR LAW BREAKERS * ft ft ft ft *

IN THE FIRST QUARTER OF THIS YEAR A TOTAL OF 2 240 PROSECUTIONS AGAINST PROPRIETORS OF INDUSTRIAL ESTABLISHMENTS WERE TAKEN OUT BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT.

OF THE CASES HANDLED BY THE DEPARTMENT’S PROSECUTIONS UNIT, 2 191 RESULTED IN CONVICTIONS, AND FINES IMPOSED BY COURTS AMOUNTED TO NEARLY $1.4 MILLION.

THE CASES MAINLY CONCERNED THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS ORDINANCE AND REGULATIONS AS WELL AS THE CONSTRUCTION SITES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS.

OFFENCES RELATING TO THE EMPLOYMENT OF WOMEN AND YOUNG PERSONS ACCOUNTED FOR 1 048 OF THE SUMMONSES. THESE RESULTED IN 1 026 CONVICTIONS WITH FINES TOTALLING MORE THAN $490 000.

OFFENCES RELATING TO INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RESULTED IN 967 SUMMONSES WITH 946 CONVICTIONS. FINES AMOUNTED TO MORE THAN $727 000.

OF THE 946 CONVICTIONS, 716 WERE FOR BREACHES OF THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS (GUARDING AND OPERATION OF MACHINERY) REGULATIONS, AND 230 WERE FOR BREACHES OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID THAT MOST OF THE CONVICTIONS WERE THE RESULT OF ACTION INITIATED BY THE DEPARTMENT’S FACTORY INSPECTORATE AND THE LABOUR INSPECTORATE.

HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT EXISTING LEGISLATION AIMED AT SAFEGUARDING EMPLOYEES AT WORK AND PROTECTING THE WELFARE OF WOMEN AND YOUNG WORKERS.

HOWEVER, IT TOOK MORE THAN LEGISLATION TO STAMP OUT OFFENCES IN INDUSTRY AND CO-OPERATION WAS NEEDED FROM ALL CONCERNED TO IMPROVE THE SITUATION, HE SAID.

- - 0 - -

NOMINATIONS BEGIN FOR 24TH TERM HEUNG YEE KUK ELECTIONS ft ft ft ft ft ft

NOMINATIONS HAVE OPENED FOR THE ELECTIONS OF SPECIAL COUNCILLORS FOR THE 24TH TERM OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK - THE STATUTORY BODY WHICH ADVISES THE GOVERNMENT ON ALL MATTERS AFFECTING THE NEW TERRITORIES.

THERE ARE SEVEN SEATS EACH FOR THE THREE ELECTORAL DISTRICTS OF TAI PO (INCLUDING SHA TIN AND NORTH), YUEN LONG (INCLUDING TUEN MUN) AND SOUTHERN (COMPRISING TSUEN WAN, ISLANDS AND SAI KUNG DISTRICTS). THE NEW TERM OF OFFICE WILL BEGIN ON JUNE 1.

EACH CANDIDATE MUST BE NOMINATED BY AN EX-OFFICIO COUNCILLOR AND SECONDED BY ANOTHER, BOTH OF WHOM MUST BE FROM THE SAME ELECTORAL DISTRICT AS THE CANDIDATE.

/NOMINATIONS CLOSE

SUNDAY, APRIL 15, 1980

2

NOMINATIONS CLOSE NEXT THURSDAY (APRIL 17). ALL NOMINATION FORMS SHOULD BE SENT TO LOCAL DISTRICT OFFICES BEFORE 4 PM ON THAT DATE. LATE RETURNS WILL BE CONSIDERED INVALID.

ELECTIONS OF SPECIAL COUNCILLORS WILL TAKE PLACE ON MAY 15 AT THE HEUNG YEE KUK OFFICE, 47 CUMBERLAND ROAD, KOWLOON TONG, STARTING AT 9 AM FOR TAI PO DISTRICT- 11.30 AM FOR SOUTHERN DISTRICT- AND 3 PM FOR YUEN LONG DISTRICT.

NINETY-ONE ELECTORS CONSISTING OF THE CHAIRMEN AND VICE-CHAIRMEN OF ALL RURAL COMMITTEES AND THE 22 NEW TERRITORIES UNOFFICIAL JUSTICES OF THE PEACE ARE ELIGIBLE TO VOTE FOR CANDIDATES OF THEIR RESPECTIVE DISTRICTS.

THE ELECTIONS WILL BE HELD BY SECRET BALLOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE HEUNG YEE KUK ORDINANCE.

THE RETURNING OFFICER IS SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, M? DAVID AKERS-JONES, WHO WILL BE ASSISTED BY STAFF OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION.

BEFORE THE ELECTIONS, VOTING PROCEDURES WILL BE EXPLAINED BY MR AKERS-JONES, WHO WILL ANNOUNCE RESULTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE VOTES HAVE BEEN CHECKED AND COUNTED.

ELECTIONS OF A CHAIRMAN, TWO VICE-CHAIRMEN AND 15 ORDINARY MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE FOR THE NEW TERM WILL BE HELD ON MAY 29.


INTEREST FREE LOANS AVAILABLE TO POST-SECONDARY STUDENTS ******

THE GOVERNMENT HAS SET ASIDE MORE THAN $53.8 MILLION IN THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR TO HELP NEEDY STUDENTS AT THE TWO UNIVERSITIES, POLYTECHNIC AND APPROVED POST-SECONDARY COLLEGES.

INTEREST FREE LOANS UP TO $5 400 A YEAR ARE GIVEN TO THOSE WHO HAVE DIFFICULTIES IN MEETING LIVING AND PERSONAL EXPENSES.

SUCH LOANS AND OUTRIGHT GRANTS HAVE BEEN AVAILABLE TO STUDENTS OF BOTH UNIVERSITIES SINCE 1969. A SIMILAR SCHEME FOR FULL-TIME STUDENTS AT THE THEN NEWLY OPENED POLYTECHNIC WAS INTRODUCED IN 1976.

IN SETTING UP THE ASSISTANCE SCHEMES, THE GOVERNMENT’S INTENTIONS WERE THATi

* NO STUDENT WHO IS OFFERED A PLACE IN THE HIGHER INSTITUTES OF EDUCATION SHOULD BE UNABLE TO ACCEPT FOR LACK OF MEANS-

* ASSISTANCE SHOULD BE ON THE BASIS OF NEED, NOT ACADEMIC MERIT- AND

M THE LEVEL OF ASSISTANCE SHOULD IN ALL CASES BE ADEQUATE TO MEET ALL REASONABLE EXPENSES INCURRED BY THE STUDENT, HAVING REGARD TO HIS OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL SUPPORT.

/FURTHERMORE, ..

SUNDAY, APRIL 1J, 1980

3

FURTHERMORE, IN ORDER TO KEEP PACE WITH RISING COSTS OF LIVING, THE MAXIMUM LOAN LEVEL HAS BEEN RAISED TWICE FROM $4 OOO PREVIOUSLY TO THE PRESENT $5 400.

REPAYMENT IS PA INLESS.LOANS TO UNIVERSITY STUDENTS ARE NORMALLY REPAYABLE BY 20 EQUAL QUARTERLY INSTALMENTS OVER A PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS AFTER THEY LEAVE UNIVERSITY.

THE REPAYMENT PERIODS FOR POLYTECHNIC STUDENTS VARY FROM THREE TO FIVE YEARS MAINLY BECAUSE OF THE DIFFERING LENGTH OF COURSES.

FOR STUDENTS IN POST-SECONDARY COLLEGES, INTEREST FREE LOANS FIRST BECAME AVAILABLE IN 1975 AT THE HONG KONG BAPTIST COLLEGE. A MORE COMPREHENSIVE SCHEME WAS INTRODUCED LAST SEPTEMBER AND NOW THE LOANS FURTHER COVER LINGNAN COLLEGE AND SHUE YAN COLLEGE. LOANS ARE AVAILABLE UP TO A MAXIMUM OF $4 400 A YEAR FOR A STUDENT.

IN THE CURRENT ACADEMIC YEAR, $8.5 MILLION IN GRANTS AND $26 MILLION IN INTEREST FREE LOANS HAVE BEEN DISBURSED BY THE GOVERNMENT TO UNIVERSITY STUDENTS. ANOTHER $1.4 MILLION IN GRANTS AND $16 MILLION IN LOANS WERE PROVIDED TO STUDENTS AT THE POLYTECHNIC.

FULL-TIME STUDENTS AT THE COLLEGES OF EDUCATION ARE ALSO ASSISTED IF THEY HAVE DIFFICULTIES IN MEETING EXPENSES.

FOR THE TRAINEE TEACHERS TOO, THE AMOUNT OF ASSISTANCE HAS BEEN INCREASED LAST SEPTEMBER, FROM $1 600 TO $2 000 FOR A MAINTENANCE GRANT AND FROM $1 200 TO $2 400 FOR AN INTEREST FREE LOAN.

SO FAR, STUDENT LOANS HAVE BENEFITED OVER 100 000 YOUNG MEN AND WOMEN PURSUING HIGHER STUDIES AND OVER $200 MILLION HAS BEEN PAID OUT TO ENSURE THAT NO ONE IS DEPRIVED OF THE OPPORTUNITY FOR HIGHER STUDIES BECAUSE OF FINANCIAL STRINGENCY.

-----0------

ROAD IN TUEN MUN TO BE WIDENED

* * * *

A SECTION OF LUNG MUN ROAD IN TUEN MUN NEW TOWN WILL BE WIDENED TO FORM PART OF A MAJOR ROAD LINK SERVING A PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE FOR OVER 60 000 RESIDENTS.

THE NEW ROAD WILL ALSO SERVE INDUSTRIAL AND PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS ON A FUTURE 34-HECTARE RECLAMATION ON THE SOUTH SIDE OF THE TOWN, AND PROVIDE ACCESS TO THE POWER STATION AND CEMENT PLANT NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION AT TAP SHEK KOK.

THE SECTION OF THE ROAD TO BE WIDENED EXTENDS SOME 1 600 METRES FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH TSING WAN ROAD TO THE PAK KOK SEWAGE PUMPING STATION.

/TENDERS ARE ..

SUNDAY, APRIL 1J, 1980

4

TENDERS ARE BEING INVITED FOR THE WORK WHICH WILL START IN JUNE AND TAKE ABOUT 24 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

MR NG YEE-YAM, CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT’S TUEN MUN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE SAID THE WORK FORMED PART OF THE OVERALL NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT.

♦THE CONTRACT,♦ HE SAID, ♦INVOLVES THE WIDENING AND RECONSTRUCTION OF THE EXISTING TWO-LANE ROAD TO A DUAL CARRIAGEWAY WITH A CENTRAL DIVIDER THAT WILL BE USED ALSO AS A NARROW AMENITY AREA.+

♦THERE IS PROVISION FOR A FUTURE LIGHT RAIL SYSTEM ON THE WESTERN SIDE OF THE NEW ROAD, AND TWO RETAINING WALLS WILL BE BUILT ALONG THIS ROAD SIDE, ONE AGAINST THE CASTLE PEAK BOYS’ HOME AND THE OTHER ALONG A HEAVILY WOODED KNOLL WHICH IS TO BE PRESERVED AS A LANDSCAPE AREA.+

THE EXISTING UNDERGROUND STORM DRAINS WILL ALSO BE ENLARGED AND EXTENDED ALONG THE ROAD,+ MR NG ADDED.

- - 0 -

NEW SHA TIN LIBRARY PROVES POPULAR X ft * * ft

A MINI LIBRARY SPONSORED BY THE SHA TIN DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD IS PROVING POPULAR WITH SHA TIN SCHOOL CHILDREN.

THE LIBRARY, OCCUPYING 56 SQUARE METRES ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF SHAU CHUEN HOUSE IN THE CENTRE OF LEK YUEN ESTATE, OPENED FOUR WEEKS AGO. IT HAS A COLLECTION OF ABOUT 1 000 BOOKS INCLUDING REFERENCE BOOKS, AND A VARIETY OF PERIODICALS.

THE READING SEATS ARE FULLY OCCUPIED MOST OF THE TIME, ACCORDING TO A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LIBRARY.

♦THE RESPONSE THE LIBRARY HAS RECEIVED CONFIRMS THE NEED FOR SUCH A SERVICE IN THE AREA,+ HE SAID.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID BESIDES BOOKS THE LIBRARY ALSO PROVIDED A PLACE FOR CHILDREN WHO NEED A QUIET ENVIRONMENT TO STUDY.

FUNDS FOR THE LIBRARY AND BOOKS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED BY THE SHA TIN DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD AND THE SHA TIN ARTS ASSOCIATION PREPARATORY COMMITTEE, CHAIRED BY SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICER, DR PATRICK HASE.

THE LIBRARY, THE SIXTH IN THE NEW TOWN, IS KNOWN AS THE SHA TIN ARTS ASSOCIATION READING ROOM.

IT IS OPERATED BY TWO PAID PART-TIME SUPERVISORS. OPENING HOURS ARE FROM 5.30 PM TO 9.30 PM ON WEEKDAYS AND SATURDAYS AND FROM 9 AM TO 1 PM ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.

- _ 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

x.ONDAY, APRIL 14, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

CJ’S WORKING PARTY EXPECTED TO COMPLETE WORK THIS SUMMER................................................ 1

DUKE OF GLOUCESTER ARRIVES ON SUNDAY....................... 1

FISH LANDING NOT SERIOUSLY AFFECTED BY OIL PRICES .................................................... 2

ORDERS-ON-HAND SURVEY ..................................... 3

causeway bay buildings declared dangerous ................. 4

PLAN FOR MTR WORK.......................................... 4

GOVERNMENT HOUSE STEWARD RETIRING ......................... 5

MORE WATER FOR SHA TIN ...................................  5

FIREMEN TO COMPETE IN TRACK AND FIELD ..................... 6

YOUTH ORCHESTRA TO GIVE CONCERT ........................... 6

MONDAY, APRIL 14, 1980

1

CJ’S WORKING PARTY EXPECTED’TO COMPLETE WORK THIS SUMMER X X X X X X

THE WORKING PARTY SET UP BY THE CHIEF JUSTICE UNDER THE CHAIRMANSHIP OF MR JUSTICE T.L. YANG IS EXPECTED TO CONCLUDE ITS WORK THIS SUMMER.

THE WORKING GROUP HAS HAD NINE MEETINGS SINCE NOVEMBER LAST YEAR AND ITS TASK IS TO STUDY THE METHODS BY WHICH SUSPECTS’ CONFESSION STATEMENTS ARE TAKEN BY LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS AND THE JUDICIAL PROCEDURE FOR DECIDING ON THEIR ADMISSIBILITY AS EVIDENCE.

THE GROUP WILL RECOMMEND ANY CHANGES IT DEEMS DESIRABLE.

VIEWS FROM A NUMBER OF PERSONS AND BODIES INCLUDING THE BAR ASSOCIATION, THE JUDICIARY, URBAN COUNCILLORS AND CERTAIN GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, HAVE BEEN SOUGHT AND RECEIVED.

THE CHAIRMAN, MR JUSTICE YANG IS REPEATING HIS REQUEST FOR ADVICE AND IDEAS FROM MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC.

THE WORKING PARTY’S ADDRESS ISt CHAIRMAN, CHIEF JUSTICE’S WORKING PARTY ON VOIR DIRE PROCEEDINGS AND JUDGES’ RULES, SUPREME COURT, BATTERY PATH.

THE SECRETARY IS MR W.L. YIP (TEL» 5-236535), AT THE SAME ADDRESS.

MEMBERS OF THE WORKING PARTY ARE I MR C. D’ALMADA, MR BERNARD DOWNEY, MR C.D. ST. Q. FLETCHER, MR ROBERT KOTEWALL, MISS JACQUELINE LEONG, MR MAX LUCAS, THE HON DAVID NEWBIGGING, NORMAN WHITELEY, AND THE HON ALEX WU.

DUKE OF GLOUCESTER ARRIVES ON SUNDAY » « X X

THE DUKE OF GLOUCESTER WILL STOP OVER IN HONG KONG ON SUNDAY (APRIL 20) EN ROUTE FROM THE UNITED KINGDOM TO CHINA.

THE DUKE, WHO IS PRESIDENT OF THE BRITISH CONSULTANTS’ BUREAU, WILL CARRY OUT A FIVE-DAY PROGRAMME OF ENGAGEMENTS IN CHINA AT THE INVITATION OF THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT.

HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS WILL ARRIVE AT KAI TAK AT 1600 HOURS ON SUNDAY AND WILL TRAVEL TO CHINA ON THE THROUGH TRAIN ON MONDAY (APRIL 21).

/DURING HIS .....

MONDAY, APRIL 14, 1980

2

DURING HIS 24-HOUR STOPOVER IN HONG KONG, THE DUKE WILL STAY AT FANLING LODGE.

NOTE TO EDITORSi

A PHOTOGRAPHIC FACILITY WILL BE ARRANGED AT KAI TAK TO ENABLE PRESS REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE DUKE’S ARRIVAL.

-----0-----

FISH LANDING NOT SERIOUSLY AFFECTED BY OIL PRICES K K * M * K

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (MONDAY) HIGH OIL COSTS HAD NOT SERIOUSLY AFFECTED THE AMOUNT CF FISH LAUDED AT FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION MARKETS.

HE SAID ALTHOUGH ABOUT FOUR PER CENT OF THE FISHING FLEET HAD NOT YET RETURNED TO FISHING SINCE THE LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS, THE TOTAL CATCH LANDED AT FISH MARKETS IN THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1980 HAD ONLY DROPPED BY ABOUT EIGHT PER CENT COMPARED WITH THE SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR. HOWEVER, THE VALUE OF THE LANDINGS HAD INCREASED BY OVER 20 PER CENT.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT HIGHER OPERATING COSTS HAD FORCED FISHERMEN TO MAKE THE MOST ECONOMICAL USE OF FUEL AND TO BE MORE SELECTIVE IN CHOOSING FISHING GROUNDS AND THE TIMING AND METHODS OF THEIR OPERATIONS.

THE DEPARTMENT WAS HELPING FISHERMEN BY STUDYING FUEL SAVING TECHNIQUES AND BY TESTING FUEL ADDITIVES AVAILABLE IN THE MARKET. LOANS WERE ALSO AVAILABLE TO HELP FISHERMEN IN THE PURCHASE OF FUEL AND TO ASSIST THEM TO PURCHASE MODERN NAVIGATIONAL AND ACOUSTIC EQUIPMENT SO THAT THEY CAN INCREASE THEIR PRODUCTIVITY.

THE SPOKESMAN AGREED THAT A LIMITED AMOUNT OF CHEAPER FUEL WAS AVAILABLE IN CHINA FOR VESSELS WITH DUAL REGISTRATION, BUT HE POINTED OUT THAT THE FISH SOLD IN CHINA TO PAY FOR THE FUEL FETCHED A MUCH LOWER PRICE THERE THAN SALES OF SIMILAR FISH IN HONG KONG.

-----o------

MONDAY, APRIL 14, 1980

"5

ORDERS-ON-HAND SURVEY ft ft ft

THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY (MONDAY) RELEASED CRDERS-ON-HAND STATISTICS FOR THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY FOR FEBRUARY 1980.

THE STATISTICS DERIVED FROM THE MONTHLY SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, PAYROLL AND ORDERS-ON-HAND ARE BASED ON AN UP-DATED AND ENLARGED LIST OF THE 200 LARGEST MANUFACTURING COMPANIES SELECTED BY REFERENCE TO THEIR EMPLOYMENT SIZE IN SEPTEMBER 1979.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT SAID THAT AS THE LIST WAS NOT A SCIENTIFICALLY DESIGNED SAMPLE, RESULTS OBTAINED WOULD BE REPRESENTATIVE ONLY OF THE COMPANIES INCLUDED IN THE SURVEY.

+BUT IT IS HOPED THAT THEY WILL GENERALLY INDICATE THE DIRECTION OF CHANGE IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY AS A WHOLE,♦ THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.

FOLLOWING ARE ORDERS-ON-HAND STATISTICS OBTAINED IN THE FEBRUARY SURVEY COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS MONTH*

ORDERS-ON-HAND (IN TERMS OF MONTHS) JANUARY 1980 FEBRUARY 1980

INDUSTRY GROUP

WEARING APPAREL, EXCEPT FOOTWEAR 5.0 5.0

TEXTILES, EXCEPT WEARING APPAREL 2.9 2.8

PLASTIC PRODUCTS 4.7 4.5

FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS, EXCEPT MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT 4.2 4.7

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MACHINERY APPARATUS, APPLIANCES AND SUPPLIES 5.0 5.0

OTHERS 4.0 4.0

ALL MANUFACTURING 4.5 4.5

APART FROM THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY, THE SURVEY ALSO COVERS THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY AND SELECTED SERVICES.

THE FEBRUARY 1980 SURVEY REPORT ON EMPLOYMENT, PAYROLL AND CRDERS-ON-HAND, PRICED AT $1 EACH, WILL BE ON SALE SHORTLY IN THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GROUND FLOOR, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE.

ENQUIRIES ON THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE MADE TO THE INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT (TELi 5-274203).

o - -

/4

MONDAY, APRIL 14, 1980

4

CAUSEWAY BAY BUILDINGS DECLARED DANGEROUS ******

THE BUILDING AUTHORITY TODAY (MONDAY) DECLARED NOS 7 AND 8 DRAG N TERRACE IN CAUSEWAY BAY TO BE INA DANGEROUS CONDITION AND NO 148A TUNG LO WAN ROAD LIABLE TO BECOME DANGEROUS.

IN A STATEMENT ISSUED THIS MORNING, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE BUILDING AUTHORITY SAID THE MASONRY RETAINING WALL SUPPORTING NOS 7 AND 8 DRAGON TERRACE HAD BEEN UNDER REGULAR OBSERVATION SINCE MAY 1979.

HE SAID, +THE CONDITION HAS RAPIDLY DETERIORATED RECENTLY AND THERE IS A DANGER OF COLLAPSE. NO 148A TUNG LO WAN ROAD SITUATED IMMEDIATELY BELOW THE RETAINING WALL WILL ALSO BE AFFECTED IF A COLLAPSE OCCURRED. ACCORDINGLY, IT IS NECESSARY TO CLOSE THESE BUILDINGS.*

NOTICES OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR CLOSURE ORDERS IN VICTORIA DISTRICT COURT WERE POSTED TODAY. IN THE CASE OF NOS 7 AND 8 DRAGON TERRACE, THE CLOSURE ORDER APPLICATION WILL BE MADE AT 9.30 AM ON APRIL 22 AND 148A TUNG LO WAN ROAD AT 9.30 AM ON MAY 12.

PLAN FOR MTR WORK

* * * * *

A PLAN WHICH SHOWS THE AREA OF WORKS COMPLETED FOR THE WONG TAI SIN STATION OF MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY IS NOW AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AT THE MASS TRANSIT OFFICE OF PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IN ROOM 416, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD.

.^_^„DUR,NG THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE WONG TAI SIN STATION IT T0 CL0SE MING TAK STREET BETWEEN OCTOBER 10, 1975 NOVEMBER 5, 1979.

TueiDPr?A^ AFFECTED BY THE WORKS WITHIN THIS PERIOD SHOULD THEIR CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF WORKS BEFORE NOVEMBER 5, 1980.

WAS AND

SUBMIT PUBLIC

-----0------

/5

MONDAY, APRIL 14, 1980

- 5

GOVERNMENT HOUSE STEWARD RETIRING * * *

THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TODAY (MONDAY) PAID TRIBUTE TO THE DEDICATED WORK OF ONE OF HIS STEWARDS WHO IS RETIRING AFTER 34 YEARS OF SERVICE IN GOVERNMENT HOUSE.

AT A CEREMONY IN GOVERNMENT HOUSE THIS AFTERNOON, SIR MURRAY PRESENTED A SOUVENIR TO MR LUI KAM AND WISHED HIM A V&Y HAPPY RETIREMENT.

MR LUI, AGED 55, BEGAN HIS SERVICE IN GOVERNMENT HOUSE IN 1946 AND HAS SERVED FIVE GOVERNORS.

MR LUI WILL

GO ON PRE-RETIREMENT LEAVE TOMORROW (TUESDAY).

-----o------

MORE WATER FOR SHA TIN * N *

A NEW FRESH WATER SERVICE RESERVOIR AND A SALT WATER RESERVOIR WILL BE BUILT IN SHA TIN TO COPE WITH DEMAND FROM DEVELOPMENTS IN THE EASTERN PART OF SHA TIN NEW TOWN.

THE CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE TWO RESERVOIRS WHICH COST MORE THAN 324.6 MILLION WAS SIGNED TODAY (MONDAY) BETWEEN THE CHIEF ENGINEER (CONSTRUCTION), MR LEE GUN-CHEUNG OF THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT AND REPRESENTATIVES OF THE MCCONNELL DOWELL CONSTRUCTORS LTD.

LOCATED IN TO SHEK IN THE EASTERN PART OF THE NEW TOWN, THE FRESH WATER SERVICE RESERVOIR WILL HAVE A STORAGE CAPACITY OF 36 300 CUBIC METRES AND THE SALT WATER RESERVOIR 4 400 CUBIC METRES.

ALSO INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT IS THE LAYING OF ABOUT 400 METRES OF WATER MAINS AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN ACCESS ROAD.

WORK ON THE PROJECT IS TO START THIS WEEK AND WILL TAKE 18 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

- - 0 - -

/6

MONDAY, APRIL 14, 1980

6

FIREMEN TO COMPETE IN TRACK AND FIELD * * M *

THE FIRE SERVICES WILL HOLD ITS FIFTH ANNUAL ATHLETIC MEET TOMORROW (APRIL 15) AT^THE HONG KONG STADIUM.

MORE THAN 500 FIREFIGHTERS WILL TAKE PART IN THE ATHLETIC f*EET WHICH WILL BE OFFICIALLY DECLARED OPEN BY THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES, MR F.M. WATSON.

ORGANISED BY THE DEPARTMENT’S SPORTS AND WELFARE CLUB, THE MEET WILL HAVE 19 TRACK AND FIELD EVENTS.

A TEAM OF 22 MACAU FIREMEN LED BY THE COMMANDANT OF THE MACAU FIRE BRIGADE, MR R.F. DE ASSIS, WILL BE TAKING PART IN FOUR TRACK EVENTS.

REPRESENTATIVES FROM 10 GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS WILL COMPETE IN THE INTER-DEPARTMENTAL 4 X 100 METRE RELAY FOR THE INVITATION TROPHY.

NOTE TO SPORTS EDITORS:

THE FIRE SERVICES VILL HOLD ITS FIFTH ATHLETIC MEET TOMORROW (APRIL 15) AT THE HONG KONG STADIUM AT 10.30 AM.

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THIS EVENT.

- - o -

YOUTH ORCHESTRA TO GIVE CONCERT M * *

THE HONG KONG YOUTH SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA WILL GIVE A CONCERT ON APRIL 21 IN THE ACADEMIC COMMUNITY HALL IN CELEBRATIONS OF THE QUEEN’S BIRTHDAY.

THE CONCERT IS JOINTLY PRESENTED BY THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR’S OFFICE AND THE HONG KONG SCHOOL MUSIC AND SPEECH ASSOCIATION.

PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE 'WATER MUSIC’ BY HANDEL AND ’POMP AND CIRCUMSTANCE MARCH OP. 39 NO 1’ BY ELGAR. A WINNER OF THIS YEAR’S SCHOOL MUSIC FESTIVAL, MISS KO SIU-WAH WILL PLAY BEETHOVEN’S PIANO CONCERTO NO 1 IN C MAJOR WITH THE ACCOMPANIMENT OF THE ORCHESTRA.

IN ADDITION THE HONG KONG YOUTH CHINESE ORCHESTRA WILL PLAY CHINESE MUSIC IN THE CONCERT.

TICKETS AT S3 AND $5 ARE NOW AVAILABLE IN SUB-OFFICES OF THE MUSIC OFFICE, ACADEMIC COMMUNITY HALL, TOM LEE PIANO CO AND TSANG FOOK PIANO CO.

- - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

TUESDAY, APRIL 15, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

LABOUR CGIiHlS SIGNER OPENS INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SB-iIFaR....... 1

BUDGET DEBATE RESUl.ES TOMORRO.i ........................... 2

PROMOTION OF RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES............J

ANOTHER CONTRACT SIGNED FCR EASTERN CORRIDOR PROJECT......... 5

CHILD ASSESSMENT CENTRE TO GET VIDEO EQUIPMENT.............. 6

JURY LIST .................................................. 7

AUCTION OF SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS ............................. 7

WATER CUT

8

TUESDAY, APRIL 15, 1980

1

LABOUR COMMISSIONER OPENS INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SEMINAR ft ft ft ft ft

A SAFER WORKING ENVIRONMENT WILL NOT ONLY REDUCE ACCIDENTS, LABOUR DISPUTES AND STAFF TURNOVER BUT ALSO IMPROVE WORKERS’ MORALE, DISCIPLINE AND PRODUCTIVITY.

THE ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR J.C.A. HAMMOND, SAID THIS TODAY (TUESDAY) IN HIS OPENING ADDRESS TO AN INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SEMINAR ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS ASSOCIATION.

HE POINTED OUT THAT INDUSTRIAL SAFETY PLAYED AN IMPORTANT PART IN INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS.

THE CODE OF LABOUR RELATIONS PRACTICE PUBLISHED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT STRESSED THAT GOOD PHYSICAL WORKING CONDITIONS HELPED TO ACHIEVE GOOD LABOUR RELATIONS, INCREASE EFFICIENCY AND REDUCE ACCIDENTS.

IT ALSO POINTED OUT THE IMPORTANCE OF MANAGEMENT PROVIDING A SAFE AND HEALTHY WORKING ENVIRONMENT, ENCOURAGING WORKERS AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES TO CO-OPERATE IN IMPROVING WORKING CONDITIONS AND PROVIDING FOR CONSULTATION WITH WORKERS OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVES ON WORKING CONDITIONS.

MR HAMMOND NOTED THAT THERE WERE NUMEROUS CASES OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY PROBLEMS IN HONG KONG WHICH DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY AFFECTED LABOUR RELATIONS, PRODUCTION AND EARNINGS.

♦MOST MANAGEMENTS TEND TO LOOK ON PROVISIONS FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AS AN ADDITIONAL COST AND SELDOM TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE POTENTIAL BENEFITS.

♦A SAFER WORKING ENVIRONMENT WILL REDUCE NOT ONLY ACCIDENTS BUT ALSO LABOUR DISPUTES AND LABOUR TURNOVER. IT WILL IMPROVE EMPLOYEES’ MORALE, PRODUCTIVITY AND DISCIPLINE,-*- HE NOTED.

MR HAMMOND STRESSED THAT INDUSTRIAL SAFETY WAS BENEFICIAL TO BOTH MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES AND SHOULD BE A FERTILE GROUND FOR MANAGEMENT/WORKER CO-OPERATION.

HE SUGGESTED THAT IN SITUATIONS WHERE WORKERS’ ORGANISATIONS WERE NOT VERY EFFECTIVE AT THE PLANT LEVEL, MANAGEMENT MUST TAKE THE INITIATIVE TO INVOLVE WORKERS IN THE PREVENTION OF ACCIDENTS AND THE PROMOTION CF SAFETY.

♦WITHOUT WORKERS’ PARTICIPATION MANAGEMENT ALONE CANNOT HOPE TO SUCCEED. THIS IS PRECISELY THE SITUATION HONG KONG IS IN AT THE PRESENT MOMENT.

♦IT IS REGRETTABLE THAT OUR IMAGE OF ECONOMIC SUCCESS SHOULD BE TARNISHED, TO SOME EXTENT, BY OUR POOR RECORD OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY.

♦I THEREFORE URGE YOU MOST STRONGLY AS MANAGERS TO EXPLORE WAYS AND MEANS OF GAINING THE CO-OPERATION OF YOUR WORKFORCE IN THE PURSUIT OF WORK SAFETY.♦

/ONE OS'.....

TUESDAY, APRIL 15, 1980

2

ONE OF THE MOST EFFECTIVE WAYS OF ATTAINING THIS OBJECTIVE, W HAMMOND POINTED OUT, WAS THE SETTING UP OF A JOINT SAFETY COMMITTEE OF REPRESENTATIVES OF MANAGEMENT AND WORKERS AT THE PLANT ^EVEL.

IN SUCH A COMMITTEE CONSULTATIONS BETWEEN MANAGEMENT AND WORKERS ON ALL MATTERS CONCERNING WORK SAFETY SHOULD BE CARRIED OUT. THE COMMITTEE MIGHT ALSO BE GIVEN CERTAIN RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE FORMULATION OF SAFETY POLICY AND ITS IMPLEMENTATION.

THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT WAS ALWAYS WILLING TO GIVE ADVICE ON THE SETTING UP OF SUCH COMMITTEES AND TO MAINTAIN CONTACT WITH THEM IN A JOINT EFFORT TO IMPROVE WORK SAFETY, MR HAMMOND ADDED.

-----o-----

BUDGET DEBATE RESUMES TOMORROW *****

NINE OFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WILL REPLY TO POINTS RAISED BY THEIR UNOFFICIAL COLLEAGUES AT THE RESUMED BUDGET DEBATE TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).

THE SPEAKERS ARE THE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, THE HON ALAN SCOTT- THE ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR. THE HON J.C.A. HAMMOND-THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR THE HON K.L. THONG-THE SECRETARY FOR SOCIAL SERVICES, THE HON E.P. HO- THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON DEREK JONES- THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON LEWIS DAVIES- THE SECRETARY FOR THE CIVIL SERVICE, THE HON MARTIN ROWLANDS- THE CHIEF SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JACK CATER AND THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE.

NINE BILLS WILL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AT TOMORROW’S SITTING. THEY ARE THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, THE IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, THE IMMIGRATION SERVICE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, THE PLACES OF PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, THE URBAN COUNCIL (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, THE ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) (NO 2) BILL I960, THE OATHS AND DECLARATIONS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980 AND THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980.

DEBATE ON THESE BILLS WILL TAKE PLACE ON THURSDAY (APRIL 17).

THE TWO-DAY SITTING WILL BE BROADCAST LIVE ON RTHK’S RADIO 2 (CHINESE) AND RADIO 4 (ENGLISH).

-----o-----

/3

TUESDAY, APRIL 15, 1980

■X

PROMOTION OF RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES ******

THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, MR E.B. WIGGHAM SAID THE SETTING UP OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DIVISION IN THE HOME AFFAIRS BRANCH SIGNIFIED THE IMPORTANCE WHICH THE GOVERNMENT ATTACHED TO THESE ACTIVITIES AND WAS A MEASURE OF THE SERIOUSNESS WITH WHICH IT REGARDED ITS RESPONSIBILITIES IN THESE FIELDS.

SPEAKING AT TODAY’S LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE ROTARY CLUB OF KOWLOON EAST, MR WIGGHAM SAID THE NEW DIVISION WAS SET UP TO GIVE OPPORTUNITY FOR IMPROVED CO-ORDINATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF RECREATION AND CULTURAL PROGRAMMES, NOTING THAT THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE (RSS) AND THE MUSIC OFFICE WERE PART OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WHEN FIRST ESTABLISHED.

HOWEVER, MR WIGGHAM EMPHASISED THAT THE TRANSFER OF THE TWO OFFICES DID NOT IMPLY ANY REDUCTION IN THE IMPORTANCE OF RECREATION AND SPORT OR OF MUSIC IN SCHOOL LIFE.

♦THE SCHOOL SYLLABUS WILL CONTINUE, AS BEFORE. TO INCLUDE ITS ELEMENTS OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND MUSIC EDUCATION. WHAT WE ARE CONCERNED WITH IS THE 'HEALTHY MIND IN THE HEALTHY BODY’ OUTSIDE THE SCHOOL,* MR WIGGHAM SAID.

DURING 1979 OVER 400 000 PEOPLE OF ALL AGES TOOK PART IN NO FEWER THAN 3 500 RECREATION PROGRAMMES COSTING $3 MILLION FROM PUBLIC FUNDS.

THE RANGE OF THESE PROGRAMMES HAS INCREASED TREMENDOUSLY, BOTH INDOORS AND OUTDOORS, AND NOW INCLUDES SUCH NEW AND FAST DEVELOPING ACTIVITIES AS ICE SKATING, HORSE-RIDING AND SAILING, ffi WIGGHAM SAID.

IN ADDITION, THE RSS ALSO RUNS THE VERY SUCCESSFUL SAI KUNG OUTDOOR RECREATION CENTRE AND PLANS ARE IN HAND TO DEVELOP ADDITIONAL CAMPS SIMILAR TO THE ONE AT SAI KUNG.

MR WIGGHAM ALSO NOTED THAT THE MUSIC OFFICE HAS THREE OBJECTIVESi TO RUN AN INSTRUMENTAL TRAINING SCHEME, TO PROMOTE INTEREST IN MUSIC, ESPECIALLY AMONG THE YOUNG, AND TO ENCOURAGE AND ASSIST IN THE ORGANISING OF MUSIC ACTIVITIES IN ALL DISTRICTS.

THERE ARE NOW SOME 1 500 YOUNGSTERS UNDER TRAINING BY THE MUSIC OFFICE, FORMING AMONG THEM TWO SYMPHONY ORCHESTRAS, FIVE CHINESE ORCHESTRAS, FIVE SYMPHONIC BANDS, AND ONE BAND OF 80 MEMBERS ALL UNDER 12 YEARS OF AGE.

IN ADDITION, THERE ARE SEVEN YOUTH AND CHILDREN CHOIRS WITH 500 MEMBERS TOGETHER WITH ONE CHOIR FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED AND ONE FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED.

OVERSEAS MUSICIANS PASSING THROUGH HONG KONG ARE INVITED TO RUN MASTER CLASSES AND SEMINARS IN ORDER TO BROADEN THE OUTLOOK AND EXPERIENCE OF OUR YOUNG MUSICIANS.

/INTERNATIONAL MUSIC .....

TUESDAY, APRIL 15, 1980

4

INTERNATIONAL MUSIC EXCHANGE PROGRAMMES ARE ALSO ORGANISED TO PROVIDE OPPORTUNITIES FOR OUR YOUNG MUSICIANS TO LEARN FROM OTHER OVERSEAS TALENTS. SO FAR NO FEWER THAN 120 MASTER CLASSES AND SIX EXCHANGE PROGRAMMES HAVE BEEN ORGANISED.

THE MUSIC OFFICE ALSO ORGANISES +MUSIC FOR THE MILLIONS* CONCERTS TO INTRODUCE MUSIC TO NEW AUDIENCES. UP TO NOW, OVER 800 SUCH CONCERTS HAVE BEEN HELD WITH A TOTAL ESTIMATED AUDIENCE OF SOME 650 000.

♦IN OTHER WORDS, THE MUSIC OFFICE IS PRODUCING NOT ONLY THE MUSICIANS OF THE FUTURE, BUT ALSO THE AUDIENCES TO SUPPORT THEM AND-OTHER MUSICAL AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES IN HONG KONG,* H? WIGGHAM SAID.

HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT SINCE THE TRAINING PROGRAMMES OF THE MUSIC OFFICE AND THE RSS WERE FOR BEGINNERS UPWARDS, THERE MUST BE SOME OPENINGS AT A HIGHER LEVEL TO WHICH THE MORE TALENTED ONES COULD GRADUATE.

TO THIS END, THE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE TO BE BUILT AT SHA TIN WILL PROVIDE COACHING AND TRAINING FACILITIES FOR LOCAL SPORTSMEN TO REACH INTERNATIONAL STANDARD.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE ACADEMY OF BALLET RUNS A PROFESSIONAL BALLET COMPANY AND TEACHES BALLET TO A HIGH STANDARD, WHILE THE CONSERVATORY OF MUSIC PROVIDES MUSIC TRAINING AT AN ADVANCED LEVEL, AND THE HONG KONG PHILHARMONIC IS A BODY TO WHICH SOME OF THE YOUNGSTERS NOW UNDER TRAINING BY THE MUSIC OFFICE WILL IN FUTURE ASPIRE.

+1 HOPE IT IS CLEAR THAT WE ALL HAVE OUR SLIGHTLY DIFFERENT PARTS TO PLAY, VOLUNTARY AND PROFESSIONAL BODIES PROVIDE TRAINING AND PERFORMING OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE TALENTED- THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE ARTS CENTRE AND OTHER PROFESSIONAL AND AMATEUR GROUPS MANAGE FACILITIES AND PROMOTE SPECTATOR OPPORTUNITIES-WHILST THE GOVERNMENT IS CONCERNED WITH THE COMMUNITY AT LARGE, PROVIDING THE BASIC AND VERY NECESSARY ’GRASS-ROOT’ FOUNDATIONS FOR ALL THE ACTIVITIES IN THE FIELDS OF RECREATION AND CULTURE,* MR WIGGHAM SAID.

NOTING THAT, IN THE FIELD OF THE ARTS IN PARTICULAR, HONG KONG HAS CHANGED ALMOST BEYOND RECOGNITION IN RECENT YEARS, MR WIGGHAM SA IDi +MUCH OF THE CREDIT MUST GO TO THE PEOPLE THEMSELVESi FOR THE DRAMATIC INCREASE IN THE SUPPLY OF A GROWING RANGE OF RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES HAS BEEN BROUGHT ABOUT AS MUCH AS ANYTHING BY THE GROWTH IN DEMAND FROM THE POPULATION.*

-----o------

/5

TUESDAY, APRIL 15, 1980 5 -

ANOTHER CONTRACT SIGNED FOR EASTERN CORRIDOR PROJECT ******

THE HONG KONG ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR PROJECT TOOK A MAJOR STEP FORWARD TODAY (TUESDAY) WITH THE SIGNING OF A MULTI-MILLION DOLLAR CONTRACT TO BUILD A 665-METRE SEAWALL OFF QUARRY BAY.

ON COMPLETION, THE AREA BETWEEN THE SEAWALL AND THE EXISTING WATERFRONT WILL BE RECLAIMED TO PROVIDE ABOUT 18 HECTARES OF LAND FOR THE ROAD PROJECT AS WELL AS FOR LIGHT INDUSTRIAL AND CARGO HANDLING USES.

THE CONTRACT WHICH COSTS 128.8 MILLION WAS SIGNED TODAY BETWEEN THE CHIEF ENGINEER, MR TSANG NA I-LOK OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT’S PORT WORKS DIVISION AND MR R. BENNETT OF THE DRAGAGES ET TRAVAUX PUBLICS OF FRANCE.

SPEAKING AT THE CONTRACT SIGNING CEREMONY MR TSANG SAID THE WORK ON THE PROJECT WOULD START NEXT WEEK AND TAKE ABOUT 24 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

TODAY’S SIGNING FOLLOWED CLOSELY THE CALL FOR TENDERS EARLIER THIS MONTH FOR RECLAIMING THREE HECTARES OF FORESHORE AND SEABED BETWEEN WATSON ROAD AND OIL STREET IN NORTH POINT.

MR TSANG SA IDi +STAGE ONE OF THE EASTERN CORRIDOR PROJECT CONSISTS OF BUILDING A TWO-KILOMETRE ELEVATED ROAD ALONG THE COAST BETWEEN CAUSEWAY BAY AND HEALTHY STREET WEST IN NORTH POINT.♦

A SECTION OF THIS ROAD WILL BE BUILT OVER THE RECLAMATION WHICH ALSO PROVIDES FACILITIES TO COMPENSATE FOR THE LOSS OF WATER FRONTAGE AND SEA ACCESS TO THE COASTAL AREA.

MEANWHILE. REPROVISIONING WORK ON THE FIRST STAGE OF THE PROJECT, INCLUDING THE RECLAMATION OF THE NORTH-EASTERN CORNER OF THE CAUSEWAY BAY TYPHOON SHELTER AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW NORTH POINT PASSENGER FERRY PIER, HAS BEEN COMPLETED.

WORK ON THE NEW NORTH POINT VEHICULAR FERRY PIER ADJACENT TO THE EXISTING ONE IS IN AN ADVANCED STAGE AND IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN FOUR MONTHS.

0

/6

TUESDAY, APRIL 15, 1980

6

CHILD ASSESSMENT CENTRE TO GET VIDEO EQUIPMENT

* * * *

SOPHISTICATED VIDEO EQUIPMENT DESIGNED TO PROVIDE TESTS TO CHILDREN IN ORDER TO DETECT ANY ABNORMALITY WILL SOON BE INSTALLED AT THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT’S ARRAN STREET CHILD ASSESSMENT CLINIC.

THE EQUIPMENT WILL ALSO PRODUCE VIDEOTAPE RECORDINGS TO DE USED AS TEACHING MATERIAL IN TRAINING CHILD ASSESSMENT WORKERS. A GREAT DEMAND FOR THESE WORKERS IS ENVISAGED WITH THE OPENING OF MORE SUCH CLINICS IN HONG KONG.

INSTALLATION OF THE EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN MADE POSSIBLE BY A DONATION OF $54 570 FROM THE KOWLOON ROTARY CLUB WHICH ALSO DONATED TOWARDS THE CAPITAL COST OF THE CHILD ASSESSMENT CLINIC.

THE CLINIC, ESTALISHED IN OCTOBER 1977, IS THE FIRST IN HONG KONG TO PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE CHILD ASSESSMENT SERVICE FOR CHILDREN FROM BIRTH TO 12 YEARS OLD WITH PHYSICAL, PSYCHOLOGICAL AND SOCIAL PROBLEMS.

IT ALSO PROVIDES PRACTICAL TRAINING FOR LOCAL PAEDIATRICIANS, CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY STUDENTS, SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS, MEDICAL SOCIAL WORKERS, HEALTH NURSES AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS WHOSE WORK IS RELATED TO CHILD CARE.

THE CLINIC IS UNIQUE IN THAT SPECIALISTS FROM VARIOUS ASSESSMENT FIELDS, INCLUDING PAEDIATRICIANS, CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGISTS, MEDICAL SOCIAL WORKERS, PHYSIOTHERAPISTS AND NURSES ARE ALL HOUSED UNDER ONE ROOF TO GIVE A TEAM APPROACH IN TREATING PROBLEMATIC CHILDREN.

THE SPECIALISTS EXAMINE A DISABLED CHILD THOROUGHLY AND THEN ASSESS THE NATURE AND DEGREE OF HIS HANDICAP AND INNER POTENTIALS.

RECOMMENDATIONS ON SUBSEQUENT MANAGEMENT AND EDUCATION PLACEMENT OF THE CHILDREN ARE MADE AND COUNSELLING TO THEIR PARENTS IS GIVEN.

SINCE THE SETTING UP OF THE CLINIC SPECIALISTS THERE HAVE ASSESSED OVER 1 000 CHILDREN.

NOTE TO EDITORSi

THE PRESIDENT OF KOWLOON ROTARY CLUB, MR DAVID ODELL WILL PRESENT A CHEQUE FOR $54 570 FOR THE PURCHASE OF VIDEO EQUIPMENT FOR THE ARRAN STREET CHILD ASSESSMENT CLINIC TO THE CONSULTANT PAEDIATRICIAN, DR LILLIAN KO IN CHARGE OF THE CLINIC AT A CEREMONY ON THURSDAY (APRIL 17).

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE CHEQUE PRESENTATION AT 1 PM ON THURSDAY (APRIL WAT SALISBURY ROOM, PENINSULA HOTEL.

--------o ---------

/7

TUESDAY, APRIL 15, 1980

7

JURY LIST * * *

THE REGISTRAR OF THE SUPREME COURT, MR SIMON HERBERT MAYO, ANNOUNCED TODAY (TUESDAY) THAT A FURTHER LIST OF COMMON JURORS WOULD BE POSTED ON THE NOTICE BOARD OF THE SUPREME COURT BUILDING ON APRIL 22, 1980.

THE LIST WILL REMAIN POSTED FOR 14 DAYS DURING WHICH PERIOD ANY PERSON MAY APPLY BY NOTICE IN WRITING TO THE REGISTRAR REQUIRING THAT HIS NAME OR THE NAME OF ANOTHER PERSON BE POSTED OR REMOVED UPON CAUSES DULY ASSIGNED IN SUCH NOTICE.

THE REGISTRAR SHALL IN HIS DISCRETION, POST OR REMOVE SUCH NAME ACCORDINGLY AND SHALL IF NECESSARY ALTER THE LIST.

•----o------

AUCTION OF SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS

******

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD ANOTHER AUCTION OF SPECIAL CAR REGISTRATION NUMBERS ON SATURDAY (APRIL 19) AT 10 AM IN THE CITY HALL RECITAL HALL.

A TOTAL OF 30 SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR BIDDING. THEY AREt

AV 987 CC 6638 AJ 709 CC 1118 CC 2800

CC 208 CC 1001 CC 1772 CD 1 CC 8887

CC 6682 CD 66 CC 3399 BZ 8888 CC 3882

CC 1961 CC 8988 CC 88 CC 3168 CC 8149

CC 450 CC 8868 CC 21 CC 2208 CC 2268

CC 1828 CC 3300 CC 4200 CC 7387 AA 484

SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS MUST PAY IN CASH OR BY CHEQUE IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE BIDDING.

A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN REMINDED BIDDERS THAT THE VEHICLE REGISTRATION NUMBER WOULD BE ASSIGNED ONLY TO A VEHICLE REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER WITHIN 12 MONTHS OF THE AUCTION.

PROCEEDS OF THE AUCTION WILL AS USUAL GO TO THE GOVERNMENT LOTTERIES FUND.

THE COMING AUCTION WILL BE THE 52ND ORGANISED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SINCE MAY 1973. -

-----o------ /8....

8

TUESDAY, APRIL 15, 1980

WATER CUT

* *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN CENTRAL DISTRICT WILL BE SUSPENDED FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 PM ON FRIDAY (APRIL 18) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR A LEAKAGE TEST.

THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY POTTINGER STREET, QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL, WING WO STREET AND CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL INCLUDING MAN YEE LANE, CENTRAL FIRE STATION, PIER ROAD AND HARBOUR VIEW STREET.

0

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

..............................................WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

............................. CONTENTS PAGE NO.

DOMESTICALLY GENERATED INFLATION WILL EASE OFF .................... 1

•NO NEED TO'REVISE'PERSONAL'TAXATION ALLOWANCE PROPOS.LLS ........................................................ 2

FIRM POLICY TO ACHIEVE GREATER DECENTRALISATION IN CIVIL SERVICE .................................................

EVASION RATIO OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION KEPT „T A GREATLY REDUCED LEVEL ............................................ 5

CS ORDERS LAND DEVELOPMENT AND PUNNING REVIEW .................... 7

SIZE OF CIVIL SERVICE NOT EXCESSIVE .............................. 9

PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME RECEIVES TOP PRIORITY ................... 10

GOVERNMENT policy in monitoring and improving social SERVICES ................................................. 12

PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME PROCEDURES TO BE REVISED................ 14

/ Luki'ID SjJljE • • • • •

LaND Sale hND PRODUCTION FOIECaSTS aRE aCCUR-.TE ...................... 15

$3 MILLION PUBLICITY PROGRAMME TC PROMOTE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ................................................................ 15

STEPS TO MINIMISE EFFECTS OF POPULATION PRESSURE ON

MEDICaL SERVICE ................ • •«..................................17

NOT GOVT'S POLICY TO RUN BUSINESSES ................................... 18

TIEN'S EXHJffilTION CENTRE PROPOSAL TO BE STUDIED...,..:,.............  19

MORE NEW POST OFFICES IN PIPELINE....................................   20

RURAL COMMITTEES ARE KEY ORGANISATIONS IN NT .......................... 20

IRD REMINDS iffiPLOTERS TO SUPPLY R^TICULaRS OF EMPLOYEES ............................................................  21

CHIN.. B/lNS E-iPORT BY POST OF FIG PRODUCTS ’......................... 22

DSR'T OPENS' SiJjVx.TlON .G?..Y PHOTO EXHIBITION ...................... 22

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

1

DOMESTICALLY GENERATED INFLATION WILL EASE OFF ******

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THERE IS REASON TO BELIEVE THAT DOMESTICALLY GENERATED INFLATION WILL EASE OFF.

AT THE BUDGET DEBATE TODAY, SIR PHILIP SAID THOUGH CONSUMER PRICES HAD IN THE FIRST TWO MONTHS OF THIS YEAR CONTINUED TO INCREASE RAPIDLY, THE SITUATION WAS LESS WORRYING THAN THE ONE HONG KONG FACED A YEAR AGO, EVEN THOUGH THE RATE OF INCREASE IN CONSUMER PRICES WAS LESS THAN THAT BEING EXPERIENCED NOW.

+THE REASON IS THAT A BETTER BALANCE IS BEING ACHIEVED BETWEEN THE DEMAND FOR AND SUPPLY OF DOMESTIC RESOURCES, PARTICULARY SO IN THE LABOUR MARKET.+

FURTHERMORE, HE SAID, THE VERY RAPID GROWTH RATE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS EXPERIENCED IN 1979 WAS UNLIKELY TO BE SUSTAINED THROUGH 1980 AND ACTIVITY IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR WOULD NOT CONTRIBUTE TO DOMESTIC INFLATION THIS YEAR AS IT DID IN 1979.

SIR PHILIP SAID WHILST THE EASING OF THE PRESSURE OF DEMAND ON DOMESTIC RESOURCES WAS TAKING TIME TO WORK THROUGH THE SYSTEM TO DAMPEN DOWN DOMESTICALLY GENERATED INFLATION, WORLD PRICES HAD BEEN ACCELERATING AND WERE EXERCISING AN ADDITIONAL UNFAVOURABLE INFLUENCE ON PRICES IN HONG KONG.

HE AGREED THAT THERE IS NOT MUCH HONG KONG COULD DO IN THE FACE OF IMPORTED INFLATION.

HOWEVER, HE POINTED OUT THAT MOVEMENTS IN THE EXCHANGE VALUE CF THE HONG KONG DOLLAR IN THE PAST NINE MONTHS HAVE BEEN USEFUL IN DAMPENING THE RATE OF INCREASE IN IMPORT PRICES WITHOUT SERIOUSLY HAMPERING EXPORT COMPETITIVENESS.

TURNING TO OTHER POINTS RAISED BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS, SIR PHILIP SAID HE DID NOT THINK THERE WAS A NEED FOR THE GOVERNMENT TO CONSIDER FINDING WAYS TO DISCOURAGE THE COMMUNITY’S DESIRE TO CONSUME AND, AT THE SAME TIME ENCOURAGE SAVING, BECAUSE HE DID NOT EXPECT THE GROWTH RATE OF TOTAL FINAL DEMAND THIS YEAR TO BE OUT OF LINE WITH THE GROWTH RATE OF GDP NOR DID HE EXPECT THE GROWTH RATE OF PRIVATE CONSUMPTION EXPENDITURE TO BE OUT OF LINE WITH THE GROWTH RATE OF REAL INCOME THIS YEAR AND LAST YEAR.

IN FACT, HE SAID, THE GROWTH RATE OF PRIVATE CONSUMPTION EXPENDITURE IN 1979, AT 7.7 PER CENT WAS ACTUALLY LESS THAN WHAT ONE WOULD EXPECT IT TO BE, GIVEN THE GROWTH RATE OF REAL INCOME IN 1978 AND 1979 OF 9.2 PER CENT AND 11.1 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

HOWEVER, HE COULD NOT RULE OUT THE POSSIBILITY OF A SUDDEN ACCELERATION IN THE GROWTH RATE OF PRIVATE CONSUMPTION EXPENDITURE THIS YEAR AND FOR THIS AND OTHER REASONS, HE ASSURED COUNCIL THAT THE GOVERNMENT WOULD CONTINUE TO MONITOR THE COURSE OF HONG KONG’S ECONOMY CLOSELY.

/TURNIr.G TO.......

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

2

T0 EXTERNAL TRADE, SIR PHILIP said in the first two TH,S YEAR T0TAL exports continied to grow faster than IMPORTS BY A SIGNIFICANT MARGIN, SO THAT THE VISIBLE TRADE GAP CONTINUED TO NARROW. THE GROWTH RATE IN REAL TERMS OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS DURING THESE TWO MONTHS WAS 25 PER CENT COMPARED WITH A 19 PER CENT GROWTH RATE IN IMPORTS.

TRENDS IN

BE PROVED MATER IALS OF EXPORT SHOULD BE

BUT HE EXPECTED THAT THERE WOULD BE A REVERSAL OF RECENT " THE NOT TOO DISTANT FUTURE

IMPORTS DOWN IN

TERMS.+

IKA, . +1 COULD, OF COURSE HAPPILY

WRONG. IN FACT, IF THE GROWTH RATE OF IMPORTS OF RAW AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES IS TAKEN AS A LEADING INDICATOR PERFORMANCE, THE PROSPECTS FOR THE NEXT FEW MONTHS VERY REASONABLE- FOR, ALTHOUGH THE GROWTH RATE OF

OF RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURERS HAS SLOWED RECENT MONTHS, THE INCREASES ARE STILL HIGH IN ABSOLUTE

-------0 - - - -

NO NEED TO REVISE PERSONAL TAXATION ALLOWANCE PROPOSALS *****

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE SAID TODAY HE SAW NO NEED TO +FI NE TUNE+ HIS PERSONAL TAXATION ALLOWANCE PROPOSALS AT PRESENT, BUT HE PROMISED TO REVIEW THE ALLOWANCES PERIODICALLY AND REVISE THEM TO THE EXTENT THAT OUR BUDGETARY SITUATION PERMITS TO AVOID FISCAL DRAG AND TO KEEP THOSE ON INCOMES AT THE LOWER END OF THE SCALE OUT OF THE TAX NET.

SPEAKING AT THE RESUMED BUDGET DEBATE, SIR PHILIP SAID THE NEW ALLOWANCES WOULD BENEFIT 315 OOO PERSONAL TAXPAYERS TO A GREATER OR LESSER EXTENT AND KEEP ANOTHER 60 000 WHO WOULD OTHERWISE BE CAUGHT, OUT OF THE TAX NET.

HE SAID THE NEW ALLOWANCES WERE PITCHED AT A LEVEL WHICH HAD REGARD TO THEIR IMPACT ON THE EFFECTIVE RATES OF TAX AT VARIOUS INCOME LEVELS AND THE CONSEQUENTIAL COST TO THE REVENUE.

HE GAVE THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES TO ILLUSTRATE THE LOW EFFECTIVE TAX RATEi

* A SINGLE MAN ON AN INCOME OF $20 000 WILL NOW PAY $250, AN EFFECTIVE TAX RATE OF 1.25 PER CENT

* A SINGLE MAN ON $25 000 WITH ONE DEPENDENT PARENT WILL PAY $250, AN EFFECTIVE RATE OF ONE PER CENT

* A MARRIED MAN WITH TWO CHILDREN ON $44 000 WILL PAY $250, AN EFFECTIVE RATE OF 0.57 PER CENT AND

* A MARRIED MAN WITH TWO CHILDREN AND TWO DEPENDENT PARENTS ON $54 000 WILL ALSO PAY $250, AN EFFECTIVE RATE OF 0.46 PER CENT.

/SlK PHILIP .....

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

3

SIR PHILIP ALSO COMMENTED ON SUGGESTIONS THAT PERSONAL ALLOWANCES SHOULD HAVE BEEN INCREASED TO $25 □□□ FOR A SINGLE PERSON- TO $50 000 FOR A MARRIED MAN AND THAT THE CHILD ALLOWANCES SHOULD HAVE BEEN RAISED TO $8 000 FOR THE FIRST CHILD, $7 000 FOR THE SECOND CHILD AND $5 000 FOR THE THIRD CHILD.

THOSE WHO HAD ARGUED ALONG THESE LINES, HE SAID, SIMPLY DO NOT REALISE HOW EXPENSIVE THEIR IDEAS WOULD BE 1 IT WOULD COST NO LESS THAN $1 380 MILLION IN 1980-81 (OR 76 PER CENT OF THE ESTIMATED YIELD FROM PERSONAL TAXATION BEFORE ALLOWING FOR ANY CONCESSIONS), COMPARED WITH THE COST OF HIS PACKAGE AT $426 MILLION (OR 24 PER CENT OF THE ESTIMATED YIELD FROM PERSONAL TAXATION BEFORE ALLOWING FOR THE CONCESSIONS).

REPLYING TO OTHER POINTS RAISED BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS IN THE DEBATE, SIR PHILIP SAID HE KNEW OF NO EVIDENCE THAT THE ABSENCE OF SEPARATE ASSESSMENT SYSTEM OR THE ABOLITION OF THE WORKING WIFE ALLOWANCE IN 1973, HAD LED TO WOMEN, SKILLED OR UNSKILLED, LEAVING THE LABOUR FORCE.

OF A TOTAL OF OVER 289 000 DEMAND NOTES FOR SALARIES TAX ISSUED IN 1979-80 ONLY ABOUT 56 000 INVOLVED WORKING WIVES AND, OF THESE, ABOUT 48 500 WOULD HAVE DERIVED SOME BENEFIT FROM A WORKING WIFE ALLOWANCE. THE REMAINING 7 500 WOULD NOT HAVE BENEFITED BECAUSE THEY WERE ALREADY ON THE STANDARD RATE OF TAX. IN PROPORTIONATE TERMS, THESE FIGURES ARE NOT MATERIALLY DIFFERENT FROM THOSE FOR 1972-73, THE LAST YEAR FOR WHICH A WORKING WIFE ALLOWANCE WAS GRANTED.

ON HIS NEW CHILD ALLOWANCES, SIR PHILIP SAID THERE WAS NO EVIDENCE THAT THE FISCAL SYSTEM ENCOURAGED PARENTS TO HAVE LARGE FAMILIES. HE NOTED THAT IN 1979-80, ALLOWANCES WERE GRANTED UNDER SALARIES TAX FOR A TOTAL OF 134 000 CHILDREN OF WHOM 67 900 WERE FIRST CHILDREN AND 41 600 SECOND CHILDREN WHILST ONLY 17 100 WERE GRANTED FOR A THIRD CHILD. THEREAFTER, THE FIGURES DROP DRAMATICALLY AND, FOR SIX TO NINE CHILDREN, A TOTAL OF ONLY 456 ALLOWANCES WERE GRANTED AT A COST TO THE REVENUE OF SOME $120 000 ONLY.

REFERRING TO REMARKS ON THE AGE CRITERION FOR DEPENDENT PARENT ALLOWANCE, SIR PHILIP SAID IT MIGHT WELL BE THAT IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR, AND IN SOME COMMERCIAL ORGANISATIONS, 55 IS THE OFFICIAL RETIREMENT AGE, BUT INCREASINGLY, STAFF, BOTH IN THE PUBLIC AND THE PRIVATE SECTORS CONTINUE WITH THEIR EMPLOYERS FOR MUCH LONGER.

+AND THOSE WHO DO RETIRE OFTEN DO SO IN ORDER TO TAKE UP OTHER EMPLOYMENT. I BELIEVE THAT THE MAJORITY OF PEOPLE CONTINUE IN EMPLOYMENT WELL BEYOND THE AGE OF 55 AND IT IS AS WELL THAT THEY DO BECAUSE HONG KONG NEEDS THEIR EXPERIENCE.+

THUS HE BELIEVED THAT THE AGE CRITERION SET AT 60 OR BELOW 60 WHERE THE PARENT IS ELIGIBLE FOR A DISABILITY ALLOWANCE REFLECTS MORE ACCURATELY THE AGE AT WHICH PEOPLE RETIRE IN HONG KONG.

- - 0 ----------

/4

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980 #

FIRM POLICY TO ACHIEVE GREATER DECENTRALISATION IN CIVIL SERVICE

* M * M *

THE CHIEF SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JACK CATER SAYS IT IS THE GOVERNMENT’S FIRM POLICY TO ENCOURAGE AND TO ASSIST GREATER DEVOLUTION IN THE CIVIL SERVICE, NOT ONLY FROM THE CENTRE TO DEPARTMENTS, BUT ALSO WITHIN DEPARTMENTS FROM THEIR HEADQUARTERS TO THE REGIONAL LEVEL.

SPEAKING AT THE BUDGET DEBATE TODAY, SIR JACK SAID WHILE IT WAS NECESSARY TO INVOLVE MORE DIRECT RESPONSIBILITY BY INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS IN DEVOLUTION, IT MUST IN ANY WAY LEAD TO A LESSENING OF OVERALL RESPONSIBILITY ON THE PART OF THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT.

FOR DEVOLUTION COULD ONLY MAKE SENSE IF THE CENTRE EFFECTIVELY MONITORED THE PERFORMANCE OF DEPARTMENTS TO ENSURE THAT WORK WAS CARRIED OUT EFFECTIVELY AND THAT PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES WERE ACHIEVED ON TIME.

HE SAID SOME MATTERS MUST CLEARLY CONTINUE TO BE DECIDED AT THE CENTRE- FOR EXAMPLE NEW LEGISLATION- IMPORTANT QUESTIONS OF POLICY OR MAJOR PUBLIC WORKS. OTHER MATTERS NEED TO BE SUBJECT TO SOME DEGREE OF CONTROL FROM THE CENTRE IN ORDER TO ENSURE UNIFORMITY- FOR EXAMPLE CIVIL SERVICE APPOINTMENTS, PAY AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND SO ON.

HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE CONCEPTS OF DEVOLUTION, FLEXIBILITY, DISCRETION AND MONITORING ARE NOWADAYS ESSENTIAL WORKING TOOLS FOR THE PROGRESSIVE ADMINISTRATOR, AND HIS COMMITTEE WOULD BE GIVING INCREASING ATTENTION TO THEIR IMPLEMENTATION THROUGH THE CIVIL SERVICE.

TURNING TO RECREATION AND SPORTS, HE ASSURED THAT ADEQUATE SITES HAD BEEN RESERVED BOTH IN THE URBAN AREAS AND IN THE NT NEW TOWNS FOR RECREATIONAL DEVELOPMENT SUCH AS SPORTS GROUNDS, INDOOR GAMES HALL AND FACILITIES FOR OTHER ACTIVE RECREATIONAL PURPOSES.

+HOWEVER, IT MUST BE POINTED OUT THAT, WHILST WE ALL CAN READILY AGREE THAT NEW FACILITIES SHOULD BE PROVIDED, IT IS NECESSARY TOO TO ENSURE THAT OUR EXISTING RECREATIONAL FACILITIES ARE BEING USED TO THE MAX I MUM,+ HE SAID NOTING THAT A WORKING PARTY ON THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT ON +MAXIMISATION OF THE USE OF FACILITIES FOR RECREATION+ UNDER THE CHAIRMANSHIP OF MR F.K. HU IS CURRENTLY LOOKING INTO THIS QUESTION.

SIR JACK ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE TASK OF THE NEWLY ESTABLISHED RECREATION AND CULTURE DIVISION IS TO ENSURE THAT GOVERNMENT’S OWN ACTIVITIES IN THESE TWO AREAS ARE EFFECTIVELY CO-ORDINATED, AND TO EXAMINE, THROUGH THE DRAWING UP OF THE PROGRAMME PLAN ON MUSIC AND THE PERFORMING ARTS, QUESTIONS OF DIRECTION, CO-ORDINATION, MANPOWER AND FINANCE, IN SOME DETAIL.

HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS ALREADY COMMITTED TO PROMOTING THE ARTS, NOT ONLY THROUGH THE CULTURAL AFFAIRS DIVISION OF THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE MUSIC OFFICE, BUT ALSO THROUGH ANNUAL SUBVENTIONS TO THE HONG KONG PHILHARMONIC SOCIETY AND THE HONG KONG ARTS FESTIVAL. CONSIDERATION IS ALSO CURRENTLY BEING GIVEN TO CONTINUING TO PROVIDE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO THE CONSERVATORY OF MUSIC.

/REFERRING TC .....

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

5

REFERRING TO THE CALL FOR THE EXPANSION OF THE LEGAL ASSISTANCE AND ADVICE SCHEMES, SIR JACK SAID THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL WILL CONSIDER IN THE NEAR FUTURE A REPORT CONTAINING EXPANSION PROPOSALS BY THE MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE WHICH SUPERVISES THE TWO SCHEMES ON BEHALF OF THE LAW SOCIETY.

HE NOTED THAT THE PROVISION FOR THESE TWO SCHEMES HAS GROWN IN 18 MONTHS FROM $1.5 MILLION FOR SERVICES AT THREE MAGISTRATES’ COURTS AND TWO ADVICE CENTRES TO $3.6 MILLION FOR SERVICES AT FOUR MAGISTRATES’ COURTS AND FIVE ADVICE CENTRES.

-----0-----

EVASION RATIO OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION KEPT AT A GREATLY REDUCED LEVEL MH**

HONG KONG IS A MUCH MORE DIFFICULT PLACE TO ENTER ILLEGALLY THAN IT WAS AND THE EVASION RATIO - THE PROPORTION OF THOSE ARRESTED COMPARED WITH THOSE WHO SUCCEED IN EVADING ARREST HAS BEEN KEPT AT A GREATLY REDUCED LEVEL OF ONE TO ZERO POINT NINE (I1O.9) IN THE LAST SIX MONTHS, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON LEWIS DAVIES SAID TODAY.

SPEAKING AT THE RESUMED BUDGET DEBATE IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR DAVIES SAID HE WAS RELIEVED TO NOTE THAT SINCE THE HIGH RATE OF INFLOW STARTED MARCH WAS THE FIRST MONTH TO SEE A REDUCTION IN NUMBER OF ARRESTS COMPARED WITH THE CORRESPONDING MONTH IN THE PRECEDING YEAR. A TOTAL OF 4 700 ARRESTS WERE MADE IN MARCH COMPARED WITH 6 600 IN MARCH LAST YEAR. +NEVERTHELESS THE FIGURES REMAIN UNACCEPTABLY HIGH,+ HE SAID.

HE ALSO NOTED THAT THE SECURITY FORCES CONTINUE TO MAINTAIN A HIGH DEGREE OF WATCHFULNESS AND A CONSTANT HIGHLY EFFECTIVE SYSTEM OF PATROLS ON LAND, SEA AND AIR.

♦THEY INVOLVE MANY ELEMENTS AND UNITS OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE, HM FORCES AND THE AUXILIARY SERVICES WHOSE DEPLOYMENT, OPERATIONAL TECHNIQUES AND COMMAND AND CONTROL ARE ALL KEPT UNDER CLOSE SCRUTINY AT ALL LEVELS TO ENSURE MAXIMUM EFFECTIVENESS,* HE SAID.

MR DAVIES ALSO POINTED OUT THAT REPRESENTATIONS CONTINUE TO BE MADE ON THE LEVEL OF ILLEGAL AND LEGAL IMMIGRATION AND THE COUNTER MEASURES WHICH THE CHINESE AUTHORITIES THEMSELVES ARE TAKING ARE OF THE GREATEST POSSIBLE IMPORTANCE.

♦WE KNOW OF AND SEE PATROLLING OPERATIONS ON THE CHINESE SIDE OF THE BORDER AND WE BELIEVE THAT THE NUMBERS APPREHENDED ON THE CHINESE SIDE ARE GREATER THAN THOSE WHO CROSS THE BORDER ILLEGALLY.

♦THE ANNOUNCEMENT AND INTRODUCTION OF THE NEW CRIMINAL CODE IN CHINA UNDER WHICH LEAVING CHINA ILLEGALLY IS MADE AN OFFENCE IS A FURTHER DETERRENT- SO ARE RECENT CONVICTIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF LONG SENTENCES OF IMPRISONMENT OF PERSONS ENGAGED IN ORGANISING ILLEGAL EMIGRATION FROM CHINA,+ HE SAID.

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980'

6

MR DAVIES REVEALED THAT PROVISIONS HAVE BEEN INCLUDED IN THE ESTIMATES OF THE NEW FINANCIAL YEAR TOt

* ENABLE THE POLICE TO RECRUIT 900 MORE OFFICERS TO ASSIST THE FORCE TO MEET ITS COMMITMENTS IN THE EXPANDING URBAN AREAS, MAINTAIN ITS CONTRIBUTION ON THE BORDER AND ON THE FLANKS AS WELL AS AT SEA-

* MEET HONG KONG’S SHARE OF THE COST OF THE EXISTING GARRISON OF FOUR INFANTRY BATTALIONS, THE RAF WESSEX SQUADRON AND THE FIVE RN PATROL CRAFT AS WELL AS AN INSTALMENT OF HONG KONG’S SHARE OF THE COST OF THEIR REPLACEMENT-

* PROVIDE FOR REINFORCEMENTS BY ADDITIONAL RIFLE COMPANIES -AND THIS MONTH THERE ARE FIVE SUCH COMPANIES HERE - A SMALL RM RAIDING SQUADRON, TWO HOVERCRAFT, A FAST PATROL BOAT AND ADDITIONAL HELICOPTERS"

* FINANCE THE COST OF NINE NEW SECTOR PATROL CRAFT AND CREWS FOR THE MARINE POLICE- THE FIRST THREE LAUNCHES WILL BE AVAILABLE BY EARLY NEXT MONTH-

* RE-EQUIP THE AUXILIARY AIR FORCE WITH THREE DAUPHIN TWIN-ENGINED HELICOPTERS TO REPLACE THE ALLOUETTES, AND

X CONSTRUCT AN ILLUMINATED CHAIN LINK BORDER FENCE 22 KMS LONG AND FIVE METRES HIGH FROM SHA TAU KOK TO LOK MA CHAU. THIS WILL BE COMPLETED BY JUNE AND WILL BE REINFORCED BY WATCH TOWERS WHERE NECESSARY. PLANS TO EXTEND THE FENCE THE FURTHER 13 KMS TO TSIM BE I TSUI ARE ALSO WELL ADVANCED.

MR DAVIES SAID THE TWO MAIN PRIORITIES FOR THE EXPANSION OF THE GOVERNMENT’S OPERATIONAL CONTRIBUTION TO ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION OPERATIONS AT THIS STAGE WILL BE THE MARINE POLICE AND THE RE-EQUIPMENT OF THE AUXILIARY AIR FORCE WITH BIGGER HELICOPTERS.

♦ACCORDINGLY, PROPOSALS ARE BEING CONSIDERED FOR A SUBSTANTIAL REPLACEMENT AND EXPANSION PROGRAMME FOR THE MARINE POLICE FLEET. IN ADDITION URGENT STUDIES ARE BEING PURSUED TO PROVIDE IMPROVED COMMUNICATION AND RADAR. DAUPHIN HELICOPTERS WILL BE IN SERVICE IN AUGUST.♦

AT THE SAME TIME, HE SAID, A RE-EXAMINATION OF THE GARRISON’S SIZE AND COMPOSITION WAS IN PROGRESS AND DISCUSSIONS ON ITS EXPANSION AND ITS COST ARE PROCEEDING WITH THE MINISTRY OF DEFENCE.

ON THE CALL FOR RECONSIDERING THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY UNDER WHICH ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS WHO EVADE ARREST ARE AT PRESENT PERMITTED TO REMAIN IN HONG KONG, MR DAVIES SAID THE ADVANTAGES OF ANY CHANGE IN POLICY MUST BE WEIGHED AGAINST THE POSSIBLE DISADVANTAGES. ♦THESE WOULD INCLUDE THE EFFECT OF THE IMPLEMENTATION ON THE GENERAL PUBLIC, THE POSSIBLE NEED TO TRANSFER MAN POWER AND RESOURCES FROM OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT FUNCTIONS TO IMPLEMENT THE NEW POLICY AND THE EFFECTS OF A CHANGE OF POLICY ON LAW AND ORDER GENERALLY.

♦A NEW POLICY INVOLVING THE RETURN OF EVADERS RAISES MAJOR ISSUES WHICH ARE ALREADY BEING DISCUSSED IN PUBLIC. OBVIOUSLY THIS POLICY, LIKE ALL OTHER IMMIGRATION POLICIES AND OPERATION DEPLOYMENTS AND PLANS, IS KEPT UNDER REVIEW BY THE ADM IN ISTRATI ON.+ HE SAID.

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

7

CS ORDERS LAND DEVELOPMENT, AND PLANNING REVIEW * * * ft * *

THE CHIEF SECRETARY HAS ORDERED A REVIEW OF THE WHOLE OF THE GOVERNMENT’S LAND DEVELOPMENT AND PLANNING MACHINERY, INCLUDING ADMINISTRATION, BEFORE MAKING PROPOSALS TO THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL LATER THIS YEAR.

ANNOUNCING THIS AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY), THE SECRETARY FOR ENVIRONMENT, THE HON DEREK JONES SAID A SENIOR OFFICER WITH CONSIDERABLE EXPERIENCE IN LAND ADMINISTRATION WILL BE ASSISTING IN THE REVIEW THIS SUMMER. THE VIEWS OF UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL BE SOUGHT ON THE ISSUES INVOLVED.

MR JONES SAID WHAT THE GOVERNMENT WAS NOW BEGINNING TO FOCUS ON WAS NOT JUST LAND AS SUCH, BUT THE TOTAL PATTERN OF PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT WITHIN THE PUBLIC SECTOR AND THE VARIOUS OPTIONS AND SEQUENCES AVAILABLE.

♦NATURALLY, AS LAND IS HONG KONG’S SCARCEST RESOURCE, LAND DEVELOPMENT AND ADMINISTRATION MUST PLAY A CRUCIAL PART IN THIS PROCESS AND A UNIFIED LANDS DEPARTMENT IS ONE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE OPTIONS OPEN AS A MEANS OF IMPROVING THE MACHINERY FOR GETTING THINGS DONE,* HE SAID.

♦BUT WHAT WE HAVE TO LOOK AT IS OUR TOTAL MACHINERY FOR DEVELOPMENT IN TERMS OF SETTING OBJECTIVES AND ASSESSING THE MEANS AVAILABLE FOR THEIR ACHIEVEMENT OVER VARIOUS PERIODS OF TIME. IT IS THIS OVERALL MACHINERY WHICH IS NOW IN NEED OF A CAREFUL STUDY.*

ON LAND STATISTICS, MR JONES SAID THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON LAND PRODUCTION WILL PRODUCE A GLOSSARY AND A STANDARD PRESENTATION FOR FUTURE LAND STATISTICS.

REFERRING TO A SUGGESTION THAT THE GOVERNMENT SHOULD SELL LAND TO SMALL INDUSTRIAL CO-OPERATIVES BY PRIVATE TREATY AT FAIR MARKET PRICES, MR JONES SAID THERE WAS AT PRESENT A GOOD SUPPLY OF INDUSTRIAL ACCOMMODATION ON THE MARKET, INCLUDING PREMISES FOR THE SMALL INDUSTRIALISTS.

HE DID NOT THINK THAT THE SUGGESTION, WOULD ASSIST VERY GREATLY IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF OUR INDUSTRY ON A COMPETITIVE BASIS.

MR JONES ASSURED MEMBERS, IN SPEAKING ON ROADS, THAT ALL PROJECTS IN THE ROAD PROGRAMME WILL PROCEED IN THE ORDER OF PRIORITY LAID DOWN FOR THEM AND THAT THIS WILL EVENTUALLY INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, THE WHOLE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES CIRCULAR ROAD LINKING ALL THE NEW TOWNS.

♦IN CONSIDERING THE SIZE OF OUR INVESTMENT IN ROADS, HOWEVER, WE MUST NOT FORGET ALSO THE TREMENDOUS COMMITMENT THAT IS BEING MADE TO A MODERN, HIGH CAPACITY AND INTERLOCKING RAIL NETWORK — AND I EMPHASISE THE WORD ’INTERLOCKING’,* HE SAID.

MR JONES SAID THE OPENING OF THE MODIFIED INITIAL SYSTEM CF THE MTR HAD ALREADY SHOWN WHAT THIS COULD DO TO IMPROVE PUBLIC TRANSPORT. THE TSUEN WAN EXTENSION WAS NOW BEING BUILT JUST AS RAPIDLY AND, EQUALLY IMPORTANT, WAS THE MODERNISATION AND ELECTRIFICATION OF THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY.

/♦THIS WILL .....

8

♦THIS WILi>BE ESSENTIAL TO SERVE THE MILLION OR SO PEOPLE WHO WILL BE LIVING IN THE EASTERN NEW TERRITORIES IN THE LATE 80’S AND THE INTERCHANGE STATION AT KOWLOON TONG WILL PLAY A KEY ROLE IN INTEGRATING THE TWO RAILWAYS INTO ONE EFFECTIVE NETWORK, + HE SAID.

HE ALSO BELIEVED THAT A RAIL SYSTEM ALONG THE NORTH SHORE OF HONG KONG ISLAND AND THE LINKING INTO THE MTR AT CENTRAL WAS EQUALLY IMPERATIVE AND URGENT.

WHETHER THIS SHOULD TAKE THE FORM OF A SHORT ISLAND LINE OF THE MTR, RUNNING SOME EIGHT KILOMETRES FROM WESTERN MARKET TO TAIKOO SHING, OR A SO-CALLED LIGHT RAIL TRANSIT SYSTEM, RUNNING 14 KILOMETRES FROM WHITTY STREET TO CHAI WAN, HAD STILL TO BE DECIDED, MR JONES SAID.

BUT HE WAS CONVINCED IN HIS OWN MIND THAT ONE OR THE OTHER RAIL SYSTEM WILL HAVE TO BE BUILT AND THE QUICKER THE BETTER.

ON BUSES, MR JONES SAID ONE CONDITION MUST BE MET BEFORE REALLY SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENTS IN SERVICES CAN TAKE PLACE, AND THIS CONCERNED ROAD CONGESTION.

THERE WAS NO DOUBT, HE SAID, THAT ROAD CONGESTION HAD CONSIDERABLY WORSENED IN MANY LOCATIONS SINCE 1977 AND THAT IT WAS CONTINUING TO GET WORSE AND SLOWING DOWN THE MOVEMENT OF BUSES AND MAKING IT MORE DIFFICULT FOR THEM TO MEET SCHEDULES.

+THE RESULT IS THAT MORE BUSES ARE MAKING FEWER JOURNEYS. THIS MEANS THAT, TO SPEED UP THE FLOW OF BUSES AND THUS INCREASE THEIR CARRYING CAPACITY, CONSIDERATION WILL HAVE TO BE GIVEN TO THE ADOPTION OF MORE BUS PRIORITY MEASURES, INCLUDING BUS ONLY LANES, EVEN AT THE EXPENSE OF WORSENING CONDITIONS FOR PRIVATE CARS AND TAX IS,+ HE SAID.

OTHERWISE, MR JONES POINTED OUT, WE WOULD BE IN DANGER OF A VICIOUS CIRCLE OF MORE BUSES, SLOWER JOURNEY TIMES, YET MORE BUSES, HIGHER FARES AND SO ON.

MR JONES SAID HE ACCEPTED THE PREDICTION THAT PRIVATE CARS WILL CONTINUE TO INCREASE.

HE POINTED OUT THAT IN 1979 THE NUMBER OF PRIVATE CARS REGISTERED INCREASED BY 20 000 AND IN RECENT MONTHS THEY HAVE BEEN GROWING BY AS MUCH AS 2 000 A MONTH.

+WE CANNOT CONTINUE TO TOLERATE THIS RATE OF INCREASE WHICH IS WAY AHEAD OF ANY REALISTIC ASSESSMENT OF OUR ABILITY TO EXPAND THE ROAD NETWORK,* HE SAID.

♦CERTAINLY, NO AMOUNT OF ROAD BUILDING AND NO AMOUNT OF TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT MEASURES COULD ACCOMMODATE THIS RATE OF GROWTH FOR LONG WITHOUT CATASTROPHIC AND DEBILITATING TRAFFIC JAMS ALL DAY LONG.*

HE SAID THE AVERAGE GROWTH IN THE LENGTH OF OUR ROAD NETWORK WAS ABOUT TWO PER CENT A YEAR AND, EVEN TAKING INTO ACCOUNT ROAD WIDENING AND OTHER QUALITATIVE IMPROVEMENTS, IT COULD NOT BE MORE THAN THREE PER CENT.

/so evs; ......

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

9

SO EVEN A DOUBLING OF REAL EXPENDITURE ON ROADS, WHICH COULD NOT BE ACCOMMODATED, EITHER IN TERMS OF PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION OR IN THE USE OF RESOURCES, WOULD FALL FAR SHORT OF MEETING THE PROBLEM, HE SAID.

+IN MY VIEW, THEREFORE, WE CANNOT CONTINUE INDEFINITELY WITH UNRESTRAINED GROWTH IN VEHICLE NUMBERS AND IN VEHICLE USAGE IF WE ARE TO CONTINUE TO KEEP PEOPLE AND GOODS MOVING ON THE ROADS AND WE WILL NEED TO ADDRESS OURSELVES SERIOUSLY TO THIS PROBLEM BEFORE VERY LONG.+ MR JONES ADDED.

-----0------

SIZE OF CIVIL SERVICE NOT EXCESSIVE *****

THE SECRETARY FOR THE CIVIL SERVICE, THE HON MARTIN ROWLANDS, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THE PRESENT SIZE OF THE CIVIL SERVICE WAS NOT EXCESSIVE AND THE LEVEL OF ACHIEVEMENT WOULD BE IMPROVED BY STRENGTHENING THE POLICY AND MANAGEMENT LEVELS.

♦THAT IN TURN WOULD REDUCE THE RATE AT WHICH THE CIVIL SERVICE WOULD OTHERWISE NEED TO GROW IN FUTURE,+ MR ROWLANDS SAID AT THE RESUMED BUDGET DEBATE IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

MR ROWLANDS SAID THAT HAVING LISTENED TO MEMBERS’ SPEECHES IN THE DEBATE, IT OCCURRED TO HIM THAT IN MUCH OF WHAT WAS SET OUT TO DO, IT WAS NOT ECONOMIC OR FISCAL CONSTRAINTS WHICH WERE LIMITING THE CIVIL SERVICE’S ACHIEVEMENT, BUT RATHER THE SHORTAGE OF KEY STAFF IN THE UPPER LEVELS OF THE CIVIL SERVICE.

♦THIS PROBLEM WAS RECOGNISED A FEW YEARS AGO IN RELATION TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE CLASS AND IT WAS DECIDED TO ADOPT A DELIBERATE POLICY OF RECRUITMENT TO MEET LIKELY FUTURE DEMANDS,+ HE SAID.

♦THAT POLICY IS NOW BEGINNING TO BEAR FRUlTt THE ADMINISTRATIVE CLASS WILL HAVE GROWN FROM 200 OFFICERS IN 1977 TO OVER 300 BY THE END OF 1980, SO ENABLING US TO MEET A VARIETY OF FRESH STAFF COMMITMENTS WHICH COULD NOT HAVE BEEN FORESEEN TWO OR THREE YEARS AGO,+ HE ADDED.

MR ROWLANDS SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS NOW CONSIDERING WHETHER TO ADOPT A SIMILAR RECRUITMENT POLICY FOR THE EXECUTIVE CLASS, WHOSE 1 000 MEMBERS FULFILLED A VITAL ROLE IN THE MANAGEMENT OF THE CIVIL SERVICE, AS WELL AS IN SEVERAL KEY POLICY AND OPERATIONAL AREAS.

♦AS AN IMMEDIATE STEP I AM PROPOSING THIS YEAR TO OFFER APPOINTMENT TO AN ADDITIONAL 60 OR SO UNIVERSITY GRADUATES SO THAT WE MAY BE BETTER ABLE TO MEET FUTURE COMMITMENTS, PARTICULARLY IN CITY DISTRICT WORK AND STAFF MANAGEMENT,♦ MR ROWLANDS SAID.

MR ROWLANDS SAID HE SUSPECTED THAT THERE WERE OTHER AREAS IN THE CIVIL SERVICE WHERE THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY OF RECRUITING TO FILL EXISTING VACANCIES IN THE LOWER RANKS WAS A PRINCIPAL CAUSE OF +UNDER-MANAGEMENT+ AND +OVER-STRETCH+.

/The gov£h:yi;.t ......

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

10

THE GOVERNMENT IS NOW TRYING TO IDENTIFY THESE AREAS, WORKING THROUGH THE NEW DEPARTMENTAL ESTABLISHMENT COMMITTEES AND IT WOULD THEN HAVE TO WORK OUT SOLUTIONS APPROPRIATE TO EACH CASE, MR ROWLANDS SAID.

MR ROWLANDS ALSO NOTED THAT THE CIVIL SERVICE HAD MADE A SPECIAL EFFORT TO EMPLOY THE DISABLED AND FOR SOME TIME THE CIVIL SERVICE HAD BEEN GIVING DISABLED PERSONS A DEGREE OF PREFERENCE FOR JOBS OVER OTHER APPLICANTS.

♦RECENTLY. WE HAVE GONE ONE STEP FURTHER AND AUTHORISED THE APPOINTMENT OF DISABLED PERSONS EVEN WHEN THEY ARE UNABLE TO PERFORM ALL THE DUTIES OF A PARTICULAR RANK,* MR ROWLANDS SAID.

ALTOGETHER THE PERSONS IN ADDITION

CIVIL SERVICE NOW EMPLOYS 660 REGISTERED DISABLED TO MANY OTHERS WITH MINOR DISABILITIES.

_ _ _ _ 0

PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME RECEIVES TOP PRIORITY

*****

GOVERNMENT’S COMMITMENT TO HOUSING IS EVIDENCED BY THE FACT THAT THE PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME RECEIVES MORE THAN ANY OTHER PROGRAMME IN TERMS OF LAND AND MONEY, THE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, THE HON ALAN SCOTT SAID TODAY.

REPLYING TO POINTS RAISED BY HIS UNOFFICIAL COLLEAGUES AT THE RESUMED BUDGET DEBATE, MR SCOTT SAID THE 10-YEAR PROGRAMME WHICH BEGAN IN 1973 HAD NO TERMINAL DATEi RATHER, THE GOVERNMENT WAS COMMITTED TO A GIVEN RATE OF PRODUCTION FOR A FOUR-YEAR PERIOD, WHICH WAS ROLLED FORWARD ANNUALLY.

HE SAID, +WE MUST LOOK EVEN FURTHER FORWARD, AND DURING RECENT MONTHS I HAVE BEEN LEADING A GROUP STUDYING THE DEMAND FOR HOUSING IN THE PUBLIC AND THE PRIVATE SECTORS, THE PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME AND ESTIMATED PRIVATE SECTOR PRODUCTION.♦

♦THE FINDINGS OF THIS GROUP WILL BE CORRELATED WITH LAND AND OTHER RELEVANT POLICY AREAS TO PRODUCE A REVIEW OF HOUSING WITH POLICY RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE END OF THIS DECADE AND, MORE TENTATIVELY, BEYOND IT.+

ON ALLOCATION OF PUBLIC HOUSING, MR SCOTT SAID 24 500 NEW APPLICATIONS WERE RECEIVED IN 1979-80. DURING THE YEAR 10 000 FLATS WERE ALLOCATED TO APPLICANTS COMING UP TO THE TOP OF THE WAITING LIST BUT 6 000 OTHER FAMILIES FROM THE LIST WERE ALSO REHOUSED THROUGH BEING IN OTHER CATEGORIES, AND 9 000 APPLICATIONS WERE FOUND INELIGIBLE ON INVESTIGATION.

♦FOR THE FIRST TIME IN MANY YEARS, THEREFORE, THE NUMBER OF FAMILIES ON THE WAITING LIST WAS ACTUALLY, EVEN IF MARGINALLY, REDUCED. THIS IS A STEP FORWARD, AND A MOVEMENT WHICH WE SHALL ACCELERATE,+ MR SCOTT SAID.

/+THE AVERAGE . . .. .

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 198O

11

♦THE AVERAGE WAITING TIME HAS IMPROVED SLIGHTLY TO SEVEN YEARS, OR TO FIVE YEARS FOR FAMILIES WHO ACCEPT HOUSING IN TUEN MUN,+ HE ADDED.

ON HOME OWNERSHIP, MR SCOTT SAID HE WOULD AGREE THAT EVERYTHING POSSIBLE SHOULD BE DONE TO ASSIST FAMILIES TO BUY THEIR OWN HOMES. +IN THIS CONNECTION,* HE SAID, +GOVERNMENT IS ALREADY COMMITTED TO A PROGRAMME OF OVER 40 000 FLATS BY 1985/86 UNDER THE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME FOR FAMILIES WITH MONTHLY INCOMES UP TO $5 000.*

TURNING TO HOUSING FOR THE ELDERLY, MR SCOTT SAID THAT WHILE THE MAIN OBJECTIVE OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY WAS TO PROVIDE HOMES FOR FAMILIES, THE AUTHORITY WAS VERY MUCH AWARE OF THE HOUSING PROBLEMS WHICH MANY ELDERLY SINGLE PEOPLE AND COUPLES FACED, AND WAS COMMITTED TO AN EXPANDING HOSTEL PROGRAMME WHICH BY 1986 WOULD PROVIDE 5 000 PLACES.

♦SINGLE ELDERLY PERSONS MAY ALSO ENTER PUBLIC HOUSING THROUGH THE COMPASSIONATE QUOTA, ON RECOMMENDATION BY THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE OR THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES- AND THROUGH A SCHEME INTRODUCED LAST SEPTEMBER, GROUPS OF THREE OR MORE UNRELATED ELDERLY PERSONS MAY APPLY FOR HOUSING THROUGH THE WAITING LIST,* MR SCOTT ADDED.

AS REGARDS TEMPORARY HOUSING, MR SCOTT SAID HE SHARED THE CONCERN ABOUT SITES FOR TEMPORARY HOUSING AND THE WORRY WHETHER THE $36.5 MILLION INCLUDED IN THE ESTIMATES FOR TEMPORARY HOUSING PURPOSES WOULD BE ENOUGH.

+THE SHORTAGE OF PUBLIC HOUSING, BOTH PERMANENT AND TEMPORARY, IN THE URBAN AREA MEANS INEVITABLY THAT INCREASING NUMBERS OF PEOPLE ELIGIBLE ONLY FOR TEMPORARY HOUSING ARE HAVING TO MOVE TO THE NEW TOWN AREAS,* MR SCOTT SAID.

THERE ARE 97 000 PERSON SPACES IN EXISTING TEMPORARY HOUSING AREAS AND IT IS ESTIMATED THAT BY 1985 DEMAND WILL HAVE INCREASED TO 134 000.

MR SCOTT SAID THE $36.5 MILLION PROVIDED FOR TEMPORARY HOUSING FOR 1980-81 WOULD BE USED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY HOUSING AREAS AND TO REPLACE EXISTING UNITS WHICH HAD TO BE GIVEN UP AS A RESULT OF DEVELOPMENT.

+DURING THE YEAR, FIVE NEW AREAS ARE EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED WITH A CAPACITY OF 7 800 PERSONS,* MR SCOTT SAID, ADDING THAT SEPARATE PROVISION OF $14.76 MILLION WAS MADE FOR MANAGEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF TEMPORARY HOUSING AND TEMPORARY INDUSTRIAL AREAS.

+MY STAFF IS CONTINUALLY SEARCHING FOR ADDITIONAL SITES FOR FUTURE THA’S, AND AN INTER-DEPARTMENTAL GROUP WAS RECENTLY SET UP TO HELP THEM,* MR SCOTT SAID.

---0------

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

12

GOVERNMENT POLICY IN MONITORING AND IMPROVING SOCIAL SERVICES ******

THE SECRETARY FOR SOCIAL SERVICES, THE HON E.P. HO, TODAY (WEDNESDAY) OUTLINED THE GOVERNMENT POLICY IN MONITORING AND IMPROVING SOCIAL SERVICES.

SPEAKING AT THE RESUMED BUDGET DEBATE IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR HO SAID THE GOVERNMENT HAD COMPREHENSIVE STATEMENTS OF ITS POLICY IN MAJOR AREAS OF SOCIAL SERVICESi ALL PUBLISHED AFTER PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND DEBATE.

+IN THE FIELD OF EDUCATION THE 1974 WHITE PAPER SET OUT A BLUEPRINT FOR THE PROVISION OF THREE YEARS OF JUNIOR SECONDARY EDUCATION FOR ALL, WHICH HAS NOW BEEN ACHIEVED, WHILE THE 1978 WHITE PAPER COVERED THE DEVELOPMENT OF SENIOR SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION.

+THE GREEN PAPER ON PRIMARY EDUCATION AND PRE-PRIMARY SERVICES WHICH HAS BEEN FINALISED AND IS IN THE COURSE OF BEING PRINTED WILL COMPLETE THE PICTURE WHEN, AFTER ANY NECESSARY AMENDMENT IN THE LIGHT OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION, IT BECOMES A WHITE PAPER.*

TO MAKE DOUBLY SURE THAT THE PLANS ARE ON THE RIGHT LINES AND BEFORE THEY HAVE PROGRESSED TOO FAR, MR HO SAID THE GOVERNMENT ENVISAGED AN OVERALL REVIEW AS ADVISED BY THE BOARD OF EDUCATION, TO LOOK AT THE EDUCATION SYSTEM AS A WHOLE. +DISCUSSIONS ARE IN PROGRESS ON THE MODALITIES FOR THE ASSEMBLY OF A SUITABLE TEAM FOR THIS TASK,* MR HO SAID.

ON MEDICAL SERVICES AND REHABILITATION, MR HO SAID, THE GOVERNMENT HAD PUBLISHED THE 1974 AND 1977 WHITE PAPERS RESPECTIVELY, WHILE SOCIAL WELFARE POLICY WAS SET OUT IN THE WHITE PAPER PUBLISHED IN APRIL LAST YEAR.

MR HO ADDED THAT FOR DETAILED PLANNING PURPOSES, THE GOVERNMENT HAD A SERIES OF PROGRAMME PLANS AND OTHER PLANNING DOCUMENTS, WHICH TURNED THE BASIC POLICIES INTO PRACTICAL PROGRAMMES SETTING OUT ESTIMATES OF DEMAND FOR SERVICES, PLANNING RATIOS, BUILDING PROGRAMMES, STAFF TRAINING ARRANGEMENTS AND ALL THE MULTIPLICITY OF ELEMENTS WHICH WERE NECESSARY TO ENSURE THAT THE GOVERNMENT’S STATED POLICIES WERE IMPLEMENTED.

MR HO POINTED OUT THAT THESE PLANS AND PROGRAMMES WERE SUBJECT TO A VIRTUALLY CONTINUOUS PROCESS OF MONITORING AND REVIEW. ♦IN ALL THESE PROCESSES THE LATEST RELEVANT DATA ARE REVIEWED, PROGRESS CHECKED, AND RELATIVE PRIORITIES ADJUSTED,* HE SAID.

ON THE PROGRESS OF THE 1978 WHITE PAPER ON SENIOR SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION ON DEVELOPMENT OF ADULT EDUCATION, MR HO SAID THE PAPER LINKED THE DEVELOPMENT OF RETRIEVAL ADULT EDUCATION COURSES WITH ASSISTING VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS TO COMPLEMENT AND SUPPLEMENT THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S OWN COURSES THROUGH A SCHEME OF SUBVENTION- AND IN THIS CONNECTION THE POSSIBLE USE OF BORROWED SCHOOL PREMISES BY THESE VOLUNTARY AGENCIES AFTER NORMAL SCHOOL HOURS SHOULD NOT BE OVERLOOKED.

/BEFORE FISaLTSi

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, ’9oO

13

BEFORE FINALISING ITS OWN PROPOSALS FOR A LIST OF RETRIEVAL COURSES WHICH COULD QUALIFY FOR FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE, MR HO SAID THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT INVITED VOLUNTARY AGENCIES KNOWN TO BE INTERESTED IN ADULT EDUCATION TO SUBMIT THEIR PROPOSALS FOR CONSIDERATION AND PRESENT INDICATIONS WERE THAT 16 VOLUNTARY AGENCIES WOULD BE RESPONDING.

+WHEN THESE RETURNS HAVE BEEN ANALYSED THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WILL PREPARE PROPOSALS FOR SUBMISSION TO FINANCE COMMITTEE WHICH WILL, NATURALLY, ALSO HAVE REGARD TO THE CRITERIA SET OUT IN THE 1978 WHITE PAPER,+ HE SAID.

MR HO ALSO THANKED REV THE HON JOYCE BENNETT FOR HER TRIBUTE TO THE UNIFIED CODE OF AID WHICH ENSURED ACCEPTABLE STANDARDS IN ALL OF THE AIDED SCHOOLS.

HOWEVER, MR HO POINTED OUT THAT AS THE VARIOUS SCHOOLS WERE MORE OR LESS HOMOGENEOUS ENTITIES, A CODE OF AID WAS FEASIBLE, AND THIS NEED NOT, AND INDEED COULD NOT, BE THE ANSWER IN OTHER AREAS WHERE THE SERVICES PROVIDED, OR THE INSTITUTIONS PROVIDING THEM, WERE MORE HETEROGENEOUS.

MR HO SAID THE GOVERNMENT CONSIDERED THAT MORE SYSTEMATIC ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE FINANCING SOCIAL WELFARE SERVICES BEING PROVIDED BY THE VOLUNTARY AGENCIES WERE REQUIRED, IN ORDER TO GIVE AN ASSURANCE OF ADEQUATE FINANCIAL SUPPORT FOR THE ORGANISATIONS PROVIDING THEM, AND FOR GREATER ACCOUNTABILITY.

+A GOVERNMENT WORKING PARTY HAS BEEN EXAMINING WAYS AND MEANS OF ACHIEVING THIS, AND I EXPECT TO RECEIVE ITS REPORT SHORTLY. THERE WILL THEN BE FULL CONSULTATION WITH THE VOLUNTARY SECTOR BEFORE ANY FINAL DECISIONS ARE TAKEN.*

REPLYING TO A SUGGESTION BY DR THE HON HARRY FANG THAT CARE AND ATTENTION HOMES FOR THE ELDERLY SHOULD BE MADE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT RATHER THAN THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, MR HO SAID THAT FOLLOWING A RECENT INTER-DEPARTMENTAL REVIEW OF ADMISSION CRITERIA AND OF EXISTING CASES, IT WAS CONCLUDED THAT WHERE THE DISTINCTION NEEDED TO BE DRAWN WAS BETWEEN THOSE CASES WHO REQUIRED ONLY PERSONAL CARE AND MINIMUM NURSING CARE, AND THOSE WHO REQUIRED A GREATER NURSING CARE BUT NOT REGULAR MEDICAL ATTENTION.

THOSE IN THE FORMER CATEGORY WOULD IN FUTURE BE ACCOMMODATED IN HOMES FOR THE AGED WHICH ARE AND WILL REMAIN THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT WHILE THE LATTER CATEGORY WILL BE PLACED IN INFIRMARIES OR\NURSING HOMES TO BE RUN BY OR SUBVENTED THROUGH THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT, MR HO SAID.

ON THE QUESTION OF DELAY IN THE CREATION OF CERTAIN POSTS NEEDED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT TO TAKE OVER FROM THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT AND TO EXPAND THE SELECTIVE EMPLOYMENT SERVICE, W HO SAID A PAPER SEEKING THE CREATION OF NEW POSTS FOR THE SELECTIVE EMPLOYMENT SERVICE HAD BEEN CIRCULATED TO MEMBERS OF THE ESTABLISHMENT SUB-COMMITTEE AND SUBJECT TO THEIR ENDORSEMENT THIS WOULD BE CONSIDERED BY THE FINANCE COMMITTEE ON APRIL 30 THIS YEAR.

- - V - o---------

/1A......

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

14

PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME PROCEDURES TO BE REVISED *****

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY IS CONSIDERING A REVISION OF PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME PROCEDURES WITH A VIEW TO LINKING THE TIMING OF UPGRADINGS TO CATEGORY A TO THE AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS, WITHOUT AT THE SAME TIME INHIBITING THE PLANNING PROCESS.

THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE SAID THE NEW PROCEDURES WILL BE AIMED AT REDUCING THE CATEGORY A COMMITMENTS OVER A PERIOD OF TIME TO A MANAGEABLE LEVEL MORE IN LINE WITH THE PERMISSIBLE GROWTH RATE OF PUBLIC WORKS NON-RECURRENT EXPENDITURE.

AT THE SAME TIME, THIS WOULD ENSURE THAT, ONCE THE FINANCE COMMITTEE AUTHORISED THE INCLUSION OF A PROJECT IN CATEGORY A, IT WILL BE IMPLEMENTED WITHIN A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME.

+BUT UNTIL THE VERY LARGE BACKLOG OF COMMITMENTS IS CLEARED, CONSIDERABLE RESTRAINT WILL BE NECESSARY,+ SIR PHILIP SAID. +THE NUMBER OF NEW PROJECTS THAT CAN BE PROPOSED FOR INCLUSION IN CATEGORY’A MUST BE LIMITED STRICTLY TO THOSE WHICH, FOR ONE REASON OR ANOTHER, CANNOT BE DEFERRED.*

SINCE 1976-77, HE POINTED OUT, THE FUNDS AVAILABLE FOR STARTING NEW PROJECTS HAVE AVERAGED JUST OVER EIGHT PER CENT OF TOTAL EXPENDITURE UNDER THE PUBLIC WORKS NON-RECURRENT HEADS.

HE EXPECTED THAT IT WOULD TAKE AT LEAST FOUR YEARS TO REDUCE THE OUTSTANDING COMMITMENT OF $15 200 MILLION TO A MANAGEABLE SIZE. THIS MEANS THAT EACH CATEGORY A PROJECT NOT YET STARTED WILL HAVE TO BE EXAMINED VERY CAREFULLY TO ENSURE THAT ITS PRIORITY IN RELATION TO OTHER ITEMS IN THE PROGRAMME HAS BEEN CORRECTLY ASSESSED.

SIR PHILIP NOTED THAT IN RECENT YEARS, THE TOTAL VALUE OF ALL PROJECTS IN CATEGORY A OF THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME HAD GROWN FAR FASTER THAN THE ACCEPTABLE, AND PERMITTED, GROWTH RATE OF PUBLIC WORKS NON-RECURRENT EXPENDITURE.

UNDER NORMAL CIRCUMSTANCES, HE EXPLAINED, THE AUTHORITY GIVEN TO INCLUDE A PROJECT IN CATEGORY A WOULD IMPLY AN INTENTION TO IMPLEMENT THAT PROJECT WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME FRAME AND, UNTIL ABOUT 1977, THIS INTENTION WAS USUALLY FULFILLED.

♦SINCE THEN, HOWEVER, A VERY LARGE NUMBER OF PROJECTS HAVE BEEN UPGRADED TO CATEGORY A, REFLECTING NOT ONLY THE INCREASING SIZE OF THE PROGRAMME, BUT ALSO THE IMPROVED PLANNING CAPABILITY OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT,* SIR PHILIP SAID.

THE SHEER NUMBER, AND PARTICULARLY THE PRESENCE OF VERY EXPENSIVE PROJECTS, MEANS THAT ALL PROJECTS CAN NO LONGER BE UNDERTAKEN WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME FRAME AFTER BEING INCLUDED IN CATEGORY A, HE SAID.

-----o------

/15

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

15

LAND SALE AND PRODUCTION FORECASTS ARE ACCURATE * * * *

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THAT HE WAS CONFIDENT THAT THE VARIOUS ESTIMATES OF REVENUE AND FORECASTS OF LAND SALES AND LAND PRODUCTIONS IN HIS BUDGET SPEECH HAD BEEN CALCULATED ON A CONSISTENT BASIS AND WOULD PROVE TO BE ACCURATE.

REPLYING TO REMARKS FROM THE HON DAVID NEWBIGGING ABOUT THE SHORTFALL BETWEEN THE BUDGET SPEECH FORECASTS OF LANDSALES IN THE LAST FOUR YEARS AND THE ACTUAL SALES, SIR PHILIP SAID IT WAS WRONG TO COMPARE THE ESTIMATES OF LAND PRODUCTION IN HIS BUDGET SPEECH WHICH ARE EXPLICITLY AND DELIBERATELY EXPRESSED IN TERMS OF GROSS AREAS WITH THOSE IN THE REPORTS OF THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON LAND PRODUCTION, WHICH ARE EXPRESSED IN TERMS OF NET AREAS, EXCEPT FOR HOUSING ESTATES AND INCLUDE LAND RELEASED FROM TEMPORARY USES.

HE ALSO SAID MR NEWBIGGING WAS IN ERROR IN SUPPOSING THAT THE SHORTFALL IN 1977-78 WAS 62 PER CENT BY COMPARING LAND SALES WITH THE FORECAST OF LAND SALES PLUS PRIVATE TREATY GRANTS. +HOWEVER, HIS ERROR IS MY FAULT FOR I DID NOT DISTINGUISH BETWEEN SALES AND PRIVATE TREATY GRANTS IN THE 1977 BUDGET SPEECH.*

SIR PHILIP ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE REASONS FOR THE SHORTFALLS IN THESE FOUR YEARS WERE NUMEROUS. HOWEVER HE SAID A LAND SALES TARGET COMMITTEE WAS ESTABLISHED LAST YEAR TO MONITOR SALES IN RELATION TO THE SIX-MONTHLY PROGRAMME AND HE HOPED THAT IN FUTURE, +WE SHALL AT LEAST BE WARNED IN GOOD TIME IF SHORTFALLS ARE LIKELY.*

0

>3 MILLION PUBLICITY PROGRAMME TO PROMOTE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY

******

A $3 MILLION FIVE-YEAR PUBLICITY PROGRAMME TO PROMOTE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY WAS BEING IMPLEMENTED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, THE ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, THE HON J.C.A. HAMMOND TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE-COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

MR HAMMOND WAS REPLYING TO POINTS RAISED AT PREVIOUS SESSIONS BY THE HON HO KAM-FAI AND THE HON WONG PO-YAN.

THE FIVE-YEAR PUBLICITY PROGRAMME COVERED THE PERIOD FROM 1978/79 TO 1982/83, THE COMMISSIONER SAID.

PLANS FOR THIS YEAR’S PUBLICITY PROGRAMME INCLUDED STAGING AN EXHIBITION ON CONSTRUCTION SAFETY, PRODUCING FILMS AND TELEVISION bESSAGES FOR BOTH PUBLICITY AND TRAINING PURPOSES, PRODUCING SAFETY POSTERS, AND CONDUCTING SPECIAL SAFETY CAMPAIGNS.

THE PROGRAMME WAS IN ADDITION TO THE REGULAR EFFORTS OF THE DEPARTMENT’S PUBLICITY UNIT, WHICH CONDUCTED A CONTINUAL PROGRAMME OF PRESS INTERVIEWS, RADIO AND TV DISCUSSIONS, AND PRESS RELEASES.

/IN REPLY .....

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 198c

16

IN REPLY TO MR WONG, THE COMMISSIONER POINTED OUT THAT SOME LOCAL EXHIBITIONS AND OTHER FORMS OF PROMOTION HAD ALREADY BEEN ORGANISED. FOR EXAMPLE, IN 1979, A MOBILE UNIT STAGING PUPPET SHOWS ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY MADE 44 APPEARANCES IN 15 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS THROUGHOUT HONG KONG.

ALSO, BOOKLETS ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY WERE AVAILABLE TO EVERYONE AT THE DEPARTMENT’S DISTRICT OFFICES AND SAFETY POSTERS WERE SENT TO FACTORIES AND DISPLAYED IN INDUSTRIAL AREAS, AT MTR STATIONS AND IN CITY DISTRICT OFFICES.

THE/COMMISSI ONER AGREED WITH DR HO THAT AT THE WORKPLACE LEVEL SAFETY COMMITTEES FULLY SUPPORTED BY BOTH EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS WERE AN EFFECTIVE MEANS OF REDUCING INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENTS.

THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT ENCOURAGED THE SETTING UP OF SUCH COMMITTEES, AND THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE WAS VERY WILLING TO OFFER ADVICE AND HELP IN THIS RESPECT.

IN FACT, MR HAMMOND POINTED OUT, MANY LARGE INDUSTRIAL ESTABLISHMENTS ALREADY HAD SUCH COMMITTEES AND THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE KEPT IN CLOSE CONTACT WITH THEM.

MR HAMMOND SUPPORTED MR WONG’S CALL TO EMPLOYERS TO PAY MORE ATTENTION TO THE TRAINING OF THEIR WORKERS IN INDUSTRIAL SAFETY.

HE URGED EMPLOYERS AND TRADE ORGANISATIONS TO MAKE MORE USE OF THE VARIOUS SAFETY TRAINING COURSES OFFERED FREE OF CHARGE TO INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES BY THE DEPARTMENT’S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY TRAINING CENTRE.

LAST YEAR THE CENTRE CONDUCTED 180 COURSES FOR 6 200 PEOPLE, GAVE 62 SAFETY TALKS TO STUDENTS IN VOCATIONAL TRAINING CENTRES AND SCHOOLS AND ORGANISED 25 SAFETY COURSES FOR APPRENTICES.

NOTING THAT IN THE LONGER TERM INDUSTRIAL SAFETY DEPENDS VERY MUCH ON EDUCATION, MR HAMMOND SAID THE GENERAL CONCEPT OF SAFETY WAS INCLUDED IN THE SYLLABUSES OF SOCIAL STUDIES, SCIENCE AND TECHNICAL SUBJECTS.

IN THE TEACHING OF ALL SCIENCE AND TECHNICAL SUBJECTS THE IMPORTANCE OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES IN LABORATORIES AND WORKSHOPS WAS STRESSED.

SAFE WORKING PRACTICES WERE ALSO EMPHASISED IN ALL THE COURSES OF PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS, THE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES AND THE POLYTECHNIC, AND INDUSTRIAL SAFETY WAS INCLUDED IN THE SYLLABUSES OF APPROPRIATE FULL-TIME COURSES.

MR HAMMOND SAID HE WAS GLAD TO SEE THE SURGE OF INTEREST IN THE PROMOTION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY WHICH HAD BEEN SHOWN BY SEVERAL WORKERS’ AND EMPLOYERS’ ORGANISATIONS RECENTLY.

+1 HOPE VERY MUCH THAT THIS INTEREST WILL BE MAINTAINED AND THAT IT WILL LEAD TO AN EARLY IMPROVEMENT IN THE SITUATION. WE IN THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT WILL CERTAINLY DO OUR BEST TO ENSURE THAT THIS DOES HAPPEN,* HE ADDED.

MR HAMMOND ALSO SAID THAT THE DEPARTMENT WAS CONDUCTING A GENERAL REVIEW OF THE PENALTIES FOR BREACHES OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY LEGISLATION.

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

17

AFTER THE REVIEW, THE DEPARTMENT WAS LIKELY TO PROPOSE INCREASES IN SOME OF THE PENALTIES AFTER THIS YEAR.

WITH REGARD TO LAW ENFORCEMENT, THE COMMISSIONER ASSURED DR HO THAT HIS DEPARTMENT HAD BEEN PURSUING A VIGOROUS POL CY TO ENSURE THAT BOTH MANAGEMENT AND LABOUR WERE PROPERLY OBSERVING INDUSTRIAL SAFETY REGULATIONS.

LAST YEAR THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE CONDUCTED 38 851 VISITS AND INSPECTIONS TO INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS AND CARRIED OUT 3 784 INVESTIGATIONS AND FOLLOW-UP VISITS IN CONNECTION WITH INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENTS. THESE RESULTED IN 3 397 PROSECUTIONS.

PLANS WERE BEING IMPLEMENTED TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF FACTORY INSPECTORS FROM 140 AT PRESENT TO 250 BY 1984, HE SAID.

-----0------

STEPS TO MINIMISE EFFECTS OF POPULATION PRESSURE ON MEDICAL SERVICE * * * *

THE SUDDEN AND DRAMATIC INCREASE IN POPULATION DURING 1979 HAS HAD A CRUCIAL IMPACT ON THE PROVISION OF SOCIAL SERVICES, PARTICULARLY MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, WHICH MAY NECESSITATE THE RESETTING OF DEVELOPMENT PLANS AND TARGETS.

THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR K.L. THONG, SAID THIS AT THE RESUMED DEBATE OF THE APPROPRIATIONS BILL 1980 AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THIS (WEDNESDAY) AFTERNOON.

HOWEVER, HE SAID, GOOD PROGRESS HAS BEEN MAINTAINED IN THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME IN SPITE OF THIS UNFAVOURABLE FACTOR.

DR THONG POINTED OUT THAT THE INCREASE IN POPULATION HAS BEEN MAINTAINED AT AROUND 80 000 PER ANNUM FOR ALMOST A WHOLE DECADE FROM 1970 TO 1978, BUT IN 1979 IT JUMPED TO 300 000 -- FOUR TIMES THE NORMAL POPULATION GROWTH.

THIS WAS REFLECTED DIRECTLY IN THE SIGNIFICANT INCREASE OF 13 PER CENT IN HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS AS COMPARED TO 5.6 PER CENT IN 1978, HE SAID.

+SUCH POPULATION INCREASE,* SAID DR THONG, +MUST BE UNSETTLING TO ANY PLANNERS FOR SERVICES AND FACILITIES.*

+THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT, BY NATURE OF ITS WORK, IS AMONG THOSE GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS IN THE FOREFRONT IN BEARING THE BRUNT OF THIS SUDDEN AND MASSIVE POPULATION ONSLAUGHT,* HE ADDED.

DR THONG ASSURED THAT STEPS HAYE BEEN AND ARE BEING TAKEN TO MINIMISE THE EFFECTS OF SUCH ACUTE POPULATION PRESSURE ON THE SERVICE.

/+IN G-rv ....

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

18

♦ IN OUR PLANS FOR MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEVELOPMENT, CONSIDERABLE IMPROVEMENTS BOTH IN THE QUALITY AND QUANTITY OF THE SERVICE HAVE BEEN RECOMMENDED AND ACCEPTED BY THE MEDICAL DEVELOPMENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE, AND WHEN THESE PLANS COME TO FRUITION HONG KONG WILL HAVE A MEDICAL SERVICE THAT WE CAN BE PROUD OF,+ HE SAID.

THE DIRECTOR SAID 1980 WILL BE ANOTHER EXCITING YEAR WHICH WILL SEE THE COMPLETION OF SEVERAL MAJOR PROJECTS — THE SOUTH KWAI CHUNG HOSPITAL (PSYCHIATRIC WING OF THE PRINCESS MARGARET HOSPITAL), AND THE DENTAL TEACHING HOSPITAL, TO BE FOLLOWED LATER BY THE SHAT IN HOSPITAL WHICH WILL BECOME THE REGIONAL HOSPITAL FOR EAST NEW TERRITORIES.

ON THE SUBJECT OF SUBVENTED HOSPITALS, DR THONG SAID THERE WAS DEFINITELY NO DELIBERATE POLICY ON THE PART OF GOVERNMENT TO DOWNGRADE THEIR STATUS.

♦SUBVENTED HOSPITALS HAVE AN IMPORTANT ROLE TO PLAY IN THE PROVISION OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES IN HONG KONG AS THE DEPARTMENT AND SUBVENTED HOSPITALS ARE JOINED TOGETHER IN PARTNERSHIP TO PROVIDE THESE SERVICES,+ HE SAID.

DR THONG SAID HE HAD PROPOSED THAT THE SERVICES OF SOME SUBVENTED HOSPITALS SHOULD BE UPGRADED, WHENEVER POSSIBLE, SO AS TO ENABLE THEM TO ASSUME THE ROLE OF ACUTE GENERAL HOSPITALS.

♦THIS POLICY HAS THE ENDORSEMENT OF THE MDAC AND THE NECESSARY STEPS HAVE BEEN TAKEN TO TRANSLATE POLICY INTO CONCRETE ACTION,+ HE SAID.

ON THE COMMUNITY NURSING SERVICE, THE DIRECTOR SAID THAT IN VIEW OF ITS SUCCESS AND POPULARITY, PLANS WERE IN HAND TO EXTEND THIS SERVICE FROM THE URBAN AREAS TO THE NEW TERRITORIES.

THERE ARE AT PRESENT 100 COMMUNITY NURSES IN THE SERVICE, AND IT IS ENVISAGED THAT AN ADDITIONAL 75 NURSES WILL BE TRAINED EACH YEAR WITHIN THE NEXT FOUR YEARS TO COPE WITH THE EXPANSION.

-----0------

NOT GOVT’S POLICY TO RUN BUSINESSES X * * X

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY) IT HAS NEVER BEEN THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY TO ♦RUN BUSINESSES+ UNLESS CIRCUMSTANCES SO DICTATE.

NEITHER DID HE ACCEPT THAT THE GOVERNMENT RAN ITS BUSINESSES BADLY. +THE FACT IS THAT THE DECISION-MAKING PROCESSES OF AN ADMINISTRATIVE BUREAUCRACY CANNOT EASILY BE RECONCILED WITH THE RELATIVELY SIMPLISTIC, ALMOST MECHANISTIC, DISCIPLINE IMPOSED ON THE MANAGEMENT OF COMMERCIAL ENTERPRISES BY PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNTING CONCEPTS,+ HE SAID IN THE RESUMED BUDGET DEBATE.

/♦BY CONTRAST,.....

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

19

BY CONTRAST, IF THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT HAS ALWAYS CONSCIOUSLY, ALBEIT PRAGMATICALLY, DEFINED THE BOUNDARIES OF THE PUBLIC SECTOR AND SOUGHT TO CONTAIN OUR ACTIVITIES WITHIN THEM, WE HAVE NOT HESITATED TO ASSOCIATE PRIVATE INITIATIVE AND EFFORT WITH THE PROVISION AND OPERATION OF PUBLIC SERVICES AND, IN 1980-81, 12 214 MILLION WILL BE DISBURSED TO SUBVERTED ORGANISATIONS IN THE EDUCATION, MEDICAL AND SOCIAL WELFARE FIELDS, REPRESENTING NEARLY 50 PER CENT OF ESTIMATED TOTAL EXPENDITURE FROM PUBLIC FUNDS IN THESE FIELDS.+

SIR PHILIP SAID IT MUST BE ACCEPTED THAT THE ROLE OF SUBVERTED ORGARISATIONS IN OUR NETWORK OF EDUCATIONAL, MEDICAL AND SOCIAL WELFARE SERVICES WAS, FOR HISTORICAL REASONS, AN EVOLVING ONE.

I AM SURE THESE ORGANISATIONS VALUE, AND WOULD NOT LIGHTLY ACCEPT AN EROSION OF, THEIR INDEPENDENCE,* HE SAID.

IT FOLLOWED. HE SAID, AS A COROLLARY, THAT THERE WAS NO NECESSARY OBLIGATION ON THE GENERAL TAXPAYER TO FINANCE THEIR INSTITUTIONS IN EXACTLY THE SAME WAY, AND TO THE SAME EXTENT, AS GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS AND THIS APPLIED EVEN TO THOSE INSTITUTIONS SUBVERTED ON A DEFICIENCY GRANT BASIS.

THIS IS NOT TO SAY THAT WE TAKE AN INFLEXIBLE VIEW AS TO THE RELEVANCE OF OUR PRESENT RULES OF SUBVENTION FOR, CLEARLY, AS THE ACTIVITIES OF SUBVERTED ORGARISATIORS ARE PROGRESSIVELY RELATED TO THE TARGETS SET BY OUR PROGRAMME PLANS THERE MUST BE CERTAIN IMPLICATIONS FOR THOSE RULES IF THE ORGANISATIONS ARE PROPERLY TO PLAY THEIR ASSIGNED ROLE,+ SIR PHILIP ADDED.

TIEN’S EXHIBITION CENTRE PROPOSAL TO BE STUDIED

* * * * *

A PROPOSAL BY THE HON FRANCIS TIEN FOR A VIABLE EXHIBITION CENTRE WILL BE STUDIED BY DEPARTMENTS EXAMINING THE REPORT OF THE CONSULTANTS APPOINTED TO CONSIDER THE VIABILITY OF AN EXHIBITION CENTRE.

THEIR TASK, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE TOLD THE RESUMED BUDGET DEBATE, WAS TO PUT FORWARD A VIEW ON WHAT TO DO, WHY, HOW AND WHEN AND THEN THE ADMINISTRATION WOULD SEEK THE ADVICE OF EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.

♦IF ALL THIS TAKES A LITTLE LONGER THAN MR TIEN WOULD LIKE, I CAN ONLY SAY THAT WE ARE TALKING IN TERMS OF THOUSANDS OF MILLIONS OF DOLLARS IN A SITUATION WHERE THE LIKELIHOOD OF VIABILITY IS NOT SELF-EVIDENT AND, IF IT WAS, I AM SURE THAT PRIVATE ENTERPRISE — IN ASSOCIATION PERHAPS WITH THE TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL. WHICH FREQUENTLY ASSERTS 'CASE PROVEN’ — WOULD HAVE PRODUCED AN EXHIBITION CENTRE LONG AGO,+ SIR PHILIP SAID.

MR TIEN’S PROPOSAL FOR A VIABLE EXHIBITION CENTRE ENVISAGES A PUBLIC CORPORATION, MTRC-STYLE, TO CONSTRUCT AND MANAGE THE CENTRE.

- 0 -

/20......

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

20

MORE NEW POST OFFICES IN PIPELINE * * * *

TWENTY-SIX NEW POST OFFICES WILL BE OPENED IN HONG KONG OVER THE NEXT FIVE YEARS TO KEEP PACE WITH HONG KONG’S DEVELOPMENT AND ECONOMIC GROWTH, THE POSTMASTER GENERAL, MR A.C. HEATHCOTE, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE 01 MAN POST OFFICE, frR HEATHCOTE SAID MORE THAN HALF OF THESE POST OFFICES WILL BE LOCATED IN HOUSING AUTHORITY ESTATES, AND OTHERS IN AREAS WHERE THE EXISTING FACILITIES NO LONGER MEET REQUIREMENTS.

+ALMOST EVERYBODY USES THE SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE POST OFFICE AND I BELIEVE THAT ADEQUATE POSTAL FACILITIES SHOULD BE MADE AVAILABLE IN ALL IMPORTANT COMMUNITY CENTRES SUCH AS MAJOR HOUSING ESTATES,+ MR HEATHCOTE SAID.

HE ALSO NOTED THAT THERE WAS A PARTICULAR NEED TO EXPAND POSTAL RESOURCES IN CERTAIN URBAN AREAS, SUCH AS KWUN TONG AND SHAU KEI WAN WHERE THE POST OFFICE IS HARD PRESSED TO PROVIDE EFFICIENT SERVICES.

MR HEATHCOTE ASSURED THAT THE POST OFFICE WOULD DO ALL IT COULD TO ENSURE THAT ITS PLANS PROCEED ACCORDING TO SCHEDULE SO THAT SATISFACTORY POSTAL SERVICES CAN BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT HONG KONG.

THE OPENING OF THE 01 MAN POST OFFICE BROUGHT TO 76 THE NUMBER OF POST OFFICES IN OPERATION.

- - 0 - -

RURAL COMMITTEEl KEY ORGANISATION IN NT *****

RURAL COMMITTEES ARE KEY ORGANISATIONS FOR ALL ASPECTS OF DEVELOPMENT WORK IN THE NEW TERRITORIES. THIS IS PARTICULARLY THE CASE WHEN THE LOCAL PEOPLE HAVE BEEN CUT OFF FROM MODERNISING INFLUENCES THROUGH THE RELATIVE ISOLATION CAUSED BY LIVING ON AN ISLAND.

TSUEN WAN TOWN MANAGER AND DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. JAMES HAYES, SAID THIS TODAY (WEDNESDAY) WHEN OFFICIATING AT A CEREMONY INAUGURATING THE 17TH TERM OF TSI NG Yl RURAL COMMITTEE.

+RURAL COMMITTEES CAN DO MUCH TO EASE THE PROBLEMS OF DEVELOPMENT FOR LOCAL PEOPLE,* HE SAID.

+IN SO DOING, THEY CAN ALSO ASSIST GOVERNMENT THROUGH HELPING TO ENSURE THAT WORKS PROGRAMMES ARE REALISTIC AND CAN PROCEED ON SCHEDULE. IN FACT, CLOSE LIAISON BETWEEN THE TWO ARE ESSENTIAL.

+0N THE OTHER HAND, THE RURAL COMMITTEES CAN TAKE AN INTEREST IN THE NEW COMMUNITY, ACQUAINTING NEW COMERS AND INCOMING AGENCIES WITH THE LOCAL SITUATION AND GETTING THEM TO WORK TOGETHER FOR THE COMMON GOOD.

WEDNESDAY, APkIL 16, 1980

21

♦THIS THE TSI NG Yl RURAL COMMITTEE HAS ALWAYS SOUGHT TO DO,* HE SAID.

TURNING TO HOUSING, MR. HAYES SAID THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE HAD SET ASIDE AN AREA FOR VILLAGE EXPANSION.

♦THIS TOGETHER WITH THE RESITE VILLAGE CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME SHOULD PROVIDE SUFFICIENT HOMES FOR LOCAL PEOPLE FOR MANY YEARS TO COME,* HE SAID.

HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT RECREATION FACILITIES WERE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH OVERALL PLANNING STANDARDS AND WOULD BE PROVIDED STEP BY STEP IN THE COURSE OF DEVELOPMENT.

ON THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT, HE SAID THE VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS CONCERNED WITH CLEANSING AND ALL ASPECTS OF PUBLIC HEALTH WOULD EXTEND THEIR SERVICES TO THE NEWLY DEVELOPED AREAS AS A MATTER OF COURSE.

+THEY WILL NEED THE HELP AND CO-OPERATION OF LOCAL PEOPLE, AND IT WILL BE THE TASK OF LOCAL ASSOCIATIONS, TOGETHER WITH THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY SERVICE AND LIAISON STAFF OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE, TO BRING FORWARD ALL MATTERS REQUIRING ATTENTION,* HE SAID.

HE ASSURED LOCAL RESIDENTS THAT THE NECESSARY GOVERNMENT SERVICES WOULD BE AVAILABLE ON THE ISLAND AND THAT THE DISTRICT OFFICE WISHED TO KEEP UNNECESSARY PROBLEMS TO A MINIMUM.

HE NOTED THAT WITH THE NEW LARGE POPULATION OF THE FUTURE TSING Yl THERE WAS INEVITABLY A NEED FOR MORE RULES AND REGULATIONS, AND NECESSARILY A DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITY BETWEEN DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS AND SECTIONS OF DEPARTMENTS FOR DEALING WITH MATTERS.

+BUT THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENSURING SMOOTH AND PROMPT ACTION WHEN REQUIRED IS A JOINT BURDEN AND WILL REST ON CO-OPERATION BETWEEN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS AND THE DISTRICT OFFICE IN ASSOCIATION WITH LOCAL BODIES.*

- - 0 - -

IRD REMINDS EMPLOYERS TO SUPPLY PARTICULARS OF EMPLOYEES

*****

EMPLOYERS ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO SUPPLY THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT PARTICULARS OF THEIR EMPLOYEES, ESPECIALLY THEIR IDENTITY CARD NUMBERS FOR THE PURPOSE OF TAX ASSESSMENT.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID, *MANY EMPLOYERS FORGOT TO FILL IN THE IDENTITY CARD NUMBERS OF THEIR EMPLOYEES WHEN THEY RETURNED THE SPECIFIED FORMS TO THIS DEPARTMENT.*

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THIS WOULD NOT ONLY DELAY THE PROCESSING OF THESE RETURNS BUT ALSO CAUSE INCONVENIENCE TO BOTH SIDES BECAUSE WE WOULD HAVE TO RETURN FORMS WITH INCOMPLETE INFORMATION TO THE EMPLOYERS.

/♦IDENTITY CARD

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

22

tucv NUMBERS ARE ESSENTIAL FOR IDENTIFYING TAXPAYERS.

THEY ARE ALSO REQUIRED FOR THE COMING COMPUTERISED PROGRAMME,* HE

™ SPOKESMAN ALSO REMINDED EMPLOYERS THAT FORMS SENT TO THEM

THE END OF TinT^TH00^1™ *ND RETURNED T0 THE DEPARTMENT BEFORE

-------0

CHINA PROHIBITS IMPORT BY POST OF PIG PRODUCTS

*****

THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCES TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THAT THE CUSTOMS AUTHORITIES OF CHINA HAVE ISSUED AN ORDER PROHIBITING THE IMPORT BY POST OF CERTAIN PIG PRODUCTS.

THESE PRODUCTS INCLUDE PIG MEAT (RAW, SMOKED, DRIED OR SALTED), RAW PIG SKIN, PIG BRISTLES AND SAUSAGES, INCLUDING CHINESE SAUSAGES.

THE ORDER TAKES EFFECT IMMEDIATELY.

DSNT OPENS SALVATION ARMY PHOTO EXHIBITION ******

DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR AUGUSTINE CHUI KAM, TODAY (WEDNESDAY) OPENED A PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION ORGANISED BY THE SALVATION ARMY TO COMMEMORATE ITS 50 YEARS OF SERVICE IN HONG KONG.

THE EXHIBITION IS HELD IN YUEN LONG TOWN HALL.

MR CHUI SAID THE SALVATION ARMY HAS ACHIEVED +MAGNIFICENT RESULTS* SINCE IT STARTED WORK IN HONG KONG +LITERALLY FROM SCRATCH* HALF A CENTURY AGO.

+THE PAST 50 YEARS SAW THE ESTABLISHMENT OF LARGE NUMBERS OF SALVATION ARMY RUN CORPS FOR RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, EDUCATION SERVICES, YOUTH AND CHILDREN’S WELFARE WORK, HOMES AND SOCIAL CENTRES FOR THE ELDERLY, NURSERIES AND CRECHES AND MEDICAL CLINICS PROVIDING COMFORT, CARE AND ENLIGHTENMENT TO TENS OF THOUSANDS OF HONG KONG RESIDENTS OFTEN IN AREAS OF THE GREATEST NEED,* HE SAID.

MR CHUI ALSO NOTED THAT THE SALVATION ARMY HAS PLANS TO EXPAND ITS SERVICES IN THE NEAR FUTURE IN TUEN MUN, SHA TIN AND TAI PO. THERE WILL ALSO BE INCREASED SERVICES IN TSUEN WAN.

/+THIS IS .....

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

25

♦THIS IS PRECISELY WHAT THE NEW TOWNS NEED NOT ONLY IN THE FORM OF HELP FOR THOSE IN NEED, BUT THE SPIRIT OF CIVIC-MINDEDNESS, SOCIAL COHESION AND MUTUAL AID WHICH WILL GIVE BIRTH TO A NEW HEALTHY COMMUNITY IN ITS NEW ENVIRONMENT,* HE SAID.

♦IT IS FOR THIS KIND OF GENEROUS PARTICIPATION AND ZEALOUS INITIATIVE THAT I FEEL THE PEOPLE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES OWE A SPECIAL DEBT OF GRATITUDE TO THE SALVATION ARMY.+

ON DISPLAY AT THE EXHIBITION ARE A COLLECTION OF PHOTOGRAPHS ILLUSTRATING DEVELOPMENT OF THE ARMY’S WORK IN HONG KONG, HIGHLIGHTING INCREASED SERVICES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES. A VIDEOTAPED DOCUMENTARY IS ALSO SHOWN AT REGULAR INTERVALS.

MR CHUI SAID THE EXHIBITION TOLD, VISUALLY, A TOUCHING STORY OF THE EFFORTS OF THE SOLDIERS IN SERVING THE NEEDY.

♦THE PHOTOGRAPHS ARE HISTORICALLY VALUABLE AND REFLECT, IN INTERESTINGLY PICTURESQUE FORMS, LIFE IN THOSE EARLY DAYS AS WELL AS THE SCENES OF TODAY.

♦BUT, POSSIBLY, THE MOST SIGNIFICANT ACHIEVEMENT IS FOUND IN THE GOODNESS OF THE MANY HEARTS AND SOULS CONVERTED THROUGH PATIENCE, UNDERSTANDING AND FAITH.

♦IT IS A POWERFUL DEMONSTRATION OF HUMAN KINDNESS AND SERVICE TO FELLOWMEN,+ HE SAID.

THE EXHIBITION IS OPEN TO THE PUBLIC DAILY FROM 10 AM TO 6 PM UNTIL IT CLOSES ON FRIDAY (APRIL 18).

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

THURSDAY, aPRIL 17, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO,

AFTERCARE SUPERVISION SCHEME FOR YOUNG OFFENDERS PROPOSED................. 1

GOVEUMENT AUTHORISED TO RAISE ANOTHER LOAN FROM aDB ...................... 2

SIR JaCK CATER ACTING GOVERNOR............................................ 2

STIFFER PEN.-LTIeS PROPOSED FOR NON-DISCLOSURE OF TRaFFIC OFFENDER’S IDENTITY ...................................................... 3

IMMIGRATION SERVICE EXPANDS RAPIDLY ...................................... 4

BILL TO C.xTSR FOR SETTING UP OF lilNI-CINFMAS ........................... 4

CUSTOMS aND EXCISE SERVICE (AMENDMENT) BILL .............................. 5

ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF HOUSING aL.J?DED KBE ............................... 6

OATHS AND DECLARATIONS (jj'Ei'iDMENT) BILL ............................... 7

..HOLES aLE AND RETAIL TR-.DE SURVEY ..................................... 7

ONE iL.IL DELIVERY ON MOND..Y ............................................ 8

IIaCHIKERY CONTRACT .'.LARDED FLE SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT ................. 9

NEY ARMORIAL BEARINGS FCS UC ............................................ 10

P;iSSING-OUT PARADE OF PRISON OFFICERS .................................. 10

THURSDAY, APRIL 17, 1980 4 -

AFTERCARE SUPERVISION SCHEME FOR YOUNG OFFENDERS PROPOSED *****

A BILL SEEKING TO PROVIDE FOR THE SUPERVISION OF CERTAIN YOUNG OFFENDERS DURING THE 12-MONTH PERIOD AFTER THEIR RELEASE WAS TABLED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (THURSDAY) FOR SECOND READING.

MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON LEWIS DAVIES, SAID EXPERIENCE SHOWED THAT OFFENDERS WERE MOST LIKELY TO REVERT TO CRIME IN THE PERIOD IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THEIR RELEASE, WHEN THEY MIGHT RE-ESTABLISH CONTACT WITH THEIR FORMER CRIMINAL ASSOCIATES.

^EXISTING SCHEMES FOR THE AFTERCARE AND SUPERVISION OF FORMER INMATES OF DRUG ADDICTION TREATMENT CENTRES, DETENTION CENTRES AND TRAINING CENTRES HAVE PROVED TO BE A USEFUL AID TO THE REHABILITATION OF OFFENDERS DURING THIS CRITICAL PERIOD FOLLOWING RELEASE,+ MR DAVIES SAID.

THEREFORE, HE SAID, IT IS PROPOSED TO INTRODUCE A SIMILAR SCHEME OF SUPERVISION GENERALLY FOR 12 MONTHS FOR PERSONS WHO, BEFORE THEIR 21ST BIRTHDAY, ARE SENTENCED TO SERVE A TERM OF IMPRISONMENT OF THREE MONTHS OR MORE AND ARE RELEASED FROM PRISON BEFORE THE AGE OF 25.

THE BILL MAKES THE ISSUE OF A SUPERVISION ORDER BY THE COMMISSIONER OF PRISONS MANDATORY, THOUGH IT SEEKS TO EMPOWER THE COMMISSIONER TO CANCEL OR VARY THE TERMS OF THE ORDER IF HE SHOULD SO DESIRE.

AS A GENERAL RULE, PERSONS WHO ARE THE SUBJECT OF A SUPERVISION ORDER WILL BE REQUIREDi

* TO INFORM THE AFTERCARE OFFICER OF CHANGES IN RESIDENCE AND EMPLOYMENT ADDRESSES"

* TO LEAD AN HONEST LIFE AND REFRAIN FROM ASSOCIATING WITH KNOWN BAD CHARACTERS, INCLUDING MEMBERS OF UNLAWFUL SOCIETIES"

* TO SEE THE AFTERCARE OFFICER AT LEAST ONCE A MONTH- AND

* TO OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS OF THE AFTERCARE OFFICER.

MR DAVIES SAID FAILURE TO OBSERVE THE TERMS OF THE ORDER WOULD RENDER THE PERSON LIABLE TO RECALL TO PRISON TO SERVE ANY PERIOD OF REMISSION OF SENTENCE EARNED DURING THE ORIGINAL SENTENCE.

IN ADDITION, FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE TERMS OF A SUPERVISION ORDER WOULD IN ITSELF BE AN OFFENCE CARRYING A MAXIMUM PENALTY OF A $5 000 FINE AND 12 MONTHS’ IMPRISONMENT,* MR DAVIES SAID.

DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.

o -------

/2

THURSDAY, APRIL 17, 1980

2

GOVERNMENT AUTHORISED TO RAISE ANOTHER LOAN FROM ADB ******

THE GOVERNMENT WAS AUTHORISED BY A RESOLUTION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (THURSDAY) TO RAISE A LOAN EQUIVALENT TO US$20 MILLION FROM THE ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK TO FINANCE PART OF THE FOREIGN EXCHANGE COST OF THE SECOND SHA TIN URBAN DEVELOPMENT PROJECT.

THIS IS THE FIFTH LOAN TO BE RAISED BY THE GpVERNMENT FROM THE ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK.

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE TOLD THE COUNCIL THAT THE LOAN WAS REPAYABLE OVER 10 YEARS FROM MAY 15, 1983 AT A RATE OF INTEREST OF 8.1 PER CENT PER ANNUM CHARGEABLE ON THE AMOUNT OF THE LOAN WITHDRAWN AND OUTSTANDING FROM TIME TO TIME. THERE IS ALSO A COMMITMENT CHARGE OF 0.75 PER CENT.

SIR PHILIP SAID THE NECESSARY GUARANTEE FOR THE LOAN WOULD BE PROVIDED BY THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT.

THE FOUR PREVIOUS LOANS WERE MADE IN 1972, 1975, 1977 AND 1978, WHEN THE GOVERNMENT WAS AUTHORISED TO RAISE SUMS EQUIVALENT TO US$21.5 MILLION, US$20 MILLION, US$20.5 MILLION AND US$19.5 MILLION RESPECTIVELY TO FINANCE THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE DESALTING PLANT AT LOK ON PAI, THE SHA TIN SEWAGE TREATMENT PROJECT, THE SHA TIN URBAN DEVELOPMENT (HOUSING) PROJECT AND THE SHA TIN HOSPITAL-POLYCLINIC PROJECT.

---o------

SIR JACK CATER ACTING GOVERNOR

*****

THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR JACK CATER HAS ASSUMED THE FUNCTIONS OF THE OFFICE OF GOVERNOR FOLLOWING THE DEPARTURE FROM HONG KONG OF THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE TODAY (THURSDAY).

SIR MURRAY LEFT FOR MANILA THIS AFTERNOON TO ADDRESS THE INTERTANKO SHIPPING ORGANISATION GENERAL MEETING.

DURING HIS VISIT TO THE PHILIPPINES, SIR MURRAY WILL CALL ON PRESIDENT MARCOS AND THE FOREIGN MINISTER, GENERAL CARLOS ROMULO. SIR MURRAY WILL ALSO VISIT THE REFUGEE PROCESSING CENTRE AT BATAAN.

THE GOVERNOR, ACCOMPANIED BY THE POLITICAL ADVISER, DR DAVID WILSON WILL RETURN ON SATURDAY (APRIL 19).

-----o------

/3

THURSDAY, APRIL 17, 1980

3

STIFFER PENALTIES PROPOSED FOR NON-DISCLOSURE OF TRAFFIC OFFENDER’S IDENTITY * * * *

VEHICLE OWNERS WHO REFUSE TO IDENTIFY DRIVERS SUSPECTED OF HAVING COMMITTED TRAFFIC OFFENCES MAY SOON FACE STIFFER PENALTIES, THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON DEREK JONES, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY). /

MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980 IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR JONES SAID THE BILL SOUGHT TO PROVIDE THAT FAILURE BY ANY PERSON TO MAKE THE DISCLOSURE OF THE NAME OF A DRIVER SHOULD CARRY THE SAME LIABILITY TO DISQUALIFICATION AS THE REPORTED OFFENCE.

IT IS ALSO PROPOSED THAT THE COURT WILL BE REQUIRED TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE FACTS OF THE ALLEGED OFFENCE, INCLUDING THE AMOUNT OF ANY FINE OR PERIOD OF IMPRISONMENT TO BE IMPOSED, AND ANY PERIOD OF DISQUALIFICATION, IN DETERMINING SENTENCE FOR THE OFFENCE OF NON-DISCLOSURE OF DRIVER.

IN ADDITION, THE AMENDING LEGISLATION WILL EMPOWER THE COURT TO ORDER AN OFFENDER TO MAKE THE REQUIRED DISCLOSURE.

IF SUCH AN ORDER IS DISOBEYED, MR JONES SAID, IT WOULD RENDER THE OFFENDER LIABLE TO A PENALTY OF $50 A DAY, UP TO A MAXIMUM OF $5 000, AND TO IMPRISONMENT FOR SIX MONTHS.

MR JONES POINTED OUT THAT AT PRESENT THE MAXIMUM PENALTY FOR FAILING TO DISCLOSE THE NAME OF A DRIVER INVOLVED IN AN OFFENCE WAS LIKELY TO BE MUCH LOWER THAN THE PENALTY FOR THE OFFENCE ITSELF.

♦THERE IS THEREFORE NO EFFECTIVE DETERRENT AGAINST NON-DISCLOSURE BY AN OWNER OF A VEHICLE OF THE PARTICULARS OF A DRIVER WHO IS REPORTED TO HAVE COMMITTED AN OFFENCE, ESPECIALLY WHERE THE OFFENCE IS A SERIOUS ONE,+ MR JONES SAID.

MR JONES ADDED THAT ALTHOUGH THE NEW PROPOSALS WOULD, IF ENACTED, SIGNIFICANTLY INCREASE MAXIMUM PENALTIES AGAINST VEHICLE OWNERS OR DRIVERS, THEY WOULD NOT CREATE ANY NEW OFFENCES OR RENDER LIABLE TO THE NEW PENALTIES PERSONS WHO, UNDER THE PRESENT LAW, WOULD BE ENTITLED TO AN ACQUITTAL.

♦IN ORDER TO BE ACQUITTED OF THE CHARGE OF NON-DISCLOSURE A DEFENDANT WOULD NEED TO PROVE THAT HE DID NOT KNOW AND COULD NOT WITH REASONABLE DILIGENCE HAVE ASCERTAINED THE NAME, ADDRESS OR DRIVING LICENCE NUMBER OF THE PERSON INVOLVED IN THE REPORTED OFFENCE,♦ MR JONES SAID.

♦THE ATTORNEY GENERAL IS ALSO SATISFIED THAT THE BILL WOULD NOT HAVE THE EFFECT OF VISITING THE PROPOSED INCREASED PENALTIES ON THOSE WHO FAIL TO COMPLY WITH A REQUEST FOR INFORMATION SIMPLY BECAUSE THEY ARE ABSENT FROM HONG KONG WHEN THE REQUEST IS MADE,* HE ADDED.

DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.

-------o---------

A...

THURSDAY, APRIL 17, 1980

4

IMMIGRATION SERVICE EXPANDS RAPIDLY H * K H K *

THE IMMIGRATION SERVICE HAS EXPANDED RAPIDLY IN RECENT YEARS TO COPE WITH TRAVEL BY HONG KONG RESIDENTS, VIS HORS TO HONG KONG AND RECENTLY WITH THE SHARP INCREASE IN IMMIGRATION FROM CHINA, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY. THE HON LEWIS DAVIES TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (THURSDAY).

♦AS A RESULT,+ HE SAID, +WE HAVE REVIEWED THE WORK OF THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT AND THE LEVELS AT WHICH IT IS PERFORMED. THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION HAS CONCLUDED THAT SOME OF THE DUTIES PRESENTLY UNDERTAKEN BY OFFICER CADRE COULD BE PERFORMED BY THE SUBORDINATE RANKS OF IMMIGRATION ASSISTANT AND SENIOR IMMIGRATION ASSISTANT.*

MR DAVIES WAS SPEAKING AT THE SECOND READING OF THE IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980 WHICH SEEKS TO PROVIDE THESE GRADES OF IMMIGRATION OFFICERS WITH CERTAIN STATUTORY POWERS IN ORDER TO GIVE EFFECT TO THE PROPOSED DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.

HE SAID THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION WOULD ENSURE THAT THE POWERS TO BE CONFERRED WERE EXERCISED UNDER THE CLOSE SUPERVISION OF OFFICER RANKS AND THAT THE PROPOSED CHANGE IN THE LEVEL AT WHICH THE RESPONSIBILITY WAS DISCHARGED DID NOT RESULT IN ANY DETERIORATION IN THE STANDARD OF SERVICE PROVIDED BY THE DEPARTMENT, OR UNNECESSARY INCONVENIENCE TO THE PUBLIC.

THE BILL ALSO SEEKS TO TRANSFER CERTAIN POWERS STIPULATED IN THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE FROM THE GOVERNOR AND THE CHIEF SECRETARY TO THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY.

MR DAVIES ALSO MOVED THE SECOND READING OF THE IMMIGRATION SERVICES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980 PROPOSING THAT WARRANT CARDS ISSUED TO EVERY MEMBER OF THE IMMIGRATION SERVICE SHOULD NO LONGER BE SIGNED PERSONALLY BY THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION.

DEBATE ON THE TWO BILLS WAS ADJOURNED.

-----o-----

BILL TO CATER FOR SETTING UP OF MINI-CINEMAS X X X *

THE PRESENT PLACES OF PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT REGULATIONS, WHICH CAME INTO FORCE IN 1934, ARE BY NOW, IN MANY RESPECTS OBSOLETE AND DO NOT, IN PARTICULAR, CATER FOR SMALL 500 TO 2 OOO-SEAT CINEMAS ABOVE GROUND LEVEL IN MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS, THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON DEREK JONES SAID TODAY.

SPEAKING AT THE SECOND READING OF THE PLACES OF PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, MR JONES SAID THE BILL AIMED AT DISPELLING ANY DOUBTS AS TO THE POWERS OF THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL TO MAKE REGULATIONS TO PROVIDE FOR THE LOCATION OF PLACES OF PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT WITHIN BUILDINGS WHICH ARE USED ALSO FOR OTHER PURPOSES AND TO LAY DOWN APPROPRIATE CONDITIONS.

/HE SAI3 .....

THURSDAY, APRIL 17, 1980

HE SAID THAT WITH THE FALL IN MASS CINEMA AUDIENCES, AS WELL AS WITH RISING LAND VALUES AND BUILDING COSTS MINI-CINEMAS, WHOSE NUMBERS HAVE GROWN IN RECENT YEARS, HAVE BEEN PERMITTED TO SET UP THROUGH THE BUILDING AUTHORITY MODIFYING THE EXISTING REGULATIONS BY ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION.

♦THIS PROCEDURE IS, HOWEVER, UNSATISFACTORY AND IT IS PROPOSED TO AMEND THE PLACES OF PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT REGULATIONS TO REGULARISE THE POSITION,♦ MR JONES SAID.

IF THE BILL IS PASSED, NEW REGULATIONS WILL BE MADE TO PERMIT AND REGULATE THE LOCATION OF SMALL PLACES OF PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT, PARTICULARLY CINEMAS, IN NON-DOMESTIC MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS OR THE NON-DOMESTIC PARTS OF SUCH BUILDINGS.

MR JONES SAID THAT THE NEW REGULATIONS WOULD INCORPORATE THE RELEVANT TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH RESPECT TO BUILDING STRUCTURES AND FIRE SAFETY PROVISIONS AND HE STRESSED THAT EXITS FROM PLACES CF PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT WOULD BE KEPT SEPARATE FROM OTHER PARTS OF THE SAME BUILDING IN DIFFERENT USE.

DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.

- - 0 - -

CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE (AMENDMENT) BILL * X * X X

A BILL PROPOSING TO REDESIGNATE THE COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS AND CONTROLS AS THE COMMISSIONER OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE WAS TABLED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FOR SECOND READING TODAY.

AT PRESENT, THE LAW DESIGNATES THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS AS THE COMMISSIONER OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE.

SPEAKING AT THE SECOND READING OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, THE HON WILLIAM DORWARD SAID, +THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE IS PART OF THE CUSTOMS AND CONTROLS DEPARTMENT AND THE ANOMALOUS SITUATION EXISTS WHERE THE COMMISSIONER OF THAT DEPARTMENT IS NOT THE COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS AND EXCISE.

♦ NOT SURPRISINGLY, THIS CAUSES CONFUSION AND IS MISLEADING INSOFAR AS THAT OFFICER'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ARE CONCERNED.♦

THE BILL THEREFORE PROPOSED, SAID MR DORWARD, THAT THE COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS AND CONTROLS NOW BE THE OFFICER DESIGNATED BY THE GOVERNOR TO BE THE COMMISSIONER OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE AND, AS SUCH, RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OPERATIONAL CONTROL AND DIRECTION OF THAT SERVICE.

♦IN THESE DUTIES HE WILL BE SUBJECT TO THE DIRECTIONS OF THE GOVERNOR AND OF THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS,+ FR DORWARD ADDED.

/ +IT 13

THURSDAY, APRIL 17, 1980

6

♦IT IS ALSO PROPOSED TO REFLECT CURRENT RANK TITLES BY PRESCRIBING THAT A DEPUTY COMMISSIONER OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, BEING THE HOLDER OF THE POST OF DEPUTY COMMISSIONER, CUSTOMS AND CONTROLS, AND AN ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, BEING THE HOLDER OF THE POST OF ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER, CUSTOMS AND EXCISE, BE DESIGNATED AS DEPUTY COMMISSIONER AND ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE RESPECTIVELY,* MR DORWARD SAID.

THE TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT WAS REORGANISED IN 1979 INTO A FEDERAL STRUCTURE OF THREE CONSTITUENT DEPARTMENTS 1 THE DEPARTMENT OF TRADE, THE DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRY AND THE DEPARTMENT OF CUSTOMS AND CONTROLS. EACH DEPARTMENT IS HEADED BY AN OFFICER IN THE RANK OF COMMISSIONER OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS WHO IS ASSISTED BY ONE OR MORE DEPUTY COMMISSIONERS AND A NUMBER OF ASSISTANT COMMISSIONERS.

0

ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF HOUSING AWARDED MBE

* * * K

AN ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF HOUSING, MR ROBERT RONALD LESLIE POGUE HAS BEEN APPOINTED AN HONORARY MEMBER OF THE ORDER OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE (MBE) BY THE QUEEN.

MR POGUE SERVED WITH THE MALAYSIA CIVIL SERVICE FROM 1951 TO 1962 AND WITH THE SABAH GOVERNMENT FROM 1964 TO 1966 BEFORE JOINING THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT AS AN ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER IN 1967.

AFTER SERVICE IN THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT AND AS A CITY DISTRICT OFFICER, HE JOINED THE RESETTLEMENT DEPARTMENT IN 1970 AND HAS SINCE SPECIALISED IN HOUSING FIELD.

BETWEEN 1970 AND 1973 HE WAS ENGAGED IN CLEARING ILLEGAL STRUCTURES IN THE 25 RESETTLEMENT ESTATES, AND SINCE 1974 HE HAS BEEN ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (CLEARANCE).

-------0 - -

/7

THURSDAY, APRIL 17, 1980

7

OATHS AND DECLARATIONS (AMENDMENT) BILL * * * *

THE GOVERNMENT IS PROPOSING TO REMOVE THE REQUIREMENT OF A JUDICIAL OFFICER TO TAKE THE OATH AGAIN WHEN HE IS APPOINTED TO ANOTHER JUDICIAL OFFICE.

MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE OATHS AND DECLARATIONS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980 IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, THE LAW DRAFTSMAN, THE HON G.P. NAZARETH SAID THAT UNDER THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE, SUPREME COURT JUDGES, DISTRICT COURT JUDGES, MAGISTRATES AND OTHER JUDICIAL OFFICERS ARE REQUIRED TO TAKE THE OATH OF ALLEGIANCE AND THE JUDICIAL OATH ON FIRST APPOINTMENT AND THEN AGAIN IF THEY ARE APPOINTED TO ANOTHER JUDICIAL OFFICE WHETHER IN A SUBSTANTIVE OR ACTING CAPACITY.

+THE CHIEF JUSTICE HAS COMMENTED THAT TIME IS WASTED IN RE-SWEARING JUDICIAL OFFICERS,* MR NAZARETH SAID.

MR NAZARETH SAID THE LIST OF JUDICIAL OFFICERS WHO ARE REQUIRED TO TAKE THE OATHS DOES NOT INCLUDE THE PRESIDENT OF THE LANDS TRIBUNAL AND CORONERS.

+SINCE CORONERS HAVE SO FAR ALL BEEN MAGISTRATES, THEY HAVE TAKEN THE OATHS IN QUESTION IN THE LATTER CAPACITY,* MR NAZARETH SAID.

+BUT AGAINST THE DAY WHEN WE MAY HAVE CORONERS WHO ARE NOT MAGISTRATES, THE LIST SHOULD INCLUDE CORONERS,* HE ADDED.

DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.

- - 0 - -

WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE SURVEY * * *

THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT IS CONDUCTING A SURVEY TO COLLECT UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION ON THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WHOLESALE, RETAIL AND IMPORT/EXPORT TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS IN 1979.

RESULTS OF THE SURVEY WILL BE ANALYSED AND COMPARED WITH THAT OF THE 1977 SURVEY. INFORMATION OBTAINED WILL BE USED BY THE GOVERNMENT AND THE COMMERCI AL SECTOR IN DECISION MAKING, TRADE PROMOTION AND MARKET ANALYSIS. IN ADDITION THE RESULTS WILL BE USED TO UP-DATE THE ESTIMATE OF THE SECTOR’S CONTRIBUTION TO HONG KONG’S GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT.

INFORMATION SOUGHT INCLUDES TYPES OF OWNERSHIP, EMPLOYMENT, EMPLOYEES’ COMPENSATION, OPERATING EXPENSES, PURCHASES, SALES AND CAPITAL EXPENDITURE.


THURSDAY, APRIL 16, 1980

8

QUESTIONNAIRES ARE BEING SENT TO ABOUT 5 OOO ESTABLISHMENTS SELECTED FOR THE SURVEY, WHICH COVERS ALL WHOLESALE, RETAIL AND IMPORT/EXPORT ESTABLISHMENTS, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS ENGAGING 50 OR MORE PEOPLE AND A SAMPLE OF SMALLER ESTABLISHMENTS RANDOMLY SELECTED. CENSUS AND SURVEY OFFICERS BEARING GOVERNMENT IDENTITY CARDS WILL, UPON REQUEST, VISIT THESE ESTABLISHMENTS TO ASSIST RESPONDENTS IN COMPLETING THESE QUESTIONNAIRES.

MANAGEMENTS OF THE ESTABLISHMENTS ARE REQUESTED TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THE FORMS ON OR BEFORE JUNE 30, 1980.

THE COMMISSIONER FOR CENSUS AND STATISTICS, MR C.C. GREENFIELD, STRESSED THAT INFORMATION COLLECTED WOULD BE TREATED IN THE STRICTEST CONFIDENCE AND WOULD BE PUBLISHED IN STATISTIC FORM WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ANY INDIVIDUAL ESTABLISHMENT.

HE ALSO URGED THE MANAGEMENTS CONCERNED TO CO-OPERATE BY RETURNING THE COMPLETED QUESTIONNAIRES PROMPTLY.

THE 1979 SURVEY IS BEING CONDUCTED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS ORDER, 1980, MADE UNDER SECTION 11 OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS ORDINANCE AND GAZETTED AS LEGAL NOTICE NO. 9 OF 1980.

-----0------

ONE MAIL DELIVERY ON MONDAY * * * *

THERE WILL BE ONE DELIVERY OF MAIL ON MONDAY (APRIL 21) WHICH IS A GENERAL PUBLIC HOLIDAY IN CELEBRATION OF THE QUEEN’S BIRTHDAY.

THIRTY-TWO POST OFFICES, INCLUDING THE GENERAL POST OFFICE, THE KOWLOON CENTRAL POST OFFICE, THE TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE, AND THE POST OFFICES IN TSUEN WAN AND TAI PO, WILL BE OPEN FROM 9 AM TO NOON ON THAT DAY.

ALL OTHER POST OFFICES WILL BE CLOSED.

-----0------

THURSDAY, APRIL 17, 1980

9

MACHINERY CONTRACT AWARDED FOR SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT * * * *

THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TODAY (THURSDAY) LET A $14 MILLION CONTRACT FOR THE SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF MACHINERY FOR THE FIRST STAGE OF THE YUEN LONG SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS AT WANG CHAU.

THE CONTRACT WAS AWARDED TO JARDINE ENGINEERING CO LTD, IN ASSOCIATION WITH WHITEHEAD AND POOLE (HK) LTD AND WAS SIGNED BY NR GRAHAM OSBORNE, PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT ELECTRICAL /ND MECHANICAL ENGINEER, AND MR ALAN MILLS OF JARDINE.

MR OSBORNE SAID THIS WAS THE FIRST OF FIVE MACHINERY CONTRACTS TO BE AWARDED FOR THE PROJECT.

+ IT COMPRISES THE SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF PUMPING AND SCREENING MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT FOR SLUDGE SETTLEMENT TANKS,* HE SAID.

+THE DESIGN OF THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ASPECTS OF THE PLANT AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT IS BEING UNDERTAKEN BY THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.*

MEANWHILE, THE CIVIL ENGINEERING WORK CONTRACT FOR THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO BE LET IN THE NEAR FUTURE.

THIS INCLUDES THE CONSTRUCTION OF PUMPING STATIONS, SCREEN CHAMBERS, GRIT REMOVAL TANKS, PRIMARY AND FINAL SETTLEMENT TANKS, AERATION TANKS, AND ANCILLARY DRAINAGE.

IT WILL ALSO PROVIDE FOR ROADWORKS AND THE LAYING OF ABOUT

1 000 METRES OF PIPES, RANGING FROM 100 MM TO 1 800 MM IN DIAMETER.

ON COMPLETION, IT WILL PROVIDE FULL SEWAGE TREATMENT FACILITIES FOR THE YUEN LONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATE NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION AND PART OF THE DEVELOPING NEW TOWN.

NOTE TO EDITORS*

COPIES OF A PHOTOGRAPH TAKEN DURING THE CONTRACT SIGNING CEREMONY WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR COLLECTION FROM GIS PRESS BOXES THIS EVENING.

-------0 - - - -

/1O......

THURSDAY, APRIL 17, 1980

10

NEW ARMORIAL BEARINGS FOR UC * * *

A BILL SEEKING TO GIVE LEGAL STATUS TO THE NEW ARMORIAL BEARINGS RECENTLY GRANTED TO THE URBAN COUNCIL BY GARTER KING OF ARMS AND LETTERS PATENT TO REPLACE THE EXISTING URBAN COUNCIL EMBLEM WAS READ SECOND TIME IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (THURSDAY).

THE SECOND READING OF THE URBAN COUNCIL (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, WAS MOVED BY THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON DEREK JONES. DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.

- o - -

PASSING-OUT PARADE OF PRISON OFFICERS *****

THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD A PASSING-OUT PARADE OF ANOTHER GROUP OF ITS RECRUITS AT THE PRISON STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IN STANLEY ON SATURDAY (APRIL 19).

THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, MR JOHN GRIFFITHS, WILL TAKE THE SALUTE AND PRESENT GOLDEN WHISTLES TO TWO BEST RECRUITS.

ON PARADE WILL BE 13 PRISON OFFICERS AND 75 ASSISTANT OFFICERS WHO RECENTLY COMPLETED THEIR TRAINING.

NOTE TO EDITORS!

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER AND/OR PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE PASSING-OUT PARADE OF PRISON OFFICERS WHICH WILL BE HELD AT THE PRISON STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IN STANLEY AT 10 AM ON SATURDAY (APRIL 19).

PRESS TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED LEAVING THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS, GUARDIAN HOUSE, 32 01 KWAN ROAD, WAN CHAI AT 9.15 AM SHARP.

- - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

FRIDAY, APRIL 18, 198O.

CONTENTS NO.

EAST ASIA ECONOMIC GROWTH IS OPTIMISTIC -SaYS governor .......................................... -1

EXTERNAL TRADE FOR JANUARY AND FEBRUARY ................. 2

LAW .<-ENDED TO FACILITATE CHILD CARE SERVICE DEVELOPMENT ............................................. 7

&155 MILLION COMPENSATION Paid to SHA tin people IN TWO YEnRS ............................................ 9

SSIINaR FOR aDULT EDUCATION LECTURERS .............. 10

PLai TO EXTEND TSIK BEI TSUI PIER ...................... 11

CHILD CjJIE EXHIBITION IN TSUEN WhN .................... 11

FOUR PRE-wAR BUILDII GS IN T.-J PC DECLARED D.iKGERCUS . 12

CARX aCHKING AREAS REaIN OPEN ON MONDAY ................ 12

FRIDAY, APRIL 18, 1933

1

EAST ASIA ECONOMIC GROWTH IS OPTIMISTIC — SAYS GOVERNOR

*****

THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE SAID TODAY (FRIDAY) HE REMAINED BASICALLY OPTIMISTIC OF ECONOMIC GROWTH OF EAST ASIA DESPITE THE MANY JHCEPTAI NT IES WHICH OVERHANG WORLD MARKETj.

ADDRESSING THE INTERTANKO SHIPPING ORGANISATION GENERAL MEETING IN MANILA TODAY, SIR MURRAY SAID CHINA’S NEW RELATIONSHIP WITH THE UNITED STATES, JAPAN AND EUROPE, AND ALSO WITH THE COUNTRIES CF SOUTH EAST ASIA, LIFTED A CLOUD OF UNCERTAINTY WHICH HUNG OVER EAST ASIA FOR SO LONG.

+MOREOVER, THE STATESMANSHIP OF ITS GOVERNMENT’S NEw ECONOMIC AND COMMERCIAL POLICIES HAVE AROUSED INTEREST AMONG ALL TRADING NATIONS, AND THEIR IMPLEMENTATION WILL STEADILY INCREASE ECONOMIC ACTIVITY.

♦THIS PROSPECT HAS STIMULATED NEW INTEREST IN THE AREA AS A WHOLE, BOTH IN THE COUNTRIES’ MARKETS IN THEIR OWN RIGHT, AND IN THEIR VALUE AS PLATFORMS FOR TRADING WITH CHINA AND WITH THE WHOLE EAST AND SOUTH EAST ASIAN GROWTH AREA.

♦FOR THESE AND OTHER REASONS, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL CF CONTINUED FASTER GROWTH IN THIS AREA IN COMPARISON TO MOST OTHERS, I SHOULD EXPECT INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT AND THE EXPANSION OF THE TERTIARY SECTOR IN THIS AREA TO CONTINUE.

♦THE LAST TWO DECADES OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY ARE LIKELY TO BE THE ERA OF EAST AND SOUTH EAST ASIA,* HE SAID.

SIR MURRAY NOTED THAT IN THE LAST 15 YEARS THERE HAS BEEN EXTRAORDINARY GROWTH IN MOST OF THE ECONOMIES OF THE FAR EAST, CITING AS EXAMPLES THE EIGHT PER CENT GROWTH RATE IN JAPAN, 11 PER CENT IN THE REPUBLIC OF KOREA, SIX PER CENT IN THE PHILIPPINES, NINE PER CENT IN SINGAPORE, EIGHT PER CENT IN THAILAND AND NINE PER CENT IN HONG KONG, COMPARED WITH THE FOUR PER CENT GROWTH RATE IN EUROPE.

HE ATTRIBUTED SUCH DYNAMIC ECONOMIC GROWTH IN THE REGION TO A GENERAL WILLINGNESS TO WORK AND WORK HARD, TO THE BUSINESS ACUMEN OF SO MANY OF THE PEOPLE WHO LIVE IN THE REGION, AND fC THAT PIONEER SPIRIT WHICH HAS DRIVEN THEM TO ACQUIRE THE EXPERTISE TO ENABLE THEM TO EXPLOIT THE POTENTIAL OF WHEREVER IT IS THEY MAY BE LIVING, AND TO MASTER THE TECHNIQUES NECESSARY FOR THEM TO GO ABROAD AND TO SEARCH OUT MARKETS FOR THEIR PRODUCTS AND THEIR SERVICES AND WHEN NECESSARY FOR THEM TO ACQUIRE INVESTMENT.

♦THIS DRIVING ENTERPRISE HAS BEEN AIDED BY DEMOGRAPHIC FACTORS WHICH HAVE TENDED IN SOME CASES TO CAUSE LABOUR FORCES TO GROW AT A HIGHER RATE THAN POPULATIONS AS A WHOLE, A TREND WHICH, AT A CERTAIN STAGE, TENDS TO STIMULATE ECONOMIC GROWTH,* HE SAID.

SIR MURRAY ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE RAPID ECONOMIC GROWTH ACHIEVED BY HONG KONG SINCE THE EARLY 195O’S WAS BASED ON THE DETERMINATION OF ITS PEOPLE TO SURVIVE AGAINST ALL ODDS.

HE SAID THE REASONS FOR HONG KONG’S SUCCESS LAY IN A COMBINATION OF MOST OF THE FACTORS LEADING TO THE SUCCESS OF THE EAST ASIA REGION AS A WHOLE BOTH IN ECONOMIC GROWTH AND IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF SHIPPING.

/+the icvt: .v: ....

FRIDAY, APRIL 18, 1980

2

♦THE GOVERNMENT ASSISTED BY ADOPTING POLICIES WHICH WE BELIEVED WERE SUITED TO HONG KONG’S CIRCUMSTANCES,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.

+ESSENTIALLY THESE WERE TO DEVELOP A FRAMEWORK IN WHICH EFFORT AND ENTERPRISE COULD FLOURISH IN A LIBERAL FISCAL ENVIRONMENT WITH STATE INTERFERENCE BEING KEPT TO THE MINIMUM, BUT, OF COURSE, THE GOVERNMENT HAS ASSUMED A SUBSTANTIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC INFRASTRUCTURE.

+ECONOMIC GROWTH WAS BASED ON MANUFACTURING. BUT, WHEREAS ELSEWHERE IN THE REGION, RESOURCES WERE SHIFTED FROM THE PRIMARY SECTOR TO THE SECONDARY SECTOR AND THEN TO THE TERTIARY SECTOR. IN THE CASE OF HONG KONG THE OLD ENTREPOT TRADE HAD ALREADY GIVEN BIRTH TO AN ADVANCED TERTIARY SECTOR WHOSE DEVELOPMENT WAS THEN FURTHER STIMULATED BY THE SUCCESS OF THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES OF THE SECONDARY SECTOR,+ HE ADDED.

NOTE TO EDITORS!

COPIES OF THE GOVERNOR’S SPEECH AT THE INTERTANKO GENERAL MEETING IN BOTH CHINESE AND ENGLISH WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR COLLECTION FROM GIS PRESS BOXES THIS EVENING.

-----0------

EXTERNAL TRADE FOR JANUARY AND FEBRUARY *****

HONG KONG’S EXTERNAL TRADE FOR THE FIRST TWO MONTHS OF THIS YEAR WAS VALUED AT $28 219 MILLION, AN INCREASE OF 41 PER CENT OVER THE CORRESPONDING PERIOD OF 1979, ACCORDING TO TRADE FIGURES RELEASED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY (FRIDAY).

BOTH DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS ROSE BY 45 PER CENT TO $9 128 MILLION AND $3 835 MILLION RESPECTIVELY, AND IMPORTS BY 38 PER CENT TO $15 256 MILLION. 4

DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO 10 MAJOR OVERSEAS MARKETS ARE AS FOLLOWS:

JAN-FEB 80 (HK$ MN) JAN-FEB 79 (HK$ MN) INCREASE/ DECREASE (HK$ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE

USA 2 856 2 042 * 814 * 40

WEST GERMANY 1 133 760 + 373 ♦ 49

UK 946 709 + 237 ♦ 33

/AUSTRALIA •••.•

FRIDAY, APRIL 18, 1900

3

AUSTRALIA 318 245 73 30

JAPAN 315 320 5 2

NETHERLANDS 241 163 78 + 48

SINGAPORE 235 171 64 37

CANADA 225 187 + 38 20

CHINA 187 30 157 ' 523

SWITZERLAND 176 105 71 68

INCREASES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO USA WERE REGISTERED MAINLY IN CLOTHING (BY $268 MILLION OR 37%), ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (BY $75 MILLION OR 45%), TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $68 MILLION OR 56%), OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $60 MILLION OR 50%), AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $58 MILLION OR 54%).

INCREASED DELIVERIES TO WEST GERMANY WERE RECORDED CHIEFLY IN CLOTHING (BY $235 MILLION OR 52%), WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $29 MILLION OR 56%) AS WELL AS TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $29 MILLION OR 35%).

INCREASES WERE ALSO RECORDED IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE U.K., PARTICULARLY OF CLOTHING (BY $121 MILLION OR 31%), TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $40 MILLION OR 109%), AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $11 MILLION OR 31%). ON THE OTHER HAND, DECLINES WERE REGISTERED IN DELIVERIES OF TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS (BY $2 MILLION OR 2%).

DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO JAPAN SHOWED AN OVERALL DECREASE OF $5 MILLION OR 2 PER CENT, MAINLY IN FISH, CRUSTACEANS AND MOLLUSCS (BY $16 MILLION OR 34%), WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $2 MILLION OR 6%), AND CLOTHING (BY $1 MILLION OR 2%).

AN ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISION IS PRESENTED AS FOLLOWS!

JAN-FEB 80 (HK$ MN)

JAN-FEB 79 (HK$ MN)

INCREASE (HK$ MN)

PERCENTAGE CHANGE

ARTICLES OF

APPAREL AND

CLOTHING 3 234 2 306 + 928

ACCESSORIES

MISCELLANEOUS

MANUFACTURED

ARTICLES

(MAINLY PLASTIC

TOYS AND 1 433 987 ♦ 446

DOLLS)

* 40

♦ 45

/PHOTOGRAPHIC

FRIDAY, APRIL 18, 198C

4

PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS, OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS 801 513 > x * ♦ . \ 288 56

TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT 734 434 300 69

TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS 678 486 192 40

ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (MAINLY TRANSISTORS AND DIODES AND HOUSEHOLD TYPE APPLIANCES) 560 367 193 53

SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES WERE NOTED IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY 4252 MILLION OR 59%), RADIO BROADCAST RECEIVERS OF ALL KINDS (BY $170 MILLION OR 81%), MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURES OF METAL (BY $111 MILLION OR 61%), PLASTIC TOYS AND DOLLS (BY $107 MILLION OR 30%), TRAVEL GOODS, HANDBAGS AND SIMILAR CONTAINERS (BY $74 MILLION OR 52%) AS WELL AS ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS AND PARTS FOR COMPUTERS (BY $51 MILLION OR 48%).

ON THE OTHER HAND, DECLINES WERE RECORDED IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF FISH, CRUSTACEANS AND MOLLUSCS (BY $26 MILLION OR 38%), AND IRON AND STEEL (BY $6 MILLION OR 54%). ,

THE CHANGES IN IMPORTS FROM 10 MAJOR

AS FOLLOWS 1

SUPPLIERS ARE SUMMARISED

JAN-FEB 80 (HK$ MN) JAN-FEB 79 (HKS MN) INCREASE (HK$ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE

JAPAN 3 293 2 422 871 + 36

CHINA 2 876 1 797 + 1 079 ♦ 60

USA 1 823 1 310 + 513 + 39

SINGAPORE 1 052 555 497 ♦ 90

TAIWAN 1 046 784 262 ♦ 33

/UK......

FK1DA1, AP.-OL 16, 1?P0

5

UK 708 465 4 243 4 52

SOUTH KOREA 523 369 4 154 4 42

WEST GERMANY 481 399 4 82 4 21

SWITZERLAND 397 366 4 31 4 8

THAILAND 284 194 4 90 4 46

INCREASES IN IMPORTS FROM JAPAN WERE LARGELY RECORDED IN ROAD VEHICLES (BY $15* MILLION OR 99%), TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $117 MILLION OR 53%). WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $101 MILLION OR 49%), IRON AND STEEL (BY $79 MILLION OR 53%), AND ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (BY $66 MILLION OR 27%).

IMPORTS FROM CHINA ROSE CONSIDERABLY, MAINLY OF PETROLEUM AND RELATED PRODUCTS (BY $248 MILLION OR 154%), CLOTHING (BY $125 MILLION OR 162%). TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS (BY $111 MILLION OR 29%), AND MISCELLANEOUS CRUDE ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE MATERIALS (BY $43 MILLION OR 50%).

IMPORTS FROM USA ALSO SHOWED SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES IN ARTIFICIAL RESINS AND PLASTIC MATERIALS, AND CELLULOSE ESTERS AND ETHERS (BY $136 MILLION OR 232%). OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $72 MILLION OR 61%), ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (BY $45 MILLION OR 41%) AS WELL AS TOBACCO AND TOBACCO MANUFACTURES (BY $33 MILLION OR 72%).

MARKED INCREASES WERE ALSO RECORDED IN IMPORTS OF PETROLEUM AND RELATED PRODUCTS (BY $366 MILLION OR 122%) FROM SINGAPORE, AND ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (BY $54 MILLION OR 81%) FROM TAIWAN.

THE FOLLOWING TABLE ILLUSTRATES THE MORE IMPORTANT CHANGES IN IMPORTS BY COMMODITY SECTION!

JAN-FEB 80 JAN-FEB 79 INCREASE PERCENTAGE

(HK$ MN) (HK$ MN) (HK$ MN) CHANGE

MANUFACTURED GOODS CLASSIFIED CHIEFLY BY MATERIAL (MAINLY TEXTILE PRODUCTS DIAMONDS, 4 384 3 639 + 745 ♦ 20

IRON AND STEEL, AND PAPER)

MACHINERY AND

TRANSPORT 3 248 2 365 + 883 + 37

EQUIPMENT

/i‘*ISOELLrt.>^C'.’S .......

FRIDAY, APRIL 18, 198C

6

MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY

WATCHES AND CLOCKS, ARTICLES OF APPAREL) 2 186 1 451 735 + 51

FOOD AND LIVE ANIMALS CHIEFLY FOR FOOD 1 622 1 326 296 t 22

CHEMICALS AND RELATED PRODUCTS 1 296 831 465 56

MINERAL FUELS, LUBRICANTS AND RELATED MATERIALS 1 168 500 668 + 134

BY COMMODITY, INCREASES IN IMPORTS WERE RECORDED MAINLY IN PETROLEUM AND RELATED PRODUCTS (BY $65* MILLION OR 136%), WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $275 MILLION OR 53%), ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (BY $273 MILLION OR 38%), ARTIFICIAL RESINS AND PLASTIC MATERIALS AND CELLULOSE ESTERS AND ETHERS (BY $236 MILLION OR 92%), TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $219 MILLION OR 52%), ROAD VEHICLES (BY $196 MILLION OR 75%) AS WELL AS CLOTHING (BY $165 MILLION OR 95%).

SIGNIFICANT INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN RE-EXPORTS TO CHINA (BY $259 MILLION OR 244%), U.K. (BY $185 MILLION OR 620%), U.S.A. (BY $132 MILLION OR 56%). SWITZERLAND (BY $86 MILLION OR 186%), AND THE F.R. OF GERMANY (BY $68 MILLION OR 147%).

THE DEMAND FOR RE-EXPORTS CONTINUED TO RISE, PARTICULARLY FOR NON-FERROUS METALS (BY $135 MILLION OR 259%), METALLIFEROUS ORES AND METAL SCRAP (BY $110 MILLION OR 3 456%), WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $105 MILLION OR 72%), ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (BY $79 MILLION OR 59%), CLOTHING (BY ®77 MILLION OR 78%), AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $76 MILLION OR 113%).

THE TRADE INDICES FOR JANUARY 1980 (1973 FOLLOWS!

100) WERE AS

VALUE INDEX UNIT VALUE INDEX QUANTUM INDEX

DOMESTIC EXPORTS 308 172 179

IMPORTS 336 178 189

FRIDAY, APRIL 18, 1980

7

THE TERMS OF TRADE INDEX, EXPRESSED AS A RATIO OF UNIT VALUE INDEX FOR DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THAT FOR IMPORTS, FOR JANUARY 1980 WAS 97.

+THE HONG KONG TRADE STATISTICS-SUMMARY*, A SUMMARY REPORT ON HONG KONG’S EXTERNAL TRADE IN FEBRUARY 1980, WILL SOON BE ON SALE AT $3 PER COPY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE. A MORE COMPREHENSIVE REPORT, +HONG KONG EXTERNAL TRADE*, WITH DETAILED ANALYSIS OF THE MONTH’S IMPORTS, EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS WILL BE PUBLISHED EARLY NEXT MONTH AND WILL ALSO BE AVAILABLE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT $10 PER COPY.

-----0------

LAW AMENDED TO FACILITATE CHILD CARE SERVICE DEVELOPMENT

M * * *

LEGISLATION HAS BEEN AMENDED TO FACILITATE BETTER DEVELOPMENT OF CHILD CARE SERVICE AND TO EASE THE DIFFICULTIES EXPERIENCED BY CHILD CARE CENTRES IN RECRUITING AND RETAINING SUITABLE STAFF WHILST ENSURING AN ADEQUATE STANDARD OF SERVICE.

AMENDMENT REGULATIONS, PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY (FRIDAY), PROVIDE FOR ALTERNATIVE QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR CHILD CARE STAFF, CREATE A CATEGORY OF TRAINEE CHILD CARE WORKERS, RELAX THE STAFF-CHILDREN RATIO AND FLOOR SPACE REQUIREMENTS, AND INTRODUCE ADDITIONAL SAFETY MEASURES FOR CHILDREN UNDER CARE.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT SAID THE CHILD CARE CENTRES ORDINANCE AND REGULATIONS CAME INTO OPERATION IN 1976 TO PROVIDE FOR A SYSTEM OF SERVICE CONTROL ON CHILD CARE CENTRES TO ENSURE THAT CHILDREN AGED UNDER SIX YEARS WERE CARED FOR A STANDARD OF POSITIVE BENEFIT PHYSICALLY, SOCIALLY, EMOTIONALLY AND INTELLECTUALLY.

HE SAID THE AMENDMENTS NOW INTRODUCED WERE DERIVED MAINLY FROM THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF A WORKING PARTY, COMPRISING GOVERNMENT AND VOLUNTARY SECTOR REPRESENTATIVES, SET UP IN 1977 TO REVIEW THE LEGISLATION IN THE LIGHT OF EXPERIENCE GAINED AFTER ITS IMPLEMENTATION.

HE SAID THE MAJOR PROVISIONS OF THE AMENDMENT REGULATIONS ARE 1

* TO REQUIRE A SUPERVISOR OF A CHILD CARE CENTRE TO HAVE HONG KONG CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION WITH TWO SUBJECTS AT GRADE E OR ABOVE, OR THE EQUIVALENT- HAVE THREE YEARS CHILD CARE EXPERIENCE- HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED AN APPROVED TRAINING COURSE IN CHILD CARE- AND BE AGED AT LEAST 25 YEARS TO ENSURE A CERTAIN LEVEL OF MATURITY AT THE SUPERVISORY LEVEL. ALTERNATIVELY, CHILD CARE WORKERS WITH FIVE YEARS’ SATISFACTORY EXPERIENCE AND AGED 28 YEARS OR OVER MAY BE PROMOTED TO BECOME SUPERVISORS, THUS PROVIDING THEM WITH GOOD CAREER DEVELOPMENT.

/ » TO RSQDIR3 ......

FRIDAY, APRIL 18, I960

8

M TO REQUIRE A CHILD CARE WORKER TO HAVE HONG KONG CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION WITH TWO SUBJECTS AT GRADE E OR ABOVE, OR THE EQUIVALENT- OR ALTERNATIVELY BE A FORM THREE OR JUNIOR MIDDLE THREE GRADUATE AND AGED AT LEAST 18 YEARS. IN BOTH CASES, THE WORKER MUST HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED AN APPROVED TRAINING COURSE IN CHILD CARE.

CHILD CARE CENTRES ARE NEVERTHELESS ENCOURAGED TO RECRUIT FORM FIVE GRADUATES AS CHILD CARE WORKERS, AND GOVERNMENT SUBVENTION WILL CONTINUE TO BE PROVIDED FOR CHILD CARE STAFF WITH THE HIGHER QUALIFICATIONS.

* TO CREATE A CATEGORY OF TRAINEE CHILD CARE WORKERS WHO ARE FORM THREE OR JUNIOR MIDDLE THREE GRADUATES, AGED AT LEAST 18 YEARS, AND WHO ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE A TRAINING COURSE IN CHILD CARE WITHIN THEIR FIRST YEAR OF SERVICE.

M TO REVISE THE STAFF-CHILDREN RATIO FOR RESIDENTIAL CENTRES FROM 1»6 TO Ii8 DURING THE DAY (8 AM - 8 PM) AND TO 1112 AT NIGHT (8 PM - 8 AM) AS CHILDREN DO NOT REQUIRE AS MUCH ATTENTION AT NIGHT. THE RATIO IN DAY CARE CENTRES FOR CHILDREN AGED UNDER TWO YEARS IS ALSO REVISED TO 1«8.

DESPITE THE CHANGES, THE GOVERNMENT WILL CONTINUE TO PROVIDE SUBVENTION AT THE PREVIOUS RATIO OF Ii6 FOR CHILD CARE CENTRES WISHING TO MAINTAIN THIS RATIO.

M TO RELAX THE MINIMUM FLOOR SPACE REQUIREMENT PER CHILD, PREVIOUSLY BASED ON NET AREA, BY ALLOWING AN ALTERNATIVE CALCULATION BASED ON THE GROSS AREA OF THE PREMISES, I.E. INCLUDING ANY PASSAGEWAY, STOREROOM, KITCHEN, OFFICE, TOILET FACILITY AND STAFF ROOM. THIS WILL ENABLE MORE CHILD CARE PLACES TO BE PROVIDED.

THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE NEW PROVISIONS WERE AIMED AT EASING THE DIFFICULTIES FACED BY CHILD CARE CENTRES IN RECRUITING AND RETAINING SUITABLY QUALIFIED STAFF, AS EXPERIENCE HAD SHOWN THAT THE PREVIOUS REQUIREMENTS WERE UNREALISTICALLY HIGH.

HE POINTED OUT THAT OF THE 1 500 CHILD CARE STAFF NOW EMPLOYED, ONLY 840 MET THE QUALIFICATIONS REQUIRED, WHILST THE REST WERE EITHER UNTRAINED OR LACKING IN THE STIPULATED ACADEMIC QUALIFICATIONS.

♦THE DIFFICULTIES IN RECRUITING STAFF HAVE BEEN COMPOUNDED BY A HIGHER TURNOVER RATE OF ABOUT 30 PER CENT PER YEAR - A TOTAL OF 237 CHILD CARE STAFF HAVE RESIGNED IN THE SIX MONTHS ENDING FEBRUARY THIS YEAR,* HE SAID.

HE SAID THE STAFF PROBLEM, IF UNHEEDED, COULD BE AGGRAVATED BY THE PLANNED EXPANSION OF CHILD CARE FACILITIES - AN ESTIMATED TOTAL OF 1 970 CHILD CARE STAFF WOULD BE REQUIRED IN 1982-83, INCREASING TO 3 280 BY 1985-86.

THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED THAT THE AMENDMENT REGULATIONS HAD TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT THE NEED TO CONTINUE ENSURING AN ACCEPTABLE STANDARD OF SERVICE AND PROVISIONS HAD BEEN MADE TO THIS EFFECT.

/CHILD CASE

- 9 -

CHILD CARE CENTRES, HE SAID, ARE PROHIBITED FROM EMPLOYING MORE THAN ONE-THIRD OF THE TOTAL NUMBER OF STAFF AS TRAINEE CHILD CARE WORKERS.

TRAINEE WORKERS WILL NORMALLY BE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THEIR TRAINING WITHIN ONE YEAR OF APPOINTMENT, FAILING WHICH THEIR NAMES MAY BE STRUCK OFF THE STAFF REGISTER, HE SAID.

TO ENSURE THAT ANY EMERGENCY SITUATION MAY BE ADEQUATELY HANDLED, A NEW PROVISION REQUIRES AT LEAST ONE.QUALIFIED STAFF MEMBER AND ONE OTHER PERSON AGED AT LEAST 18 YEARS TO BE PRESENT IN A RESIDENTIAL CENTRE, HE ADDED.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE MINIMUM EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATION OF FORM THREE, COUPLED WITH A MINIMUM AGE OF 18 YEARS AND PROPER CHILD CARE TRAINING, SHOULD ALSO ENSURE AN ADEQUATE STANDARD OF SERVICE.

♦SINCE EDUCATION IS NOW FREE AND COMPULSORY UP TO FORM THREE, IT IS HOPED THAT YOUNG PEOPLE WITH FORM THREE QUALIFICATION WILL BE ATTRACTED TO BECOME A GROUP OF BETTER MOTIVATED CHILD CARE WORKERS WHO WOULD BE PREPARED TO MAKE A CAREER OF IT,+ HE SAID.

HE SAID OTHER PROVISIONS INCLUDE REQUIRING THOSE CHILD CARE WORKERS, WITH FORM TWO QUALIFICATION AND ALREADY EMPLOYED AT THE TIME THE CHILD CARE LEGISLATION WAS FIRST ENACTED, TO OBTAIN THE REQUIRED THREE YEARS’ CHILD CARE EXPERIENCE BEFORE SEPTEMBER 1, 1981.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE CHILD CARE LEGISLATION WOULD BE FURTHER REVIEWED IN TWO YEARS’ TIME TO SEE IF ANY FURTHER AMENDMENTS WERE REQUIRED.

0 - -

$155 MILLION COMPENSATION PAID TO SHA TIN PEOPLE IN TWO YEARS *****

COMPENSATION PAID BY THE GOVERNMENT TO PEOPLE AFFECTED BY DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS IN SHA TIN DISTRICT HAS AMOUNTED TO MORE THAN $155 MILLION IN THE PAST TWO YEARS.

DISTRICT OFFICER, SHA TIN, DR PATRICK HASE, REVEALED THIS TODAY (FRIDAY) WHEN OFFICIATING AT THE 22ND INAUGURATION OF SHA TIN RURAL COMMITTEE.

COMPENSATION PAID FOR LAND WAS A +VERY HIGH* $103 MILLION AND OTHER COMPENSATION AMOUNTED TO $52 MILLION, HE SAID.

AFTER MANY YEARS OF DISCUSSION BETWEEN THE HEUNG YEE KUK AND THE GOVERNMENT, AND A STUDY BY A SPECIAL INDEPENDENT COMMITTEE, A REASONABLE COMPENSATION RATE FOR LAND RESUMPTION HAD BEEN WORKED OUT, DR HASE SAID.

RATES WERE REVIEWED TWICE A YEAR.

/OTr.EN COMr lu .....

FRIDAY, APRIL IS, 1980

10

OTHER COMPENSATION RATES HAD ALSO BEEN INCREASED, HE ADDED.

IN ANY DEVELOPING PLACE, INCONVENIENCE WILL BE CAUSED TO LOCAL PEOPLE DURING THE COURSE OF DEVELOPMENT,* HE SAID.

SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICE WAS AWARE OF THIS AND HAD JOINED HANDS WITH THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT OFFICE TO INTRODUCE MEASURES TO REDUCE INCONVENIENCE AND PROBLEMS TO A MINIMUM.

IN ORDER TO DEVELOP SHA TIN INTO AS PERFECT A NEW TOWN AS POSSIBLE, SHA TIN RESIDENTS HAVE NATURALLY TO PAY A PRICE,* HE SAID, ADDING THAT *SOME YEARS LATER, WHEN SHA TIN IS DEVELOPED INTO AN IDEAL NEW TOWN, YOU WILL FEEL PROUD BECAUSE YOU HAVE TAKEN PART IN ITS DEVELOPMENT FROM THE VERY BEGINNING.♦

HE POINTED OUT THAT SHA TIN HAD DEVELOPED AT A FAST PACE DURING THE PAST FEW YEARS. ITS POPULATION HAD INCREASED FROM A FIGURE OF 20 000 - 30 000 THREE YEARS AGO TO THE PRESENT 80 000 -90 000 AND IT WOULD BE INCREASED TO 700 000 - 800 000 IN SEVEN YEARS’ TIME.

♦OWING TO THE RAPID DEVELOPMENT AND THE HUGE AMOUNT OF WORK, IT IS INEVITABLE THAT SOME GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS HAVE FACED DIFFICULT PROBLEMS IN CERTAIN AREAS.

♦THE GOVERNMENT HAS TAKEN NOTE OF THIS AND THAT IS WHY SOME DEPARTMENTS HAVE UNDERGONE REGIONALISATION TO FACILITATE IMPLEMENTATION OF GOVERNMENT POLICIES.

♦AS FAR AS THE NEW TERRITORIES IS CONCERNED, THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT, THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT AND THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT HAVE SET UP LOCAL OFFICES TO COPE WITH THE NEED OF DEVELOPMENT IN VARIOUS DISTRICTS,* HE SAID.

HE ADDED THAT DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS, COMPRISING OFFICIAL AND UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS, HAD BEEN SET UP TWO YEARS AGO TO ENSURE GOVERNMENT AND PEOPLE COULD EXCHANGE VIEWS IN IMPLEMENTING POLICIES AND THAT UNOFFICIAL REPRESENTATIVES COULD POINT OUT AREAS REQUIRING IMPROVEMENTS.

------0-------

SEMINAR FOR ADULT EDUCATION LECTURERS *****

A SEMINAR ON TEACHING METHODS WILL BE HELD THIS SUNDAY (APRIL 20) AT SIR ROBERT BLACK COLLEGE OF EDUCATION FOR 400 PART-TIME ADULT EDUCATION LECTURERS.

THE SEMINAR WILL PROVIDE PARTICIPANTS ALL FROM EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S ADULT EDUCATION SECTION WITH THE OPPORTUN TY TO KEEP UP WITH MODERN TRENDS OF DEVELOPMENT IN TEACHING TECHNIQUES, UPDATE SPECIALISED SKILLS, EXCHANGE VIEWS, DISCUSS PROBLEMS AND SHARE EXPERIENCES.

IN ADDITION THERE WILL BE GROUP DISCUSSIONS AND TALKS BY SPECIALISTS IN THE FIELDS OF ENGLISH, CHINESE, MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE ECONOMIC AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS, GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY.

FRIDAY, APRIL 18, I960

11

MR LAU PING-CHUNG, CHAIRMAN OF THE ORGANISING COMMITTEE OF THE SEMINAR WILL ADDRESS THE GATHERING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY.

MR S.G. WONG, ACTING SENIOR EDUCATION OFFICER (ADULT EDUCATION) WILL SPEAK ON +THE GENERAL TREND OF THE MIDDLE SCHOOL COURSE FOR ADULTS AND SECONDARY SCHOOL COURSE.*

MR WONG WILL ALSO DISTRIBUTE CERTIFICATES OF COMMENDATION AND SOUVENIRS TO PART-TIME LONG-SERVING STAFF IN THE ADULT EDUCATION SECTION.

- - 0 -

PLAN TO EXTEND TSIM BE I TSUI PIER *****

THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO EXTEND THE EXISTING TSIM BE I TSUI PIER BY ABOUT 40 METRES INTO DEEP BAY TO OBTAIN SUFFICIENT DEPTH OF WATER FOR THE BERTHING OF GOVERNMENT VESSELS.

THE EXTENT OF THE AREA OF FORESHORE AND SEABED INVOLVED IN THE PROJECT WAS DESCRIBED IN A NOTICE IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.

PEOPLE HAVING OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL OR ANY CLAIM OF PRIVATE RIGHT SHOULD SUBMIT SUCH OBJECTIONS OR CLAIMS IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS WITHIN A PERIOD OF TWO MONTHS, FROM THE DATE OF THE NOTIFICATION.

THE NOTICE, IN BOTH CHINESE AND ENGLISH, WITH ITS RELATED PLAN CAN BE SEEN ON NOTICE BOARDS POSTED NEAR THE SITE.

THE PLAN SHOWING THE AREA OF FORESHORE AND SEABED INVOLVED MAY ALSO BE SEEN AT THE PORT WORKS DIVISION, FIRST FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG OR THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, 19TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, OR THE DISTRICT OFFICE (YUEN LONG), YUEN LONG DISTRICT BRANCH OFFICE, NEW TERRITORIES.

- - 0 - -

CHILD CARE EXHIBITION IN TSUEN WAN * * * *

RESIDENTS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WILL HAVE A CHANCE TO SEE HOW A CHILD CAN BE BROUGHT UP HEALTHILY WHEN THEY VISIT AN EXHIBITION IN TSUEN WAN CITY HALL THIS WEEKEND.

THE +HEALTHY NEW GENERATION* EXHIBITION WITH THE THEME ON MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH, IS MOUNTED BY THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT AS PART OF THIS YEAR’S FAMILY HEALTH CAMPAIGN.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THAT TSUEN WAN IS THE FIRST OF MANY DISTRICTS CHOSEN FOR STAGING THE MOBILE EXHIBITION.

THE MAIN CHILD CARE EXHIBITION WAS HELD IN CITY HALL LAST MONTH WITH ABOUT 40 000 VISITORS.

/apast fag

FRIDAY, APRIL 18, 1980

12

APART FROM STATIC DISPLAYS ON ALL ASPECTS OF MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH, VISITORS TO THE TSUEN WAN SHOW WILL SEE EDUCATIONAL MOVIES AND SLIDE SHOWS. NURSES WILL BE PRESENT TO ANSWER QUERIES FROM VISITORS ON HEALTH CARE.

THE THREE-DAY EXHIBITION WILL BE OPEN TO THE PUBLIC BETWEEN 10 AM AND 4 PM EVERY DAY FROM TOMORROW (SATURDAY) TO MONDAY (APRIL 21).

-------0---------

FOUR PRE-WAR BUILDINGS IN TAI PO DECLARED DANGEROUS *****

THE BUILDING AUTHORITY TODAY (FRIDAY) DECLARED THREE PRE-WAR BUILDINGS AT 62, 66 AND 68 FU SHIN STREET IN TAI PO TO BE IN A DANGEROUS CONDITION AND THE ONE AT 64 LIABLE TO BECOME DANGEROUS.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE BUILDING AUTHORITY SAID THESE SINGLE-STOREY BUILDINGS, CONSTRUCTED OF LOAD BEARING WALLS AND TIMBER PITCHED ROOFS, WERE IN A POOR CONDITION GENERALLY.

HE SAID, ♦ THE LOAD BEARING WALLS AND PIERS OF THE THREE BUILDINGS AT 62, 66 AND 68 HAVE NUMEROUS CRACKS AND OUTWARDS MOVEMENT HAS BEEN DETECTED.♦

♦ AS THERE IS A SERIOUS RISK OF COLLAPSE IT IS NECESSARY TO CLOSE AND DEMOLISH THESE BUIDLINGS,+ HE SAID.

♦ALTHOUGH THE BUILDING AT 64 FU SHIN STREET IS IN A SLIGHTLY BETTER CONDITION, IT WILL NOT WITHSTAND THE DEMOLITION OF THE ADJACENT BUILDINGS AND CONSEQUENTLY IT MUST BE CLOSED AND DEMOLISHED,* HE ADDED.

NOTICES OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR CLOSURE ORDERS IN KOWLOON DISTRICT COURT AT 9.30 AM ON MAY 16 WERE POSTED TODAY.

------0-------

CARGO WORKING AREAS REMAIN OPEN ON MONDAY *****

THE MARINE DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (FRIDAY) THAT ITS PORT COMMUNICATIONS CENTRE AND PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREAS IN WAN CHAI, YAU MA TEI, KWUN TONG AND TSUEN WAN WILL REMAIN OPEN AS USUAL ON MONDAY (APRIL 21) WHICH IS A PUBLIC HOLIDAY.

ON MONDAY THE VICTORIA SMALL CRAFT LICENSING SECTION WILL OPERATE FROM 9 AM TO 11 AM AND THE MACAU FERRY WHARF UNIT FROM 7.30 AM TO 1.30 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY.

ALL OTHER OFFICES OF THE DEPARTMENT WILL BE CLOSED ON THAT DAY.

- - - - 0-----

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN - SUPPLEMENT

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL 5-233191

FRIDAY, ;J?RIL 18, 1980

GOVERNOR hDDRESSES INTERT.^AC MEETING

Following is the speech by the Governor, Sir Murray iiacLehose, to the Annual General Meeting of Intertanko in Manila on april 18, 1980*

INTRODUCTION

I would like today to survey briefly the economic growth of East xisia and how it has been paralleled by a growth of shipping in the region, and with particular reference to the dramatic growth in the tonnage owned by shipowners in Hong Kong. r

THE ECONOMIC GROWTH OF THE REGION

Within the last 15 years there has been extraordinary growth in most of the economies of the Far East. For the majority, the growth started even earlier. But to avoid an accusation that the high growth rates were merely the product of a very low starting point, I prefer to ignore what happened more than 15 years ago for the purpose of what I have to say today.

/In terras .••••

2

In terms of the growth rates of world economies, there has been a sharp movement away from the developed nations of Europe and Morth ^onerica to this region. In the last 15 years, the growth of the former group, as indicated by the growth rate of the economies of the OECD countries averaged 4% a year at constant prices. I have no consolidated figures for the Far East region. But, to pick some examples: over the same period, the economy of Japan grew annually by 8%, the Republic of Korea by 11;©, the Philippines by 6#, Singapore by 9/? Thailand by 8& and Hong Kong by 9#*

The reasons why the*-East"Asia region has* become an area of such dynamic economic growth are complex and diverse. But I would certainly attribute much to a general willingness to work and work hard, to the business acumen of so many of the people who live in the region, and to that pioneer spirit which has driven them to acquire the expertise to enable them to exploit the potential of wherever it is they may be living, and to master the techniques necessary for them to go abroad and to search out markets for their products and their services and when necessary to acquire investment. This driving enterprise has been aided by demographic factors which have tended in some cases to cause labour forces to grow at a higher rate than populations as a whole, a trend which, at a certain stage, tends to stimulate economic growth. -• .....

Yet nowhere in the region has the population been so heavy or the poverty so intense that the thrust of economic activity has been blunted by the sheer effort necessary to achieve subsistence. There has not been that awful and totally frustrating problem of finding the point of take-off, that firm base from which economic progress can effectively be achieved. And, of course, some nations have been fortunate enough to be

/endowed with

endowed with a richness of natural resources which has greatly helped them to move into an era of intense and steady growth. By no means all have been so fortunate. Hong Kong has not, for example, except in respect of its port which is relevant to what I shall have to say later.

So the character, growth and size of the populations of the region have contributed markedly to create an environment in which manpower could be used effectively. At the same time, although you could hardly have a greater diversity in the types of governments in the region or in the philosophies and policies they have adopted, they have suited the varied circumstances and characteristics of the people. In some places, governments have played a major part in the state-led economic growth. In others, the governments have adopted a less obtrusive role, simply creating an environment to enable people to develop their own capabilities on their own initiatives. If there is an economic factor common to them all, I suspect it is the attention they have devoted to developing education and skills so that each society has been able to grow steadily in sophistication.

A consequence of all these aspects taken together is that the populations concerned have been highly productive and have been able to exploit the rapid expansion of world trade that has been such a feature of the past 15-20 years. In consequence, despite the productivity of the labour force, in most but not all countries, there was a relative shortage of labour, particularly skilled labour. So wages rose rapidly, providing the incentive to substitute capital for labour. The annual growth rate of capital stock in the region has been noteworthy, in some cases sustained at between 5% and 10% for long periods of time. Though these features have been uneven, they have characterised the region as a whole.

/SHIPPING ,xND.....

4

SHIPPING AND THE REGION

Characteristics of most of the region has been a steady shift of resources from the primary sector, to the secondary sector (that is to say manufacturing) to the tertiary sector. Shipping, of course, is a telling example of the move into this last sector. Just as the area of fastest economic growth has tended to move from Western Europe and North America to the Far East, so has the growth of ownership of shipping. In the last 15 years the tonnage registered in Europe doubled (from 80 million gross tons to 159 million gross tons) and that registered in the USa actually declined (from 21 million gross tons to 18 million gross tons), but the tonnage registered in the Far East increased 4# times (from 16 million gross tons to 72 million gross tons). Getting on for a fifth of the world’s tonnage is now registered in this region. Japan now has the second largest registered fleet in the world. And at least four countries in the region,- the Republic of Korea, Singapore, the Philippines and the People’s Republic of China, have built up respectable fleets in the last 15 years from virtually nothing.

Of course in terms of beneficial ownership, the picture is infinitely more complex. But if Hong Kong is anything to go by - end I shall be returning to Hong Kong’s role later - the movement into the Far East appears to be much more marked than simply national registers would indicate.

In common with their counterparts in other maritime countries which have developed sizeable fleets from scratch, most Far East shipowners started business us secondhand shipowners in the late 1940s. They enjoyed a number of advangages over shipowners elsewhere in the world. In the first place, available- to them was an ample supply of seamen who were ready and willing^to go to sea • Secondly, insurance premiums were generally reasonable and at that time to obtain insurance for secondhand ships was not difficult. Thirdly,

/repair costs .....

5

repair costs in the region were reasonable. Fourthly, there was easy access

to flags of convenience with their low registration fees and tax advantages.

At the same time there was an urgent demand for ships to move the growing exports and imports of the region. Meanwhile, the economic prosperity of the region created capital, sc that when the insurance of old secondhand ships became prohibitively expensive in the mid-1960s, c.s underwriters suffered heavy losses on them, shipowners had access to the funds necessary to buy modern vessels.

This development coincided with the expansion of Japan’s highly efficient shipbuilding industry. Shipowners of the region were only too ready to take full advantage of the shikumisen deals, too well known to all of you to need describing here.

SHIPOWNING IN HONG KONG

You would expect me to say that Hong Kong has been outstanding in taking full advantage of these developments; and I shall. So much so that your Chairman, who started his shipowning career in the mid-1950s with a secondhand freighter of 7 800 tons now controls the largest commercial fleet in the world adding up to 20 million tons. Shipowners with Hong Kong connections now own or control as much tonnage as the United Kingdom, about 45 million tons dead weight.

The reasons for Kong Kong’s success lie in a combination of most of the factors leading to the success of t e region as a whole both in economic growth and in the development of shipping. Tie determination of the people of Hong Kong to survive against all odds was tne foundation of the rapid economic growth achieved since the early 1950s. Tie Government assisted by adopting policies which we believed were suited to Hong Kong’s

/circumstances.......

6

circumstances. Essentially these were to develop a framework in which effort and enterprise could flourish in a liberal fiscal environment with state interference being kept to the minimum, but, of course, the Government has assumed a substantial responsibility for the development of the social and economic infrastructure. Economic growth was based on manufacturing. But, whereas elsewhere in the region, resources were shifted from the primary sector to the secondary sector and then to the tertiary sector, in the case of Kong Kong the old entrepot trade hed already given birth to an advanced tertiary sector whose development was then further stimulated by the success of the manufacturing industries of the secondary sector.

Hong Kong’s total dependence on imports and exports coupled with its one great natural asset, the port, ?nd its position on major shipping routes, must have given the development of shipping within this tertiary sector an inevitability. Other factors helped. Proximity to Japan iielped Hong Kong shipowners to avail themselves of ohikumisen arrangements. The well developed complex of financial services in Hong Kong enabled them to find the additional finance necessary to supplement these arrangements; and latterly, with the fall in the number of shikumisen deals, Hong Kong’s finance nouses have come to play a more significant role in financing the purchase of snips. Hong Kong shipowners could also draw on a substantial seafaring population, an asset developed by proper training facilities in Hong Kong. Of great significance was the determination of the shipowners themselves. They porservered until they had overcome the technical difficulties shipowners must face. They then maintained a dynamic attitude to their work, developing their fleets in ways consistent with the changing requirements of world trade. I believe that Hong Kong’s shipowners have a reputation for being among the most responsible in the world in their attitude towards the fleets under their control.

/My guess.....

7

W guess is that, for as long as Hong Kong shipowners maintain this responsiveness to demand and this sense of responsiblity to what is under their charge, their prospects for the future are excellent. Hong Kong, the background fcr their operations, will continue to prosper and I think the capital markets will be able to continue to provide the funds for them to acquire more ships. They will still have access to the efficient shipyards of Japan and also Korea and probably eventually China. They will still work to improve the quality of hong Kong’s seamen♦ I see little prospect of the Hong Kong Government being forced by changing circumstances to modify significantly its fiscal and economic policies. So I can see no reason why our shipowners should not continue to develop and to operate their fleets successfully.

I realise that all of us are preoccupied about the many uncertainties which overhang world markets. Inflation, oil prices, tension between greet powers, threat of instability in the middle East, the destabilising effect of the policies of Vietnam, and finally fear of that recession in the United States of America which has long been predicted but has so far fortunately not really materialised. Nevertheless in spite of all these factors, and this is an area which has always lived with difficulties, I remain basically optimistic. I beleive that what I have said about Hong Kong applies also to the prosperity of this whole area. The developed countries of Europe and America have been extraordinarily slow to appreciate its potential. But they are beginning to do so now. *ind if I had to name only one of the many factors that nave brought this about, I would unhesitatingly refer to the situation of tne People’s Republic of China. Its new relationship with the United States, Japan, Europe and also with the countries of South East wsia, lifted a cloud of uncertainty which hung over East ^sia for so long. Moreover the statesmanship of its government’s new economic and commercial policies have aroused intense interest among all trading nations, and their implementation will /steadily .................................................................

8

steadily increase economic activity. This prospect has stimulated new interest in the area ss a whole, both in the countries’ » markets in their own right, and in their value as platforms for trading with China and with the whole East and South East ^sian growth area. For these and other reasons, including the potential of continued faster growth in this area in comparison to most others, I should expect industrial investment and the expansion of the tertiary sector in this area to continue. The last two decades of the twentieth century are likely to be the era of East and South East asia.

There is no industry so dependent on the general level of trade as shipping. It is therefore reasonable to expect that as prosperity of this whole area continues to expand so will the shipping services which carry its exports and imports no doubt to the profit of my hosts - to whom my thanks for this opportunity to address you.

- - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

SATURDAY, APRIL 19, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

RURAL ARCHITECTURE DEPICTED ON STAMPS ........................ 1

PROGRiJAxE LINE-UP FOR QUEEN'S BIRTHDAY ...................... 2

SIR MURRAY RETURNS FROM MANILA................................ 3

HK PRISON SERVICE LEADS THE WORLD ............................

SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS FETCH 5^79 500 ........................... 5

CHINESE STYLE PAVILION USING BUILT IN TSUEN WAN .............. 5

CONTRACTOR W.-UITED FCR 'WORK ON RAILWAY TRACK ............... 6

CABLE SYSTEM FOR SEWAGE TREATMENT PL-iNT ..................... 7

FIRING PRACTICE

7

SATURDAY, APRIL 19, 1980

1

RURAL ARCHITECTURE DEPICTED ON STAMPS * * * *

A SPECIAL ISSUE OF POSTAGE STAMPS FEATURING HONG KONG’S RURAL ARCHITECTURE WILL BE AVAILABLE ON MAY 14.

THE STAMPS, AT DENOMINATIONS OF 20 CENTS, $1.30 AND $2, WILL BE DISPLAYED AT THE PUBLIC COUNTER ON THE FIRST FLOOR OF THE GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, BETWEEN 9.30 AM AND 4.30 PM ON MAY 12.

OFFICIAL FIRST DAY COVERS WILL BE ON SALE AT ALL POST OFFICES AT 20 CENTS EACH FROM APRIL 28. WITH EACH COVER WILL BE GIVEN AN INSERT CARD CONTAINING A DESCRIPTION OF THE ARCHITECTURE SHOWN ON THE STAMPS AND BRIEF PHILATELIC INFORMATION.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE POST OFFICE URGED MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO OBTAIN THEIR REQUIREMENTS OF THE FIRST DAY COVERS EARLY TO AVOID DISAPPOINTMENT.

ADVANCE ORDERS FOR SERVICING OF THE COVERS WILL BE ACCEPTED AT THE GENERAL POST OFFICE AT CONNAUGHT PLACE, KOWLOON CENTRAL POST OFFICE IN NATHAN ROAD, AND TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE IN PEKING ROAD. ORDER FORMS WILL BE AVAILABLE AT THESE THREE PLACES ON APRIL 28.

FOR THIS SERVICE, ADDRESSED FIRST DAY COVERS MUST BE HANDED IN WITH AN ORDER FORM TOGETHER WITH $3.80 FOR EACH COVER, TO PAY FOR THE THREE STAMPS AND A SERVICE FEE OF 30 CENTS.

THE COVERS MUST BE FULLY ADDRESSED BY THE APPLICANT, AND NOT LESS THAN TEN COVERS WILL BE ACCEPTED WITH EACH ORDER.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID ANY PERSON ORDERING SERVICED COVERS ADDRESSED TO A LOCAL DESTINATION MAY COLLECT THEM ON MAY 15 FROM THE OFFICE WHERE THE ORDER WAS PLACED.

COVERS ADDRESSED OVERSEAS WILL BE FORWARDED BY ORDINARY POST, SURFACE MAIL, UNLESS SUFFICIENT STAMPS ARE PUT ON THEM TO COVER AIRMAIL OR REGISTRATION CHARGES.

ADVANCE ORDERS OF SERVICED COVERS MUST BE SUBMITTED BY 5 PM ON MAY 9.

IN ADDITION, A SERVICE WILL BE PROVIDED ON MAY 14 AT ALL POST OFFICES WHEN FIRST DAY COVERS WILL BE ACCEPTED OVER THE COUNTER, IMPRESSED WITH THE NORMAL POST OFFICE DATE STAMP AND HANDED BACK TO THE PERSON PRESENTING THEM. NO TIME TYPE WILL APPEAR IN THE POSTMARK.

THIS SERVICE IS ONLY FOR UNREGISTERED ARTICLES WITH A LOCAL ADDRESS MARKED ’FIRST DAY COVER’ AND NOT BEARING ANY OTHER CANCELLATION.

SPECIAL POSTING BOXES WILL ALSO BE AVAILABLE AT THE GENERAL POST OFFICE, KOWLOON CENTRAL POST OFFICE AND TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE ON MAY 14 FOR THOSE WHO WISH TO HAVE FIRST DAY COVERS CAREFULLY HAND-POSTMARKED BEFORE DESPATCH.

- - 0 - -

/2 ...

SATURDAY, APRIL 19, 1983

2

PROGRAMME LINE-UP FOR QUEEN’S BIRTHDAY

* * * *

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WISHING TO JOIN THE CELEBRATIONS FOR THE QUEEN’S BIRTHDAY ON MONDAY (APRIL 21) CAN TAKE THEIR PICK OF SOME 25 PLACES TO GO.

MORE THAN 130 ENTERTAINMENT AND SPORTS EVENTS WILL BE HELD AT THESE PLACES, UNDER THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE AND THE MUSIC OFFICE, AND WITH THE PARTICIPATION OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE BAND AND THE ARMY.

THE PROGRAMME WILL APPEAL TO PEOPLE OF ALL AGES, PHYSICAL ABILITIES AND INTERESTS.

ON HONG KONG ISLAND, THE CELEBRATIONS WILL TAKE PLACE IN VICTORIA PARK, BEGINNING AT 9 AM AND ENDING AT NOON. THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE WILL CUT THE RIBBON AT THE OPENING CEREMONY. IT WILL BE HIGHLIGHTED BY A DRAGON DANCE, A BAND DISPLAY AND PERFORMANCES BY TV DANCERS.

CELEBRATIONS WILL BE HELD AT THREE PLACES IN KOWLOON. A GROUP OF CIVILIAN PARACHUTISTS, THE +FLYING DRAGONS+, WILL DEMONSTRATE SPECTACULAR FREE-FALL TECHNIQUES AT MORSE PARK. ANOTHER HIGHLIGHT OF THE PROGRAMME THERE WILL BE ACROBATIC MANOEUVRES ON MOTORCYCLES BY MEMBERS OF THE GURKHA TRANSPORT REGIMENT.

THE EVENT WILL BE STARTED BY THE CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, MR A. DE 0. SALES AT 9.30 AM AND WILL LAST TILL NOON.

AT KOWLOON PARK, UNOFFICIAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, MR ALLEN LEE WILL LAUNCH A PROGRAMME OF ACTIVITIES AT 9.30 AM. THERE WILL BE BAND AND DANCE PERFORMANCES AS WELL AS DEMONSTRATIONS IN TAE KWON DO AND TAI CHI. FOR THE ELDERLY, THE PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE A ROUND-THE-PARK WALK. CHILDREN WILL BE ABLE TO WATCH OR TAKE PART IN A KARTING RACE.

IN THE AFTERNOON, BEGINNING AT 3 PM, A 300-STRONG COMBINED YOUTH BAND WILL PLAY POPULAR LIGHT MUSIC AND THE POLICE BAND WILL PRESENT A BAGPIPE DRILL AT THE MAPLE STREET PLAYGROUND IN SHAM SHU I PO.

THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, MR E.B. WIGGHAM WILL ATTEND AND WILL PRESENT SOUVENIRS TO THE PARTICIPANTS.

CELEBRATIONS AT VENUES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WILL BE OFFICIALLY STARTED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICERS AND PROMINENT MEMBERS OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITIES.

THE MAIN EVENTS WILL BE HELD AT YUEN LONG STADIUM, TUEN MUN PLAYGROUND AND SHA TSUI ROAD PLAYGROUND IN TSUEN WAN WHERE THE ARMY +RED DEVILS+ WILL GIVE SEPARATE PERFORMANCES THROUGHOUT THE MORNING.

THEY WILL JUMP FROM SOME 2 000 METRES AND WILL ONLY OPEN THEIR RED, WHITE AND BLUE PARACHUTES AT 900 METRES. THE JUMPERS WILL THEN DESCEND, STACKED IN A VARIETY OF FORMATIONS.

SATURDAY, APRIL 1O, 198c

3

THE PROGRAMME AT YUEN LONG STADIUM, BEGINNING AT 9.30 AM WILL ALSO FEATURE GYMNASTIC, DANCE AND MARTIAL ARTS DISPLAYS AS WELL AS GAMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE AND CHILDREN. A FRIENDLY DIVISION A FOOTBALL MATCH BEGINNING AT 4 PM WILL ROUND OFF THE DAY’S EVENT

SHA TIN RESIDENTS WILL BE ABLE TO CATCH A GLIMPSE OF MISS HONG KONG 1979, MISS OLIVIA CHENG WHO WILL ATTEND THE OPENING CEREMONY CF THE PROGRAMME AT LEK YUEN COMMUNITY HALL AT 10 AM.

PROGRAMMES WILL ALSO BE HELD AT THE FANLING RECREATION GROUND, THE SOUTH CHINA UNION MIDDLE SCHOOL IN SAI KUNG, AT THE PEAK PUBLIC PLAYGROUND AND SING YAU LANE PLAYGROUND ON CHEUNG CHAU, AND AT MUI wO ON LANTAU- AS WELL AS A NUMBER OF SPORTS GROUNDS AND SCHOOLS IN YUEN LONG, TUEN MUN AND TSUEN WAN.

AT GOVERNMENT HOUSE IN THE AFTERNOON, REPRESENTATIVES OF THE JUDICIARY AND LEGAL PROFESSION WILL BE GUESTS AT A GARDEN PARTY.

IN THE EVENING, THE HONG KONG YOUTH SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA AND THE HONG KONG YOUTH CHINESE ORCHESTRA WILL PLAY A MIXED PROGRAMME OF TRADITIONAL CHINESE MELODIES AND WESTERN CLASSICAL MUSIC IN THE ACADEMIC COMMUNITY HALL.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE HONG KONG PHILHARMONIC ORCHESTRA WILL TAKE THE STAGE AT THE CITY HALL CONCERT HALL. THE CONDUCTOR FOR THE EVENING WILL BE MR LING TUNG, AND ONE OF BRITAIN’S LEADING PIANISTS, PETER KATIN WILL BE THE GUEST SOLOIST. THE CONCERT wILL BE ATTENDED BY THE GOVERNOR.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE WELCOME TO ON MONDAY (APRIL 21) AT

COVER THE QUEEN’S BIRTHDAY CELEBRATIONS THE VARIOUS PARKS AND PLAYGROUNDS.

-----0-----

SIR MURRAY RETURNS FROM MANILA *****

THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE RETURNED TO HONG KONG TH lb (SATURDAY) MORNING AT THE END OF HIS VISIT TO MANILA.

SIR JACK CATER HAS CEASED TO ASSUME THE GOVERNOR FOLLOWING SIR MURRAY’S RETURN.

THE CHIEF SECRETARY, FUNCTIONS OF THE OFFICE OF

- - 0 - -

SATURDAY, APRIL 19, 1980

4

HK PRISON SERVICE LEADS THE WORLD *****

ANOTHER GROUP OF PRISON OFFICER RECRUITS GRADUATED TODAY IN A PASSING-OUT PARADE AT THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT’S STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IN STANLEY.

ON PARADE WERE 13 OFFICERS AND 75 ASSISTANT OFFICERS, INCLUDING FOUR WOMAN ASSISTANT OFFICERS.

THE ATTORNEY-GENERAL, MR J.C. GRIFFITHS, TOOK THE SALUTE AND PRESENTED GOLDEN WHISTLES TO THE BEST TWO, MR LEE SHING-TAK AND MR CHIU CHI-KEUNG.

ADDRESSING THE RECRUITS, MR GRIFFITHS TOLD THEM THAT THEY HAD JOINED A SERVICE WHICH LEADS THE WORLD IN MANY AREAS.

HE SAID HONG KONG’S SHORT SHARP SHOCK SYSTEM FOR YOUNG OFFENDERS TO FRIGHTEN THEM OUT OF COMMITTING CRIME WAS AT PRESENT BEING STUDIED BY OTHER COUNTRIES.

♦THE FACT THAT IN 76 PER CENT OF CASES, THOSE DISCHARGED FROM THESE DETENTION CENTRES COMMITTED NO FURTHER CRIME DURING THE NEXT THREE YEARS SHOWS THE EFFICACY OF THE SYSTEM AND REFLECTS GREAT CREDIT ON ALL INVOLVED IN IT,+ HE ADDED.

MR GRIFFITHS POINTED OUT THAT PUNISHMENT OF CRIME WAS IMPORTANT BUT THERE WAS ANOTHER SIDE OF PRISON WORK THAT WAS PERHAPS EQUALLY IMPORTANT FOR SOCIETY. THIS WAS THE TRAINING OF PRISONERS IN NOT COMMITTING FURTHER CRIMES, SO THAT ON RELEASE THEY WOULD BE, AND WOULD REMAIN, USEFUL, LAW-ABIDING MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY.

+THAT IS PERHAPS AS IMPORTANT AS THE POLICE CATCHING THEM IN THE FIRST PLACE,* HE SAID.

HE NOTED THAT HONG KONG WAS INTRODUCING REFORMS AIMED AT PREVENTING CRIME BY HELPING AND ENCOURAGING DISCHARGED PRISONERS FROM COMMITTING OFFENCES.

FOR INSTANCE, HE SAID, MANDATORY AFTER-CARE FOR PEOPLE UNDER THE AGE OF 21 WHO WERE SENTENCED TO IMPRISONMENT WAS ABOUT TO BE INTRODUCED SO THAT ON THEIR RELEASE THEY COULD BE STEERED AWAY FROM CRIME.

+THE TRAINING OF PRISONERS WHILST SERVING THEIR SENTENCE SO THAT ON RELEASE THEY HAVE A SKILL AT THEIR COMMAND WITH WHICH THEY CAN EARN A LIVING TO SUPPORT THEMSELVES AND THEIR FAMILIES HAS BEEN A FEATURE OF THE PRISON SERVICE IN HONG KONG FOR A LONG TIME AND FULFILS THE SAME PURPOSE,* MR GRIFFITHS SAID.

+IT IS THIS SIDE OF YOUR WORK, AS MUCH AS THE EXPERTISE SHOWN BY THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT IN GUARDING YOUR CHARGES, THAT MAKES THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT IN HONG KONG LOOKED UP TO BY SIMILAR ORGANISATIONS THROUGHOUT THE WORLD,* HE ADDED.

-------0---------- A

SATURDAY, APRIL 19, 1980

5

SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS FETCH $479 500 * * * *

THIRTY SPECIAL VEHICLE REGISTRATION NUMBERS WERE SOLD BY AUCTION THIS MORNING FOR A TOTAL OF $479 500. THE MONEY WILL GO INTO THE GOVERNMENT LOTTERIES FUND "OR CHARITY PURPOSES.

THE AUCTION, HELD IN THE CITY HALL, RECITAL HALL, SAW REGISTRATION NUMBER CD 1 MADE THE HIGHEST PRICE OF $90 000.

ANOTHER NUMBER, CC 88, WAS SOLD AT THE SECOND HIGHEST PRICE OF $82 300 WHILE THE LOWEST PRICE WAS SI 000 FOR CC 1961, CC 1772 CC 4230, CC 2238 AND CC 8149.

THE 1 OTHER SPECIAL NUMBERS WERE SOLD AT THE FOLLOWING PRICES:

AV 987 $4 000 CC 8868 $3 500 BZ 8888 $45 000

CC 208 $3 000 CC 3300 $26 000 CC 3168 $10 000

CC 6682 $3 000 AJ 709 $3 000 CC 7387 $1 500

CC 450 $6 500 CC 3399 $52 000 CC 2800 $4 000

CC 1828 $10 000 CC 21 $61 000 CC 8887 $5 000

CC 6638 $3 000 CC 1118 $5 500 CC 3882 S3 500

CC 1001 $15 000 CD 66 $20 000 CC 2268 $3 003

CC 8988 $8 500 AA 484 $6 500

SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS AFTER THE BIDDINGS. THE THE NEXT 12 MONTHS ONLY HAD TO PAY IN CASH OR NUMBERS AUCTIONED WILL TO VEHICLES REGISTERED BY CHEQUE IMMEDIATELY BE ASSIGNED WITHIN IN THEIR NAME.

TODAY’S SALE, THE 52ND ORGANISED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, BRINGS THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF MONEY FOR CHARITY REALISED SO FAR TO $12 360 832.

0 -

CHINESE STYLE PAVILION BEING BUILT IN TSUEN WAN *****

A TRADITIONAL CHINESE STYLE PAVILION WHICH COMMANDS A PANORAMIC VIEW OF THE SEA, MA WAN AND LANTAU ISLAND IS BEING BUILT AT SHAM TSENG TUNG TSUEN, TSUEN WAN FOR LOCAL VILLAGERS AND VISITORS TO THE AREA.

THE PAVILION, SITUATED AT THE ENTRANCE TO THE VILLAGE NEAR THE TUEN MUN HIGHWAY, WILL BE DECORATED WITH GLAZED MOSAIC TILES AND FURNISHED WITH A CERAMIC TABLE AND FOUR CERAMIC CHAIRS.

WORK ON THE PROJECT STARTED LAST MONTH, WITH THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE PROVIDING THE BUILDING MATERIALS AND THE CONSTRUCTION AND TRAINING COUNCIL (CITC) THE LABOUR FORCE.

SATURDAY, APkIL 19» 19bC

6

A TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (SATURDAY) THAT THE PAVILION WOULD NOT ONLY BEAUTIFY THE ENVIRONMENT, BUT ALSO =>ROVIDC VILLAGERS AS WELL AS PICNICKERS AND MORNING WALKERS SOMEWHERE TO REST OR SHELTER FROM THE WEATHER.

CITC TRAINEES, IN TEAMS OF 20, ARE WORKING EVERY WEEKDAY ON THE SITE. THE INSTRUCTOR IN CHARGE OF THE PROJECT, MR HO SIU-KWAN, ESTIMATED THAT OVER 300 TRAINEES WOULD HAVE BEEN INVOLVED IN THE PROJECT BY THE TIME IT IS COMPLETED IN JULY.

MR HO SAID IT WAS THE FIRST TIME TRAINEES HAD BEEN GIVEN THE CHANCE TO HANDLE A PROJECT ENTIRELY ON THEIR OWN. +EVERY BIT OF WORK, FROM SITE FORMATION TO THE FINISHING TOUCHES, WILL BE DONE BY US,+ HE SAID. +IT IS VERY GOOD TRAINING. +

THE PAVILION WAS DESIGNED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION ENGINEER, MR WONG KA I-WING.

-------0----------

CONTRACTOR WANTED FOR WORK ON RAILWAY TRACK *****

A CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF RAILWAY TRACK THROUGH THE NEW BEACON HILL RAILWAY TUNNEL WILL BE LET BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT WITHIN THE NEXT FOUR MONTHS.

THE WORK FORMS PART OF THE MODERNISATION AND ELECTRIFICATION PLAN OF THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY.

A PWD SPOKESMAN SAID THE CONTRACT WOULD COVER SOME 4 800 METRES OF RAILWAY TRACK. THS RAILS WOULD BE LAID ON CONCRETE SUPPORTS IN PLACE OF CONVENTIONAL BALLAST AND SLEEPERS.

CONTRACTORS WITH EXPERIENCE IN THIS TYPE OF WORK MAY WRITE TO THE CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE PWD RAILWAY DIVISION AT ROOM 5O3A, TUNG YING BUILDING, FIFTH FLOOR, 100 NATHAN ROAD, KOWLOON, FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND DETAILS OF REQUIREMENT FOR INCLUSION IN A LIST OF PRE-QUALIFIED CONTRACTORS.

WORK ON THE CONTRACT IS EXPECTED TO START LATER THIS YEAR AND WILL TAKE ABOUT FIVE MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

MEANWHILE, CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEW $78 MILLION BEACON HILL RAILWAY TUNNEL IS PROGRESSING SMOOTHLY. THIS PROJECT WILL BE COMPLETED IN THE MIDDLE OF NEXT YEAR.

0--------

/6

SATURDAY, APRIL 19, 1980

7

CABLE SYSTEM FOR SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT

*****

THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF A CABLE SYSTEM FOR THE FIRST STAGE OF THE SHA TIN NEW TOWN PERMANENT SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS.

PART OF THE PROJECT IS BEING FINANCED BY THE ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK AND TENDERS ARE BEING INVITED ON AN INTERNATIONAL BASIS PROM CONTRACTORS IN MEMBER COUNTRIES OF THE ADB.

A PWD SPOKESMAN SAID THE CONTRACT CALLS FOR THE SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF HIGH VOLTAGE AND MEDIUM VOLTAGE POWER CABLES, INSTRUMENTATION CABLES AND THE SITE LIGHTING SYSTEM.

WHEN COMPLETED IN 1982, THE FIRST STAGE OF THE SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS WILL SERVE A POPULATION OF ABOUT 230 000 IN SHA TIN NEW TOWN.

AT PRESENT, SEWAGE FROM SHA TIN IS TREATED AT THE TEMPORARY AND INTERIM SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS.

THE PROJECT IS DESIGNED BY WATSON (HONG KONG) CONSULTING ENGINEERS, wHO ARE THE GOVERNMENT’S CONSULTING ENGINEERS FOR THIS PROJECT UNDER THE OVERALL SUPERVISION OF THE CONSULTANTS MANAGEMENT DIVISION OF THE PWD’S CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE.

WATSON (HONG KONG) ARE ALSO SUPERVISING THE CONSTRUCTION WORK, INCLUDING THE INSTALLATION OF THE EQUIPMENT.

-------0 --------

Fl RING PRACTICE * * * *

FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE IN THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON FOUR DAYS NEXT WEEK.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF PRACTICE.

THE PRACTISING TIMES ARE:

DATE TIME

APRIL 22 (TUESDAY) 9.30 AM - ’1 PM

APRIL 23 (WEDNESDAY) 8.30 AM - 4.30 PM

april 24 (Thursday) 8.30 am - n pm

APRIL 25 (FRIDAY) 3.30 AM - 4.30 PM

- - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191

SUNDAY, APRIL 20, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

FIREHEN XU AIRPORT HAVE NEW APPLIANCES ........................ 1

SHA TIN HOSPITAL IN FINAL BUILDING STAGE....................... 2

PRIVATE PARTICIPATION II; NT DEVELOPMENT ENCOURAGING .......... 2

167 PRISON OFFICERS PROMOTED................................... 3

SAI KUNG CHOIR RECRUITING NEW AEtiBERS ........................ 4

Labour depiLrtiient he.jj office moves next door .............. 5

Lj30UR OFFICERS GIVE TALKS..................................... 5

SCHOLARSHIP FDR TECHNICAL INSTITUTE STUDENTS .................. 6

MAXICAB route 20 TO BE C.UI CELLED............................. 6

RE-ROUTING OF MEI KING STREET ................................. 6

WATER CUT IN SHEUNG WAN

7

SUNDAY, APRIL 20, 1980

1

THE AIRPORT, VEHICLES

THE

FIREMEN AT AIRPORT HAVE NEW APPLIANCES

* * * *

FIRE CONTINGENT AT KAI TAK, HONG KONG’S INTERNATIONAL

HAS ACQUIRED A MAJOR FOAM TENDER AND TWO RAPID INTERVENTION TO ENHANCE ITS FIRE FIGHTING CAPABILITY.

NEW VEHICLES, ORDERED THROUGH THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AT A COST OF OVER $2.5 MILLION. ARE OF THE LATEST AVAILABLE MODELS, WITH EQUIPMENT OPERATED BY PUSH-BUTTONS.

THEY WILL REPLACE FOUR OLD VEHICLES OF SIMILAR TYPES WHICH HAVE BEEN USED BY THE CONTINGENT FOR MORE THAN TEN YEARS AND ARE BECOMING OBSOLETE AND UNECONOMICAL TO MAINTAIN.

THE MAJOR FOAM TENDER IS CAPABLE OF LOADING OVER 13 600 LITRES OF WATER AND 1 600 LITRES OF FOAM CONCENTRATE.

IT HAS A MONITOR FLOW OF OVER 85 METRES, WHICH IS MORE THAN SUFFICIENT TO COVER THE LENGTH OF THE FUSELAGE OF ANY CONVENTIONAL AIRCRAFT.

THE TWO RAPID INTERVENTION VEHICLES ARE MUCH SMALLER AND EACH CARRIES 1 000 LITRES OF PRE-MIXED WATER/FOAM EXTINGUISHING AGENT AND A 50-KIL0GRAM FIRE EXTINGUISHER. THESE VEHICLES ARE LIGHT-WEIGHT IN DESIGN AND CAN TRAVEL AT A MUCH GREATER SPEED THAN THE HEAVY-BUILT MAJOR FOAM TENDER.

♦NO TIME MUST BE LOST IN THE EVENT OF AN AIRCRAFT FIRE AND THE RAPID INTERVENTION VEHICLES WILL GIVE THE MOST INVALUABLE FIRE COVER FOR THE FIRST MINUTE OR TWO BEFORE THE MAJOR FOAM TENDER IS READY TO JOIN IN THE FIRE FIGHTING OPERATION,+ SAID MR HO KWOK-CHUEN, DIVISIONAL COMMANDER OF THE AIRPORT FIRE CONTINGENT.

♦BACK-UP VEHICLES WILL BRING IN FURTHER SUPPLIES OF FOAM CONCENTRATE AND HOSES FOR CONNECTING UP WITH HIGH-PRESSURE HYDRANTS AT THE SIDE OF THE RUNWAY TO DRAW WATER.

♦THE OPERATION CAN BE CONDUCTED SMOOTHLY IN THIS WAY UNTIL THE FIRE IS OUT,+ MR HO SAID.

THE AIRPORT FIRE CONTINGENT OPERATES FROM TWO FIRE STATIONS, ONE AT EACH END OF THE RUNWAY.

IT HAS A STAFF OF SOME 110 OFFICERS AND MEN AND A FLEET OF FOUR MAJOR FOAM TENDERS, TWO RAPID INTERVENTION VEHICLES, TWO BACK-UP APPLIANCES AND ONE MULTI-PURPOSE VEHICLE. THE CONTINGENT ALSO OPERATES A CATAMARAN AND TWO ZODIAC INFLATABLE BOATS FOR HARBOUR RESCUE OPERATIONS.

-------0--------

/. ....

SUNDAY, APRIL 20, 1980

2

SHA TIN HOSPITAL IN FINAL BUILDING STAGE * * * *

WORK WILL START SHORTLY ON THE FINAL STAGE OF THE NEW SHA TIN TEACHING HOSPITAL TO PROVIDE ACCOMMODATION FOR SOME 2 000 MEDICAL STAFF.

TENDERS FOR THE WORK, WHICH INCLUDES THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NURSES TRAINING SCHOOL, STAFF QUARTERS AND A LECTURE THEATRE BUILDING, ARE BEING INVITED BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE PWD SAID THAT THE QUARTERS, COMPRISING SIX BLOCKS OF BUILDING RANGING FROM THREE TO 21 STOREYS, WOULD HOUSE DOCTORS, NURSES, MEDICAL STUDENTS AND OTHER HOSPITAL STAFF.

THE NURSES TRAINING SCHOOL, WITH FULL MEDICAL TRAINING FACILITIES FOR SOME 400 STUDENTS, WOULD BE LOCATED ON THE LOWER FLOORS OF ONE OF THE RESIDENTIAL BLOCKS FOR NURSES.

WORK ON THE CONTRACT WILL BEGIN IN JUNE.

MEANWHILE, WORK ON THE FIRST STAGE OF THE TEACHING HOSPITAL, COMPRISING THE CONSTRUCTION OF A THREE-STOREY SPECIALIST CLINIC BLOCK, A MAIN WARD BLOCK, A SPECIAL WARD BLOCK AND A CLINICAL SCIENCE BLOCK, ALL OF 12 STOREYS, IS PROGRESSING SMOOTHLY.

WHEN FULLY COMPLETED IN LATE 1982, THE REGIONAL HOSPITAL WILL HAVE 1 400 BEDS AND SERVE THE 700 000 PEOPLE IN THE EASTERN AREA OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.

THE HOSPITAL WILL OFFER A FULL RANGE OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH GENERAL AND SPECIALIST SERVICES, INCLUDING OUT-PATIENT AND CASUALTY TREATMENT AND CARE OF PATIENTS BEFORE AND AFTER HOSPITALISATION.

THE PROJECT IS PARTLY FINANCED BY THE ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK.

-----0------

PRIVATE PARTICIPATION IN NT DEVELOPMENT ENCOURAGING

*****

THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, TODAY (SUNDAY) SAID HE LOOKED FORWARD TO CONTINUING PART ICI PAT I ON CF THE PRIVATE SECTOR IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF TAI PO AND OTHER PARTS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.

MR AKERS-JONES SAID THIS WHEN OFFICIATING AT A CEREMONY MARKING THE OPENING OF THE HONG LOK YUEN MODEL HOUSES ON A 557 403 SQUARE METRES SITE IN TAI PO.

LOCATED AT THE FORMER HONG LOK YUEN ORCHARD, THE ESTATE *ILL CONSIST OF ABOUT 900 DETACHED AND SEMI-DETACHED GARDEN HOUSES OF VARIOUS TYPES.

SUNDAY, APRIL 20, I960

3

IT wILL BE AN ENTIRELY SELF-CONTAINED DEVELOPMENT WITH ITS OWN Shopping centre, school, restaurant and an exclusive clue house CONTAINING A SWIMMING POOL, GOLF PUTTING AND DRIVING GREEN, CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND, TENNIS COURTS AND BOWLING ALLEYS.

DESCRIBING THE DEVELOPMENT AS +ONE OF THE MOST AMBITIOUS PRIVATE HOUSING PROJECTS IN THE NEW TERR I TOR IES,+ MR AKERS-JONES SAID HE WAS GLAD THAT A BRITISH COMPANY OF WORLD-WIDE REPUTATION HAD JOINED IN THIS PROJECT WHICH INCLUDED A COMPLETE RANGE OF AMENITIES FOR RESIDENTS.

♦PROGRESS HAS BEEN GOOD, AND SOME OWNERS WILL START MOVING IN AT THE END OF THIS MONTH,+ HE SAID.

♦THIS HOUSING WILL FIT IN WITH THE OVERALL DEVELOPMENT OF THE DISTRICT: IT WILL BE CLOSE TO A SUBURBAN ELECTRIC RAIL SERVICE, IT IS CLOSE TO THE TAI PO INDUSTRIAL ESTATE AND IT IS SITUATED ON THE OUTSKIRTS OF THE NEW TOWN OF TAI PO WITH ITS FUTURE POPULATION OF 200 000,+ HE ADDED.

HE POINTED OUT THAT THIS WAS ONLY ONE OF A NUMBER OF HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS THROUGHOUT THE NEW TERRITORIES WHICH WOULD PRODUCE SEVERAL THOUSAND HIGH QUALITY HOUSES AND APARTMENTS IN THE NEXT FEw YEARS.

+IN TAI PO OUR ATTENTION IS ALREADY TURNING TO THE USE OF FLAT AREAS IN THE HILLS WHICH HAVE BEEN CREATED DURING THE PROCESS OF RECLAMATION OF THE SEA,+ HE SAID.

MR AKERS-JONES WISHED ALL THE FUTURE RESIDENTS OF HONG LOK YUEN MANY HAPPY YEARS OF RESIDENCE.

-----0-----

167 PRISON OFFICERS PROMOTED

* * * *

THE COMMISSIONER OF PRISONS, MR T.G. GARNER, ANNOUNCED THE PROMOTION OF 167 PRISON OFFICERS - THE LARGEST NUMBER PROMOTED AT ONE TIME - DURING THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT’S ANNUAL STAFF DINNER HELD IN A TSIM SHA TSUI RESTAURANT LAST (SATURDAY) EVENING.

THE OFFICERS WERE PROMOTED FROM ASSISTANT OFFICER II TO ASSISTANT OFFICER I EFFECTIVE FROM THE BEGINNING OF THIS MONTH.

DURING THE DINNER, MR GARNER PRESENTED HIS OWN COMMENDATIONS TO TWO OFFICERS FOR THEIR EXCEPTIONAL DEVOTION TO STAFF WELFARE. THEY WERE SUPERINTENDENTS CHOW SAI-WING AND J.A.D.G. DE ASSIS.

HE ALSO PRESENTED THE COMMISSIONER’S CUP FOR BEST PERFORMANCE AT THE DEPARTMENT’S ANNUAL PARADE THIS YEAR TO THE TAI LAM CENTRE FOR WOMEN, AND THE CUP FOR THE BEST STALL AT THE AUTUMN FAIR TO THE HEI LING CHAU DRUG ADDICTION TREATMENT CENTRE.

THE GET-TOGETHER WAS ATTENDED BY OVER 1 100 STAFF MEMBERS FROM VARIOUS CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTIONS.

-------- 0 - -

SUNDAY, APRIL 20, 1980

4

SAI KUNG CHOIR RECRUITING NEW MEMBERS *****

A DRIVE WILL START LATER THIS MONTH IN SAI KUNG TO RECRUIT CHILDREN WITH A FLAIR FOR SINGING FOR THE LOCAL CHILDREN’S CHOIR.

THE DRIVE IS ORGANISED BY THE CHOIR’S SPONSORS, THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD AND THE GOVERNMENT’S MUSIC OFFICE. THEY HOPE TC ENLIST 90 CHILDREN AGED BETWEEN 12 AND 15 TO FORM A +TEENAGER GROUP*.

OTHER SPONSORS ARE THE SAI KUNG AND HANG HAU RURAL COMMITTEES.

FROM MONDAY (APRIL 21), THE ORGANISERS WILL DISTRIBUTE RECRUITMENT LEAFLETS AND APPLICATION FORMS TO LOCAL SCHOOLS.

TO STIMULATE INTEREST IN THE CHOIR, THEY WILL GIVE TALKS AND ORGANISE A SINGING CONTEST AT THE SUNG TSUN MIDDLE SCHOOL ON MAY 10.

APPLICATIONS TO JOIN THE CHOIR WILL CLOSE ON MAY 5. ON MAY 17, CANDIDATES WILL BE GIVEN A SIMPLE VOCAL TEST BY THE CHOIR’S TUTOR, PR FUNG KIN-HONG, AND THE MUSIC OFFICE’S CHIEF INSTRUCTOR, PR YIP CHI-KWONG.

A SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT THE CHOIR’S INAUGURAL CONCERT LAST MONTH WAS A GREAT SUCCESS AND PERFORMANCES SINCE THEN HAD WON ACCLAIM FROM THE PUBLIC.

IN VIEW OF THE OVERWHELMING RESPONSE, HE SAID, IT WAS DECIDED TO FORM THE TEENAGER GROUP TO GIVE LOCAL YOUNG PEOPLE A CHANCE TO SHARE IN THE PLEASURE OF SINGING IN A GOOD CHOIR.

THE RECRUITMENT DRIVE WILL BE A DISTRICT-WIDE EFFORT WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF STAFF OF THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICE.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE PRESENT 72 MEMBERS OF THE CHOIR WERE MAINLY FROM SAI KUNG TOWN. *WE WANT TO HAVE CHILDREN FROM AS MANY AREAS AS POSSIBLE TO MAKE THE CHOIR TRULY REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DISTRICT,* HE SAID.

+HENCE, APPLICANTS FROM HANG HAU AND OTHER AREAS ARE PARTICULARLY WELCOME.*

HE SAID JOINING THE CHOIR WOULD BE A MEANINGFUL EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITY AND WOULD DEVELOP THE MUSICAL POTENTIAL OF LOCAL CHILDREN. IT WOULD IN NO WAY AFFECT SCHOOLING, AS TRAINING WOULD BE GIVEN EITHER ON SATURDAYS OR SUNDAYS IN THE SAI KUNG RURAL COMMITTEE OFFICE.

THE CHOIR IS ALSO PLANNING TO ENGAGE FIVE MORE PART-TIME INSTRUCTORS TO TAKE CHARGE OF THE TRAINING OF NEW MEMBERS.

THESE POSTS WILL SOON BE ADVERTISED IN LOCAL NEWSPAPERS. SAI KUNG RESIDENTS OR PEOPLE WORKING IN THE DISTRICT WILL BE GIVEN PRIORITY.

- - - - 0-----------

SUNDAY, APRIL 20, I960

5

LABOUR DEPARTMENT HEAD OFFICE MOVES NEXT DOOR *****

THE HEAD OFFICE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT HAS MOVED FROM THE SECOND FLOOR OF LEE GARDENS, HYSAN AVENUE, CAUSEWAY BAY, TO THE FOURTH FLOOR IN THE EAST WING OF THE SAME BUILDING.

THE HEADQUARTERS MAIN TELEPHONE EXCHANGE NUMBER IS STILL 5-778271.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC MAKING ENQUIRIES OR REQUESTING BOOKLETS ON LABOUR LEGISLATION, POSTERS OR OTHER PUBLICATIONS SHOULD CALL AT THE NEW ADDRESS.

THE DEPARTMENT’S DEVELOPMENT DIVISION AND ITS RESEARCH AND PLANNING UNIT AND INTERNATIONAL LABOUR ORGANISATION UNIT HAVE NOT MOVED AND ARE ON THE FIFTH FLOOR OF LEE GARDENS.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

FOLLOWING THE REMOVAL OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS, THE NEW EXTENSION NUMBERS OF ITS DEPARTMENTAL PUBLICITY UNIT ARE AS FOLLOWS:

PRINCIPAL INFORMATION OFFICER, A.L. TOBIN : 5-778271 EXT. 207

SENIOR INFORMATION OFFICER, TONY AUYEUNG : EXT. 208

PUBLICITY LIAISON OFFICER, TSANG KIN-WOO : EXT. 209

ASSISTANT INFORMATION OFFICER, PETER TIU : EXT. 215

- - 0 - -

LABOUR OFFICERS GIVE TALKS * * * *

OFFICERS OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT GAVE A TOTAL OF 12 TALKS TO THE PUBLIC LAST MONTH (MARCH).

THE LECTURES COVERING DIFFERENT TOPICS WERE GIVEN TO TRADE UNIONS, TECHNICAL INSTITUTES, AN INDUSTRY PROMOTION ORGANISATION AND THE TWO UNIVERSITIES.

THE TOPICS INCLUDED INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS, WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION, EMPLOYMENT OF WOMEN AND YOUNG PERSONS IN INDUSTRY AND PREVENTION OF INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENTS.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (SUNDAY) THAT THE TALKS WERE PART OF EFFORTS TO KEEP MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC BETTER INFORMED OF VARIOUS ASPECTS OF THE LOCAL LABOUR SCENE, INCLUDING THE LAW, LABOUR RELATIONS AND INDUSTRIAL SAFETY.

- 0 - -

SUNDAY, APRIL 20, 1980

SCHOLARSHIP FOR TECHNICAL INSTITUTE STUDENTS

******

STUDENTS STUDYING IN THE CONSTRUCTION OR ENGINEERING DISCIPLINE AT THE HAKING WONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE WILL HAVE THE CHANCE OF GETTING A S4 000 SCHOLARSHIP ANNUALLY STARTING FROM THE NEXT ACADEMIC YEAR.

THC KWONG YEE TRUST FUND SCHOLARSHIP, AN ANNUAL AWARD FOR THREE CONSECUTIVE YEARS, IS DONATED BY MR S.K. FUNG OF THE KWONG YEE WO SHIPYARD TO PROMOTE TECHNICAL EDUCATION IN HONG KONG.

IT WILL BE AWARDED TO A STUDENT PURSUING A COURSE OF STUDY IN EITHER THE CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING, MARINE AND FABRICATION, OR MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT.

_ _ 0 - -

MAXICAB ROUTE 20 TO BE CANCELLED * * * *

KOWLOON MAXICAB ROUTE NO. 20 BETWEEN JORDAN VALLEY AND FUK *AH TSUEN WILL STOP TO RUN AFTER WEDNESDAY (APRIL 23).

A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THIS SERVICE WAS TO BE TERMINATED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CLEARANCE PROGRAMME OF FUK WAH TSUEN. HE ADDED THAT CHUN WAH ROAD IN JORDAN VALLEY WOULD BE CLOSED ON THURSDAY (APRIL 24).

NOTICE TO THE TRAVELLING PUBLIC WILL BE DISPLAYED AT THE TERMINAL STOPS ANNOUNCING THE WITHDRAWAL OF THIS ROUTE.

- - 0 - -

RE-ROUTING OF MEI KING STREET * * *

THE SECTION OF MEI KING STREET IN MA TAU KOK BETWEEN KWEI CHOW STREET AND SAN MA TAU STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (APRIL 22) TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW IN THE AREA.

TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

- - 0 - -

7

SUNDAY, APRIL 20, 1980

WATER CUT IN SHEUNG WAN * * * *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN qwFiiwr wau ^?f’^DED F0R SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 "m ON TUESDAY (APRIL 22} TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR A NIGHT LEAKAGE TEST ' 2>

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

MONDAY, aPRIL 21, 1980

CONTENTS PaGE NO.

APPOINTMENTS TO LAW REFORM COMMITTEE ........................ 1

WARNING ON CONFINED SPaCES .................................  5

RECORD PIRACY ON WaY OUT .................................... 6

SPORTS-FOR-aLL IN TSUEN WAN ................................. 7

GOVERNMENT LaUNDEY TAKING SHaPS AT PIK UK.................... 8

NEW COURTS FOR SQUJSH PLAYERS ............................... 8

TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS AT CKOI HUNG

9

MONDAY, APRIL 21, 1980

1

APPOINTMENTS TO LAW REFORM COMMISSION

*****

THE GOVERNMENT TODAY AND MEMBERSHIP OF THE NEW

(MONDAY) ANNOUNCED THE TERMS OF REFERENCE LAW REFORM COMMISSION.

THE TERMS OF REFERENCE OF THE COMMISSION ARE +T0 CONSIDER SUCH REFORMS OF THE LAW OF HONG KONG AS MAY BE REFERRED TO IT BY THE CHIEF JUSTICE AND THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, AND TO REPORT TO THE CHIEF JUSTICE AND THE ATTORNEY GENERAL THEREON.+

TEN MEMBERS HAVE BEEN APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR TO SERVE ON THE COMMISSION IN ADDITION TO THE CHIEF JUSTICE, THE ATTORNEY GENERAL (WHO WILL BE CHAIRMAN) AND THE LAW DRAFTSMAN.

THEY AREt

T.HE HON T.S. LO - UMELCO

THE HON ALEX WU - UMELCO

THE HON HU FA-KUANG - UMELCO

PROFESSOR WILLOUGHBY - HONG KONG UNIVERSITY

MR ROBERT RIBEIRO - HONG KONG UNIVERSITY

MR ANDREW LI - BARRISTER

MR EDMUND CHEUNG - PRESIDENT OF THE LAW SOCIETY

DR PHILIP KWOK - LAY MEMBER

DR AMBROSE KING - LAY MEMBER

MRS SELINA CHOW - LAY MEMBER

THE APPOINTMENTS WILL NOT INVOLVE FULL TIME WORK ON THE COMMISSION, EXPLAINED A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN, AND THE COMMISSION WOULD WORK PRINCIPALLY THROUGH SUB-COMMITTEES ONTO WHICH OTHER EXPERTS AND LAY MEMBERS WOULD BE CO-OPTED AS NECESSARY.

+ THE REPORTS OF THESE SUB-COMMITTEES WOULD BE SUBMITTED TO THE COMMISSION FOR CONSIDERATION,* HE SAID.

THE MAIN TASK OF THE COMMISSION WILL BE TO EXAMINE FUNDAMENTAL ASPECTS OF THE REFORM OF THE LAWS AND PROCEDURES OF HONG KONG, INCLUDING ON OCCASIONS ASPECTS OF LAW REFORM TO WHICH SOCIAL AS WELL AS PURELY LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS APPLY.

COMMENTING ON THE PROGRAMME OF WORK OF THE COMMISSION, THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE FIRST SUBJECT THE CHIEF JUSTICE AND ATTORNEY GENERAL HAVE DECIDED TO REFER TO IT IS ARBITRATION LAW.

♦IN PARTICULAR*, HE SAID, +THE COMMISSION WILL BE ASKED

TO LOOK INTO WHETHER THE LAWS AND PROCEDURES IN HONG KONG CAN

BE IMPROVED SO AS TO PROVIDE A MORE ACCEPTABLE METHOD FOR COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL ORGANISATIONS TO SETTLE DISAGREEMENTS ARISING OUT OF THEIR CONTRACTS.*

/NOTE TO ..

MONDAY, APRIL 21, I960

2

NOTE TO EDITORS*

FOLLOWING ARE BRIEF BIOGRAPHIES OF THE MEMBERS OF THE LAW REFORM COMMISSION*

NR LO TAK-SHING OBE, JP

MR LO, LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, IS A SOLICITOR AND OF MESSRS LO AND LO SOLICITORS AND MESSRS STEPHENSON HARWOOD AND LO SOLICITORS.

HE ATTENDED LINGNAM PRIMARY SCHOOL, LINGNAM MIDDLE SCHOOL AND KING’S COLLEGE IN TAUNTON, AND OBTAINED HIS M.A. (JURISPRUDENCE) FROM WADHAM COLLEGE IN OXFORD.

MR LO IS CHAIRMAN OF THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON TELEPHONE SERVICES AND THE ESTABLISHMENT SUB-COMMITTEE OF FINANCE COMMITTEE OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, AS WELL AS BEING A MEMBER OF THE FINANCE COMMITTEE, THE CHINESE RECREATION GROUND AND THE YAU MA TEI PUBLIC SQUARE MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE AND THE LEGAL PRACTITIONERS DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE PANEL.

HE IS ALSO PRESIDENT OF THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION FOR MENTALLY-HANDICAPPED CHILDREN AND YOUNG PERSONS LTD.

MR LO IS ALSO A PAST PRESIDENT OF THE LAW SOCIETY OF HONG KONG.

ALEX WU SHU-CHIH OBE, JP

MR WU ATTENDED THE YALE-IN-CH I NA, CHANGSHA, HUNAN, CHINA AND THE CUSTOMS COLLEGE (MARINE SCHOOL) IN SHANGHAI. HE IS ALSO A GRADUATE OF THE NATIONAL SOUTH WEST ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITY IN KUNMING AND IS A FULL MEMBER OF THE BRITISH INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT (MBIM).

IN THE PUBLIC SERVICE FIELD MR WU IS A LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, CHAIRMAN OF THE DUKE OF EDINBURGH AWARDS COMMITTEE, VICE-CHAIRMAN CF THE HONG KONG TRAINING COUNCIL, AND A MEMBER OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION AND THE HK HEART FOUNDATION LTD.

OTHER MEMBERSHIPS INCLUDE THE TRADE AND INDUSTRY ADVISORY BOARD, UNIVERSITY AND POLYTECHNIC GRANTS COMMITTEE, TUNG WAH GROUP OF HOSPITALS ADVISORY BOARD AND THE PO LEUNG KUK ADVISORY BOARD.

MR WU IS ALSO THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HONG KONG PHILHARMONIC SOCIETY LTD.

HU FA-KUANG JP

MR HU OBTAINED A BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE FROM THE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF THE CHIAO TUNG UNIVERSITY IN CHINA AND IS A DIRECTOR OF RYODEN ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO LTD, RYODEN MACHINERY CO LTD, RYODEN MERCHANDISING CO LTD, LEIGHTON DEVELOPMENT CO LTD, HYSAN AVENUE PROPERTIES CO LTD AND HENNESSY DEVELOPMENT CO LTD.

/HE IS .....

MONDAY, APkIL 21, 1980

- 3 -

HE IS THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CULTURAL AFFAIRS SELECT COMMITTEE CF THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE COMMUNITY RECREATION SUB-COMMITTEE, COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT. HE IS ALSO A MEMBER OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY AND THE CHINESE TEMPLES COMMITTEE.

MR HU HAS A HEAVY VOLUNTARY WORK SCHEDULE ENCOMPASSING MANY ATHLETIC ACTIVITIES, THE HONG KONG SEA CADET CORPS AND THE HONG KONG ACADEMY OF BALLET.

PROFESSOR PETER GEOFFREY WILLOUGHBY

MR WILLOUGHBY IS PROFESSOR OF LAW AND DIRECTOR OF PROFESSIONAL LEGAL EDUCATION AT THE SCHOOL OF LAW OF THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.

BORN IN ENGLAND ON FEBRUARY 17, 1937, PROF WILLOUGHBY WAS EDUCATED AT THE LONDON SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. HE BECAME A SOLICITOR, HOLDING BACHELOR OF LAW AND MASTER OF LAW DEGREES.

PROF WILLOUGHBY STARTED HIS CAREER AS A LECTURER IN THE GIBSON AND WELDON LAW TUTORS IN 1962 AND BECAME SENIOR LECTURER IN THE NIGERIAN LAW SCHOOL THE SAME YEAR. IN 1966 HE JOINED THE COLLEGE OF LAW AND WORKED THERE AS A LECTURER UNTIL 1968 WHEN HE ROSE TO THE RANK OF SENIOR LECTURER. HE BECAME PRINCIPAL LECTURER IN 1970.

IN 1973, HE CAME TO HONG KONG AS SENIOR LECTURER IN THE SCHOOL OF LAW OF THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG. IN 1975, HE WAS MADE PROFESSOR OF LAW AND DIRECTOR OF PROFESSIONAL LEGAL EDUCATION.

PROFESSOR WILLOUGHBY IS THE AUTHOR OF A NUMBER OF LEGAL TEXTBOOKS AND ART.

NR ROBERT A.V. RIBEIRO

MR ROBERT A.V. RIBEIRO IS A LECTURER IN THE SCHOOL OF LAw OF THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.

HE GRADUATED FROM THE UNIVERSITY OF LONDON WITH A MASTER OF LAW DEGREE, AND WAS A BARRISTER OF THE INNER TEMPLE AND OF THE HONG KONG BAR.

MR ANDREW LI

MR LI IS A BARRISTER WHO GRADUATED FROM CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY AFTER ATTENDING ST PAUL’S CO-EDUCATIONAL COLLEGE AND REPTON SCHOOL IN THE UNITED KINGDOM. HE IS A MEMBER OF THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION CITIZENS ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON COMMUNITY RELATIONS AND SERVES ON THE UNIVERSITY AND POLYTECHNIC GRANTS COMMITTEE.

MR LI IS AGED 31 AND IS MARRIED WITH TWO CHILDREN.

MONDAY, APRIL 21, 198c

4

M? EDMUND CHEUNG YAN-SHUN

MR EDMUND CHEUNG YAN-SHUN IS THE PRESIDENT OF THE LAW SOCIETY OF HONG KONG.

AFTER GRADUATING FROM WAH YAN COLLEGE, HE PURSUED HIS STUDIES IN THE COLLEGE OF LAW IN ENGLAND. HE BECAME A SOLICITOR IN HONG KONG IN 1957 AND HAS PRACTISED AS SUCH EVER SINCE.

HE SERVED ON THE COMMITTEE OF THE DUKE OF EDINBURGH AWARD SCHEME FOR TWO YEARS, AND IS NOW A MEMBER OF THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON LEGAL EDUCATION.

DR PHILIP KWOK

DR KWOK HOLDS VARIOUS DIRECTORSHIPS IN THE WING ON GROUP OF COMPANIES. HE IS DIRECTOR AND GENERAL MANAGER OF THE WING ON LIFE (HOLDINGS) LTD AND DEPUTY MANAGING DIRECTOR OF THE WING ON COMPANY LTD. HE IS CURRENTLY A MEMBER OF THE STATISTICS ADVISORY BOARD, THE TELEVISION ADVISORY BOARD AND THE SOCIAL WELFARE ADVISORY COMMITTEE, AND ALSO SERVES ON THE PANEL OF LAY ASSESSORS.

HE ATTENDED ST PAUL’S CO-EDUCATIONAL COLLEGE AND OBTAINED HIS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN PHYSICS FROM M.I.T., AND HIS PHD IN PHYSICS FROM HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

DR AMBROSE YEO-CHI KING

DR KING IS HEAD OF THE NEW ASIA COLLEGE OF THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG, AND READER IN SOCIOLOGY.

DR KING RECEIVED HIS UNIVERSITY EDUCATION IN TAIWAN, HAVING OBTAINED A BA DEGREE FROM THE NATIONAL TAIWAN UNIVERSITY AND AN MA DEGREE FROM THE NATIONAL CHENGCHI UNIVERSITY. THEN, HE FURTHERED HIS STUDIES IN THE UNITED STATES AND OBTAINED MA AND PHD DEGREES FROM THE UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH.

NRS SELINA CHOW

MRS SELINA CHOW IS A FILM PRODUCER AND WAS FORMERLY GENERAL MANAGER OF CTV AND PROGRAMME MANAGER FOR TVB.

SHE IS CURRENTLY A MEMBER OF THE FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE AND ALSO SERVES ON THE PANEL OF LAY ASSESSORS.

MRS CHOW COMPLETED HER SECONDARY EDUCATION IN ST PAUL’S CO-EDUCATIONAL COLLEGE AND LATER GRADUATED FROM THE HONG KONG UNIVERSITY WITH A BA DEGREE IN ENGLISH. SHE ALSO HOLDS A POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SPEECH AND DRAMA FROM ROSE BRUFORD COLLEGE, AND PASSED PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS HELD BY THE LICENTIATESHIP OF THE ROYAL ACADEMY OF MUSIC (LRAM) AND THE ASSOCIATE DRAMA BOARD (ADE) FOR TEACHING AND PERFORMING DRAMA, AND DRAMA PRODUCING.

0 - - - -

A

MONDAY, APRIL 21, 1989

- 5 -

WARNING ON CONFINED SPACES

*****

A CONFINED SPACE CAN BE A DEATH TRAP. THIS WARNING IS GIVEN BY A LABOUR DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN IN A PLEA TO BOTH EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS TO BE MORE SAFETY CONSCIOUS.

HE POINTED OUT THAT EXAMPLES OF CONFINED SPACE IN INDUSTRY ARE TANKS, CHAMBERS, VATS, PITS, WELLS, TUNNELS, PIPES, FLUES, BOILERS AND PRESSURE RECEIVERS, WITHIN ALL OF WHICH DANGEROUS FUMES MIGHT ACCUMULATE.

FOR THEIR PART, EMPLOYERS SHOULD MAKE SURE THAT A CONFINED SPACE IS FREE OF DANGEROUS FUMES AND HARMFUL GASES, AND IS NOT OXYGEN DEFICIENT.

THEY SHOULD ALSO ENSURE THAT THE SPACE IS ADEQUATELY VENTILATED AND THAT SUFFICIENT BREATHING APPARATUS, SUITABLE REVIVING EQUIPMENT, OXYGEN TANKS, SAFETY BELTS AND ROPES ARE PROV IDED.

SUCH EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE READILY AVAILABLE AND IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION, AND WORKERS MUST BE PROPERLY INSTRUCTED IN THEIR USE.

IT IS EQUALLY IMPORTANT FOR WORKERS TO BE SAFETY CONSCIOUS, THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED.

THEY SHOULD NOT ENTER A CONFINED SPACE UNLESS THEY ARE AUTHORISED BY THEIR EMPLOYERS.

WHILE ENTERING OR STAYING IN A CONFINED SPACE, THEY MUST WEAR BREATHING APPARATUS UNLESS IT HAS BEEN CERTIFIED THAT THE SPACE IS SAFE AND FREE FROM DANGEROUS FUMES OR IS NOT OXYGEN DEFICIENT.

IF PRACTICABLE, THEY SHOULD WEAR A SAFETY BELT AND BE ATTACHED TO A ROPE SO THAT THEY CAN EE PULLED OUT IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY.

THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS (CONFINED SPACES) REGULATIONS REQUIRE EMPLOYERS AND EMPLOYEES TO OBSERVE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS WHEN ENTERING OR WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THE STATUTORY REQUIREMENT MIGHT LEAD TO PROSECUTION AND A MAXIMUM FINE OF S2 090.

THE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY TRAINING CENTRE OF THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE OFFERS A WIDE RANGE OF SAFETY TRAINING COURSES, INCLUDING COURSES ON CONFINED SPACE SAFETY, FREE OF CHARGE TO WORKERS.

IN ADDITION, FACTORY INSPECTORS ARE READY AT ALL TIMES TO OFFER ADVICE TO THE PUBLIC ON MATTERS CONCERNING INDUSTRIAL SAFETY.

-----0-----

/e ......

MONDAY, APRIL 21, 1980

6

RECORD PIRACY ON WAY OUT

* * *

PIRATED TAPES AND RECORDS HAVE ALMOST COMPLETELY DISAPPEARED CROM LOCAL SHOPS AND STREET STALLS AS A RESULT OF THE CONTINUOUS EFFORTS BY THE TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT IN THE PAST FEW YEARS.

+OVER 99 PER CENT OF THE RECORDINGS BEING SOLD ON THE MARKET ARE NOW GENUINE,* SAID MR LO MAN-HUNG, ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT IN CHARGE OF THE COPYRIGHT PROTECTION SUB-DIVISION.

HE NOTED THAT THE NUMBER OF COUNTERFEITS SEIZED LAST YEAR DROPPED MARKEDLY FROM 220 683 IN 1975 TO ABOUT 4 000.

HE ATTRIBUTED THE SHARP DECREASE AS MUCH TO THE EFFORTS OF THE INVESTIGATING OFFICERS AS TO THE VIGILANCE OF THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS.

IN APPRECIATION OF THEIR GOOD WORK, VARIOUS PRIVATE ORGANISATIONS HAVE MADE DONATIONS TO THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE WELFARE FUND.

ONE OF THEM WAS THE INTERNATIONAL FEDERATION OF PRODUCERS OF PHONOGRAMS AND VIDEOGRAMS ( IFPI) WHICH IS ONE OF THE MAIN INFORMATION SOURCES LEADING TO PROSECUTION OF COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENTS. THE FEDERATION ALSO PROVIDES PROOF OF COPYRIGHT OWNERSHIP IN COURT TO SUPPORT PROSECUTIONS.

LAST YEAR, 34 PEOPLE WERE CONVICTED OF VARIOUS OFFENCES AGAINST THE COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE. THE TOTAL VALUE OF THE SEIZURES, INCLUDING RECORDING EQUIPMENT, AMOUNTED TO $27 500.

WITH THE MARKET NOW FIRMLY IN THEIR HANDS, RECORDING COMPANIES CAN NOW PLAN PRODUCTION WITH MORE CONFIDENCE. AS A RESULT, THE QUALITY AS WELL AS THE DIVERSITY OF RECORDINGS ARE NOW DEFINITELY BEING IMPROVED, MR LO ADDED.

APART FROM RECORDS AND TAPES, COPYRIGHT PROTECTION OFFICERS ALSO CRACKED DOWN ON BOOK PIRATES. OVER 10 400 BOOKS WITH A MARKET RETAIL VALUE OF $106 587 WERE SEIZED IN 13 CASES LAST YEAR.

ONE OF THE TWO PEOPLE CONVICTED WAS FINED $20 000 AND SENTENCED TO SIX MONTHS IMPRISONMENT, SUSPENDED FOR TWO YEARS.

MR LO REMINDED MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC THAT NOT ONLY COUNTERFEITERS ARE PENALISED, THOSE WHO POSSESS ANY PIRATED RECORD, TAPE OR BOOK FOR SALE MAY ALSO BE PROSECUTED.

THE MAXIMUM FINE FOR MANUFACTURERS IS $50 000 AND TWO YEARS’ IMPRISONMENT. THOSE WHO POSSESS PIRATED ARTICLES FOR SALE MAY BE FINED $1 000 FOR EACH SINGLE ITEM AND JAILED UP TO ONE YEAR.

-----o-----

/7

MONDAY,APR IL 21, 1980

7

SPORTS-FOR-ALL IN TSUEN WAN *****

CHILDREN AND YOUNG PEOPLE WHO ATTENDED TODAY’S SPORTS-FOR-ALL DAY 1980 IN TSUEN WAN WERE +THE BEST ENCOURAGEMENT THAT WE CAN HAVE FOR CONTINUING OUR WORK TO PROVIDE SPORT AND RECREATION THROUGHOUT THE TOWN AND DISTRICT.*

THIS WAS STATED BY THE TOWN MANAGER AND DISTRICT OFFICER. TSUEN WAN, MR JAMES HAYES, AT SHA TSUI ROAD PLAYGROUND, WHERE A SERIES OF ACTIVITIES, RANGING FROM +TA I CHI FOR ALL* TO +POTTED SPORTS FOR CHILDREN,* WAS HELD TO MARK THE BIRTHDAY OF HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.

EVENTS WERE HELD IN OTHER PLAYGROUNDS IN THE NEW TOWN.

MR HAYES SAID THAT WHILE THIS YEAR’S CELEBRATION PROGRAMME INCLUDED A GREAT VARIETY OF ACTIVITIES IN DIFFERENT LOCATIONS IT WAS NOT UNIQUE. +THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE WORKS HARD THROUGHOUT THE YEAR TO ERING SPORT AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES TO AS MANY YOUNG PERSONS AS POSSIBLE.

+ITS WORK, WHICH HAS TO BE CARRIED OUT BY A MERE HANDFUL OF DEVOTED OFFICERS, IS ASSISTED BY THE RECRUITMENT OF EQUALLY ENTHUSIASTIC PART-TIME ORGANISERS AND TRAINERS.

+THESE EFFORTS ARE BACKED BY THE DISTRICT SPORTS ASSOCIATION AND ITS MEMBER BODIES, AND BY THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD,* MR HAYES SAID.

HE POINTED OUT THAT MUCH OF THE FINANCING FOR THE MAIN YEAR-ROUND PROGRAMME CAME FROM THE BOARD WHICH PROVIDED DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO MATCH THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE’S OWN FUNDS.

+N0 LESS THAN $400 000 WILL BE SPENT THIS YEAR ON DIRECT ASSISTANCE TO THE RSS PROGRAMME,* HE SAID.

THE BOARD ALSO PROVIDED FUNDS TO HELP THE DISTRICT SPORTS ASSOCIATION WITH ITS ADMINISTRATION COSTS, AND ASSISTED WITH FUNDING MANY OTHER LOCAL SPORTS ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING THE POPULAR +ESTATE DAYS*.

THE SPORTS-FOR-ALL DAY IS AND SPORT SERVICE TO CELEBRATE

ORGANISED EACH YEAR BY THE RECREATION THE QUEEN’S BIRTHDAY.

THIS YEAR’S CELEBRATION LASTED ALL MORNING AND WAS HELD AT DIFFERENT VENUES IN TSUEN WAN, INCLUDING SHING MUN COUNTRY PARK AND KWAI CHUNG SPORTS GROUND.

AMONG THE PERFORMERS WERE ARMY MEN AND A PARACHUTE DISPLAY.

WHO GAVE A BAND PERFORMANCE

- - 0 -

MONDAY, APRIL 21, 1980

8

GOVERNMENT LAUNDRY TAKING SHAPE AT PIK UK

******

THE SECOND MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT LAUNDRY, AT PIK UK IN CLEARWATER BAY ROAD, IS A STEP NEARER COMPLETION.

WORK ON ITS FIVE-STOREY REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURE STARTED LAST ADR IL AND IS NOW ALMOST FINISHED.

COMMENTING ON THE PROGRESS OF THE $29 MILLION PROJECT, MR S.C. KWAN, CHIEF ARCHITECT IN THE PWD’S ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE, SAID THE NEXT STAGE WOULD BE TO INSTALL VARIOUS BUILDING SERVICES AND LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT.

♦WHEN READY FOR USE EARLY NEXT YEAR, THE LAUNDRY WILL HANDLE DIRTY CLOTHING AND LINEN FROM GOVERNMENT HOSPITALS AND CLINICS IN KOWLOON AND IN THE NEW TERRITORIES AND WILL BE ABLE TO HANDLE A MINIMUM THROUGHPUT OF ABOUT 454 000 KG PER MONTH.

♦ THE EQUIPMENT WILL BE ABLE TO WASH, DRY, AND IRON MATERIAL FROM FULL-SIZE BEDSHEETS TO THE SMALLEST OPERATION CAPS AND BABY NAPKINS,+ HE SAID.

- - 0 - -

NEW COURTS FOR SQUASH PLAYERS

* * 4 * * *

TWO MORE SQUASH COURTS WILL BE BUILT AT VICTORIA PARK IN VIEW OF THE GROWING POPULARITY OF THE SPORT. THEY WILL BE BUILT NEXT TO THE EXISTING COURTS.

TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT, WHICH iS FINANCED BY THE URBAN COUNCIL, ARE BEING INVITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.

A PWD SPOKESMAN SAID THE NEW FACILITIES WOULD BE PROVIDED IN A BUILDING SIMILAR IN DESIGN TO THE ONE HOUSING THE EXISTING COURTS.

THERE WILL BE MALE AND FEMALE CHANGING ROOMS AND TOILETS.

WORK ON THE OROJECT IS EXPECTED TO BEGIN IN JUNE AND TO BE COMPLETED BY THE END OF THIS YEAR.

- - 0 - -

MONDAY, APRIL 21, 1980

- 9 -

TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS AT CHOI HUNG *****

A 63-METRE SECTION OF THE EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF CLEAR wATER BAY ROAD IN FRONT OF MTR CHOI HUNG STATION WILL BE DESIGNATED A PLB CLEARWAY AND PLB’S WITHOUT AUTHORISATION WILL NOT EE ALLOWED TO ENTER LUK LAU AVENUE IN CHOI HUNG ESTATE FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (APRIL 25).

WITHIN THE CLEARWAY, ALL PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS AND LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS FROM 7 AM TO 12 MIDNIGHT EACH DAY

ALSO FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY, ANOTHER SECTION OF THE EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF THE ROAD NEAR THE MTR CHOI HUNG STATION WILL BE DESIGNATED A 24-HOUR CLEARWAY ZONE.

ALL MOTOR VEHICLES, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES, WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS WITHIN THE ZONE.

APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

TUESDAY, APRIL 22, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO,

CONTRACT SIGNED FOR NEW CARGO HANDLING AREA IN TSUEN WAN ......................................... 1

IITORTATION GF USED VEHICLES ........................ 1

BEACON HILL TUNNEL BREAKTHROUGH ..................... 2

PRISON OFFICERS COMMENDED FOR REFUGEE WORK .......... 2

WORK PROGRESSING ON TSUEN WAN BY-PASS ............... J

TREATY DOCUMENTS FOR SEA ACTIVITY CENTRE SIGNED ..... 4

MEMBERS OF SALARIES COMMISSION SEE TEaCHERS AT WORK . 4

TEMPORARY SITE FOR SPORTS USE........................ 5

BIG INCREASE IN TRANSACTIONS THROUGH VEGETABLE MARKETING SOCIETY .................................... 5

TSUEN WAN TO HOLD FIRST SCHOOLS SCIENCE EXHIBITION .. 6

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF EASTERN STREET ................. 7

TUESDAY, APRIL 22, 1980

1

CONTRACT SIGNED FOR NEW CARGO HANDLING AREA IN TSUEN WAN

* * * *

MORE AND BETTER CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES WILL BE AVAILABLE IN THE RAMBLER CHANNEL TYPHOON SHELTER IN TSUEN WAN.

A CONTRACT FOR THE WORK, WORTH MORE THAN $8.3 MILLION, WAS SIGNED TODAY (TUESDAY) BY MR TSANG NAI-LOK, CHIEF ENGINEER OF cfBfungWkauSkeePAR™ENT*S P0RT works D,VISI0n AND representatives

MR TSANG SAID THAT THE WORK FORMED THE SECOND STAGE OF A PROJECT TO TRANSFORM THE ENTIRE EASTERN SHORELINE OF THE TYPHOON SHELTER INTO A CARGO HANDLING AREA.

HE SA IDi +WORK ON STAGE ONE OF THE PROJECT, CONSISTING OF CONSTRUCTION OF A 530-METRE SEAWALL AND RECLAMATION OF ABOUT 1.5 HECTARES OF LAND WAS COMPLETED RECENTLY.

♦WORK ON TODAY’S CONTRACT WILL INVOLVE THE EXTENSION OF THIS SEAWALL BY 380 METRES, BRINGING THE TOTAL LENGTH OF THE SEAWALL TO 910 METRES.*

MR TSANG SAID THE AREA BEHIND THE EXTENSION OF THE SEAWALL WOULD ALSO BE RECLAIMED.

WORK ON THE CONTRACT WILL START NEXT WEEK AND WILL TAKE ABOUT 21 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

THE WORK HAS BEEN DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED BY THE PORT WORKS DIVISION OF THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE ON BEHALF OF THE PWD’S TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE.

-----o-----

IMPORTATION OF USED VEHICLES M * * * X

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (TUESDAY) THAT THE PRE-REGISTRATION INSPECTION OF ALL IMPORTED USED VEHICLES WILL BE DISCONTINUED FROM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE.

A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID AS FROM TOMORROW OWNERS AND PEOPLE RESPONSIBLE FOR IMPORTING USED VEHICLES INCLUDING THOSE ON THE WAITING LIST FOR INSPECTION SHOULD APPLY TO THE DEPARTMENT’S LICENSING OFFICE ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF MURRAY ROAD MULTI-STOREY CARPARK FOR DIRECT REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF THEIR VEHICLES.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE MEASURE WAS NECESSARY TO AVOID INCONVENIENCE TO THE PUBLIC DUE TO SHORTAGE OF STAFF IN THE DEPARTMENT.

/2......

TUESDAY, APRIL 22, 1980

2

BEACON HILL TUNNEL BREAKTHROUGH ******

THE DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, MR DAVID STEAD, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE BREAKTHROUGH CEREMONY OF THE NEW $78 MILLION BEACON HILL DOUBLE TRACK TUNNEL AT NOON TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).

THE SOUTHBPORTALR°USH W'LL TAKE PLACE AB°UT 1 550 METRES FR0M

THE NEW 2.3-KILOMETRE TUNNEL, WHICH WILL BE COMPLETED EARLY

RMfiSi:lCAT'0" A"D «O»ERH<S*TIO»

NOTE TO EDITORS!

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND YOUR REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE T0 RESPECT THE TRADITION OF TUNNEL WORKERS, NO FEMALE REPORTERS OR PHOTOGRAPHERS WILL BE ALLOWED INTO THE fUNNEL.

OFFICIAL TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED. MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WISHING TO MAKE USE OF THIS FACILITY ARE REQUESTED TO ASSEMBLE AT THE OPEN CAR PARK OUTSIDE THE RECEPTION OFFICE, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, NOT LATER THAN 11 AM TOMORROW.

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WHO WISH TO USE THEIR OWN TRANSPORT SHOULD ARRIVE AT THE SITE OFFICE, CORNWALL STREET, KOWLOON TONG, BY 11.30 AM.

OFFICERS OF THE PWD’S PUBLICITY UNIT WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST THE PRESS.

-----o------

PRISON OFFICERS COMMENDED FOR REFUGEE WORK

******

EIGHT PRISON OFFICERS AND A NURSE HAVE BEEN AWARDED THE PRISON COMMISSIONER’S COMMENDATION FOR THEIR GOOD WORK IN HANDLING VIETNAMESE REFUGEES DURING THEIR STAY IN HONG KONG.

THE AWARDS WERE PRESENTED TO THEM BY THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER CF PRISONS, MR TOM ECOB AT A CEREMONY IN THE PRISONS HEADQUARTERS TODAY (TUESDAY).

HEADING THE LIST OF THE COMMENDATION RECIPIENTS WAS SENIOR SUPERINTENDENT OF PRISONS, MR MAK PAK-LAM WHO WAS PRAISED FOR HIS OUTSTANDING DEVOTION TO DUTY AND EXCEPTIONAL ABILITY AND LEADERSHIP IN SUPERVISING SEVERAL REFUGEE CAMPS BETWEEN MAY AND DECEMBER LAST YEAR.

/CHIEF OFFICER, ......

TUESDAY, APRIL 22, 1980

5

CHIEF OFFICER, MR KWONG CHUNG-WING, THE OFF ICER-IN-CHARGE OF THE FORMER CAPE COLLINSON CAMP, WAS COMMENDED FOR THE INTEREST AND CONCERN HE DISPLAYED TOWARDS THE REFUGEES AND THEIR WELFARE.

A NURSE, MRS HO LAM KIT-BING, WON A COMMENDATION FOR HER EXCEPTIONAL DILIGENCE AND ABILITY DURING HER SERVICE IN VICTORIA PRISON IN HANDLING A LARGE NUMBER OF REFUGEES.

OTHER RECIPIENTS WERE WOMAN PRINCIPAL OFFICER, MISS HO HANG-CHING, PRINCIPAL OFFICER, MR YING KWOK-CHING, WOMAN OFFICERS MISS CHOW NGAN-MING AND MISS KAM LAI-YUK, AND ASSISTANT OFFICERS, MR TSANG FAN-KIN AND MR WONG KWOK-HUNG. fHEY WERE COMMENDED FOR THEIR EXCELLENT WORK WHILST PERFORMING REFUGEE DUTIES OF VARIOUS KI NDS•

WORK PROGRESSING ON TSUEN WAN BY-PASS

X * * *

WORK ON THE FIRST STAGE OF THE TSUEN WAN BY-PASS, A SIX-LANE ROAD LINKING KWAI CHUNG WITH TSUEN WAN, IS MAKING HEADWAY AND IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED EARLY NEXT YEAR.

THE PROJECT WAS ONE OF THREE VISITED TODAY (TUESDAY) BY W DAVID STEAD, DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.

THE TWO-KILOMETRE ROAD RUNS FROM A POINT NEAR THE CONTAINER TERMINALS AT KWAI CHUNG ROAD TO TEXACO ROAD NEAR YEUNG UK ROAD.

IT WILL HAVE THREE INTERCHANGES LOCATED AT KWAI CHUNG ROAD, HING FONG ROAD AND TEXACO ROAD.

THE OTHER TWO PROJECTS MR STEAD INSPECTED WERE THE REINSTATEMENT WORK OF NATHAN ROAD AND THE SIU LANG SHU I CONTROLLED TIP.

MR STEAD, WHO WAS ACCOMPANIED BY THE CHIEF ENGINEERS OF THE VARIOUS PWD OFFICES, WAS PLEASED WITH THE WORK PROGRESS.

A

TUESDAY, APRIL 22, 1980

4

TREATY DOCUMENTS FOR SEA ACTIVITY CENTRE SIGNED ft ft ft ft ft ft

TREATY DOCUMENTS FOR THE GRANT OF A SITE ON WHICH A S2.5 MILLION SEA ACTIVITY TRAINING CENTRE IS TO BE BUILT AT PAK SHA WAN, SAI KUNG, WERE SIGNED TODAY (TUESDAY).

THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR AUGUSTINE CHUI KAM, SIGNED FOR THE GOVERNMENT, WHILE MR G.R. ROSS, PRESIDENT, AND MR C.M. LEUNG, CHAIRMAN, SIGNED ON BEHALF OF THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF HONG KONG WHICH WILL OPERATE THE CENTRE.

THE 2 405-SQUARE-METRE SITE, INCLUDING AN AREA OF SEA BED OFF HIRAM’S HIGHWAY, HAS BEEN GRANTED BY PRIVATE TREATY.

WHEN THE CENTRE IS COMPLETED IN THREE AND A HALF YEARS IT WILL INCLUDE A TWO-STOREY MAIN BUILDING, COMPRISING AN ASSEMBLY HALL, TWO LECTURE ROOMS, TWO OFFICES, A COMBINED ACTIVITY ROOM AND CANTEEN, CHANGING ROOMS AND DORMITORIES TO ACCOMMODATE 40 PEOPLE, AND A TWO-STOREY BOATHOUSE.

THE CENTRE WILL BE USED FOR ROWING AND CANOEING. IT WILL HAVE A FLEET OF 16 DINGHIES, EIGHT OF WHICH ARE BEING BUILT BY THE SCOUTS THEMSELVES AT A HANG HAU BOATYARD, AND 20 CANOES.

INSTRUCTORS HAVE ALREADY BEEN TRAINED BY THE HONG KONG YACHTING ASSOCIATION.

WORK HAS ALREADY STARTED ON RECLAMATION AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF A PROTECTIVE WALL. THE CENTRE WILL BE BUILT IN THREE PHASES.

------- 0 - - - -

MEMBERS OF SALARIES COMMISSION SEE TEACHERS AT WORK ft ft ft ft ft ft

TWO MEMBERS OF THE STANDING COMMISSION ON CIVIL SERVICE SALARIES AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE TODAY (TUESDAY) VISITED TWO GOVERNMENT SCHOOLS AND HAD INFORMAL TALKS WITH THE TEACHERS ON THEIR WORK.

THEY WERE MRS MAISIE WONG AND MR JOHN SOONG, WHO FIRST WENT TO QUEEN’S COLLEGE, A GOVERNMENT SECONDARY SCHOOL IN CAUSEWAY BAY WHERE THEY WERE MET BY THE PRINCIPAL, MR TIMOTHY YUNG.

HENNESSY ROAD GOVERNMENT PRIMARY SCHOOL WAS THEIR NEXT STOP AND THERE THEY WERE RECEIVED BY THE HEADMASTER, MR C.H. CHOW.

TODAY’S TOUR WAS THE FIRST IN A SERIES OF VISITS BY COMMISSION MEMBERS TO SCHOOLS AND OTHER INSTITUTES TO SEE A CROSS-SECTION OF EDUCATION STAFF AT WORK.

OVER THE NEXT TWO WEEKS, OTHER MEMBERS WILL VISIT AIDED SCHOOLS, A TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, A COLLEGE OF EDUCATION AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.

TUESDAY, APRIL 22, 1980

5

TEMPORARY SITE FOR SPORTS USE ft * ft ft

WORK ON A TEMPORARY SPORTS GROUND IN SHA TIN IS NEARING COMPLETION AND IT WILL BE READY FOR USE THIS SUMMER.

LOCATED BETWEEN SHING MUN RIVER AND SHA TIN BY-PASS, THE SPORTS GROUND IS BUILT ON A 1.5 HECTARE SITE WHICH WILL EVENTUALLY FORM PART OF THE SHA TIN NEW TOWN CENTRE.

THE 1500 000 PROJECT, IS BUILT WITH FUNDS DONATED BY THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB AND IS CO-ORDINATED BY THE SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICE.

FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE A SOCCER PITCH AND A 400-METRE TRACK WITH CHANGING ROOMS AND SPECTATORS STANDS.

THE GROUND CAN ALSO BE USED FOR FIELD EVENTS SUCH AS DISCUS, JAVELIN AND SHOT-PUT.

STUDENTS FROM THE KIANG SU-CHEKIANG COLLEGE, SHA TIN, AND THE SHA TIN GOVERNMENT SCHOOL ARE NOW HELPING WITH THE TURFING WORK.

IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE TEMPORARY SPORTS GROUND WILL BE IN USE FOR UP TO THREE YEARS.

-----o------

BIG INCREASE IN TRANSACTIONS THROUGH VEGETABLE MARKETING SOCIETY ft ft ft ft ft

THERE HAS BEEN A TREMENDOUS INCREASE IN THE ANNUAL PROCEEDS OF SALES OF VEGETABLES PASSING THROUGH THE FANLING VEGETABLE MARKETING CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETY FROM SOME 1300 000 30 YEARS AGO TO NEARLY $10 MILLION NOW.

THIS WAS STATED BY THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, MR J.M. RIDDELL-SWAN AT THE INAUGURATION CEREMONY OF THE SOCIETY’S 30TH TERM COMMITTEE THIS (TUESDAY) EVENING.

RECALLING THAT THE SOCIETY WAS FOUNDED WITH ONLY 40 MEMBERS IN 1951, MR RIDDELL-SWAN SAID THAT THE MEMBERSHIP HAD NOW INCREASED TO OVER 1 000.

TO CATER FOR THIS LARGE MEMBERSHIP, HE SAID, THE NUMBER OF VEGETABLE COLLECTING DEPOTS HAD BEEN INCREASED FROM ONE IN THE INITIAL STAGE TO EIGHT AT PRESENT.

HE SAID THAT IN ADDITION TO ITS BUSINESS STRENGTH THE SOCIETY HAD NOT NEGLECTED THE WELFARE OF ITS MEMBERS NOR OF ITS STAFF. IT HAD SET UP A SHORT TERM LOAN FUND TO PROVIDE SMALL LOANS FOR NON-BUSINESS PURPOSES, SUCH AS EDUCATIONAL AND MEDICAL EXPENSES.

/HU HIDDELL-SA'AN ......

TUESDAY, APRIL 22, 1?8C

6

MR RIDDELL-SWAN SAID THAT OVER THE PAST 30 YEARS THE SOCIETY HAD BEEN VERY ACTIVE IN PROMOTING IMPROVED FARMING TECHNIQUES AND PRACTICES, INCLUDING LABOUR SAVING DEVICES SUCH AS ROTARY CULTIVATORS, SPRINKLER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS AND THE EXTENDED USE OF HERBICIDES.

HE SAIDi *THE RESULT OF THESE IMPROVED PRACTICES AND THE SKILLED CULTIVATION TECHNIQUES OF THE MEMBERS ARE REFLECTED IN THE VERY INTENSIVE LAND USE IN THIS AREA AND ITS HIGH PRODUCTIVITY.*

THE SOCIETY, HE ADDED, HAD ALSO INTRODUCED BETTER MARKETING FACILITIES AND PROMOTED CREDIT FACILITIES.

------o-------

TSUEN WAN TO

HOLD FIRST SCHOOLS SCIENCE EXHIBITION ******

THE FIRST SCHOOLS JOINT SCIENCE EXHIBITION WILL BE HELD IN TSUEN WAN NEXT MONTH.

STUDENTS FROM NINE SECONDARY AND TECHNICAL SCHOOLS ARE PREPARING TO TAKE PART IN THIS EXHIBITION, THE THEME OF WHICH WILL BE +MODERN SCIENCE AND SOCIETY*.

TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR LUI HAU-TUEN, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING OF THE TWO-DAY SCIENCE SHOW IN THE TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL.

MRS LAM MOK SAU-HING, PRINCIPAL OF THE BUDDHIST SIN TAK COLLEGE AND ADVISER TO THE EXHIBITION EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, SAID MORE THAN 2 000 LOCAL STUDENTS AND RESIDENTS WERE EXPECTED TO ATTEND.

THE EXHIBITION WILL COMPRISE NINE BOOTHS, EACH OF WHICH WILL BE OPERATED BY STUDENTS FROM THE NINE PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS.

THE STUDENTS WILL EXPLAIN AND DEMONSTRATE THE FUNCTION OF THEIR PROJECTS TO THE VISITORS.

PROJECTS ON DISPLAY WILL INCLUDE COMPUTER AND REMOTE CONTROL, LOGIC CIRCUITS, EYE-SIGHT TESTS, ENERGY RESOURCES, TYPES OF BLOOD AND BLOOD PRESSURE, ELECTRICITY GENERATION BY STEAM ENGINE, SOLAR ENERGY AND LOCO-MOTION.

MRS LAM SAID THE EXHIBITION WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY HER COMMITTEE AND TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL AND WAS SPONSORED BY THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD.

+THE EXHIBITION WAS ORGANISED WITH THE PURPOSE OF ENCOURAGING YOUNG PEOPLE TO SHOW THEIR SCIENTIFIC TALENTS AND PROMOTE CO-OPERATION AMONG SCHOOLS IN THE DISTRICT,* MRS LAM SAID.

SHE HOPED IT WOULD BECOME AN ANNUAL EVENT.

THE EXHIBITION WILL BE OPEN FROM 9 AM TO 6 PM ON MAY 3 AND 4 IN THE EXHIBITION HALL ON THE FIRST FLOOR OF TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL. ADMISSION WILL BE FREE.

o --------

TUESDAY, APRIL 22, 1980

7

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF EASTERN STREET

******

A SECTION OF EASTERN STREET BETWEEN DES VOEUX ROAD WEST AND CONNAUGHT ROAD WEST WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (APRIL 25).

THE CLOSURE, WHICH WILL LAST ABOUT FOUR WEEKS, IS TO FACILITATE THE CONSTRUCTION OF SEA WATER MAINS.

DURING THIS PERIOD, MOTORISTS REQUIRING ACCESS TO PREMISES AT THIS SECTION OF EASTERN STREET WILL BE ALLOWED TO ENTER VIA CONNAUGHT ROAD WEST.

APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

- - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 2J, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

LAW ON ABORTION TO BE AhiENDED................................ 1

GOVERNMENT TO STEP UP EFFORTS TO EMPLOY THE TITS art .ED ..... 3

AIR TALKS BETWEEN UK HK AND CANADA TO CONTINUE IN OTTAWA ..... 4

BEACON HILL RAILWAY TUNNEL BREAKTHROUGH ..................... 1+

MORE MONEY FOR DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS ...................... 6

NEW TERM OF TSUEN WAN RURAL COMMITTEE INAUGURATED............. 7

FIRE PREVENTION CHECK IN TSUEN WAN............................ 8

HEALTH EDUCATION PROJECTS ON DISPLAY ......................... 9

MUSIC CAMP FOR YOUNG PEOPLE.................................. 10

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN SHA TIN.............................. 11

water cut in Aberdeen......................................... n

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 23, 1980

1

LAW ON ABORTION TO BE AMENDED *****

TWO BILLS AMENDING THE EXISTING LAW PERTAINING TO ABORTION AND RELATED OFFENCES, AND SUPPRESSING THE PUBLICATION OF ADVERTISEMENTS RELATING TO ILLEGAL ABORTIONS, WILL BE PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE ON FRIDAY (APRIL 25).

THEY ARE THE OFFENCES AGAINST THE PERSON (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980 AND THE UNDESIRABLE MEDICAL ADVERTISEMENTS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980.

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT UNDER THE EXISTING LAW AN ABORTION MAY BE CARRIED OUT LEGALLY IF TWO DOCTORS ARE OF THE OPINION, FORMED IN GOOD FAITH, THAT THE CONTINUANCE OF THE PREGNANCY WOULD INVOLVE RISK TO THE LIFE OF THE PREGNANT WOMAN, OR OF INJURY TO HER PHYSICAL OR MENTAL HEALTH, GREATER THAN IF THE PREGNANCY WERE TERMINATED.

♦THE BILLS DO NOT PROPOSE ANY RADICAL CHANGE,♦ SAID THE SPOKESMAN. ♦THEIR AIM IS TO TIDY UP THE EXISTING PROVISIONS, AND TO SPECIFY CERTAIN OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH AN ABORTION MAY BE CARRIED OUT LEGALLY.♦

HE STRESSED! +SUCH ABORTIONS MUST STILL TAKE PLACE IN APPROVED HOSPITALS OR CL IN ICS.♦

IN ADDITION, NEW RESTRICTIONS ABORTIONS IN THE LATER STAGES OF A

ARE PROPOSED TO PROHIBIT PREGNANCY.

THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINEDi ♦THE NEW PROVISIONS IN THE OFFENCES AGAINST THE PERSON (AMENDMENT) BILL ARE FIRSTLY, THAT A LEGAL ABORTION MAY BE CARRIED OUT IF TWO DOCTORS ARE OF THE OPINION THAT THERE IS A SUBSTANTIAL RISK THAT THE CHILD, UPON BIRTH, WOULD HAVE SUCH PHYSICAL OR MENTAL ABNORMALITIES AS TO BE SERIOUSLY HAND I CAPPED.♦

♦SECONDLY, IT IS PROPOSED THAT A LEGAL ABORTION MAY BE CARRIED OUT WHEN THE PREGNANT WOMAN IS UNDER THE AGE OF 17 YEARS.♦

♦IN SUCH CASES, PARENTAL CONSENT WILL BE REQUIRED MANNER AS IT IS FOR OTHER OPERATIONS.♦

IN THE SAME

THE THIRD SITUATION IN WHICH IT IS PROPOSED THAT A LEGAL ABORTION MAY BE PERFORMED, SAID THE SPOKESMAN, IS IN CASES WHERE A PREGNANCY IS THE RESULT OF INCEST, RAPE OR RAPE-RELATED OFFENCES ♦PROVIDED THAT THE WOMAN CONCERNED HAS MADE A REPORT TO THE POLICE THAT SHE WAS A VICTIM OF AN OFFENCE OF INCEST OR RAPE, OR A RAPE-RELATED OFFENCE WITHIN THREE MONTHS OF THE ALLEGED OFFENCE.♦

UNDER THE EXISTING LAW, THERE IS NOTHING TO PREVENT AN ABORTION BEING PERFORMED AT ANY STAGE OF A PREGNANCY. IN ORDER TO PROVIDE STATUTORY PROTECTION FOR A VIABLE FOETUS AND ALSO FOR THE MOTHER (IN VIEW OF THE GREATER RISK TO THE MOTHER INVOLVED IN AN ABORTION PERFORMED AT AN ADVANCED STAGE OF PREGNANCY), IT IS PROPOSED IN THE BILL THAT NO ABORTION SHOULD BE CARRIED OUT WHERE A PREGNANCY IS OF MORE THAN 24 WEEKS DURATION, EXCEPT IN CASES WHERE IT IS NECESSARY TO DO SO TO SAVE THE LIFE OF THE MOTHER.

/♦ IT IS .......

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 2J, 1980

2 -

♦IT IS ALSO PROPOSED,* SAID THE SPOKESMAN, +TO INTRODUCE A NEW PROVISION FOR AN OFFENCE OF CHILD DESTRUCTION, IN ORDER TO PROTECT AN UNBORN CHILD CAPABLE OF BEING BORN ALIVE, BUT BEFORE IT HAS AN EXISTENCE INDEPENDENT OF ITS MOTHER.*

THIS PROVISION IS BASED ON THE UNITED KINGDOM INFANT LIFE (PRESERVATION) ACT 1929.

+FOR THE PURPOSE OF A PROSECUTION FOR CHILD DESTRUCTION, IT WOULD BE PRESUMED THAT A WOMAN PREGNANT FOR 28 WEEKS OR MORE WAS AT THAT TIME PREGNANT WITH A CHILD CAPABLE OF BEING BORN ALIVE,* SAID THE SPOKESMAN.

THE PENALTIES FOR ILLEGAL ABORTION AND OTHER RELATED OFFENCES HAVE BEEN EXAMINED AND TWO CHANGES ARE PROPOSED.

IN CASES OF ILLEGAL ABORTION THE COURT HAS AT PRESENT NO POWER TO IMPOSE A FINE INSTEAD OF OR IN ADDITION TO, A TERM OF IMPRISONMENT.

THE BILL EMPOWERS A COURT TO IMPOSE MONETARY PENALTIES FOR ILLEGAL ABORTIONS AND ALSO PROVIDES THAT A PERSON PERFORMING AN ILLEGAL ABORTION SHOULD BE SUBJECT TO A HEAVIER TERM OF IMPRISONMENT THAN THE PREGNANT WOMAN INVOLVED.

MAXIMUM PENALTIES THAT CAN BE IMPOSED ARE*

* WOMAN PROCURING AN ABORTION - SEVEN YEARS IMPRISONMENT AND A FINE TO BE DECIDED BY THE COURT-

* ILLEGAL ABORTIONIST - LIFE IMPRISONMENT AND A FINE TO BE DECIDED BY THE COURT-

* CHILD DESTRUCTION - LIFE IMPRISONMENT AND A FINE TO BE DECIDED BY THE COURT-

* INFANTICIDE - LIFE IMPRISONMENT AND A FINE TO BE DECIDED BY THE COURT.

THE PURPOSE OF THE UNDESIRABLE MEDICAL ADVERTISEMENTS (AMENDMENT) BILL IS TO PROHIBIT ADVERTISEMENTS IN NEWSPAPERS AND STREETS RELATING TO THE AVAILABILITY OF FACILITIES FOR ABORTIONS, EXCEPT THOSE PUBLISHED WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES.

THE SPOKESMAN SAIDt +IT IS HOPED THAT WITH GREATER PUBLICITY ON THE AVAILABILITY OF FACILITIES FOR LEGAL ABORTION, WOMEN GENUINELY IN NEED WILL BE PERSUADED TO SEEK SAFE ABORTION IN GOVERNMENT OR APPROVED HOSPITALS AND CLINICS.*

THE MEDICAL PROFESSION IS NOW BEING CONSULTED ON CERTAIN PROFESSIONAL ASPECTS OF THE PROPOSED LEGISLATION, BEFORE THE TWO BILLS ARE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

♦IT IS INTENDED,* SAID THE SPOKESMAN, *THAT THERE SHOULD BE INFORMED DEBATE DURING CONSULTATION.*

0 - -

/3

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 23, 1900

3

GOVERNMENT TO STEP UP EFFORTS TO EMPLOY THE DISABLED

*****

THE GOVERNMENT HAS INTRODUCED REVISED CIVIL SERVICE REGULATIONS TO ENABLE MORE DISABLED PERSONS TO BE RECRUITED.

UNTIL RECENTLY, A DISABLED PERSON APPLYING FOR EMPLOYMENT IN THE CIVIL SERVICE WOULD BE SELECTED FOR APPOINTMENT ONLY IF WAS CONSIDERED CAPABLE OF PERFORMING THE FULL RANGE OF DUTIES OF A PARTICULAR RANK.

UNDER THE REVISED REGULATIONS, A DISABLED CANDIDATE FOUND SUITABLE TO CARRY OUT THE DUTIES OF A PARTICULAR POST MAY BE RECOMMENDED FOR APPOINTMENT EVEN THOUGH HE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO PERFORM THE DUTIES OF EVERY POST IN THE SAME RANK. f

THIS CHANGE, ACCORDING TO A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN, WAS INTRODUCED IN ORDER TO INCREASE THE TEMPO OF RECRUITING DISABLED PERSONS IN THE CIVIL SERVICE AS CONSISTENT WITH GOVERNMENT’S GENERAL POLICY OF INTEGRATING THE DISABLED INTO THE COMMUNITY THROUGH THE PROCESS OF VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION AND EVENTUAL GAINFUL EMPLOYMENT.

TO ACHIEVE THIS, THE SPOKESMAN SAID, THE GOVERNMENT WILL CONTINUE TO GIVE A LEAD IN PLACING THE DISABLED IN APPROPRIATE JOBS IN THE CIVIL SERVICE, RECOGNISING THAT THE ABILITIES OF MANY DISABLED PERSONS OUTWEIGH THEIR DISABILITIES AND THAT ONLY IN PRODUCTIVE AND REMUNERATIVE EMPLOYMENT WOULD THEIR FULLEST POSSIBLE VOCATIONAL, SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC POTENTIAL BE REALISED.

THE SPOKESMAN ADDED ^DISABLED EMPLOYEES HAVE MUCH TO OFFER. THEIR VERY LACK OF MOBILITY, COUPLED WITH THE FACT THAT THEIR EMPLOYMENT ENABLES THEM TO REGAIN SELF-RESPECT AND HENCE GENERATES CONSIDERABLE JOB SATISFACTION, MEANS THAT THEY ARE LIKELY TO BE HARDWORKING AND LOYAL*.

THE REVISED REGULATIONS ALSO MAKE IT CLEAR THAT A DISABLED PERSON FOUND SUITABLE FOR EMPLOYMENT SHOULD BE GIVEN AN APPROPRIATE DEGREE OF PREFERENCE FOR APPOINTMENT OVER OTHER APPLICANTS.

A BLIND FINAL-YEAR STUDENT OF THE HONG KONG UNIVERSITY HAS BEEN PROVISIONALLY SELECTED FOR APPOINTMENT AS EXECUTIVE OFFICER II UNDER THE REVISED CRITERIA. ANOTHER BLIND THIRD-YEAR STUDENT IS BEING CONSIDERED FOR APPOINTMENT AS A COURT INTERPRETER.

WHILE AGREEING THAT IN VIEW OF THE SIZE OF THE CIVIL SERVICE, THE NUMBER OF DISABLED PERSONS EMPLOYED IN GOVERNMENT JOBS IS NOT LARGE, THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT AS A RESULT OF SPECIAL EFFORTS, THE NUMBER IS GRADUALLY INCREASING. THERE WERE ON APRIL 1, 1975 ALTOGETHER 350 DISABLED PERSONS EMPLOYED IN THE CIVIL SERVICE-THE NUMBER HAS SINCE INCREASED TO 662 AS AT APRIL 1, THIS YEAR.

THE SPOKESMAN EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE SELECTIVE PLACEMENT UNIT WHICH IS BEING SET UP IN THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, THE CIVIL SERVICE WOULD BE ABLE TO EMPLOY MORE DISABLED PERSONS.

----o------

A......

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 23, 1980

4

AIR TALKS BETWEEN UK HK AND CANADA TO CONTINUE IN OTTAWA

* * * *

THE UNITED KINGDOM AND CANADIAN AERONAUTICAL AUTHORITIES WILL HOLD ANOTHER ROUND OF TALKS IN AN ATTEMPT TO BREAK THE DEADLOCK IN THE AIR SERVICES TALKS IN LONDON LAST WEEK.

THE TALKS HAVE BEEN TENTATIVELY ARRANGED TO TAKE PLACE IN OTTAWA IN MID-JUNE.

THE DISCUSSIONS HAVE SO FAR FAILED TO FIND AN ACCEPTABLE SOLUTION TO CANADIAN PACIFIC’S 30-YEAR-OLD MONOPOLY OF THE ROUTE BETWEEN HONG KONG AND VANCOUVER.

BOTH THE UK AND HONG KONG CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITIES BELIEVE THAT THE CANADIAN MONOPOLY IS AGAINST THE INTEREST OF THE TRAVELLING PUBLIC AND OF CATHAY PACIFIC AIRWAYS AND LAKER AIRWAYS WHO WISH TO OPERATE ON THIS ROUTE.

MR NORMAN LATHAM, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF CIVIL AVIATION, WHO REPRESENTED THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT AT THE TALKS IN LONDON LAST WEEK SAID THAT ALTHOUGH THE CANADIAN SIDE WAS RESPONSIVE TO THE REQUIREMENT FOR A BRITISH ROUTE ACROSS THE PACIFIC FROM HONG KONG TO VANCOUVER, THEIR NEGOTIATOR HAD MADE IT CLEAR THAT NOTHING COULD BE AGREED UNTIL A SATISFACTORY SETTLEMENT HAD BEEN ARRIVED AT FOR NORTH ATLANTIC SERVICES.

♦IN THIS RESPECT, THE CANADIANS WILL NOT ALLOW BRITISH AIRWAYS TO OPERATE FROM LONDON TO WESTERN CANADA WITHOUT COMPENSATION BEING PAID WHICH INCLUDES ACCESS TO THE LONDON-HONG KONG CABOTAGE ROUTE FOR AIR CANADA,♦ HE SAID.

MR LATHAM COMMENTED THAT IN THE VIEW OF THE UK AND HONG KONG AERONAUTICAL AUTHORITIES, THE CANADIAN DEMANDS WERE EXTREMELY UNREASONABLE AND UNACCEPTABLE.

-----o------

BEACON HILL RAILWAY TUNNEL BREAKTHROUGH

XXKXKKKif

CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEW $78 MILLION DOUBLE-TRACK BEACON HILL RAILWAY TUNNEL REACHED AN IMPORTANT STAGE TODAY (WEDNESDAY) WHEN IT HAD ITS ♦BREAKTHROUGH^.

THE BREAKTHROUGH WAS ACHIEVED AT NOON WHEN THE DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT OF PWD, MR DAVID STEAD DETONATED AN EXPLOSIVE CHARGE TO REMOVE THE LAST ROCK SEPARATING THE EXCAVATIONS FROM THE NORTH AND SOUTH ENDS OF THE 2.3-KILOMETRE TUNNEL.

AFTER THE BREAKTHROUGH, THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY WAS +PURIFIED+ BY SPRINKLING SAKE ON THE GROUND.

/HR STEAD,

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 2J, 198O

- 5 -

MR STEAD, ACCOMPANIED BY MR WONG MANG-KI, PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT CIVIL ENGINEER AND OTHER PWD ENGINEERS INVOLVED IN THE PROJECT, THEN PROCEEDED TO THE ROCK FACE WHERE HE WAS MET BY MR M. AOKI, VICE-PRESIDENT OF THE MAIN CONTRACTOR, AOKI CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED, WHO EMERGED FROM THE NORTH PILOT TUNNEL.

THEY SHOOK HANDS AND EXCHANGED BOTTLES OF SAKE TO MARK THE SUCCESSFUL JOINING OF THE NORTHERN AND SOUTHERN SECTIONS OF THE TUNNEL.

WORK ON THE NEW RAILWAY TUNNEL, WHICH FORMS PART OF THE ELECTRIFICATION AND MODERNISATION SCHEME OF THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY, STARTED IN EARLY 1978, USING CONVENTIONAL DRILL AND BLAST TECHNIQUES.

TO DATE, SOME 150 TONNES OF EXPLOSIVES HAVE BEEN USED TO REMOVE OVER 330 □□□ TONNES OF ROCK FROM THE BOWELS OF BEACON HILL.

THE EXCAVATED ROCK IS CRUSHED ON SITE AND USED FOR THE PERMANENT LINING OF THE TUNNEL.

THE LINING WILL TAKE ANOTHER SIX MONTHS TO COMPLETE WHILE THE RAILWAY TRACK IN THE TUNNEL IS EXPECTED TO BE LAID BY THE SPRING OF NEXT YEAR.

ON COMPLETION EARLY NEXT YEAR, THE DOUBLE TRACK TUNNEL WILL BE ABOUT SEVEN METRES HIGH AND JUST OVER 10 METRES WIDE.

IT WILL REPLACE THE EXISTING SINGLE TRACK TUNNEL, WHICH HAS BEEN IN USE SINCE 1910.

MEANWHILE, WORK ON THE SOUTHERN AND NORTHERN APPROACHES TO THE TUNNEL IS UNDERWAY.

AT THE SOUTHERN END, TEMPORARY TRACKS HAVE BEEN LAID TO FACILITATE THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE KCR AND MTR INTERCHANGE STATION AT KOWLOON TONG, THE CONTRACT FOR WHICH WILL BE LET NEXT WEEK.

ON THE NORTHERN SIDE, WORK IS PROGRESSING SMOOTHLY ON THE LAYING OF SOME 1 500 METRES OF RAILWAY TRACK AND THE CONSTRUCTION CF A NEW 20-METRE RAILWAY BRIDGE OVER NULLAH ROAD NEAR THE NORTH PORTAL OF THE TUNNEL.

THE WORK, FORMING THE FINAL PHASE OF THE KCR DOUBLE TRACKING BETWEEN HUNG HOM AND SHA TIN, IS SCHEDULED TO BE COMPLETED IN THE FIRST QUARTER OF NEXT YEAR.

0 --------

/6.........

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 23, 1980

6

MORE MONEY FOR DABS

*****

THE GOVERNMENT HAS ALLOCATED $6 112 000 TO THE EIGHT DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES FOR THIS FINANCIAL YEAR, 36 PER CENT UP ON LAST YEAR’S FIGURE.

TSUEN WAN DISTRICT HAS RECEIVED $2 MILLION, THE LARGEST ALLOCATION, FOLLOWED BY YUEN LONG (Si 036 000) AND TUEN MUN ($686 000).

SHA TIN DISTRICT HAS BEEN ALLOCATED $536 000, WHILE ISLANDS, SAI KUNG AND TAI PO DISTRICTS HAVE EACH RECEIVED $486 000. NORTH DISTRICT HAS BEEN GIVEN $396 000.

THE BUDGET FOR 1979/80 WAS $4.5 MILLION AND FOR 1978/79 $3.7 MILLION.

THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR AUGUSTINE CHUI KAM, SAID INCREASED FUNDS WOULD ENABLE BOARDS TO IMPROVE SERVICES. +1 AM PLEASED THAT THE BOARDS, WHICH ARE DOING SOME VERY GOOD WORK IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, NOW HAVE MORE MONEY TO INCREASE THE RANGE AND SCOPE OF THEIR ACTIVITIES,* HE SAID.

RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES ORGANISED BY THE BOARDS DURING THE PAST TWO YEARS HAVE INCLUDED VARIETY SHOWS, FUN FAIRS, CONCERTS AND SOCCER TOURNAMENTS.

SPECIAL EMPHASIS WAS PUT ON TRAINING YOUNG PEOPLE IN CULTURAL ACTIVITIES SUCH AS DANCING, PLAYING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS AND DRAMA. CHILDREN’S CHOIRS WERE FORMED IN SHA TIN AND SAI KUNG.

MAJOR EVENTS INCLUDED THE TSUEN WAN ARTS AND SPORTS FESTIVALS WHICH PROVED SUCCESSFUL.

MR CHUI SAID THE YEAR-ROUND RECREATION AND SPORTS PROGRAMME, JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE BOARDS AND THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE, HAD HELPED TO BRING ACTIVITIES TO GRASS-ROOT LEVELS.

MINOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENTS COMPLETED LAST FINANCIAL YEAR INCLUDED REST GARDENS, ROAD SIDE AMENITIES AND SITTING-OUT AREAS IN SEVERAL NEW TERRITORIES DISTRICTS.

DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS WERE FIRST ESTABLISHED IN NOVEMBER, 1977, TO ADVISE THE GOVERNMENT ON ALL MATTERS AFFECTING THE WELL-BEING OF RESIDENTS OF DISTRICTS AND ON THE PROVISION AND USE OF PUBLIC FACILITIES.

THEY CONSIST OF GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS AND UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS, WHO ARE DRAWN FROM A WIDE CROSS-SECTION OF THE NEW TERRITORIES COMMUNITY, INCLUDING RURAL COMMITTEE MEMBERS, DOCTORS, LAWYERS, EDUCATIONISTS AND VOLUNTARY WORKERS. THE NUMBER OF MEMBERS WAS RECENTLY INCREASED FROM 140 TO 160.

-----0------

/7.........

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 23, 1980

7

NEW TERM OF TSUEN WAN RURAL COMMITTEE INAUGURATED XXXXXXXM

THE IMPORTANCE OF TSUEN WAN RURAL COMMITTEE HAS BEEN LONG-ESTABLISHED, TOWN MANAGER AND DISTRICT OFFICER TSUEN WAN, MR JAMES HAYES SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY) AT THE INAUGURATION OF THE 23TH TERM OF THE COMMITTEE.

+THE COMMITTEE EXISTS MAINLY TO SERVE AN INDIGENOUS VILLAGE COMMUNITY OF TSUEN WAN, WHICH SUPPLIES VILLAGE REPRESENTATIVES WHO IN TURN ELECT THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, BUT FOR THE WHOLE PERIOD OF ITS EXISTENCE IT HAS RENDERED A MUCH WIDER SERVICE TO INHABITANTS OF THE TOWN,* HE SAID.

REFERRING TO DEVELOPMENTS IN THE NEW TOWN, MR HAYES SAID A GOVERNMENT OFFICE, A MULTI-STOREY CAR PARK AND A LIBRARY ADEQUATE TO THE SIZE OF THE POPULATION OF THE NEW TOWN HAD BEEN INCLUDED IN THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME.

♦HOWEVER, THEIR COMPLETION IS DEPENDENT UPON THE RECLAMATION NOW IN HAND IN TSUEN WAN BAY WHICH WILL PROVIDE THE BEST SITE FOR THESE MAJOR AND MUCH NEEDED COMMUNITY FACILITIES.*

ON TRAFFIC, HE SAID THE TSUEN WAN BY-PASS WAS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY 1984 AND ROUTE 5 FROM SHA TIN TO TSUEN WAN WAS TO BE THE SUBJECT OF A CONSULTANT FEASIBILITY STUDY TO BEGIN LATER THIS YEAR, FINANCED BY AN ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK LOAN.

MR HAYES TOLD THE COMMITTEE THAT ITS VIEWS ON GRAVE WORSHIPPING PRACTICES WERE NOTED. +THESE MATTERS, WHICH ARE PART OF A WIDER CONCERN WITH THE MANAGEMENT OF COUNTRY PARKS AND THE PROTECTION OF OUR FOREST AREAS. ARE CURRENTLY UNDER DISCUSSION BETWEEN THE HEUNG YEE KUK AND THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES,* HE SAID.

HE ALSO DISCLOSED THAT NEGOTIATIONS FOR REMOVAL OF HOI PA VILLAGE WERE WELL IN HAND AND WOULD BE COMPLETED HOPEFULLY BETWEEN MID-1981 AND MID-1982. +THIS WILL IMPROVE VILLAGERS’ LIVING CONDITIONS AND ALSO PROVIDE MUCH NEEDED SPACE FOR MODERN DEVELOPMENT IN THE CENTRE OF TSUEN WAN.*

MR HAYES SAID TIN HAU TEMPLE WOULD BE REPAIRED AND EXTENDED NEXT YEAR. HE EXPRESSED GRATITUDE FOR THE CONTINUED SUPPORT AND ADVICE OF THE RURAL COMMITTEE IN THIS WORK WHICH WOULD BE CARRIED OUT AT GOVERNMENT EXPENSE.

- - o -

/a

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 23, 1980

8

FIRE PREVENTION CHECK IN TSUEN WAN ft ft ft ft ft

FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU (FPB) OFFICERS TODAY (WEDNESDAY) CARRIED OUT AN INSPECTION ON ABOUT 1 000 TSUEN WAN FACTORIES IN AN EFFORT TO REMOVE POTENTIAL FIRE HAZARDS.

AS A RESULT, 161 FACTORIES WERE ISSUED ON THE SPOT WITH FIRE HAZARD ABATEMENT NOTICES MOSTLY FOR CAUSING OBSTRUCTION IN COMMON AREAS AND ON STAIRCASES. THEY ARE REQUIRED TO REMOVE THE HAZARDS WITHIN A STIPULATED PERIOD OF TIME.

IN ADDITION, FOUR FACTORIES WILL BE SUMMONSED SHORTLY FOR THE RECURRENCE OF THE FIRE HAZARDS, A FIRE SERVICES SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.

DURING THE SIX-HOUR OPERATION, THE OFFICERS VISITED 982 FACTORIES IN 32 INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS.

LED BY DIVISIONAL OFFICER, MR KWAN SAI-YIU, THE FIRE OFFICERS FOUND MANY STAIRWAYS, COMMON CORRIDORS, FIRE EXITS AND LIFT LOBBIES BLOCKED WITH PAPER CARTONS AND UNFINISHED PRODUCTS.

MR KWAN SAID AFTER THE INSPECTION THAT THE GENERAL FIRE PREVENTION SITUATION IN THE AREA WAS FAIR.

♦DESPITE GREAT EFFORTS BY FPB OFFICERS AND OPERATIONAL STAFF, MANY FACTORIES ARE STILL USING STAIRWAYS AND LIFT LOBBIES AS CONVENIENT STORAGE AREAS DISREGARDING THE SAFETY OF THEIR STAFF AND OTHERS,♦ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

DURING TODAY’S OPERATION FIRE OFFICERS ALSO FOUND 63 CASES OF UNAUTHORISED BUILDING ALTERATIONS, ILLEGAL ROOFTOP STRUCTURES USED FOR INDUSTRIAL PURPOSES AND BREACH OF LEASING CONDITIONS.

IN ADDITION, ABOUT 20 OFFICERS AND MEN FROM THE NEW TERRITORIES OPERATIONAL COMMAND ALSO CARRIED OUT THEIR DAILY INSPECTION IN THE SAME AREA. +THE PURPOSE OF THE DAILY VISIT IS TO ALLOW OPERATIONAL STAFF TO FAMILIARISE THEMSELVES WITH DIFFERENT PREMISES AND TO TRY AND KEEP STAIRCASES FREE OF OBSTRUCT IONS,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

♦IT IS THE AIM TO KEEP UP THE FIRE SERVICES PRESENCE IN INDUSTRIAL AREAS TO KEEP FACTORY OWNERS AND OPERATORS ON THEIR TOE CONCERNING SAFETY REGULATIONS,* HE ADDED.

- o-------------

/9........

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 23, 1980

9

HEALTH EDUCATION PROJECTS ON DISPLAY

» * * * H I

PRIZE-WINNING ENTRIES IN A HEALTH EDUCATION PROJECT COMPETITION FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS WILL BE ON DISPLAY IN THE CITY HALL EXHIBITION HALL FOR THREE DAYS STARTING ON SUNDAY (APRIL 27).

THE FIRST PRIZE WENT TO SHUN TAK FRATERNITY ASSOCIATION SEAWARD WOO COLLEGE FOR ITS PROJECT ON *A HEALTHY ENVIRONMENT*. THE SCHOOL WILL RECEIVE 11 800 AND A TROPHY.

PO LEUNG KUK NO 1 COLLEGE CAME SECOND WITH ITS PRESENTATION OF ^CONTROL OF COMMON PEST* AND IN THIRD PLACE WAS KEI HEEP SECONDARY TECHNICAL SCHOOL WHICH ALSO DEVELOPED THE THEME OF ♦A HEALTHY ENVIRONMENT*.

THEY WILL RECEIVE CASH PRIZES OF Si 500 AND $1 200 RESPECTIVELY, AND A TROPHY.

TWELVE OTHER PRIZE-WINNING PROJECTS WILL BE ON DISPLAY, BY MEANS OF PICTURES, PHOTOGRAPHS, MODELS, SPECIMENS, GRAPHS, CHARTS AND FEATURE ARTICLES.

THE THREE BEST PROJECTS WILL ALSO BE SHOWN AT VARIOUS COMMUNITY CENTRES AND SCHOOL HALLS AT A LATER DATE.

THE COMPETITION WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.

---o-------

/10.........

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 23, 1980

10

MUSIC CAMP FOR YOUNG PEOPLE ft ft ft * ft

YOUNG MUSICIANS WILL HAVE A CHANCE TO POLISH THEIR SKILL AT A MUSIC CAMP TO BE HELD AT THE SAI KUNG OUTDOOR RECREATION CENTRE BETWEEN AUGUST 11 AND 17 AS PART OF THIS YEAR’S SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME.

THE HONG KONG YOUTH MUSIC CAMP 1980 IS ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE AND THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DIVISION.

THE CAMP WILL GIVE PARTICIPANTS AN OPPORTUNITY TO REFINE THEIR INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC PLAYING SKILL AND TO TAKE PART IN SOME RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES.

THE SIX-DAY CAMP WILL END WITH A CONCERT TO BE GIVEN BY THE PARTICIPANTS IN THE ACADEMIC COMMUNITY HALL ON AUGUST 17.

APPLICATIONS ARE BEING INVITED FROM YOUNG MUSICIANS TO JOIN THE CAMP. THEY MUST MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS!

ft BE UNDER 25 YEARS OF AGE ON OR BEFORE SEPTEMBER 1, 1980-

ft HAVE ATTENDED GRADE FIVE OR EQUIVALENT IN EITHER WESTERN WOODWIND INSTRUMENT, OR WESTERN BRASS INSTRUMENT- OR STRING INSTRUMENT, OR PERCUSSION INSTRUMENT- OR HAVE AT LEAST ONE YEAR’S EXPERIENCE IN CHINESE MUSIC INSTRUMENT ORCHESTRAL PLAYING- AND

ft HAVE PASSED THE AUDITION TO BE ARRANGED IN JUNE THIS YEAR.

APPLICATION FORMS ARE NOW OBTAINABLE AT THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE MUSIC OFFICE ON THE NINTH FLOOR OF HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES AT 157-159 PRINCE EDWARD ROAD, THIRD FLOOR, MONG KOK-100 TING FU STREET, NGAU TAU KOK- 167-173 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, CHEUNG YIU BUILDING, TSUEN WAN- AND THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE ON THE 11TH FLOOR OF WING ON CENTRE, 111 CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL AND ITS 17 DISTRICT OFFICES.

APPLICATIONS WILL CLOSE ON MAY 10. THE FEE FOR JOINING THE CAMP IS $30 EACH.

ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE MUSIC CAMP CAN BE MADE ON TELi 5-283257 AND 5-458511.

-----o------

/11 ........

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 23, 1980

11

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN SHA TIN ******

A SECTION OF TAI PO ROAD IN SHA TIN WILL BE REDUCED TO ONE-LANE TRAFFIC BETWEEN MIDNIGHT AND 6 AM DAILY ON FRIDAY (APRIL 25) AND SATURDAY FOR THE DISMANTLING OF A STEEL BRIDGE AT ITS JUNCTION WITH KAU TO ROAD.

DURING THESE PERIODS, THIS SECTION OF THE ROAD MAY ALSO BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FOR SOME SHORT INTERVALS OF 30 MINUTES EACH TO FACILITATE THE DISMANTLING WORK.

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

- - 0 -

WATER CUT IN ABERDEEN * * * *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN ABERDEEN WILL BE SUSPENDED FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 10 AM TO 5 PM ON FRIDAY (APRIL 25) FOR WORK ON THE SUPPLY SYSTEM IN THE AREA.

THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY ABERDEEN OLD MAIN STREET AND TIN WAN INCLUDING YUE KWONG ESTATE, SHEK PAI WAN ESTATE AND TIN WAN ESTATE.

- - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

THURSDAY, APRIL 24, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

HONG KONG’S SUCCESSFUL CLIMB FROM BaRGaIN BASEMENT ............. 1

TUEN MUN RESIDENTS WILL HAVE BETTER MEDICAL CARE ............... 2

GOVERNliENT AlnS TO HAVE aDE^UATE SOCIAL SERVICES IN NT..........3

TSING YI ISLAND TO GET NCRE WATER SUPPLY ....................... 4

HOSPITAL DIRECTORS TAKE OFFICE ................................. 4

SNT TO OFFICIATE AT SWEaRING-IN OF YaN 01 TONG DIRECTORS ...................................................... 5

SURVEY ON CaR REPAIR AND SERVICING INDUSTRY .................... 5

EXHIBITION TO MARK SCHOOL’S 90TH ANNIVERSARY.................... 6

Water cut in kwun tong

7

THURSDAY, APRIL 24, 1930

1

HONG KONG'S SUCCESSFUL CLIMB FROM BARGAIN BASEMENT * M * *

THE DRAMATIC GROWTH OF HONG KONG'S EXPORTS IN THE PAST 20 YEARS MARKS A LONG AND SUCCESSFUL CLIMB FROM THE BARGAIN BASEMENT, THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, MR BILL DORWARD SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE PRIZE PRESENTATION CEREMONY OF THE 1980 NEW PRODUCTS COMPETITION ORGANISED BY THE CHINESE MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION, DURING WHICH HE PRESENTED THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS AWARD TO YAM’S ELECTRONIC FACTORY LTD FOR THEIR MINI FRIDGE AND FOOD WARMER.

REVIEWING HONG KONG’S RAPID DEVELOPMENT, MR DORWARD SAIDi +WE HAVE SEEN DRAMATIC CHANGES IN THOSE LAST TWO DECADES AND MORE. KWUN TONG THEN WAS STILL A RUBBISH DUMP WITH A FEW SQUATTER HUTS ALONGSIDE IT. TSUEN WAN WAS A VILLAGE- AND THE WATERS OF THE DELIGHTFULLY NAMED GIN DRINKERS BAY COVERED WHAT IS NOW A GOOD DEAL OF KWAI CHUNG. AND THERE WERE MANGROVE SWAMPS WHERE THE SHA TIN RACECOURSE STANDS.

♦BUT AS DRAMATIC AS THE CHANGE IN OUR PHYSICAL CIRCUMSTANCES HAS BEEN THE CHANGE IN OUR PRODUCTS AND THIS HAS BEEN REFLECTED IN OUR EXPORT FIGURES.

♦IN 1959 EXPORTS WERE WORTH $2 300 MILLION- BY 1969 THEY HAD REACHED $10 000 MILLION- AND LAST YEAR THEY REACHED $56 000 MILLION.

♦SUCCESS OF THESE DIMENSIONS CAN ONLY BE ACHIEVED BY A CONSTANT PROCESS OF UPGRADING AND EXPANSION OF QUALITY AND RANGE. WE ALL RECOGNISE THE NEED FOR FURTHER DIVERSIFICATION, BUT WE SHOULD NOT OVERLOOK THE FACT THAT MUCH HAS ALREADY BEEN ACHIEVED.^ HE SAID.

IN HIS FOREWORD TO THE CATALOGUE FOR THE NEW PRODUCTS SHOW ALSO ORGANISED BY THE CMA, MR DORWARD SAID: +WE USED TO BE FOND OF SAYING THAT ONE OF THE MAIN REASONS HONG KONG’S INDUSTRY WAS SUCCESSFUL WAS THAT IT LARGELY SOLD PRODUCTIVE CAPACITY RATHER THAN PRODUCTS. ITS ABILITY TO MAKE QUICKLY AND EFFICIENTLY TO BUYERS’ SPECIFICATIONS WAS ITS GREAT STRENGTH.

♦WHILE THIS IS STILL TRUE TO AN EXTENT, TIMES CHANGE. THE ABILITY TO INNOVATE, IN TERMS OF PRODUCT AND DESIGN, IS INCREASINGLY NECESSARY IN THE FACE OF THE CHALLENGES OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE. THIS SHOW INDICATES OUR ABILITY AND DETERMINATION TO MEET THAT CHALLENGE.♦

MR DORWARD CONGRATULATED THE CMA ON ITS ENTERPRISE AND PUBLIC SPIRIT IN ORGANISING BOTH THE HONG KONG NEW PRODUCTS COMPETITION -FOR THE ELEVENTH TIME - AND THE HONG KONG NEW PRODUCTS SHOW FOR THE SECOND TIME.

-------o----------

/2

THURSDAY, APRIL 24, 1980

2

TUEN MUN RESIDENTS WILL HAVE BETTER MEDICAL CARE *****

RESIDENTS OF GROWING TUEN MUN NEW TOWN WILL SOON HAVE A $11 MILLION POLYCLINIC WHICH OFFERS A WIDE RANGE OF SPECIALIST SERVICES.

THE FIVE-STOREY POLYCLINIC, SITUATED NORTH OF CASTLE PEAK POLICE STATION IN CASTLE PEAK ROAD, WILL BE NAMED AFTER YAN 01 TONG, A CHARITY ORGANISATION WHICH HAS DONATED $4 MILLION TOWARDS ITS COST.

WHEN THE FIRST STAGE OF CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED NEXT YEAR, THE POLYCLINIC WILL PROVIDE A LARGE GENERAL OUT-PATIENT DEPARTMENT, FAMILY HEALTH SERVICES, MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH SERVICES, A CHEST CLINIC, A RADIODIAGNOSTIC UNIT, A PUBLIC HEALTH LABORATORY AND A DENTAL CLINIC.

THE FOUNDATION STONE FOR THE NEW POLYCLINIC WILL BE LAID ON MONDAY (APRIL 28) BY THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT SAID THE POPULATION OF TUEN MUN IS EXPECTED TO BE WELL OVER HALF A MILLION BY THE TURN OF THE DECADE AS A RESULT OF THE MASSIVE PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME AND OTHER DEVELOPMENT.

IN VIEW OF THE EXPECTED POPULATION INCREASE AND IN KEEPING WITH THE MEDICAL REGIONALISATION SCHEME, A 1 300-BED DISTRICT HOSPITAL WILL ALSO BE BUILT TO COPE WITH THE INCREASING MEDICAL NEEDS, HE SAID.

AT PRESENT, THE TOWN IS SERVED BY A GENERAL CLINIC WHICH INCORPORATES AN OUT-PATIENT DEPARTMENT, A FAMILY HEALTH SERVICE CENTRE, A MATERNITY HOME, A CHEST CLINIC AND A METHADONE CLINIC.

YAN 01 POLYCLINIC, WHEN COMPLETED, WILL REINFORCE THE SERVICES OF THIS EXISTING CLINIC.

THE SECOND STAGE OF THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN 1984. IT WILL FURTHER PROVIDE OUT-PATIENT TREATMENT IN SPECIAL BRANCHES OF MEDICINE, AND RENAL DIALYSIS FACILITIES TO COMPLEMENT THOSE IN TUEN MUN HOSPITAL, SCHEDULED TO OPEN IN 1985.

BY THE MID 80S, RESIDENTS OF TUEN MUN NEW TOWN WILL HAVE A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE OF MEDICAL FACILITIES.

NOTE TO EDITORSi

THE FOUNDATION STONE LAYING CEREMONY OF YAN 01 POLYCLINIC WILL TAKE PLACE AT 10.30 AM ON MONDAY (APRIL 28). IT WILL BE ATTENDED BY THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH, DR K.L. THONG, AND THE CHAIRMAN OF YAN 01 TONG AND TUEN MUN RURAL COMMITTEE, M? LAU WONG-FAT.

YOU ARE WELCOME TO SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE EVENT.

/A GOVERNMENT .....

THURSDAY, APRIL 24, 1980

5

A GOVERNMENT VAN (AM 2461) WILL LEAVE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER FOR TUEN MUN AT 9.15 AM SHARP.

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WHO WISH TO MAKE USE OF THIS TRANSPORT FACILITY ARE ASKED TO CONTACT MR K.Y. MAK ON 5-7951860 TO RESERVE SEATS.

0

GOVERNMENT AIMS TO HAVE ADEQUATE SOCIAL SERVICES IN NT

******

THE GOVERNMENT AIMS TO HAVE ADEQUATE AND GOOD SOCIAL SERVICES IN THE NEW TOWNS, BUT ACHIEVING THIS IS NOT EASY, THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR AUGUSTINE CHUI KAM, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

MR CHUI WAS SPEAKING AT THE PO LEUNG KUK CENTENARY COLLEGE’S SPORTS DAY AT YUEN LONG STADIUM.

ON THE ONE HAND, HE SAID, THERE WAS A NEED TO PRESS FOR RAPID PROGRESS IN DEVELOPMENT PLANS WHILE ON THE OTHER PROPER CO-ORDINATION AMONG GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS WAS REQUIRED.

MR CHUI SAID THAT THE NUMEROUS SOCIAL SERVICE ORGANISATIONS NEEDED EXPERIENCED AND REPUTABLE VOLUNTARY ASSOCIATIONS TO SHOULDER THE DIFFICULT TASK.

HE SAID IT WAS NOT EASY TO OPERATE A SECONDARY SCHOOL, AND IT WAS EVEN MORE DIFFICULT TO OPERATE A SECONDARY SCHOOL WITH DISTINGUISHED PERFORMANCE AND TRADITION.

+IT NEEDS CO-OPERATION AND SUPPORT FROM ALL CIRCLES AND REQUIRES MANY YEARS OF EFFORT AND SUBSEQUENT GOOD RESULTS TO BUILD UP A GOOD NAME. TRUST FROM PARENTS AND THE PUBLIC IS ALSO NEEDED,* HE SAID.

MR CHUI SAID THERE HAD BEEN CONTINUOUS INCREASES IN THE NUMBER OF CHILDREN OF SCHOOL AGE IN THE NEW TOWNS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.

+WHAT THESE CHILDREN NEED IS NOT ONLY PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN THEIR TOWNS BUT SCHOOLS WHICH ARE WELL-OPERATED AND UP TO THE EXPECTATIONS OF PARENTS. OTHERWISE, SOME PARENTS WOULD RATHER SEND THEIR CHILDREN TO STUDY AT WHAT THEY CONSIDER TO BE MORE IDEAL SCHOOLS DESPITE HAVING TO TRAVEL LONG DISTANCES.*

HE NOTED THAT THE PO LEUNG KUK, A LONG ESTABLISHED CHARITABLE BODY, HAD ACHIEVED REMARKABLE RESULTS IN ITS WORK.

HE SAID HE HAD VISITED SCHOOLS RUN BY THE KUK AND FELT THEY WERE A GOOD EXAMPLE IN MANY ASPECTS.

-----0-----

A

THURSDAY, APRIL 24, 1980

4

TSI NG Yl ISLAND TO GET MORE WATER SUPPLY *****

THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT IS TO EMBARK ON A >6.2 MILLION PROJECT TO IMPROVE WATER SUPPLY TO THE FAST-GROWING RESIDENTIAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENTS ON TSING Yl ISLAND.

MR LEE GUN-CHEUNG, CHIEF ENGINEER (CONSTRUCTION) OF THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT, SAID THE PROJECT INCLUDED THE LAYING OF STEEL PIPELINE OF 600 MM IN DIAMETER AND OTHER DISTRIBUTION PIPELINE FOR FRESH AND SALT WATER SUPPLY.

♦WORK WILL START NEXT WEEK AND WILL TAKE 12 MONTHS TO COMPLETE,* HE SAID.

MR LEE WAS SPEAKING AFTER SIGNING THE CONTRACT FOR THE PROJECT WITH MR YUE YUNG-HING OF WO HING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED.

MR LEE SAID SOME 1 100 METRES OF STEEL PIPELINE WOULD BE LAID BETWEEN CHEUNG CHING ESTATE AND THE RECLAMATION AT THE NORTHERN ENTRANCE TO THE TSING Yl BRIDGE.

THIS PIPELINE WILL PROVIDE SALT WATER FOR FLUSHING PURPOSES TO THE CHEUNG CHING ESTATE AND THE NEW CHEUNG HONG ESTATE FROM A SALT WATER PUMPING STATION TO BE CONSTRUCTED NEXT TO THE BRIDGE.

*IN ADDITION, ANOTHER 4 900 METRES OF STEEL PIPELINE OF DIFFERENT SIZES WILL BE LAID BETWEEN CHEUNG CHING ESTATE AND NAM WAN, ON THE WESTERN SIDE OF TSING Yl ISLAND, FOR THE SUPPLY OF FRESH WATER TO NEW LARGE-SCALE INDUSTRIAL ESTABLISHMENTS,* HE SAID.

ADDITIONAL SMALLER DISTRIBUTION PIPELINE WILL ALSO BE LAID TO AUGMENT EXISTING FRESH AND SALT WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS.

- - 0 - -

HOSPITAL DIRECTORS TAKE OFFICE *****

THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES TODAY (THURSDAY) OFFICIATED AT THE INAUGURATION OF THE YAN CHAI HOSPITAL BOARD OF DIRECTORS FOR 1980/81.

AT THE CEREMONY HELD IN THE HOSPITAL IN TSUEN WAN, M? AKERS-JONES PRESENTED TESTIMONIAL CERTIFICATES TO THE OUTGOING DIRECTORS IN RECOGNITION OF THEIR SERVICE.

UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, SIR SZE-YUEN CHUNG ADMINISTERED THE OATH BY THE NEW BOARD ON ASSUMING OFFICE. IT COMPRISES A CHAIRMAN, SIX VICE-CHAIRMEN AND 13 DIRECTORS.

SPEECHES WERE GIVEN BY THE INCOMING AND OUTGOING CHAIRWOMEN, MRS WU KWOK SAU-PING AND MRS RITA LIU RESPECTIVELY.

/YAN CHAI

THURSDAY, APRIL 24, 1980

5

YAN CHAI IS A GOVERNMENT-SUBVENTED GENERAL HOSPITAL ADMINISTERED JOINTLY BY THE HOSPITAL’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT.

THE 150-BED HOSPITAL, OPENED IN AUGUST 1973, SERVES RESIDENTS OF THE WEST NEW TERRITORIES.

- - 0 - -

NOTE TO EDITORS*

SNT TO OFFICIATE AT SWEARING-IN OF YAN 01 TONG DIRECTORS

* * * * * *

THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES WILL OFFICIATE AT THE SWEARING-IN OF DIRECTORS OF THE YAN 01 TONG, A TUEN MUN BASED CHARITABLE BODY FORMED ABOUT 50 YEARS AGO. THE CEREMONY WILL TAKE PLACE ABOUT NOON TOMORROW IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY HEADQUARTERS.

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND YOUR REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE CEREMONY. THEY SHOULD MEET MR DONALD STRANGE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION PRESS UNIT ON THE 15TH FLOOR OF HOUSING AUTHORITY HEADQUARTERS, PRINCESS MARGARET ROAD BY 11.45 AM TOMORROW.

INTERVIEWS WILL BE ARRANGED WITH THE NEWLY APPOINTED CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

_ _ 0 - -

SURVEY ON CAR REPAIR AND SERVICING INDUSTRY *****

A MAJOR SURVEY OF HONG KONG’S AUTOMOBILE REPAIRS AND SERVICING INDUSTRY WILL BE CARRIED OUT IN JUNE TO COLLECT UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION ON TRAINING REQUIREMENTS.

THE SURVEY, THE FIFTH OF ITS KIND, WILL BE CONDUCTED BY THE AUTOMOBILE REPAIRS AND SERVICING INDUSTRY TRAINING BOARD OF THE HONG KONG TRAINING COUNCIL, WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT AND THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE AUTOMOBILE REPAIRS AND SERVICING INDUSTRY TRAINING BOARD, MR D.C.J. BANFIELD, SAID THAT THE SURVEY WAS NEEDED IN VIEW OF THE MANY CHANGES SINCE THE ONE CONDUCTED TWO YEARS AGO.

INFORMATION COLLECTED WOULD BE HANDLED IN STRICT CONFIDENCE AND WOULD BE PUBLISHED ONLY IN THE FORM OF STATISTICAL SUMMARIES WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ANY INDIVIDUAL ESTABLISHMENT, HE SAID.

/INFORMATION TO

THURSDAY, APRIL 24, 1980

6

INFORMATION TO BE COLLECTED FROM THIS SURVEY IS IMPORTANT FOR FORMULATING MEANINGFUL TRAINING PLANS FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE INDUSTRY AND CO-OPERATION OF THOSE COVERED IN THE SURVEY IS NEEDED.

QUESTIONNAIRES AND EXPLANATORY LETTERS IN BOTH CHINESE AND ENGLISH WILL BE SENT TO THE ESTABLISHMENTS SELECTED BY RANDOM STRATIFIED SAMPLING.

EMPLOYERS ARE ASKED TO SUPPLY INFORMATION INCLUDING THE NUMBERS OF WORKERS EMPLOYED AND UNDER TRAINING- AS WELL AS THE NUMBER OF EXISTING VACANCIES AND-A FORECAST OF ADDITIONAL WORKERS IN THE NEXT 12 MONTHS.

ASSISTANT CENSUS AND STATISTICS OFFICERS WILL VISIT EACH OF THE ESTABLISHMENTS CONCERNED AND HELP EMPLOYERS TO COMPLETE THE QUESTIONNAIRE.

INFORMATION OBTAINED IN THE 1978 SURVEY WAS COMPILED AND ANALYSED AND THE FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS WERE SUBSEQUENTLY PUBLISHED. SOME OF THE RECOMMENDATIONS HAVE ALREADY BEEN IMPLEMENTED.

-----0------

EXHIBITION TO MARK SCHOOL’S 90TH ANNIVERSARY * * ft

AN EXHIBITION ON +SCIENCE IN EVERYDAY LIFE+ WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AND SATURDAY AT BEL IL IOS PUBLIC SCHOOL AS PART OF THE OPEN DAY ACTIVITIES TO MARK THE SCHOOL’S 90TH ANNIVERSARY.

ON DISPLAY AT THE EXHIBITION WILL BE MANY ITEMS OF INTEREST INCLUDING ALARM SYSTEMS, DIGITAL DISPLAY SYSTEMS, EVERLASTING PLANTS, GARDENING IN MINIATURE AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT IN PHOTOGRAPHIC AND COMMERCIAL FIELDS.

THE SCIENCE SHOW IS OPEN TO THE PUBLIC BETWEEN 9.30 AM AND 5 PM DAILY DURING THESE TWO DAYS AT THE SCHOOL PREMISES AT 51 TIN HAU TEMPLE ROAD, NORTH POINT.

BEL IL IOS PUBLIC SCHOOL WAS THE FIRST SECONDARY SCHOOL FOR GIRLS IN HONG KONG AND WAS SET UP IN 1890 BY MR E.R. BEL IL IOS.

NOTE TO EDITORSi

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND YOUR REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE SCIENCE EXHIBITION AT BELILIOS PUBLIC SCHOOL, 51 TIN HAU TEMPLE ROAD BETWEEN 9.30 AM AND 5 PM DAILY TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AND SATURDAY.

-----0-----

/7

THURSDAY, APRIL 24, 1980

7

WATER CUT IN KWUN TONG M * * *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN KWUN TONG WILL BE CUT OFF FOR SIX HOURS, FROM MIDNIGHT TO 6 AM ON SATURDAY (APRIL 26), TO FACILITATE A LEAKAGE TEST.

THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY NGAU TAU KOK ROAD, JORDAN VALLEY NORTH ROAD, INCLUDING BLOCKS 10 TO 16 OF JORDAN VALLEY ESTATE, AND AMOY CANNING CORPORATION (HK) LTD.

- - o - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

FRIDAY, .PRIL 2?, 19^0

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES FOR IJiRCH .............. 1

LAW TO CONTROL PARaMEDICaL PROFESSIONS PROPOSED ... J

CONSUMER PRICE INDICES FDR aARCH REMaIN UNCHANGED..4

EIGHT NT SITES AV;JLAHLj NEXT MONTH ............... 5

LICENCE REQUIRED FDR EMPLOYMENT aGETCISS DEALING WITH DOMESTIC SERVES FROM JULY 1 ...........,.......6

RECLAMATION AT SAM KA TSUEN PROPOSED .............. 7

TOWN PLaN FOR PEAK AREA REVISED ................... 8

OLD CHARITABLE BODY kDOPTS NEW JAYS TO SERVE....... 8

WATER SUPPLIES DIRECTOR INSPECTS JaN CHnI DEPOT.... 10

SNT TO OPEN BONSAI SHO J ......................... 10

AMS DRILL COMPETITION ............................ 11

PLB PROHIBITED ZONE .............................. 11

FIRING PRACTICE

12

FRIDAY, APRIL 25, 1980

1

PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES FOR MARCH * * *

THE VALUE OF HONG KONG’S TOTAL EXPORTS FOR MARCH WAS $6 787 MILLION, MADE UP OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AT $4 585 MILLION AND RE-EXPORTS AT $2 202 MILLION, ACCORDING TO PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES RELEASED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY (FRIDAY).

WITH IMPORTS AT $8 959 MILLION, THE VISIBLE TRADE DEFICIT FOR MARCH WAS $2 172 MILLION.

COMPARED WITH THE SAME MONTH IN 1979, INCREASES BY VALUE WERE RECORDED IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS, UP 1771 MILLION OR 20 PER CENTRE-EXPORTS $643 MILLION OR 43 PER CENT- TOTAL EXPORTS $1 414 MILLION OR 26 PER CENT AND IMPORTS $2 477 MILLION OR 38 PER CENT.

COMMENTING ON THESE FIGURES, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE DROP FROM THE 70 PER CENT INCREASE IN THE VALUE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS IN FEBRUARY THIS YEAR COMPARED WITH FEBRUARY 1979 TO A 20 PER CENT INCREASE IN MARCH THIS YEAR COMPARED WITH MARCH 1979 WAS LARGELY THE RESULT OF SEASONAL FACTORS.

HE EXPLAINED THAT, IN MARCH LAST YEAR, DOMESTIC ALREADY RECOVERED FULLY FROM THE LUNAR NEW.YEAR LULL THIS YEAR THEY WERE STILL IN THE -------

EXPORTS HAD BUT IN MARCH

LUNAR NEW YEAR WAS IN THE MIDDLE OF JANUARY IN 1979.

PROCESS OF RECOVERING BECAUSE OF FEBRUARY, COMPARED WITH THE END

MANUFACTURING PRODUCTION IN THE SECOND HALF OF FEBRUARY THIS YEAR WHICH WOULD NORMALLY BE REFLECTED IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS IN MARCH, COULD NOT HAVE BEEN SUBSTANTIAL, PARTICULARLY AS A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF COMPANIES EXTENDED THE HOLIDAY PERIOD FOR THEIR WORKERS.

PUTTING THE MONTH’S STATISTICS INTO CONTEXT, THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE VALUES OF TOTAL EXPORTS AND IMPORTS FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF THIS YEAR WERE BOTH 38 PER CENT HIGHER THAN FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1979.

THE VISIBLE TRADE +GAP+, THAT IS THE EXTENT TO WHICH THE VALUE CF IMPORTS IS NOT COVERED BY THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS, WAS 18.4 PER CENT FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF THIS YEAR, THE SAME AS THAT FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1979. THUS, AS ENVISAGED BY THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY IN HIS BUDGET SPEECH, THE GROWTH RATE OF IMPORTS IS CATCHING UP WITH TOTAL EXPORTS, WITH THE VISIBLE TRADE +GAP+ CEASING TO NARROW, INVOLVING A REVERSAL, FOR THE TIME BEING, OF RECENT TRENDS.

THE FOLLOWING ARE COMPARATIVE TRADE FIGURES'

LATEST THREE MONTHS JAN-MAR 1980 JAN-MAR 1979 INCREASE OR DECREASE

$ MN. $ MN, $ MN. %

DOMESTIC EXPORTS 13 712 10 116 ♦ 3 596 ♦ 35.6

(% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) (69.4%) (70.6%)

RE-EXPORTS 6 037 4 207 ♦ 1 830 +43.5

/TOTAL EXPORTS

FRIDAX, APRIL 25, 1980

2

TOTAL EXPORTS 19 749 14 323 ♦ 5 426 ♦ 37.9

IMPORTS 24 215 17 559 ♦ 6 656 ♦ 37.9

TRADE BALANCE - 4 466 - 3 236 - 1 230

SAME MONTH LAST YEAR MARCH 1980 MARCH 1979 INCREASE OR DECREASE

$ MN. $ MN. s MN. %

DOMESTIC EXPORTS (% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) 4 585 (67.6%) 3 814 (71.0%) 771 ♦ 20.2

RE-EXPORTS 2 202 1 559 643 ♦ 41.3

TOTAL EXPORTS 6 787 5 373 ♦ 1 414 + 26.3

IMPORTS 8 959 6 482 ♦ 2 477 ♦ 38.2

TRADE BALANCE - 2 172 - 1 109 - 1 063

LAST MONTH MARCH 1980 FEBRUARY 1980 INCREASE OR DECREASE

$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %

DOMESTIC EXPORTS (% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) 4 585 (67.6%) 4 131 (69.8%) + 453 + 11.0

RE-EXPORTS 2 202 1 788 414 + 23.2

TOTAL EXPORTS 6 787 5 919 867 + 14.7

IMPORTS 8 959 7 124 + 1 835 + 25.8

TRADE BALANCE - 2 172 - 1 205 967

LAST 12 MONTHS APRIL 1979 TO MARCH 1980 APRIL 1978 TO MARCH 1979 INCREASE OR DECREASE

$ MN. $ MN. s MN. %

DOMESTIC EXPORTS 59 508 43 122 +16 386 + 38.0

RE-EXPORTS 21 852 14 758 ♦ 7 094 + 48.1

TOTAL EXPORTS 81 360 57 880 ♦23 480 + 40.6

IMPORTS 92 494 67 538 +24 955 + 36.9

TRADE BALANCE - 11 134 - 9 658 - 1 476

FRIDAY, APRIL 25, 1980

3

LAW TO CONTROL PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS PROPOSED ******

THE GOVERNMENT PROPOSES TO INTRODUCE LEGISLATION TO ESTABLISH A SYSTEM OF CONTROL OVER PROFESSIONS SUPPLEMENTARY TO MEDICINE, OR WHAT ARE COMMONLY KNOWN AS PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS.

PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY IS THE SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL PROFESSIONS BILL 1980 WHICH IS DESIGNED TO PROMOTE ADEQUATE STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT AMONG THE VARIOUS PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS.

THE PARAMEDICALS ARE THOSE OTHER THAN DOCTORS AND DENTISTS WHO ARE CONCERNED WITH THE CARE OF PATIENTS IN THE OPERATION OF HEALTH SERVICES. AMONG THOSE ARE MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNICIANS, RADIOGRAPHERS, PHYSIOTHERAPISTS, AND OCCUPATIONAL THERAPISTS.

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT EXCEPT FOR THE PHARMACISTS AND THE NURSING PROFESSION, THERE IS AT PRESENT NO STATUTORY CONTROL OVER PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS IN HONG KONG.

♦WITH THE ADVANCE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, LABORATORY TESTS AND X-RAY EXAMINATIONS ARE RELIED UPON MORE AND MORE FOR THE DIAGNOSIS OF DISEASES. SIMILARLY, RADIOTHERAPY, PHYSIOTHERAPY AND OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ARE OFTEN PRESCRIBED AS PART OF A TREATMENT PROGRAMME. IT IS IN THE PUBLIC INTERESTS THAT SUCH TESTS AND TREATMENT SHOULD BE CONDUCTED UNDER PROFESSIONAL SUPERVISION AND GUIDANCE,* THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.

THE BILL WILL PROVIDE FOR THE REGISTRATION AND DISCIPLINE OF THE PROFESSIONS, THE ISSUE OF PRACTISING CERTIFICATES AND CODES OF PRACTICE.

A SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL PROFESSIONS COUNCIL WILL BE ESTABLISHED TO SUPERVISE AND CO-ORDINATE THE ACTIVITIES OF VARIOUS PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS.

MEMBERSHIP OF THE COUNCIL WILL COMPRISE THE FOLLOWING PERSONS APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR* A CHAIRMAN- A DEPUTY CHAIRMAN- NOT MORE THAN FOUR PUBLIC OFFICERS- ONE PERSON NOMINATED BY THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG- ONE PERSON NOMINATED BY THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG- ONE PERSON NOMINATED BY THE POLYTECHNIC- ONE PERSON FROM EACH PROFESSION TO WHICH THE BILL APPLIES- AND FOUR OTHER PERSONS, NOT BEING PUBLIC OFFICERS.

THERE WILL BE A SEPARATE BOARD FOR EACH PARAMEDICAL PROFESSION CONSISTING OF NOT LESS THAN NINE AND NOT MORE THAN 12 MEMBERS APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE BILL WILL COVER THE FOUR PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS LISTED IN THE SCHEDULE.

AS IT WILL TAKE SOME TIME TO PREPARE THE NECESSARY SUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION AND TO SET UP THE REGISTRATION MACHINERY, IT IS INTENDED THAT THE CONTROL SHOULD BE BROUGHT IN BY PHASES, STARTING WITH hEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNICIANS, TO BE FOLLOWED BY RADIOGRAPHERS, PHYSIOTHERAPISTS AND OCCUPATIONAL THERAPISTS, HE SAID.

THE DATES FOR THE APPLICATION OF THE BILL TO ANY PARTICULAR PROFESSION WILL BE DECIDED BY THE GOVERNOR AND ANNOUNCED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE, HE ADDED.

------o------- /4....

FRIDAY, APRIL 25, 1980

CONSUMER PRICE INDICES FOR X * * * M MARCH * REMAIN UNCHANGED

THE CONSUMER PRICE INDICES (A) WERE 158 AND 157 RESPECTIVELY, EACH PREVIOUS MONTH. AND (B) FOR LAST MONTH (MARCH) BEING THE SAME AS IN THE

CPI(A) IS BASED ON WEIGHTS DERIVED FROM THE EXPENDITURE PATTERN OF HOUSEHOLDS SPENDING BETWEEN *400 AND *1 499 A MONTH AND CP 1(B) FROM THOSE SPENDING BETWEEN *1 500 AND *2 999 A MONTH, AS DETERMINED IN THE HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURE SURVEY OF 1973/74.

THE COMPONENTS OF THE THE PREVIOUS MONTH AND THE FOLLOWSi TWO INDICES FOR MARCH COMPARED WITH CORRESPONDING MONTH IN 1979 ARE AS

CPI(A) CPI(B)

COMPONENT MAR 80 FEB 80 MAR 79 MAR 80 FEB 80 MAR 79

FOODSTUFFS 153 152 129 154 154 130

HOUSING 148 148 139 149 148 139

FUEL AND LIGHT 263 259 144 247 244 142

ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO 181 181 155 174 174 150

CLOTHING AND FOOTWEAR 118 118 105 115 116 104

DURABLE GOODS 133 131 122 129 128 119

MISCELLANEOUS GOODS 166 165 140 164 164 137

TRANSPORT AND VEHICLES 192 191 147 192 191 153

SERVICES 163 165 143 167 168 145

ALL ITEMS 158 158 133 157 157 133

THE INDEX FOR FOODSTUFFS INCREASED BY ONE POINT IN CP 1(A). PARTICULARLY SIGNIFICANT WERE THE INCREASES IN THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICES OF FRESH FRUITS, BEEF AND FRESH-WATER FISH. THE COST OF bEALS BOUGHT IN RESTAURANTS ALSO WENT UP.

ON THE OTHER HAND, THE FISH, FRESH VEGETABLES AND THE RETAIL PRICES OF OTHER AVERAGE RETAIL PRICES OF SALT-WATER LIVE POULTRY DECREASED. MOVEMENTS IN FOOD ITEMS WERE INSIGNIFICANT.

/THE ONE ....

FRIDAY, APRIL 25, 1980

5

THE ONE POINT INCREASE IN THE INDEX FOR HOUSING IN CPI(B) WAS ATTRIBUTABLE TO HIGHER MAINTENANCE FEES IN MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS.

HIGHER CHARGES FOR ELECTRICITY INCREASED THE INDEX FOR FUEL AND LIGHT BY FOUR POINTS IN CPI(A) AND BY THREE POINTS IN CPI(B).

THE INDEX FOR CLOTHING AND FOOTWEAR DECREASED BY ONE POINT IN CPI(B) AS A RESULT OF LOWER PRICES FOR WOMEN'S OUTERCLOTHING.

THE INDEX FOR DURABLE GOODS INCREASED BY TWO POINTS IN CP I(A) AND BY ONE POINT IN CPI(B) BECAUSE OF HIGHER PRICES FOR ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES.

FOLLOWING HIGHER PRICES FOR MEDICINES AND TOYS. THE INDEX FOR MISCELLANEOUS GOODS INCREASED BY ONE POINT IN CPI(A).

THE INDEX FOR TRANSPORT AND VEHICLES INCREASED BY ONE POINT EACH IN CP I(A) AND (B), REFLECTING THE IMPACT OF THE UPWARD REVISION IN BUS FARES SINCE FEBRUARY AS WELL AS HIGHER CHARGES FOR PEAK TRAM FARES AND MACAO FERRY AND HYDROFOIL FARES. OFFSETTING THESE RISES WERE THE DECREASES IN PUBLIC LIGHT BUS FARES WHICH WENT UP DURING THE LUNAR NEW YEAR.

THE INDEX FOR SERVICES DECREASED BY TWO POINTS IN CP I (A) AND BY ONE POINT IN CPI(B) AS THE CHARGES FOR HAIRDRESSING RETURNED TO NORMAL AFTER THE LUNAR NEW YEAR.

PRICE MOVEMENTS IN OTHER COMMODITY SECTIONS WERE INSIGNIFICANT.

DETAILS OF THESE PRICE MOVEMENTS ARE GIVEN IN THE ^CONSUMER PRICE INDEX REPORT* FOR MARCH 1980. WHICH WILL SOON BE AVAILABLE FOR SALE AT $2 EACH AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING. CONNAUGHT PLACE.

-------0 - - - -

EIGHT NT SITES AVAILABLE NEXT MONTH ft ft ft ft

THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION IS TO OFFER EIGHT SITES BY TENDER NEXT MONTH TO HOLDERS OF LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS.

SEVEN OF THE SITES ARE IN SHA TIN AND THE REMAINING ONE IS IN TUEN MUN.

OF THE SEVEN SHA TIN SITES FIVE ARE FOR RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT. FOUR ARE IN AREA 46 AND HAVE PLOT RATIOS OF ONLY 0.4 WHILE THE OTHER SITE IS IN AREA 43 WITH A PLOT RATIO OF 1.

THE AREAS OF THE FIVE SITES RANGE FROM 928 SQUARE METRES TO 13 160 SQUARE METRES AND ARE FOR TWO-STOREY OR FOUR-STOREY DEVELOPMENT.

THE OTHER TWO SHA TIN SITES ARE FOR INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT. LOCATED IN FO TAN INDUSTRIAL AREA, THEY ARE FOR MULTI-STOREY INDUSTRIAL OR GODOWN PURPOSES. THEY MEASURE 4 370 SQUARE METRES AND 5 147 SQUARE METRES RESPECTIVELY AND BOTH HAVE A PLOT RATIO OF 9.5.

/THE BULGING ...

FRIDAY, APRIL 25, 1980

6

THE BUILDING COVENANT FOR THE LARGER SITE IS 936.7 MILLION AND $31.1 MILLION FOR THE SMALLER SITE, BOTH TO BE FULFILLED WITHIN FOUR YEARS.

THE TUEN MUN SITE MEASURING 1 060 SQUARE METRES IS TO BE DEVELOPED FOR RESIDENTIAL USE, WITH COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT ON THE GROUND AND FIRST FLOORS.

THE BUILDING COVENANT IS $2.2 MILLION TO BE FULFILLED WITHIN THREE YEARS.

A NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION SPOKESMAN SAID THE TENDER WOULD CLOSE AT NOON ON MAY 23. APPLICATIONS TOGETHER WITH A CHEQUE FOR $50 000 PAYABLE TO THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT SHOULD BE PLACED IN THE TENDER BOX IN THE RECEPTION LOBBY OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION, FIFTH FLOOR, HOUSING AUTHORITY HEADQUARTERS, BEFORE MAY 23.

TENDER FORMS, TENDER NOTICES AND CONDITIONS OF SALE ARE AVAILABLE FROM NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION HEADQUARTERS OR FROM ANY OF ITS EIGHT DISTRICT OFFICES.

-------o - - - -

LICENCE REQUIRED FOR EMPLOYMENT AGENCIES

DEALING WITH DOMESTIC SERVANTS FROM JULY 1

* ft * * * ft

ALL EMPLOYMENT AGENCIES DEALING SOLELY WITH DOMESTIC SERVANTS WILL BE BROUGHT UNDER LEGISLATIVE CONTROL FROM JULY 1.

THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY (FRIDAY) ANNOUNCED THAT THE EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE 1980, WHICH PROVIDES FOR SUCH CONTROL, WOULD BECOME EFFECTIVE ON THAT DATE.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID THAT FROM JULY 1 ANYONE OPERATING AN EMPLOYMENT AGENCY DEALING SOLELY WITH DOMESTIC SERVANTS WOULD REQUIRE A LICENCE ISSUED BY THE DEPARTMENT.

THOSE OPERATING WITHOUT A LICENCE WOULD BE COMMITTING AN OFFENCE AND LIABLE ON CONVICTION TO A FINE OF $5 000.

♦APPLICATION FORMS FOR THE LICENCE ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE DEPARTMENT’S OVERSEAS EMPLOYMENT SERVICE, FIRST FLOOR, NEW RODNEY BLOCK, 99 QUEENSWAY, WAN CHAI.*

♦IT IS ADVISABLE FOR OPERATORS TO SUBMIT THEIR APPLICATIONS AT LEAST ONE MONTH BEFORE THEY INTEND TO START THEIR BUS I NESS,♦ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT ALSO COMING INTO EFFECT ON JULY 1 WOULD BE THE WOMEN AND YOUNG PERSONS (INDUSTRY) REGULATIONS 1980.

FROM THAT DAY THE HOURS DURING WHICH INDUSTRIAL WORKERS AGED BETWEEN 14 AND 17 MIGHT BE EMPLOYED WOULD BE ADJUSTED TO BETWEEN 7 AM AND 7 PM IN LINE WITH STANDARDS SET BY THE INTERNATIONAL LABOUR ORGANISATION.

/all permissions .....

FRIDAY, APRIL 25, 1980

7

ALL PERMISSIONS AND EXEMPTIONS GRANTED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR UNDER THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS REGULATIONS REGARDING THE EMPLOYMENT OF WOMEN AND YOUNG PERSONS WOULD REMAIN VALID AFTER JULY 1 UNTIL THEY WERE CANCELLED BY THE COMMISSIONER. THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

-----0-----

RECLAMATION AT SAM KA TSUEN PROPOSED * * * X X X

THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO RECLAIM 1.34 HECTARES OF FORESHORE AND SEABED AT SAM KA TSUEN SHELTERED ANCHORAGE ADJACENT TO LEI YUE MUN VILLAGE.

THE WORK WILL COMPRISE THE CONSTRUCTION OF SEAWALL, THE RECLAMATION OF LAND FROM THE SEA AND ASSOCIATED DRAINAGE AND ROAD WORKS.

THE RECLAIMED LAND IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS SITES FOR A MULTI-STOREY CAR PARK, A MARKET, A LATRINE AND BATHHOUSE, A REFUSE COLLECTION POINT AND A PROMENADE.

THE EXTENT OF THE AREA OF FORESHORE AND SEABED INVOLVED WAS DESCRIBED IN A NOTICE IN TODAY’S (FRIDAY) GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.

OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL OR ANY CLAIM OF PRIVATE RIGHT SHOULD BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS WITHIN A PERIOD OF TWO MONTHS, FROM THE DATE OF THE NOTIFICATION.

THE NOTICE, IN BOTH CHINESE AND ENGLISH, WITH ITS RELATED PLAN CAN BE SEEN ON NOTICE BOARDS NEAR THE SITE.

THE PLAN SHOWING THE AREA OF FORESHORE AND SEABED INVOLVED MAY ALSO BE SEEN AT THE PORT WORKS DIVISION, FIRST FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG- THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, 19TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING- OR ITS SUB-OFFICE IN KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 10TH FLOOR, 405 NATHAN ROAD.

-------0---------

/8

FRIDAY, APRIL 25, 1980

8

TOWN PLAN FOR PEAK AREA REVISED

* * * *

THE TOWN PLANNING BOARD TODAY (FRIDAY) PUBLISHED A REVISED DRAFT OUTLINE ZONING PLAN FOR THE PEAK AREA, INCORPORATING TWO AMENDMENTS.

ONE OF THE AMENDMENTS INVOLVES THE DESIGNATION OF THE POK FU LAM COUNTRY PARK IN THE PLAN AND THE OTHER CONCERNS THE RE-ZONING OF AN AREA FROM RESIDENTIAL TO RESIDENTIAL (GROUP C) USE WHICH CARRIES A PLOT RATIO OF 0.5.

PROPOSALS WERE ALSO MADE TO REVISE THE SCHEDULE OF NOTES.

THE AMENDMENT PLAN MAY BE INSPECTED IN THE TOWN PLANNING OFFICE, 17TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD AND THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICE (CENTRAL AND WESTERN) ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING ENTRANCE.

COPIES OF THE DRAFT AMENDMENT PLAN ARE ON SALE IN THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT’S CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, 19TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, AT 15 FOR AN UNCOLOURED COPY AND $25 FOR A COLOURED COPY.

ANY PERSON AFFECTED BY THE AMENDMENT TO THE PLAN MAY SUBMIT HIS OBJECTION IN WRITING TO THE SECRETARY, TOWN PLANNING BOARD, C/0 THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD TO REACH HIM BEFORE MAY 15, 1980.


OLD CHARITABLE BODY *

ADOPTS NEW WAYS TO SERVE K M «

THE PACE OF PROGRESS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES IS A GREAT CHALLENGE TO ESTABLISHED INSTITUTIONS AND IN THIS TIME OF RAPID CHANGE WE NEED TO LOOK FOR NEW WAYS TO SERVE THE PEOPLE.

THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, SAID THIS TODAY (FRIDAY) AT THE SWEARING IN OF NEW DIRECTORS OF THE YAN 01 TONG. A TUEN MUN-BASED CHARITABLE BODY FORMED MORE THAN 90 YEARS AGO AND RE-CONSTITUTED LAST YEAR. IT PROVIDES MEDICAL. WELFARE AND A RANGE OF OTHER SERVICES FOR THE GROWING POPULATION OF THE NEW TOWN.

MR AKERS-JONES SAID PERFORMANCE OF TRADITIONAL DUTIES IN CONVENTIONAL FORMS WAS NOT ALWAYS ENOUGH AND HE THEREFORE CONGRATULATED THE TONG FIRST OF ALL IN RE-CONSTITUTING ITSELF AND IN SUBSEQUENTLY ADJUSTING TO THIS NEW ENVIRONMENT THROUGH A NEW AND UNCONVENTIONAL APPROACH.

♦I AM DELIGHTED TO SEE, IN THIS NEW YAN 01 TONG, PEOPLE FROM TUEN MUN AND FROM THE URBAN AREAS, AND FROM ALL WALKS OF LIFE JOINING IN THIS REFORMED ORGANISATION,* HE SAID.

♦YOU HAVE SET YOURSELVES A GREAT TASK, BUT I AM SURE THAT THE YAN 01 SPORTS CENTRE, WHEN COMPLETED, WILL BE A SOURCE OF INSPIRATION AND ENJOYMENT TO ALL THE PEOPLE OF TUEN MUN, AND YOUR OTHER PROJECTS WILL BRING HEALTH AND HAPPINESS TO THOUSANDS.♦

/HE ASSURED ......

FRIDAY, APRIL 25, 1980

9

HE ASSURED THE TONG OF FULL SUPPORT BY THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION.

THE +NEW AND UNCONVENTIONAL APPROACH* REFERRED TO BY MR AKERS-JONES WAS OUTLINED BY THE NEWLY-ELECTED CHAIRMAN, MR LAU WONG-FAT.

REFERRING TO TODAY’S CEREMONY, HE SAID +THIS SIMPLE BUT DIGNIFIED OCCASION SYMBOLISES OUR UNPRETENTIOUS, DOWN-TO-EARTH DETERMINATION TO WORK TOWARDS OUR OBJECTIVES TO SERVE THE COMMUNITY.

MR LAU SAID THAT ALTHOUGH THE YAN Ol TONG HAD A LONG HISTORY IN TUEN MUN, *WE ARE NOT A STATIC ORGANISATION WHICH SIMPLY DWELLS UPON OUR PAST AND FOLLOWS PREVAILING SOCIAL RULES.

♦WE MOVE WITH TIME AND CONVENTIONS. TO KEEP PACE WITH GOVERNMENT’S VIGOROUS AND RAPID DEVELOPMENT OF TUEN MUN INTO A NEW TOWN, OUR PAST DIRECTORS HAVE REALISED THE NEED FOR THE TONG TO BRANCH OUT INTO A WIDER RANGE OF ACTIVITIES,* HE SAID.

THE TONG WAS ACCORDINGLY RE-CONSTITUTED LAST NOVEMBERi ITS BOARD OF DIRECTORS WAS INCREASED FROM 21 TO 31 TO INCLUDE COMMUNITY LEADERS WHO SHARED A COMMON INTEREST IN PROVIDING BETTER COMMUNITY SERVICES TO BOTH THE TUEN MUN AREA AND THE WHOLE COMMUNITY. THE TONG NOW ALSO HAS AN ADVISORY BOARD.

MR LAU SAID THAT IN THE COMING YEAR THERE WOULD BE A VARIETY OF PROJECTS, THE SCOPE AND SIZE OF WHICH WOULD CALL FOR HARD WORK AND DEDICATION TO BRING TO COMPLETION. THEY INCLUDED THE COMMUNITY AND INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE COSTING 132 MILLION, FOR WHICH RAISING FUNDS WOULD BE A MAJOR TASK. *WE MUST PRESS AHEAD IMMEDIATELY AND LOSE NO TIME IN OUR FUND-RAISING EFFORTS,♦ HE SAID.

HE NOTED THAT THE TONG WAS ABLE TO RAISE $4 MILLION LAST YEAR FOR THE YAN 01 POLYCLINIC, THE FOUNDATION STONE OF WHICH MR AKERS-JONES WOULD LAY NEXT MONDAY (APRIL 28).

IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE SWEARING IN CEREMONY, THE TONG HELD A MEETING AT WHICH THE COMMUNITY AND INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE PROJECT WAS DISCUSSED. THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB HAS DONATED $8 MILLION TOWARDS THE COST AND THE LOTTERIES FUND $9 MILLION. THE BALANCE IS EXPECTED TO BE RAISED BY THE SALE OF TONG PROPERTY AND BY PRIVATE DONATIONS.

THE MEETING ALSO DISCUSSED THE POLYCLINIC, WHICH IS TO BE NAMED YAN 01 IN RECOGNITION OF THE TONG CONTRIBUTION.

THE TONG HAS SET UP FOUR SUB-COMMITTEES - GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION, COMMUNITY SERVICE (PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT), FUND RAISING AND COMMUNITY SERVICE (CONSTRUCTION).

THE DIRECTORS OF THE YAN 01 TONG FOR 1980/81 ARE I

MR LAU WONG-FAT (CHAIRMAN), MR CHAN CHUNG-HANG (VICE-CHAIRMAN), MR ANTONY H.S. LO, MR TIN HING-SIN, MR YIP HING-CHUNG, MR WONG HOK-YEE, MR ALEX WAI TZE-HANG, MRS SABINA Y.C. CHEN, MR HO SUN-KUEN, MR SIU WANG-NGA I, MR HO SUN-WING, MR CHONG SHU I-KIT, MR DAVID CHIU TAT-CHEONG, MR LI YIP-WANG, MR LEUNG HAY-MAN, HR TANG TUNG-CHIU, MR KOO TOO-SHING, MR LEUNG HONG-KIT, MR PHILIP CHAN FEI-LUNG, MISS ANNIE WU SUK-CHING, MR WOO PING, HR DOMINIC CHEUNG KAI-MAN, MR KEVIN MA AND MR CHAN WING-HING.

------o------- /10....

FRIDAY, APRIL 25, 1980

10

WATER SUPPLIES DIRECTOR INSPECTS WAN CHAI DEPOT

* * * *

THE DIRECTOR OF WATER SUPPLIES, MR W. TUCKER, TODAY (FRIDAY) INSPECTED HIS DEPARTMENT’S DEPOT IM WAN CHAI WHICH SERVES 260 000 REGISTERED CONSUMERS ON HONG KONG ISLAND AND OUTLYING ISLANDS.

HE WAS ACCOMPANIED BY THE CHIEF ENGINEER (SUPPLY), MR LEUNG KWOK-WAI, DURING THE INSPECTION.

THE DEPOT, IN BULLOCK LANE, HAS 500 PROFESSIONAL, TECHNICAL AND CLERICAL STAFF WORKING IN SIX SECTIONS.

ITS MECHANICAL WORKSHOP IS THE LARGEST IN THE DEPARTMENT AND IS EQUIPPED TO MAINTAIN AND REPAIR WATERWORKS PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT.

ALSO HOUSED IN THE DEPOT IS THE ISLAND TECHNICAL COMPLAINTS CENTRE, TELi 5-726311, WHICH HELPS MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WITH WATER SUPPLY PROBLEMS.

IT COMPLEMENTS THE WORK OF COMPLAINTS CENTRES IN KOWLOON, TELi 3-960210 OR 3-960219, AND IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, TELi 12-900322 (FANLING), 12-662368 (TAI PO) AND 12-762626 (YUEN LONG).

-------o - - - -

SNT TO OPEN BONSAI SHOW

* M *

THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES. MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING OF THE 1980 BONSAI (MINIATURE TREE) SHOW AT TUEN MUN PLAYGROUND, TUEN MUN HEUNG SZE WUI ROAD, TOMORROW (SATURDAY) AT 2.30 PM.

ABOUT 300 TREES WILL BE ON DISPLAY INCLUDING ENTRIES BY LOCAL STUDENTS.

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND MEMBERS OF YOUR STAFF TO COVER THE EVENT. A GOVERNMENT VEHICLE (AM 3214) WILL LEAVE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT 1 PM SHARP. MR DONALD STRANGE OF THE HEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION PRESS UNIT WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES.

- 0 -

/11

FRIDAY, APRIL 25, i960

11

AMS DRILL COMPETITION MMM

THE FINALS OF THE AUXILIARY MEDICAL SERVICE’S BIENNIAL DRILL COMPETITION WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE PARADE GROUND OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY POLICE HEADQUARTERS, HARBOUR ROAD, WAN CHAI ON SUNDAY (APRIL 27).

THE COMPETITION WILL INCLUDE INSPECTION AND TURNOUT, SQUAD AND STRETCHER DRILLS, FIRST AID AND NURSING TECHNIQUES.

THE AMS BAND WILL PROVIDE MUSIC FOR THE OCCASION.

THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR K.L. THONG, WHO IS ALSO THE AMS UNIT CONTROLLER, WILL PRESENT TROPHIES TO THE WINNING TEAMS AND CIVIL DEFENCE LONG SERVICE MEDALS TO 52 AMS hEMBERS. HE WILL ALSO ADDRESS THE GATHERING.

NOTE TO ED ITORS1

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE AMS DRILL COMPETITION WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 9 AM ON SUNDAY (APRIL 27) AT THE PARADE GROUND OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY POLICE HEADQUARTERS. HARBOUR ROAD, WAN CHAI. THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY WILL TAKE PLACE AT 11.30 AM.

PLB PROHIBITED ZONE M M M M

A NUMBER OF STREETS IN WESTERN DISTRICT WILL BE DESIGNATED PUBLIC LIGHT BUS PROHIBITED ZONE FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (APRIL 28).

THEY ARE CLAYMORE AVENUE, HOLLAND STREET, A SECTION OF HIGH STREET BETWEEN POK FU LAM ROAD AND THE UPPER LEVELS POLICE STATION, A SECTION OF WESTERN STREET BETWEEN THIRD STREET AND HIGH STREET AND A SECTION OF CENTRE STREET BETWEEN THIRD STREET AND HIGH STREET.

ALL PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES EXCEPT THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT WILL BE BANNED FROM ENTERING THESE AREAS.

APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

FRIDAY, APRIL 25,

1980

12

FIRING PRACTICE * * *

FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE IN THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON NINE DAYS NEXT MONTH.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF PRACTICE.

THE PRACTISING TIMES AREi

DATE

MAY 2 (FRIDAY)

MAY 8 (THURSDAY)

MAY 9 (FRIDAY)

MAY 15 (THURSDAY)

MAY 19 (MONDAY)

MAY 20 (TUESDAY)

MAY 21 (WEDNESDAY)

MAY 22 (THURSDAY)

MAY 23 (FRIDAY)

TIME

9 AM - 4 PM

8.30 AM - 4.30 PM

10 AM - 5 PM

8.30 AM - 4.30 PM

9 AM - 11 PM

9 AM - 11 PM

9 AM - 11 PM

9 AM - 11 PM

9 AM - 5 PM

-----o------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

SATURDAY, APRIL 26, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

NT MEDICAL SERVICES BEING EXPANDED ......................... 1

79 PEOPLE TO RECEIVE INSIGNIA............................... 2

GOVERNOR ATTENDS SCOUT RALLY ............................... 3

SNT OPENS BONSAI SHOW....................................... 4

SLIPWAY FOR ARMY CRAFT ..................................... 4

TAXPAYERS WARNED OF IMPOSTERS .............................. 5

MORE BASKETBALL COURTS AT KOWLOON TSAI PARK................. 6

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF E/lSTERN street........................ 6

FIRING PRACTICE

6

SATURDAY, APRIL 26, 1980

1

NT MEDICAL SERVICES BEING EXPANDED

* * * *

FANLING HOSPITAL HAS BEEN EXPANDED WITH THE COMPLETION OF A NEW FIVE-STOREY EXTENSION BLOCK TO SERVE THE GROWING POPULATION IN THE NORTHERN PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.

THE EXTENSION, TOGETHER WITH IMPROVEMENTS AND ALTERATIONS TO THE EXISTING BUILDING, WILL PROVIDE FACILITIES FOR NEW SERVICES AND 48 MORE BEDS.

WITH THE COMPLETION OF THE IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMME TOWARDS THE END OF THIS YEAR, THE HOSPITAL WILL HAVE A CASUALTY DEPARTMENT, A GENERAL OUT-PATIENT DEPARTMENT, AN X-RAY UNIT, AN OPERATING THEATRE AND A PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE CENTRE.

THERE WILL ALSO BE QUARTERS FOR DOCTORS, NURSES AND OTHER HOSPITAL STAFF.

EXTENSION OF FANLING HOSPITAL IS PART OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT’S EFFORTS TO IMPROVE MEDICAL FACILITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

IN SHA TIN, CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW SEVEN-STOREY GENERAL CLINIC, LOCATED AT LEK YUEN, IS NEARING COMPLETION.

THE CLINIC WILL BE OPERATIONAL LATER THIS YEAR.

IT WILL HAVE AN AREA OF 2 300 SQUARE METRES AND WILL HAVE A GENERAL OUT-PATIENT DEPARTMENT, A FAMILY HEALTH CENTRE, A HEALTH EDUCATION CENTRE AND A PUBLIC HEALTH LABORATORY.

MEANWHILE, WORK ON THE MAJOR SHA TIN HOSPITAL AND POLYCLINIC, WHICH WILL ALSO SERVE AS A TEACHING HOSPITAL FOR THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG, HAS BEGUN AND IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN 1982.

THE 1 430-BED REGIONAL HOSPITAL WILL PROVIDE A FULL RANGE OF SPECIALTY AND EMERGENCY SERVICES FOR RESIDENTS IN THE NEW TOWN AND IN THE EASTERN PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.

IN TUEN MUN, WORK WILL START SOON ON STAGE ONE OF THE YAN 01 TONG POLYCLINIC IN CASTLE PEAK ROAD. IT WILL TAKE ABOUT ONE YEAR TO COMPLETE.

STAGE TWO CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN NEXT YEAR AND WILL BE COMPLETED IN 1984. THE POLYCLINIC WILL PROVIDE OUT-PATIENT TREATMENT IN VARIOUS SPECIALTIES AND RENAL DIALYSIS FACILITIES, TO COMPLEMENT THE 1 350-BED TUEN MUN HOSPITAL, SCHEDULED FOR COMPLETION BY 1985.

IN KWAI CHUNG, CONSTRUCTION OF THE MRS WU YORK YU HEALTH CENTRE SITUATED IN LEI MUK SHUE ESTATE, IS WELL UNDERWAY.

THE CENTRE WILL BE HOUSED IN A THREE-STOREY BUILDING INCORPORATING A LARGE GENERAL OUT-PATIENT DEPARTMENT AND FAMILY HEALTH AND MATERNAL HEALTH SERVICES.

IT WILL OPEN EARLY NEXT YEAR, PROVIDING MUCH NEEDED CLINIC FACILITIES TO RESIDENTS IN KWAI CHUNG WHICH OVER THE YEARS HAS EXPERIENCED A RAPID INCREASE IN POPULATION AS A RESULT OF THE EXTENSIVE PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME.

SATURDAY, APRIL 26, 1980

2

79 PEOPLE TO RECEIVE INSIGNIA * * * *

SEVENTY-NINE PEOPLE DECORATED BY THE QUEEN FOR SERVICES TO THE COMMUNITY WILL RECEIVE THEIR AWARDS FROM THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, AT A PRESENTATION CEREMONY IN GOVERNMENf HOUSE ON MONDAY (APRIL 28) EVENING.

THE INSIGNIA TO BE PRESENTED INCLUDE THREE CBE’S, SIX OBE’S, EIGHT MBE’S, AND ONE QPM. *

SPECIAL PARKING ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE MADE FOR GUESTS ATTENDING THE CEREMONY.

ALL CARS CARRYING GUESTS MAY ENTER BY THE MAIN GATE OF GOVERNMENT HOUSE. AFTER THEY HAVE ALIGHTED, VEHICLES BEARING G.H. LABELS MAY PARK IN THE FORECOURT AS DIRECTED, OR, IF CHAUFFEUR DRIVEN, RETURN AT 6.50 PM. '

VEHICLES BEARING BLUE LABELS MUST EXIT BY THE EAST GATE AND THEN PARK AT UPPER ALBERT ROAD, LOWER ALBERT ROAD NEAR CENTRAL HOSPITAL, THE METERED CAR PARK BETWEEN KENNEDY ROAD AND GARDEN ROAD AND THE CAR PARK AT CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES IN LOWER ALBERT ROAD.

ALL VEHICLES PARKED INSIDE GOVERNMENT HOUSE SHOULD LEAVE BY EAST GATE. OTHER GUESTS ARE REQUESTED TO WALK TO THEIR CARS AFTER THE CEREMONY.

PUBLIC PARKING FACILITIES IN METERED SPACES IN UPPER AND LOWER ALBERT ROADS AND THE METERED CAR PARK BETWEEN KENNEDY ROAD AND GARDEN ROAD WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 3 PM TO 7 PM ON THAT DAY

NOTE TO EDITORS!

COPIES OF A LIST OF THE RECIPIENTS WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR COLLECTION FROM THE GIS NEWS ROOM, SIXTH FLOOR, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. AT 4 PM ON MONDAY (APRIL 28).

ONLY PHOTOGRAPHERS AND CAMERAMEN WITH SPECIAL PASSES WILL BE ADMITTED TO GOVERNMENT HOUSE. THEY SHOULD MEET GIS OFFICERS IN THE GUARD ROOM OF GOVERNMENT HOUSE NOT LATER THAN 5.30 PM.

NEWSPAPERS NOT RECEIVING SUCH PASSES WILL BE ABLE TO OBTAIN PHOTOGRAPHS BY MAKING ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE SUPPLY OF PRINTS WITH ASIA PHOTO SUPPLY LTD, IN HANG CHONG BUILDING, QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL, TELEPHONE 5-242558.

0 -------

SATURDAY, APRIL 26, 1980

3

GOVERNOR ATTENDS SCOUT RALLY

*****

THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY (SATURDAY) THAT MANY DEVELOPMENTS AND MUCH PROGRESS OF THE LOCAL SCOUT MOVEMENT HAD TAKEN PLACE SINCE IT BECAME A FULL MEMBER OF THE WORLD SCOUT ORGANISATION IN APRIL 1977.

SIR MURRAY WAS SPEAKING AS THE. CHIEF SCOUT OF HONG KONG AT THE ST GEORGE’S DAY SCOUT RALLY AT THE DIOCESAN BOYS’ SCHOOL ON ARGYLE STREET.

HE SAID THESE DEVELOPMENTS INCLUDED THE ADOPTION OF A NEW CONSTITUTION, THE INTRODUCTION OF A SERIES OF BYLAWS TO REGULATE INTERNAL MANAGEMENT, THE FORMULATION OF OBJECTIVES FOR THE NEXT DECADE AND THE REVISION OF LOCAL POLICY INCLUDING RULES GOVERNING MEMBERSHIP.

♦AT THE SAME TIME, THE FIRST STEPS HAVE BEEN TAKEN TOWARDS PROVIDING ADDITIONAL BUILDINGS, EQUIPMENT, AND OTHER FACILITIES, REQUIRED FOR THE EVER INCREASING NUMBER OF SCOUTS,* SIR MURRAY SAID.

FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF THE GOVERNOR’S SPEECH:

+IN APRIL 1977, THE SCOUT MOVEMENT IN HONG KONG BECAME A FULL MEMBER OF THE WORLD SCOUT ORGANISATION. SINCE THAT HISTORIC OCCASION, A BRIEF THREE YEARS AGO, THERE HAVE BEEN MANY DEVELOPMENTS AND MUCH PROGRESS FOR WHICH YOUR OFFICIALS RIGHTLY DESERVE CREDIT.

+THE INTERVENING YEARS HAVE SEEN THE ADOPTION OF A NEW CONSTITUTION, THE INTRODUCTION OF A SERIES OF BYLAWS TO REGULATE INTERNAL MANAGEMENT, THE FORMULATION OF OBJECTIVES FOR THE NEXT DECADE AND THE REVISION OF LOCAL POLICY INCLUDING RULES GOVERNING MEMBERSHIP. AT THE SAME TIME, THE FIRST STEPS HAVE BEEN TAKEN TOWARDS PROVIDING ADDITIONAL BUILDINGS, EQUIPMENT, AND OTHER FACILITIES, REQUIRED FOR THE EVER INCREASING NUMBER OF SCOUTS. EARLIER IN THE YEAR, THE ASSOCIATION COMPLETED THE MAJOR TASK OF UPDATING ITS TRAINING PROGRAMME TO MEET THE NEEDS OF THE 39 000 YOUNG PEOPLE AND ADULTS WHO ARE MEMBERS OR ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE LOCAL MOVEMENT. THESE ARE NOW BEING IMPLEMENTED. AND AMIDST ALL THIS, TIME HAS STILL BEEN FOUND TO CONTRIBUTE HELPFULLY AND SUBSTANTIALLY TO INTERNATIONAL SCOUTING ACTIVITIES.

♦NEXT MONTH YOUR COMMISSIONERS WILL BE MEETING TO TAKE STOCK OF WHAT HAS BEEN ACHIEVED OVER THE PAST THREE YEARS AND TO CONSIDER WHAT MUST BE DONE IN THE 1980S TO ENSURE THAT SCOUTING WILL CONTINUE TO PLAY AN ACTIVE AND EFFECTIVE ROLE IN THE COMMUNITY.

♦AMONG OTHER THINGS, THEY WILL BE EXAMINING CRITICALLY HOW SCOUTING MUST EVOLVE IN ORDER TO KEEP ABREAST OF THE MANY CHANGES TAKING PLACE SO RAPIDLY IN HONG KONG. IN THIS THEY WILL TAKE EVERY CARE TO AVOID DILUTING THE TRADITIONS LAID DOWN BY THE FOUNDER. THIS IS AN IMPORTANT AND SIGNIFICANT TASK AND I KNOW THAT YOU WILL JOIN WITH ME IN WISHING THE COMMISSIONERS EVERY SUCCESS IN THEIR DELIBERATIONS.+

- - 0--------

A

SATURDAY, APRIL 26, 1980

4

SNT OPENS BONSAI SHOW ft ft ft ft ft ft

MORE THAN 300 ENTRIES ARE ON DISPLAY AT THE 1980 BONSAI (MINIATURE TREE) SHOW AT TUEN MUN PLAYGROUND WHICH OPENED TODAY (SATURDAY).

THE NINE-DAY SHOW IS ORGANISED BY CHING CHUNG KOON, A LOCAL TAOIST ASSOCIATION, AND WAS OPENED BY THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES.

OPENING THE EXHIBITION, MR AKERS-JONES SAID« +THE CULTIVATION OF MINIATURE TREES AND OTHER HOUSE PLANTS CAN BRING GREAT INTEREST AND ENJOYMENT TO PEOPLE WHO LIVE IN CROWDED LIVING CONDITIONS.*

HE THANKED THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION FOR SPONSORING THE EXHIBITION AND ALL THOSE WHO HAD CONTRIBUTED TO MAKING IT A SUCCESS.

THE SHOW IS ALSO CO-SPONSORED BY THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT, THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE.

MR AKERS-JONES IS THE SHOW’S HONORARY PATRON, WHILE THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, MR J.M. RIDDELL-SWAN, AND THE DIRECTOR OF NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES, MR HARNAM GREWAL, ARE HONORARY VICE-PATRONS.

ENTRIES AT THE SHOW ARE MAINLY COLLECTIONS FROM CHING CHUNG KOON, WITH THE REST FROM STUDENTS.

THE SHOW OPENS DAILY FROM 9 AM TO 6 PM AND ADMISSION IS

FREE

THERE WILL BE DAILY DEMONSTRATION OF BONSAI PLANTING AND A BOOKLET INTRODUCING THIS FORM OF ART WILL BE DISTRIBUTED FREE TO VISITORS.

- - 0 - -

SLIPWAY FOR ARMY CRAFT ft ft ft ft

THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO BUILD A SLIPWAY ON STONECUTTERS ISLAND FOR THE HEADQUARTERS BRITISH FORCES UNDER A REPROVISIONING SCHEME.

THE SLIPWAY WILL BE USED FOR MAINTENANCE OF HARBOUR LAUNCHES OF THE BRITISH FORCES.

IT WILL ALSO SERVE AS A RAMP FOR TRANSPORTING VEHICLES TO AND FROM THE ISLAND BY LANDING CRAFT.

THE EXTENT OF FORESHORE AND SEABED INVOLVED IN THE PROJECT WAS DESCRIBED IN A NOTICE IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.

/People who ...

SATURDAY, APRIL 26, 198O

5

PEOPLE WHO OBJECT TO THE PROPOSAL OR HAVE ANY CLAIM OF PRIVATE RIGHT SHOULD SUBMIT THEIR OBJECTION OR CLAIM IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS WITHIN THE NEXT TWO MONTHS.

THE NOTICE, IN CHINESE AND ENGLISH, WITH A PLAN SHOWING THE AREA OF FORESHORE AND SEABED, IS ALSO POSTED NEAR THE SITE.

THE PLAN MAY ALSO BE INSPECTED AT THE OFFICE OF THE PORT WORKS DIVISION, FIRST FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG OR THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, 19TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING.

-------0---------

TAXPAYERS WARNED OF IMPOSTERS *****

TAXPAYERS ARE ASKED TO BEWARE OF IMPOSTERS CLAIMING TO BE OFFICERS OF THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (SATURDAY)1 ♦RECENTLY WE HAVE RECEIVED SEVERAL REPORTS THAT A MAN CLAIMING TO BE AN OFFICER OF THE DEPARTMENT APPROACHED BUSINESS FIRMS TO SOLICIT FUNDS ALLEGEDLY FOR PRINTING PUBLICATIONS OR FOR CHARITIES.

♦OBVIOUSLY THIS PERSON IS AN IMPERSONATOR BECAUSE THE DEPARTMENT DOES NOT INSERT ANY ADVERTISEMENT IN THE INFORMATION PAMPHLETS IT ISSUES TO THE PUBLIC NOR DOES IT AUTHORISE ANY PERSON TO CANVASS ADVERTISEMENTS IN ANY PUBLICATIONS,+ HE SAID.

THERE ARE CIRCUMSTANCES WHEN OFFICERS OF THE DEPARTMENT, ACTING IN THEIR OFFICIAL CAPACITY, DO CALL ON TAXPAYERS TO MAKE OFFICIAL ENQUIRIES OR TO DELIVER CORRESPONDENCE SUCH AS URGENT DEMAND NOTES FOR UNPAID TAX. ♦HOWEVER, IN SUCH CASES,♦ THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED, +THESE OFFICERS ALWAYS CARRY A DEPARTMENTAL IDENTITY CARD OR A WRITTEN AUTHORITY FROM THE COMMISSIONER OF INLAND REVENUE.♦

MOREOVER, THEY ARE NOT PERMITTED TO RECEIVE CASH OR CHEQUE IN SETTLEMENT OF TAX, HE ADDED. PAYMENT OF TAX IN CASH MUST BE MADE ONLY TO THE LISTED OFFICIAL REVENUE COLLECTION CENTRES SHOWN ON THE DEMAND NOTES.

TAXPAYERS WHO HAVE DOUBTS ABOUT THE IDENTITY OR INTENTION OF A CALLER CLAIMING TO BE AN INLAND REVENUE OFFICER ARE ADVISED TO CHECK WITH THE DEPARTMENT’S COMPLAINTS OFFICER (TELt 5-79595656) DURING OFFICE HOURS.

-----0-----

SATURDAY, APRIL 26, I960

6

MORE BASKETBALL COURTS AT KOWLOON TSAI PARK * * * * *

TWO BASKETBALL COURTS WILL BE BUILT SHORTLY ON A SITE NEXT TO THE EXISTING HARD SURFACE FOOTBALL PITCH AT KOWLOON TSAI PARK.

TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT FINANCED BY THE URBAN COUNCIL ARE BEING INVITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.

WORK WILL START IN JUNE AND BE COMPLETED IN AUGUST 1980.

- - 0 - -

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF EASTERN STREET * * * *

A SECTION OF EASTERN STREET BETWEEN FIRST STREET AND HOSPITAL ROAD IN WESTERN DISTRICT WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (APRIL 28).

THE CLOSURE WHICH WILL LAST ABOUT FOUR WEEKS IS TO FACILITATE WORK ON SALT WATER MAINS.

APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

- - 0 - -

FIRING PRACTICE * * * *

FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE IN THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON TWO DAYS NEXT WEEK.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF PRACTICE.

THE PRACTISING TIMES ARE«

DATE

TIME

APRIL 28 (MONDAY)

8 AM - 4.30 PM

APRIL 30 (WEDNESDAY)

1 PM - 10 PM

- - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

SUNDAY, APRIL 27, 1980

CONTENTS PaGE NO.

MORE PEOPLE SEEK HELP FROM INJURY COMPENSATION SCHEME .................................................... 1

SAFETY HINTS TO OPERATE CRANES ............................. 2

TUNG CLUNG FOOTBRIDGE BEING REBUILT ........................ 3

AP LEI CHaU SITE FOR SALE................................... 4

CONTRACT SIGNING FOR MTR-KCR INTERCHANGE ................... 4

YUEN LONG TO GET NEW SERVICE RESERVOIR...................... 5

GSD STAFF RETIRE ........................................... 5

TRAFFIC RE-ROUTING IN CHEUNG SHA WAN

6

SUNDAY, APRIL 27, 1980

1

MORE PEOPLE SEEK HELP FROM INJURY COMPENSATION SCHEME *****

MORE PEOPLE ARE TURNING FOR HELP TO THE COMPENSATION SCHEME WHICH PROVIDES CASH ASSISTANCE TO THOSE INJURED OR DEPENDANTS OF THOSE KILLED IN VIOLENT CRIME OR ACCIDENTS CAUSED BY LAW ENFORCEMENT.

DURING THE FINANCIAL YEAR JUST ENDED, A TOTAL OF 711 APPLICATIONS WERE RECEIVED UNDER THE CRIMINAL AND LAW ENFORCEMENT INJURIES COMPENSATION SCHEME, AN INCREASE OF MORE THAN 160 COMPARED WITH THE PRECEDING YEAR.

ABOUT $1.1 MILLION WERE PAID OUT DURING THE YEAR BRINGING TO $8.17 MILLION, THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF COMPENSATION GIVEN OUT SINCE THE SCHEME WAS INTRODUCED IN 1973. THE AMOUNT PAID TO CRIME VICTIMS OR THEIR FAMILIES ALSO INCREASED BY 10 PER CENT AGAINST $920 000 IN 1978/79.

MR HERBERT YIM, SENIOR SOCIAL SECURITY OFFICER OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, ATTRIBUTED THE INCREASE MAINLY TO GOOD CO-ORDINATION BETWEEN GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

HE POINTED OUT THAT 68 PER CENT OF THE APPLICATIONS WERE REFERRED BY OTHER OFFICES, SUCH AS THE POLICE, THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION, THE HOME AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT AND THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT.

HIS STAFF ALSO TOOK THE INITIATIVE TO LOCATE CRIME VICTIMS THROUGH NEWSPAPER REPORTS IF THESE CONTAINED ADDRESSES.

HOWEVER, HE ADDED, THE NUMBER OF DIRECT APPLICATIONS ALSO INCREASED BY ALMOST 30 PER CENT, FROM 175 CLAIMS IN 1978-79 TO 227 LAST YEAR.

MR YIM SAID THE APPLICATIONS RECEIVED COVERED 11 PER CENT OF THE 6 285 REPORTED CASES OF CRIMES OF VIOLENCE INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURIES. OF THESE, ROBBERY AND BURGLARY CASES MADE UP 39.9 PER CENT WHILE ASSAULT AND WOUNDING REPRESENTED 54.3 PER CENT.

THE BIGGEST SINGLE PAYMENT OF NEARLY $20 000 WAS MADE TO THE DEPENDANTS OF A MAN KILLED IN A ROBBERY NEAR HIS FACTORY IN SHAM SHU I PO.

UNDER THE SCHEME, APPLICANTS ARE NOT SUBJECT TO ANY MEANS TEST BUT COMPENSATION IS ONLY AVAILABLE TO AN INJURED PERSON WHOSE INJURY HAS CAUSED AT LEAST SEVEN DAYS LOSS OF EARNINGS OR WORKING CAPACITY.

THE COMPENSATION SCHEME IS ADMINISTERED BY TWO BOARDS, THE CRIMINAL INJURIES COMPENSATION BOARD AND THE LAW ENFORCEMENT INJURIES COMPENSATION BOARD, WITH MEMBERS APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR.

SECRETARIAT SERVICES ARE PROVIDED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT.

STAFF OF THE SECRETARIAT, APART FROM PROCESSING CLAIMS, ALSO LOOK INTO OTHER NEEDS OF THE VICTIMS OR THEIR DEPENDANTS AND REFER THEM TO OTHER DEPARTMENTS OR WELFARE AGENCIES IF THEY REQUIRE HELP.

LAST YEAR, ASSISTANCE WAS GIVEN IN SOME 80 SUCH CASES. -----------------------------o------- /2....

SUNDAY, APRIL 27, I960

2

SAFETY HINTS TO OPERATE CRANES

* * * *

EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS WERE TODAY REMINDED TO TAKE ADEQUATE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN THEY OPERATE CRANES.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID ALL CRANE-USERS HAD THE RESPONSIBILITY AND DUTY TO STRICTLY OBSERVE CERTAIN SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

THE REQUIREMENTS COVER THE SAFE WORKING LOAD, STABILITY, TESTING, EXAMINATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE CRANES.

A CRANE SHOULD BE OF GOOD MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION AND PROPERLY MAINTAINED, AND SHOULD ONLY BE OPERATED BY A TRAINED AND COMPETENT OPERATOR.

BEFORE BEING USED, IT SHOULD HAVE BEEN TESTED AND THOROUGHLY EXAMINED BY A COMPETENT EXAMINER IN THE PRECEDING FOUR YEARS. IT SHOULD ALSO BE THOROUGHLY EXAMINED BY A COMPETENT EXAMINER ONCE EVERY 14 MONTHS.

IN ADDITION, APPROPRIATE PRECAUTIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN TO ENSURE ITS STABILITY. THE GROUND ON WHICH IT RESTS SHOULD BE COMPACTED TO AVOID SUBSIDING.

FOR A WHEEL-MOUNTED CRANE FITTED WITH OUTRIGGERS, THEY SHOULD BE FULLY EXTENDED AND PROPERLY SUPPORTED.

THE SPOKESMAN FURTHER POINTED OUT THAT THE SAFE WORKING LOAD AT VARIOUS RADII OF THE JIB-BOOM AND THE MAXIMUM RADIUS AT WHICH THE JIB-BOOM MIGHT BE MANOEUVRED SHOULD BE CLEARLY MARKED ON THE CRANE.

IT SHOULD BE FITTED WITH AN ACCURATE INDICATOR, CLEARLY VISIBLE TO THE OPERATOR, SHOWING THE RADIUS OF THE JIB-BOOM AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME AND THE SAFE WORKING LOAD APPLICABLE TO THAT RADIUS. IT SHOULD NOT BE LOADED BEYOND THE MAXIMUM SAFE WORKING LOAD.

+IT IS IMPORTANT THAT ALL THOSE CONCERNED SHOULD ENSURE THAT THE PRECAUTIONS ARE ADOPTED FOR THE SAFE OPERATION OF A CRANE TO SAVE LIFE AND AVOID DAMAGE TO PLANT AND PROPERTY,+ SAID THE SPOKESMAN.

-----0------

/J

SUNDAY, APRIL 27, 1980

3

TUNG CHUNG FOOTBRIDGE BEING REBUILT ******

A FOOTBRIDGE AT SHA TSUI TAU, TUNG CHUNG, ON LANTAU ISLAND, IS BEING REBUILT IN ITS ORIGINAL FORM AFTER IT WAS DAMAGED BY A TYPHOON.

FUNDS FOR THE PROJECT ARE PROVIDED BY THE LIONESS CLUB OF MT PHOENIX, HONG KONG, AND FROM THE LOCAL PUBLIC WORKS VOTE OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE, ISLANDS.

THE ORIGINAL FOOTBRIDGE WAS CONSTRUCTED BY A ROYAL ENGINEERS FIELD SQUADRON IN 1971 TO PROVIDE PEDESTRIAN ACCESS IN TUNG CHUNG AREA WHICH HAS A POPULATION OF 4 000.

IT WAS 46 METRE LONG AND 1.5 METRE WIDE AND WAS BUILT ON SPECIALLY DESIGNED REINFORCED CONCRETE PILLARS WITH TIMBER DECKING.

HOWEVER, ABOUT THREE YEARS AGO, THE CONCRETE PILLARS BEGAN TO MOVE DUE TO RIVER EROSION.

EVENTUALLY, THE BRIDGE COLLAPSED WHEN TYPHOON HOPE HIT HONG KONG LAST AUGUST.

THE BRIDGE WAS USED DAILY BY LOCAL PEOPLE TAKING PRODUCE ON HANDCARTS TO LOCAL MARKETS AND ALSO BY SCHOOL CHILDREN. ITS COLLAPSE CAUSED A GREAT DEAL OF INCONVENIENCE.

A SPOKESMAN FOR ISLANDS DISTRICT OFFICE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION SAID THE REPAIR WORK WAS REGARDED AS URGENT. HE SAID THE NEW BRIDGE WOULD COST ABOUT $200 000, OF WHICH THE LIONESS CLUB HAD PROVIDED HALF. WORK IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN FOUR MONTHS.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE PROJECT WAS AN EXAMPLE OF JOINT EFFORT BY THE GOVERNMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES. UNDER THE LOCAL PUBLIC WORKS SCHEME, THE GOVERNMENT ENCOURAGED LOCAL PARTICIPATION IN PROJECTS.

BUT THE FOOTBRIDGE WAS OF COMPLICATED DESIGN. THE WORK THEREFORE WOULD BE LEFT ENTIRELY TO THE CONTRACTOR.

HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS MOST GRATEFUL TO THE LIONESS CLUB FOR PROVIDING PART OF THE FUNDS. +WITHOUT THEIR GENEROSITY, REBUILDING OF THE BRIDGE MIGHT HAVE HAD TO BE DELAYED,* HE SAID.

A

u

SUNDAY, APRIL 27, 1980

AP LEI CHAU SITE FOR SALE ft ft ft ft

THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IS OFFERING A SITE AT AP LEI CHAU FOR SALE BY TENDER.

THE SITE, PART OF WHICH IS TO BE RECLAIMED, HAS AN AREA OF ABOUT 24 900 SQUARE METRES. IT IS FOR INDUSTRIAL AND/OR GODOWN PURPOSES.

CLOSING DATE FOR ACCEPTANCE OF TENDERS IS AT NOON ON AUGUST 29, i960.

TENDER FORMS, TOGETHER WITH NOTICES AND CONDITIONS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM, AND TENDER PLANS INSPECTED AT THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, MURRAY BUILDING, 19TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, AND THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 405 NATHAN ROAD, 10TH FLOOR.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

CONTRACT SIGNING FOR MTR-KCR INTERCHANGE ft ft ft ft

THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT WILL AWARD A MULT I-MILL ION-DOLLAR CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY AND KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY-INTERCHANGE STATION AT KOWLOON TONG TOMORROW (MONDAY).

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER AND/OR PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE CONTRACT SIGNING CEREMONY WHICH WILL BE HELD IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF PWD HEADQUARTERS, 21ST FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG AT 11 AM.

OFFICERS OF THE PWD PUBLICITY UNIT WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST THE PRESS.

TV CREWS ARE REQUESTED TO ARRIVE EARLY SO THAT THEY WILL HAVE AMPLE TIME TO SET UP THEIR EQUIPMENT.

-------o - - -

/5

SUNDAY, APRIL 27, 1980

5

YUEN LONG TO GET NEW SERVICE RESERVOIR

* * ft *

WORK WILL START SHORTLY ON BUILDING A NEV FRESH WATER SERVICE RESERVOIR AT WANG CHAU IN YUEN LONG.

THE SERVICE RESERVOIR IS PART OF THE WORK ON SUPPLYING WATER TO THE YUEN LONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATE AND THE INDUSTRIAL AREA NORTHEAST OF THE NEW TOWN.

IT WILL HAVE A STORAGE CAPACITY OF 60 000 CUBIC METRES.

ALSO INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT IS THE LAYING OF ASSOCIATED PIPELINE AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF A 20 METRES ACCESS ROAD.

TENDERS FOR THE WORK ARE BEING INVITED BY THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.

WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL BEGIN IN JULY AND WILL TAKE ABOUT 21 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

-----0-----

GSD STAFF RETIRE ft ft ft *

THREE STAFF MEMBERS OF THE GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT WILL BE RETIRING SHORTLY AFTER SERVING IN THE GOVERNMENT FOR A COMBINED TOTAL OF 74 YEARS.

THEY ARE MR LEUNG SHEUNG-TAK, CHARGEHAND- MR LEE WAH, WATCHMAN AND MRS NG CHAN NGAR-NUI, LABOURER.

MR LEUNG HAS 34 YEARS SERVICE WHILE MR LEE AND MRS NG HAVE SERVED 23 YEARS AND 17 YEARS RESPECTIVELY.

TO MARK THEIR RETIREMENT, THE DIRECTOR OF GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES, MR ROY KILVERT WILL PRESENT RETIREMENT GIFTS TO THEM ON BEHALF OF THEIR COLLEAGUES ON TUESDAY (APRIL 29) IN THE CANTEEN OF THE DEPARTMENT’S HEADQUARTERS, OIL STREET, NORTH POINT.

NOTE TO EDITORS!

YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE PRESENTATION OF RETIREMENT GIFTS TO THREE STAFF MEMBERS OF THE GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT IN THE CANTEEN OF THE GOVERNMENT SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS, TOP FLOOR, OIL STREET, NORTH POINT AT 4 PM ON TUESDAY (APRIL 29).

-----0-----

/6

SUNDAY, APRIL 27, 1980

6

TRAFFIC RE-ROUTING IN CHEUNG SHA WAN

*****

SPECIAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE INTRODUCED IN CHEUNG SHA WAN FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (APRIL 29) TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW IN THE AREA.

A SECTION OF CHEUNG YEE STREET BETWEEN TAI NAN WEST STREET AND CHEUNG LAI STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED FROM TWO-WAY TO ONE-WAY WESTBOUND- AND CHEUNG YUE STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED FROM TWO-WAY TO ONE-WAY IN A CLOCKWISE DIRECTION.

APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

- - 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191

MONDAY, APRIL 28, 1980

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

HK BECOMES WORLD’S THIRD LARGEST CONTAINER PORT .... 1

TAX EVADERS FACE GRIM FUTURE........................ 2

CONTRACT SIGNED FOR KCR-MTR INTERCHANGE............. 3

77 RESIDENTS RECEIVE INSIGNIA ...................... 4

COMPREHENSr/E I'xEDICaL FACILITIES FOR TUEN MUN .... 8

YUEN LONG TO CELEBRATE TIN HAU FESTIVAL ON MAY 7 ....9

TWO FIREMEN TO RECEIVE COMMENDATION................ 10

REST GARDEN IN WAN CHaI ........................... 10

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS ON GARDEN RCAD AND BOWE!’? ROAD. 11

MONDAY, APRIL 28, 1980

1

HK BECOMES WORLD’S THIRD LARGEST CONTAINER PORT *****

HONG KONG HAS OVERTAKEN KOBE OF JAPAN TO BECOME THE THIRD LARGEST CONTAINER HANDLING PORT IN THE WORLD.

ACCORDING TO STATISTICS RELEASED BY THE MARINE DEPARTMENT, KWAI CHUNG CONTAINER TERMINAL HANDLED 1.304 MILLION 2O-F00T EQUIVALENT UNITS (TEU’S) IN 1979, REPRESENTING AN INCREASE OF SIX PER CENT OVER THE PREVIOUS YEAR’S TOTAL THROUGHPUT OF 1.226 MILLION TEU’S, A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (MONDAY).

KOBE HANDLED 1.299 MILLION TEU’S IN 1979, TO RANK FOURTH IN THE WORLD. ITS THROUGHPUT IN 1978 WAS 1.447 TEU’S.

+THIS MEANS THAT IN TERMS OF CONTAINER THROUGHPUT, HONG KONG IS NOW NOT ONLY THE THIRD LARGEST PORT IN THE WORLD AFTER NEW YORK AND ROTTERDAM, BUT ALSO THE LARGEST IN ASIA FOLLOWED BY KOBE,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

HE EXPLAINED THAT THE INCREASE IN CONTAINER TRAFFIC IN HONG KONG WAS PARTLY DUE TO THE INCREASING POPULARITY OF CONTAINERISATION AS A MODERN AND EFFICIENT METHOD OF CARGO HANDLING AND ALSO DUE TO THE FACT THAT WE HAVE THE ADVANTAGE OF OCCUPYING A CENTRAL GEOGRAPHICAL POSITION AND BEING A CENTRE OF TRADE IN THE ASIA-PACIFIC REGION.

THE KWAI CHUNG CONTAINER TERMINAL HAS SIX BERTHS, WITH MORE THAN 2 300 METRES FRONTAGE AND ABOUT 85 HECTARES OF CARGO HANDLING SPACE WHICH INCLUDED CONTAINER YARDS AND CONTAINER FREIGHT STATIONS.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THESE BERTHS, OPERATED BY PRIVATE COMPANIES OR CONSORTIA, WERE CAPABLE OF HANDLING CONTAINER SHIPS CF ALL SIZES. TOGETHER WITH MODERN EQUIPMENT, SOPHISTICATED HANDLING METHODS AND THE USE OF COMPUTERS, HONG KONG HAS GAINED A REPUTATION FOR HAVING THE FASTEST TURNROUND TIMES IN ASIA.

♦ON AVERAGE, CONTAINER SHIPS ARE HERE FOR JUST 21.5 HOURS INCLUDING STEAMING, BERTHING AND UNBERTHING TIME,* HE SAID, ADDING THAT THE CHARGES ARE AMONG THE LOWEST IN THE WORLD.

+THE GOVERNMENT KEEPS THE SITUATION UNDER CONSTANT REVIEW THROUGH THE CONTAINER TERMINALS FACILITIES COMMITTEE, AND THE PRIVATE COMPANIES WHICH RUN THE TERMINAL ARE ALSO KEEPING ABREAST CF MODERN DEVELOPMENTS TO IMPROVE THE EFFICIENCY OF CONTAINER TRAFFIC,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

-----0 -

MONDAY, APRIL 28, 1980

- 2 -

TAX EVADERS FACE GRIM FUTURE

* * * *

THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT RECOVERED $49 MILLION AS BACK TAX AND PENALTIES IN 142 TAX EVASION CASES DURING THE YEAR 1979-80 COMPARED WITH 26 CASES INVOLVING LESS THAN $1 MILLION 15 YEARS AGO

THIS WAS STATED BY THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER OF INLAND REVENUE, NR ANTHONY AU-YEUNG, IN A TALK TO THE ROTARY CLUB OF THE NEW TERRITORIES TODAY (MONDAY).

MR AU-YEUNG SAID IN ADDITION THE PROFITS TAX UNIT AND THE SALARIES TAX UNIT OF THE DEPARTMENT WERE ALSO CARRYING OUT BACK DUTY ENQUIRIES IN SMALL AND SIMPLE CASES. THE BACK TAX AND PENALTIES RECOVERED BY THESE TWO UNITS IN 1979-80 AMOUNTED TO $10 MILLION.

+THE INVESTIGATION RESULTS SO FAR WERE QUITE IMPRESSIVE AND I ATTRIBUTE OUR SUCCESS PARTLY TO PAINSTAKING AND DETAILED WORK AND PARTLY TO THE PROVISION OF HEAVY PENALTIES FOR OFFENCES COMMITTED UNDER THE INLAND REVENUE ORDINANCE,* MR AU-YEUNG SAID.

MR AU-YEUNG POINTED OUT THAT THE INVESTIGATION POWERS IN OUR TAX CODES WERE EFFECTIVE AND PRACTICAL. +WITH THE AID OF THESE POWERS, THE ABILITY OF THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT TO FIGHT EVASION HAS BEEN GREATLY ENHANCED.*

THEY INCLUDEi

* POWER TO OBTAIN INFORMATION FROM THE TAXPAYER HIMSELF AND THIRD PARTIES,

* POWER TO REQUIRE A STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES AND OF OUTGOINGS AND RECEIPTS,

* POWER TO APPLY FOR A SEARCH WARRANT,

M REQUIREMENT FOR TAXPAYERS TO MAINTAIN SUFFICIENT RECORDS AND TO RETAIN THEM FOR SEVEN YEARS, AND

* AN ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY AS ALTERNATIVE TO PROSECUTION PROCEEDINGS.

IN CASES WHERE ADEQUATE BUSINESS RECORDS ARE NON-EXISTENT OR NO PARTICULAR METHOD OF EVASION IS OBVIOUS, ONE DEVICE TO FIND OUT A TAXPAYER’S INCOME IS THE +ASSETS BETTERMENT METHOD*, MR AU-YEUNG SAID.

UNDER THIS METHOD, THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE NET VALUE OF THE TAXPAYER’S ASSETS AT THE BEGINNING AND END OF A TAXABLE PERIOD, ADJUSTED FOR NON-DEDUCT IBLE EXPENDITURE AND NON-TAXABLE INCOME DURING THE PERIOD, IS COMPARED WITH THE INCOME REPORTED. ANY SHORTFALL MAY BE TREATED AS UNDISCLOSED OR UNDER-REPORTED TAXABLE INCOME.

MR AU-YEUNG SAID TAX EVASION WAS ONE OF THE STUMBLING BLOCKS TO MORE EFFECTIVE TAX POLICY AFFECTING THE BUDGET AND THE ECONOMY AS A WHOLE AND MIGHT HAVE SERIOUS SOCIAL AND POLITICAL CONSEQUENCES.

MONDAY, APRIL 28, 1980

3

FOR EXAMPLE IT WOULD REDUCE GOVERNMENT REVENUE AND MIGHT FORCE THE GOVERNMENT TO ENACT NEW TAX OR INCREASE RATES OF EXISTING ONES PAID BY THE HONEST PART OF THE TAX-PAYING POPULATION.

HE STRESSED THAT THE MAIN OBJECTIVE OF INVESTIGATORY WORK WAS TO PROVIDE A DETERRENT EFFECT THROUGH THE INCREASING RISK OF DETECTION AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTIES, INCLUDING THE RISK OF PROSECUTION.

OUR CURRENT PLAN IS TO CONSOLIDATE OUR EFFORTS AND EXPERTISE SO THAT TAX EVASION CAN BE ATTACKED IN A MUCH WIDER FRONT,+ MR AU-YEUNG SAID.

IN THE YEARS TO COME IT IS HOPED THAT PEOPLE WILL REALISE ’EVASION’ IS NO LONGER A WORTHWHILE UNDERTAKING AS THE RISK OF BEING CAUGHT IS BECOMING GREATER AND GREATER,♦ HE ADDED.

- - 0 - -

CONTRACT SIGNED FOR KCR-MTR INTERCHANGE ft * * * * *

THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY AND MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY WILL BE LINKED AT AN INTERCHANGE STATION IN KOWLOON TONG IN ABOUT TWO YEARS.

CONTRACT FOR BUILDING THE $75.7 MILLION INTERCHANGE STATION WAS AWARDED TO PAUL Y CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED, AND WAS SIGNED THIS (MONDAY) MORNING BETWEEN MR WONG MANG-KI, PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT CIVIL ENGINEER, OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, AND MR GEORGE C. TSO OF THE COMPANY.

MR WONG SAID THAT WHEN COMPLETED IN 1982, THE STATION WOULD FORM A VITAL LINK FOR THE NEW MODERN ELECTRIC TRAINS OF THE KCR AND THE MTR AND PROVIDE BETTER FACILITIES FOR PASSENGERS.

BY THEN, THE KCR WILL CARRY PASSENGERS FROM THE NEW TERRITORIES TO KOWLOON TONG FROM WHERE THE MTR WILL CONVENIENTLY TAKE THEM TO THEIR DESTINATIONS IN OTHER URBAN AREAS,+ HE SAID.

MR WONG SAID WORK ON THE CONTRACT WOULD INCLUDE THE CONSTRUCTION AT GROUND LEVEL OF A STATION BUILDING, A RAILWAY PLATFORM AND CANOPIES.

UNDERGROUND, THE AIR-CONDITIONED CONCOURSES OF KCR AND MTR WILL BE L INKED,+ HE ADDED.

THE ENTRANCE TO THE KCR CONCOURSE WILL BE A LANDSCAPED PLAZA AT THE JUNCTION OF KENT ROAD AND SUFFOLK ROAD,+ SAID MR WONG DESCRIBING THE DESIGN AS THE FIRST OF ITS KIND FOR KCR.

THE PROJECT HAS BEEN DESIGNED AND WORK WILL BE SUPERVISED BY TRANSMARK, CONSULTING ENGINEERS FOR THE GOVERNMENT, THROUGH THEIR SUB-CONSULTANT, YUNCKEN FREEMAN HONG KONG, UNDER THE OVERALL SUPERVISION OF THE CONSULTANTS MANAGEMENT DIVISION OF THE PWD’S CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE.

- - 0 - -

MONDAY, APRIL 28, 1980

4

77 RESIDENTS RECEIVE INSIGNIA

******

SEVENTY-SEVEN PEOPLE, DECORATED BY THE QUEEN FOR SERVICES TO THE COMMUNITY, RECEIVED THEIR INSIGNIA FROM THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE AT A PRESENTATION CEREMONY AT GOVERNMENT HOUSE THIS (MONDAY) EVENING.

THE RECIPIENTS WEREt

CBE (COMMANDER ORDER OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE)

DR THE HONOURABLE HARRY FANG SIN-YANG

MR RICHARD HUGHES

DR THE HONOURABLE K.L. THONG

OBE (OFFICER ORDER OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE)

MR CHENG CH IK—CHI

DR CATHLEEN MONAGHAN

DR EDWARD HAMILTON PATERSON

MR JOHN GEORGE STEAN

MR FREDERICK MORPHET WATSON

MBE (MEMBER ORDER OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE)

MR HOWARD ROBERT ACHESON CHAMBERLAIN

MR CHAO SHAO-AN

MR CHIU SHING

MR CHOW KIM-MING

MR HUI MAN-YIN

MISS WILLIAMINA MARGARET JOSS

MR HORACE RAYMOND KNIGHT

MBE (MEMBER ORDER OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE)(MILITARY)

MAJOR C.J. AHEARNE

/BEM ....

MONDAY, APRIL 28, 1980

5

BEM (BRITISH EMPIRE MEDAL)

MR CHAN KWOK-KI MRS CHAN LO IN-ON MR CHAN PIU MR CHUNG TUNG MR CHUNG YUNG-PING MR FUNG KIN-KWOK MR FUNG PUI-FAN MR HO KAM-WAH MISS SCARLETT HO SIU-LAN MR LI HONG MR LO TUNG-LEUNG MR STEPHEN LOO MR POON YIU-TONG MR WONG KENG-CHIU MR YU MING-YEE MR YUEN POR

BEM (BRITISH EMPIRE MEDAL)(MILITARY)

SERGEANT D R ARMSTRONG SERGEANT M.J. BERRY STAFF SERGEANT CHANDRAKUMAR BASNET CORPORAL MOHANS I NG GURUNG STAFF SERGEANT PING CHING NG STAFF SERGEANT A.R.H. ROBINSON LOCAL WARRANT OFFICER 2 B.D. SANDERS SERGEANT NARBAHADUR THAPA MR WONG HING-FAT

ISM

MONDAY, APRIL 28, 1980

6

ISM (IMPERIAL SERVICE MEDAL)

MR LI YUEN

QPM (QUEEN’S POLICE MEDAL)

MR CHENG CHIK—SHIN

CPM (COLONIAL POLICE MEDAL)

MR MAURICE ALBERT WILLIAM BROWN

MR CHAN TAT-WAH

MR CHAN WAI-POON

MR CHAN YUEN-TUNG

MR CHEUNG CHI-KONG

MR FUNG YIU-MING

MR LI KWAN-HA

MR WILFRED SEBASTIAN OGLEY

MR TANG SIU-KWAI

MR PETER JOHN WEBB

MR JOHN PETER WILSON

CPM (COLONIAL POLICE MEDAL)(FIRE SERVICES)

MR JAMES GORDON MURRAY

BADGE OF HONOUR

MR CHAN LAU-FONG

MR CHEUNG CH I-KWAI

MR CHOW MAN-PING

/MB KO

MONDAY, APRIL 28, 1980

7

MR KO TAM-KAN

MR KWAAN YI-SUEN

MR LEE CHIU

MR LEE TAT-YU

MRS LEE WAI-FONG

MR LEUNG SHU-FOOK

MR LO TAK

MR PANG HANG-YIN

MR TANG CHI-LEUNG

MR YUNG Yl—YIN

MR WONG WAH-SENG

ORDER OF ST JOHN

OFFICER* DR MOK LAI-FOO

MR CHAN CHEUK-KEE

SERVING BROTHER* MR CHUNG YAU-WING

MR CHAN CHEUK-SANG

MR LAU PAK-KEE

SERVING SISTER* MISS TSUI KIT-MING MISS CHAN SHUK-CHING

QUEEN’S COMMENDATION FOR BRAVE CONDUCT

RFN JIWANPRASAD GURUNG

-------0 - - - -

/8 ...

MONDAY, APRIL 28, 1980 8 -

COMPREHENSIVE MEDICAL FACILITIES FOR TUEN MUN

* * * *

RESIDENTS IN TUEN MUN AND NEARBY AREAS WILL BE PROVIDED WITH A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE OF MEDICAL FACILITIES BY THE MID-1980'S WITH THE COMPLETION OF A DISTRICT HOSPITAL AND A POLYCLINIC.

THIS WAS DISCLOSED BY THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR K.L. THONG DURING THE FOUNDATION STONE LAYING CEREMONY OF THE YAN 01 POLYCLINIC THIS (MONDAY) MORNING.

+THE POLYCLINIC HAS COME AT THE RIGHT MOMENT AS THIS AREA HAS EXPERIENCED RAPID INCREASE IN POPULATION AS A RESULT OF THE EXTENSIVE PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMMES AND NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT,+ HE SAID.

THE FOUNDATION STONE OF THE POLYCLINIC WAS LAID BY THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES.

THE FIVE-STOREY BUILDING, LOCATED IN THE TUEN MUN TOWN CENTRE, IS NAMED AFTER YAN 01 TONG, A LOCAL CHARITY ORGANISATION WHICH CONTRIBUTED $4 MILLION TO MEET PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION COST.

WHEN COMPLETED, THE POLYCLINIC WOULD REINFORCE THE SERVICES OF THE EXISTING CLINIC IN TUEN MUN, DR THONG SAID.

STAGE I OF THE PROJECT WILL INCORPORATE A LARGE GENERAL OUT-PATIENT DEPARTMENT, FAMILY HEALTH SERVICES, MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH SERVICES, A CHEST CLINIC, A RADIODIAGNOSTIC UNIT, A PUBLIC HEALTH LABORATORY AND A DENTAL CLINIC.

IN STAGE II, A SEVEN-STOREY BUILDING WILL PROVIDE OUT-PATIENT TREATMENT IN VARIOUS SPECIALIST SERVICES AND RENAL DIALYSIS FACILITIES TO COMPLEMENT THE FUTURE TUEN MUN HOSPITAL.

THE DISTRICT HOSPITAL WILL BE BUILT AS PART OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT’S REGIONALISATION SCHEME AND TO MEET THE INCREASING DEMAND FOR MEDICAL FACILITIES FROM A POPULATION OF OVER HALF A MILLION AT THE END OF THIS DECADE.

THE HOSPITAL, WITH ITS 1 350 BEDS, IS SCHEDULED FOR COMPLETION IN 1985, DR THONG SAID.

THE CHAIRMAN OF YAN 01 TONG AND TUEN MUN RURAL COMMITTEE, MR LAU WONG-FAT ALSO SPOKE AT THE CEREMONY TODAY. HE POINTED OUT THAT YAN 01 TONG HAD BEEN PROVIDING MEDICAL AND WELFARE SERVICES TO LOCAL RESIDENTS.

THIS TIME IT CO-OPERATED WITH THE GOVERNMENT IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE POLYCLINIC TO PROVIDE MORE MEDICAL FACILITIES, SOME OF WHICH WERE RATHER UNIQUE IN TUEN MUN, HE SAID.

MONDAY, APRIL 28, 1980

9

YUEN LONG TO CELEBRATE TIN HAU FESTIVAL ON MAY 7 if * * * * *

THE TIN HAU FESTIVAL PROCESSION IN YUEN LONG THIS YEAR WILL BE LARGER IN SCOPE AND MORE COLOURFUL.

THE PROCESSION WHICH WILL TAKE PLACE ON MAY 7 WILL INCLUDE A BANNER DISPLAY, AN ACROBATIC SHOW, CHINESE FOLK DANCES, BAND MUSIC, TRADITIONAL DRAGON AND LION DANCES, CHIU CHAU GONGS AND DRUMS AS WELL AS FLOATS.

ABOUT 40 ORGANISATIONS ARE EXPECTED TO TAKE PART IN THE PROCESSION - 10 MORE THAN LAST YEAR.

IT WILL START AT 10.30 AM, AN HOUR EARLIER THAN PREVIOUS YEARS, TO MINIMISE DISRUPTION OF LUNCHTIME TRAFFIC IN YUEN LONG. THE PROCESSION WILL SET OFF FROM EASTERN BUS TERMINUS ARRIVING AT THE YUEN LONG STADIUM VIA FUNG CHEUNG ROAD, CASTLE PEAK ROAD AND TAI YUK ROAD.

AT THE STADIUM, THE PROCESSION WILL PERFORM IN FRONT OF 4000 INVITED GUESTS, INCLUDING THE GUEST OF HONOUR, THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES.

THE PROCESSION, WHICH IS ORGANISED BY SHAP PAT HEUNG RURAL COMMITTEE, WILL TAKE MORE THAN ONE AND A HALF HOURS TO MAKE ITS WAY THROUGH THE STADIUM. AFTERWARDS, IT WILL MOVE TO THE TIN HAU TEMPLE AT TAI SHUE HA WHERE RELIGIOUS CEREMONIES WILL BE STAGED.

THE TRADITIONAL +FA PAU+ DRAW WILL TAKE PLACE AT 4 PM.

ACCORDING TO A SPOKESMAN FOR SHAP PAT HEUNG RURAL COMMITTEE, TIN HAU FESTIVAL CELEBRATIONS IN YUEN LONG GO BACK TO THE 17TH CENTURY, WHEN THE PRESENT NEW TOWN WAS A COASTAL FISHING VILLAGE.

THE FESTIVAL IS THE MOST IMPORTANT RELIGIOUS FESTIVAL FOR FISHERMEN WHO PRAY TO TIN HAU, THE QUEEN OF HEAVEN, FOR FAIR WEATHER AND GOOD FISHING. THEY ALSO PAY TRIBUTE TO HER FOR SUCCESS DURING THE PAST YEAR.

THE QUEEN OF HEAVEN’S SHRINE IS IN MOST JUNK CABINS AND HER TEMPLES ARE IN EVERY VILLAGE WHICH FRONTS THE SEA.

♦ALTHOUGH TODAY YUEN LONG IS NO LONGER A VILLAGE AND ALTHOUGH PEOPLE HERE NO LONGER EARN THEIR LIVING FROM THE SEA, WE STILL KEEP THE TRADITION AND WOULD LIKE TO MAKE THE TIN HAU FESTIVAL A DAY OF FUN AND GAIETY FOR ALL,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

BESIDES THE YUEN LONG PROCESSION, THE OTHER MAJOR CELEBRATION IS AT JOSS BAY WHERE THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE CONVERGE TO WORSHIP AT THE MOST FAMOUS OF THE MANY TIN HAU TEMPLES.

SIMILAR EVENTS,. ON A SMALLER SCALE, ARE ALSO HELD AT THE OTHER TIN HAU TEMPLES IN FISHING PORTS AROUND HONG KONG WATERS.

- - 0 - -

MONDAY, APRIL 28, I960

10

TWO FIREMEN TO RECEIVE COMMENDATION ******

TWO FIREMEN WILL BE PRESENTED THE FIRE SERVICES DIRECTOR’S COMMENDATION FOR THEIR COURAGEOUS ACTION IN RESCUING TWO MEN TRAPPED IN A NO 5 ALARM FIRE IN KWE I LIN STREET, KOWLOON LAST DECEMBER.

THEY ARE FIREMAN TO KAM-CHAR AND SENIOR FIREMAN CHOW MAN-HING

THE AWARDS WILL BE PRESENTED BY THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES MR F.M. WATSON IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM ON THE 10TH FLOOR OF THE FIRE SERVICES HEADQUARTERS BUILDING, 323 JAVA ROAD, NORTH POINT ON WEDNESDAY (APRIL 30) AT 11.30 AM.

FIREMAN TO IS HIGHLY COMMENDED FOR THE COURAGE, SKILL AND DETERMINATION HE DISPLAYED IN THE INCIDENT. HE VOLUNTEERED TO BE LOWERED BY RESCUE LINE FROM THE ROOF OF THE BURNING BUILDING TO THE SEVENTH FLOOR, FROM WHERE HE WAS ABLE TO SECURE A RESCUE LINE TO TWO MEN TRAPPED BY FLAME AND SMOKE IN A PRECARIOUS SITUATION. BOTH MEN WERE THEN LIFTED TO SAFETY.

SENIOR FIREMAN CHOW MAN-HING IS COMMENDED FOR HIS LEADERSHIP AND DETERMINATION.

NOTE TO EDITORS!

YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER AND/OR PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY WHICH WILL BE HELD ON WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30 AT 11.30 AM IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE FIRE SERVICES HEADQUARTERS BUILDING AT 323 JAVA ROAD, NORTH POINT.

- 0 - -

REST GARDEN IN WAN CHAI *****

RESIDENTS IN WAN CHAI WILL SOON HAVE ANOTHER REST GARDEN WHICH WILL BE PROVIDED WITH SITTING BENCHES, FLOWER BEDS AND ARBOURS.

THE GARDEN WILL BE BUILT ON A 115-SQUARE-METRE SITE AT THE JUNCTION OF TAK YAN STREET AND WAN CHAI ROAD.

TENDERS FOR THE WORK ARE BEING INVITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.

WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL START IN JUNE AND WILL TAKE FOUR MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

- - 0 - -

MONDAY, APRIL 28, I960

11

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS ON GARDEN ROAD AND BOWEN ROAD

* * * * * *

THE ELEVATED SLIP ROAD FROM MAGAZINE GAP ROAD TO GARDEN ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 2.30 PM TO 3.15 PM ON WEDNESDAY (APRIL 30) FOR A SKID RESISTANCE TEST ON THE ROAD SURFACE.

ALSO ON WEDNESDAY A SECTION OF BOWEN ROAD NEAR THE STUBBS ROAD ROUNDABOUT WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM.

THE CLOSURE WHICH WILL LAST ABOUT SIX MONTHS IS FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK IN THE AREA.

DURING THIS PERIOD, A TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN LINK WITH BOWEN ROAD WILL BE PROVIDED.

APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP IN THESE TWO AREAS TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-2^^^

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

BILL TO CONTROL PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS INTRODUCED INTO LEGCO .... 1

HK Makes representation to UK over tuition fee increases ..... 2

SECOND CaRRlAGEWaY OF TUEN MUN HIGHWAY TO BE COMPLETED BY DECEMBER 1982 ................................................ 3

FISH LOSS CAN BE REDUCED...................................... 4

ROAD REINSTATEMENT WORK IN CENTRAL DISTRICT .................. 5

MARTIAL ARTS SCHOOLS TO CCME UNDER SELECTIVE CONTROL ......... 5

SUPPLEMENTARY provisions approved ............................ 6

NEV/ PRESCRIBED FORM TO PROSECUTE COUNTRY PaRK OFFENDERS...... 7

AFTERCARE FOR YOUNG OFFENDERS ................................ 7

CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) (NO 2) BILL WITHDRAWN.......... 8

FIREMEN EARN COMMENDATION FOR DARING RESCUE .................. 9

ELECTIONS OF HEUNG YEE KUK COUNCILLORS TO BE HELD IN MAY..... 10

IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL ................................ 11

EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES IN NT aRE SATISFACTORY ........... 11

BLaSTING SITES REGULARLY CHECKED ............................ 12

TRAINING FOR TEaCHERS OF THE MENTALLY RETARDED .............. 12

FINANCE COMMITTEE THANKED FOR ITS WORK....................... 13

bills Passed................................................. 13

Water cut ...................................................

WEDNESDAY, APRIL JO, 1980

1

BILL TO CONTROL PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS INTRODUCED INTO LEGCO ******

LEGISLATION TO CONTROL THE PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS IS NECESSARY TO SAFEGUARD THE PUBLIC INTEREST.

THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR THE HON K.L. THONG, SAID THIS IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY AT THE SECOND READING OF THE SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL PROFESSIONS BILL 1980.

THE BILL SEEKS TO ESTABLISH A SYSTEM OF CONTROL OVER PERSONS WHO ARE ENGAGED IN PROFESSIONS SUPPLEMENTARY TO MEDICINE, WHICH ARE NOT AT PRESENT COVERED BY CONTROLLING LEGISLATION.

WITH ADVANCE OF MEDICAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, DR THONG SAID, LABORATORY TESTS, RADIOLOGICAL EXAMINATIONS, PHYSIOTHERAPY AND OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ARE UTILISED MORE AND MORE NOWADAYS FOR THE PURPOSE OF EITHER DIAGNOSIS OR TREATMENT OF DISEASES.

+IT IS IMPORTANT, THEREFORE, THAT SUCH TESTS AND TREATMENT BE CONDUCTED UNDER PROFESSIONAL SUPERVISION AND GUIDANCE,* HE SAID.

THE PROFESSIONS COVERED BY THE BILL IN THE INITIAL STAGE WILL BE THE MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNICIANS, RADIOGRAPHERS, PHYSIOTHERAPISTS AND OCCUPATIONAL THERAPISTS.

THE BILL HAS THE SUPPORT OF THE PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONAL BODIES, THE TWO UNIVERSITIES, THE POLYTECHNIC, AND RELEVANT STAFF ASSOCIATIONS OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT, DR THONG SAID.

UNDER THE BILL, A SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL PROFESSIONS COUNCIL WILL BE ESTABLISHED. IT WILL HAVE OVERALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENSURING STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT OF THE PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS AND ALSO IN CO-ORDINATING AND SUPERVISING VARIOUS BOARDS FOR THE PARAMEDICALS.

THE COUNCIL WILL COMPRISE PERSONS APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR, INCLUDING NOMINEES FROM THE TWO UNIVERSITIES, THE POLYTECHNIC, THE PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS COVERED BY THE BILL, PUBLIC OFFICERS AND PRIVATE INDIVIDUALS.

A SEPARATE BOARD FOR EACH PARAMEDICAL PROFESSION WILL ALSO BE SET UP. EACH BOARD WILL HAVE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE REGISTRATION CF MEMBERS OF THAT PROFESSION, THE ISSUE OF PRACTISING CERTIFICATES, INSPECTION OF PREMISES USED FOR THE PRACTICE OF THAT PROFESSION AND MATTERS RELATING TO DISCIPLINE.

EACH BOARD WILL CONSIST OF NOT LESS THAN NINE AND NOT MORE THAN 12 MEMBERS, APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR, INCLUDING PERSONS NOMINATED BY THE HONG KONG MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, THE HONG KONG BRANCH OF THE BRITISH MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, PERSONS FROM THE RELEVANT PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS AND ONE FROM THE FIELD OF PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION.

THE BILL SETS OUT QUALIFICATIONS FOR REGISTRATION. IT ALSO PROVIDES FOR PROVISIONAL REGISTRATION FOR THE PRACTISING PARAMEDICALS WHO ARE NOT QUALIFIED FOR FULL REGISTRATION.

THE CONTROL MEASURES FOR THE PARAMEDICAL PROFESSIONS WILL BE BROUGHT INTO OPERATION IN STAGES, COMMENCING WITH MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNICIANS, TO BE FOLLOWED BY RADIOGRAPHERS, PHYSIOTHERAPISTS AND OCCUPATIONAL THERAPISTS.

/2.......

- - 0 - -

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30, 1980

2

HK MAKES REPRESENTATION TO UK OVER TUITION FEE INCREASES

******

THE GOVERNMENT HAS MADE REPRESENTATIONS TO THE FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH OFFICE OVER THE RECENTLY ANNOUNCED INCREASES IN TUITION FEES AT BRITISH UNIVERSITIES AND OTHER INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION, THE SECRETARY FOR SOCIAL SERVICES, THE HON E.P. HO, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON ANDREW SO IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR HO HOPED THE REPRESENTATIONS WOULD RECEIVE SYMPATHETIC CONSIDERATION IN LONDON.

MR HO SAID THAT SINCE THE ANNOUNCEMENT LAST AUTUMN HE AND THE HONG KONG COMMISSIONER IN LONDON HAD BEEN MAKING STRENUOUS EFFORTS TO ESTABLISH THE CRITERIA BY WHICH CLASSIFICATION AS HOME AND OVERSEAS STUDENTS WAS DETERMINED.

♦THE POSITION IS COMPLICATED BY THE FACT THAT DECISIONS ON CLASSIFICATION ARE MADE BY INDIVIDUAL UNIVERSITIES OR COLLEGES, BUT FROM THE BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE IT APPEARS THAT STUDENTS FROM HONG KONG WHO HAVE SPENT THREE YEARS OR MORE IN BRITAIN TAKING ’O’ AND ’A’ LEVEL COURSES ARE CLASSIFIED AS ’HOME’ STUDENTS, AS ARE STUDENTS FROM FAMILIES OF UNITED KINGDOM ORIGIN WORKING TEMPORARILY IN HONG KONG. OTHER STUDENTS WILL HAVE TO PAY THE NEW RATES AS OVERSEAS STUDENTS,+ MR HO SAID.

♦THE GOVERNMENT FEELS THAT HONG KONG’S POSITION AS A DEPENDENT TERRITORY ENTITLES OUR STUDENTS TO NO LESS FAVOURABLE TREATMENT THAN STUDENTS FROM OTHER COUNTRIES WHO ARE ALSO GRANTED THE SAME STATUS AS ’HOME’ STUDENTS,* HE ADDED.

THE PROPOSED INCREASES IN TUITION FEES WILL APPLY WITH EFFECT FROM THE COMING AUTUMN TO THOSE STUDENTS WHO ARE CLASSIFIED AS OVERSEAS STUDENTS, AND WHO WILL BE COMMENCING THEIR COURSES OF STUDY THEREAFTER.

STUDENTS WHO ARE ALREADY STUDYING IN THESE INSTITUTIONS WILL CONTINUE TO PAY FEES ON THE CURRENT BASIS.

MR HO SAID THE NEW FEES WERE INTENDED TO REFLECT THE FULL COST OF TUITION AT BRITISH TERTIARY INSTITUTIONS.

/3........

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30, 1980

5

SECOND CARRIAGEWAY OF TUEN MUN HIGHWAY TO BE COMPLETED BY DECEMBER 1982

* * * *

THE SECOND THREE-LANE CARRIAGEWAY OF THE TUEN MUN HIGHWAY IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY DECEMBER 1982, SIX MONTHS EARLIER THAN ORG INALLY PLANNED.

IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON ALLEN LEE IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY, THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, THE HON DAVID MCDONALD SAID A SECTION OF THE SECOND CARRIAGEWAY NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION BETWEEN TSUEN WAN AND SHAM TSENG WAS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN JUNE NEXT YEAR.

♦THE PROGRAMME FOR THE FINAL SECTION OF THE ROAD FROM SHAM TSENG TO TUEN MUN HAS RECENTLY BEEN REVISED AND COMPLETION IS NOW PLANNED FOR DECEMBER 1982, THAT IS ABOUT SIX MONTHS EARLIER THAN PREVIOUSLY ENVISAGED,* HE ADDED.

REPLYING TQ ANOTHER QUESTION FROM MRLEETHE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON DEREK JONES SAID THE NEED TO DRIVE CAREFULLY AND TO OBSERVE TRAFFIC SIGNS ON THIS ROAD HAD ALREADY BEEN GIVEN CONSIDERABLE PUBLICITY IN THE PRESS AND ON TELEVISION AND RADIO.

MR JONES SAIDt ♦ALTHOUGH I SHARE THE CONCERN WHICH HAS BEEN WIDELY EXPRESSED OVER THE NUMBER OF FATAL ACCIDENTS ON THE HIGHWAY I MUST AGAIN POINT OUT THAT, PROPORTIONATE TO TRAFFIC FLOW, THERE ARE FEWER ACCIDENTS ON THIS ROAD THAN ON OTHER ROADS.*

HE POINTED OUT THAT THE PROBLEM WERE SERIOUS OR FATAL BECAUSE OF THE

WAS THAT MORE OF THE ACCIDENTS HIGHER SPEEDS INVOLVED.

♦THIS IS COMPOUNDED BY THE FACT THAT MANY DRIVERS NOT ONLY DRIVE TOO FAST ON THIS ROAD BUT THAT THEY FREQUENTLY NEGLECT TRAFFIC SIGNS AND ROAD MARKINGS.

♦A CONSIDERABLE PART OF THE PROBLEM ARISES FROM THE FACT THAT SO FAR ONLY HALF OF THE ROAD HAS BEEN BUILT AND IT THEREFORE HAS TO CATER FOR TWO-WAY TRAFFIC ON A THREE-LANE ROAD OVER MOST OF ITS LENGTH.

♦THIS MEANS THAT SPEED LIMITS AND ROAD MARKINGS AND SIGNS MUST BE STRICTLY OBSERVED AND, IN PARTICULAR, THAT DOUBLE WHITE LINES MUST NOT BE CROSSED,+ HE SAID.

HOWEVER, MR JONES STRESSED THAT EVEN WHEN THE SECOND HALF OF THE HIGHWAY HAD BEEN BUILT, ALL DRIVERS USING IT WOULD NEED TO FOLLOW CLOSELY THE PRINCIPLES OF MOTORWAY DRIVING.

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30, 1980

FISH LOSS CAN BE REDUCED * * * *

ABOUT 35 TONNES OF FISH WERE LOST AS A RESULT OF TWO OUTBREAKS OF RED ALGAE WHICH AFFECTED FISH FARMS EARLIER THIS MONTH, THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WAS TOLD TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM DR THE HON HO KAM-FAI, THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, THE HON J.M. RIDDELL-SWAN, SAID SUPPRESSION OF THE ALGAE WAS EXTREMELY DIFFICULT BUT CHEMICALS WHICH COULD POSSIBLY BE USED TO CONTROL PLANKTON WERE BEING INVESTIGATED AND MIGHT PROVE USEFUL. THE USE OF BOOMS TO CONTAIN OUTBREAKS WAS ALSO BEING EVALUATED.

HE POINTED OUT THAT THE ADVERSE EFFECTS OF THE ALGAE ON FISH FARMS COULD BE REDUCED BY TOWING THE FISH RAFTS TO UNCONTAMINATED WATERS AND LOWERING THE FISH CAGES WHERE POSSIBLE.

+FISH FARMERS IN THE AFFECTED AREAS WERE ADVISED TO DO THIS AND AS A RESULT SOME FARMERS MINIMISED THEIR LOSSES,* HE SAID.

AS LACK OF OXYGEN WAS SUCH A SIGNIFICANT FACTOR IN FISH MORTALITY DUE TO RED ALGAE, HIS DEPARTMENT ALSO ADVISED FISH FARMERS TO USE ANY MEANS AVAILABLE TO INCREASE AERATION OF THE WATER, SUCH AS PROPELLERS OR SIMPLE PADDLING WHEN AN OUTBREAK OCCURRED.

STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT HAVE DESIGNED A MECHANICAL AERATOR WHICH CAN BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE AND INTEND TO INTRODUCE IT TO FISH FARMERS, MR RIDDELL-SWAN ADDED.

+AT PRESENT ALL OUTBREAKS ARE THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATED AND MONITORED TO TRY TO GET CLOSER TO THE FACTORS THAT CAUSE THEM WITH A VIEW TO PREDICTING POTENTIAL OUTBREAKS AND GIVING FARMERS AN OPPORTUNITY TO AVOID LOSSES,* HE SAID.

THE FIRST RECENT OUTBREAK OF RED ALGAE OCCURRED BETWEEN APRIL 17 AND 19 IN THE NORTH EASTERN COASTAL WATERS OF THE TERRITORY, INCLUDING DEEP BAY, CHEK KENG AND SHA TAU KOK. THE LOSS WAS ABOUT 10 TONNES VALUED AT ABOUT $400 000. IT AMOUNTED TO SOME THREE PER CENT OF THE FISH FARMED IN THESE WATERS AND OCCURRED MOSTLY IN THE KAT 0 AREA.

THE SECOND OUTBREAK WAS ON APRIL 27 AND 28 IN THE YIM TIN TSAI AREA OF TOLO HARBOUR. ABOUT 25 TONNES OF FISH VALUED AT ABOUT $900 000 WERE LOST.

o--------

/5.........

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30, 1980

5

ROAD REINSTATEMENT WORK IN CENTRAL DISTRICT ******

ROAD REINSTATEMENT WORK IN CENTRAL DISTRICT WHICH ALSO INVOLVES FURTHER UTILITY ALTERATIONS, DIVERSIONS OF TRAMWAY LINES AND REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY DECKS WILL BE COMPLETED IN CHATER ROAD BY THE END OF MAY AND IN DES VOEUX ROAD AND PEDDER STREET BY AUGUST.

THIS WAS STATED BY THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, THE HON DAVID MCDONALD IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON PETER C. WONG IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

HE SAID, +UNDER THE ORIGINAL MTR PROGRAMME THE STATIONS IN CENTRAL DISTRICT WERE DUE FOR COMPLETION AT THE END OF MARCH WITH THE ROAD REINSTATEMENT WORKS TIED TO THAT PROGRAMME.

♦HOWEVER, AS A RESULT OF THE DECISION TO ADVANCE THE COMPLETION AND OPENING OF THE CHATER/PEDDER AND ADMIRALTY STATIONS, THE ADMIRALTY TRANSPORT INTERCHANGE AND ROAD SYSTEM TO EARLY FEBRUARY, THE CONTRACTORS’ RESOURCES WERE DIVERTED TO MEET THE OBJECTIVE AND IN CONSEQUENCE THE REINSTATEMENT WORKS WERE DELAYED.+

MR MCDONALD SAID THAT HE WAS ADVISED THAT A SHORT LENGTH OF PEDESTRIAN SUBWAY CONNECTING THE MTR STATION WITH THE LANDMARK DEVELOPMENT WOULD BE CONSTRUCTED BETWEEN SEPTEMBER AND NOVEMBER BUT THE DISRUPTIVE EFFECTS OF THIS WORK WOULD BE CONFINED MAINLY TO THE SOUTHERN FOOTPATH OF DES VOEUX ROAD.

-------o----------

MARTIAL ARTS SCHOOLS TO COME UNDER SELECTIVE CONTROL

*****

THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON LEWIS DAVIES, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY THAT IN REGULATING THE ACTIVITIES OF MARTIAL ARTS SCHOOLS, THE GOVERNMENT WAS TRYING TO DESIGN MORE SELECTIVE CONTROLS WHICH WOULD BE APPLIED ONLY TO THOSE SCHOOLS OPERATED AND USED BY UNDESIRABLE ELEMENTS WITHOUT INCONVENIENCING LEGITIMATE SPORTING ASSOCIATIONS.

+1 HOPE THAT FURTHER PROGRESS WILL BE MADE WITH THIS DURING THE SUMMER,♦ HE SAID.

MR DAVIES WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON F.K. HU ON THE PROGRESS MADE BY THE GOVERNMENT TO INTRODUCE REGULATING LEGISLATION.

IN A STATEMENT TO THE COUNCIL ON DECEMBER 8, 1976, MR DAVIES HAD SAID THAT LEGISLATION WAS BEING DRAFTED AND IN PREPARING THE DRAFTING INSTRUCTIONS OFFICIALS RECOGNISED THE NEED TO BALANCE THE HEALTHY RECREATIONAL SIDE OF THESE POPULAR AND TRADITIONAL ACTIVITIES AND THWARTING UNDESIRABLE ELEMENTS WHO MANAGE AND ORGANISE SUCH SCHOOLS FOR THEIR OWN PURPOSES.

/+FOLLOWING

WEDNESDAY, APRIL JO, 1980

6

♦FOLLOWING THE PREPARATION OF A DRAFT BILL ! N J977 WH AIMED th rnuToni Ail MARTIAL ARTS SCHOOLS. DOUBTS WERE EXPRESSED WHETHtK SUCH FAR-REACHING LEGISLATIVE PROPOSALS WERE APPROPRIATE IN ALL THE CIRCUMSTANCES.

+AS EXPLAINED TO THE FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE AT THAT TIME, THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE AND I DECIDED NOT TO PROCEED WITH THESE PROPOSALS.

♦INSTEAD FOLLOWING DISCUSSIONS, THE MOST RECENT OF WHICH mere TA February; we are In the process of trying to design more SELECTIVE CONTROLS,+ MR DAVIES SAID.

-------0

SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS APPROVED * X * *

THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY) APPROVED SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS AMOUNTING TO $267 MILLION FOR THE SECOND QUARTER OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR 1979-80.

THE ACTING FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON DAVID JEAFFRESON, SAID THAT OF THE SUM, PUBLIC WORKS NON-RECURRENT ITEMS ACCOUNTED FOR $146 MILLION AS A RESULT OF MORE RAPID PROGRESS ON A NUMBER OF APPROVED PROJECTS AND THE UPGRADING OF FIVE PROJECTS TO CATEGORY A OF THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME.

♦ANOTHER $9 MILLION IS REQUIRED TO MEET THE INCREASE IN SUBVENTIONS ARISING FROM THE CONVERSION OF PRIVATE NON-PROFIT-MAKING SCHOOLS TO FULLY AIDED SCHOOLS,♦ MR JEAFFRESON SAID.

HE ALSO NOTED THAT OFFSETTING SAVINGS OF $209 MILLION HAD BEEN FOUND UNDER VARIOUS OTHER SUBHEADS OF EXPENDITURE, OR BY FREEZING FUNDS UNDER HEAD 52 MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES SUBHEAD 100 ADDITIONAL COMMITMENTS.

OF THE REMAINING $58 MILLION NOT OFFSET BY SAVINGS, HE SAID, $21 MILLION WAS FOR ACCELERATED INSTALMENT PAYMENTS FOR NINE MARINE POLICE SECTOR LAUNCHES RELATED TO ANTI-ILLEGAL IMMIGRANT ACTIVITIES, $12 MILLION FOR ADDITIONAL DUTY ALLOWANCES FOR JUNIOR POLICE OFFICERS DEPLOYED TO COMBAT ILLEGAL'I MM I GRAT I ON, $10 MILLION FOR EXPENSES RELATING TO REFUGEES AND $5 MILLION FOR INITIAL EXPENSES ON THE REINFORCEMENT OF THE GARRISON.

/7.........

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30, 1990

7

NEW PRESCRIBED FORM TO PROSECUTE COUNTRY PARK OFFENDERS

X X X X X X X

THE MAGISTRATES (FORMS)(AMENDMENT) RULES I960 WHICH PRESCRIBE A NEW FORM TO PROSECUTE COUNTRY PARK OFFENDERS WERE APPROVED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

THE ACTING ATTORNEY GENERAL. MR G.P. NAZARETH EXPLAINED THAT THE COUNTRY PARKS AND SPECIAL AREAS REGULATIONS HAD CREATED VARIOUS OFFENCES CONCERNED WITH THE PROTECTION OF COUNTRY PARKS, LIKE LIGHTING FIRES OUTSIDE DESIGNATED BARBECUE SITES.

+THE USUAL WAY PERSONS COMMITTING SUCH OFFENCES ARE DEALT WITH IS FOR OFFICERS OF THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT AUTHORISED FOR THAT PURPOSE BY THE MAGISTRATES COURT ORDINANCE, TO SERVE THE OFFENDERS WITH A STATUTORY NOTICE REQUIRING THEM TO APPEAR BEFORE A MAGISTRATE’S COURT,+ HE SAID.

HOWEVER, MR NAZARETH POINTED OUT, THE EXISTING FORM OF SUCH NOTICE DID NOT ADEQUATELY PROVIDE FOR SUCH OFFENCES.

THE NEW FORM LISTS THE OFFENCES FOR WHICH IT CAN BE USED AND WILL SIGNIFICANTLY FACILITATE PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE OFFENDERS, HE SAID.

------o-------

AFTERCARE FOR YOUNG OFFENDERS * X * * *

A BILL DESIGNED TO PROVIDE SUPERVISION OF CERTAIN YOUNG OFFENDERS DURING THE 12-MONTH PERIOD AFTER THEIR RELEASE WAS PASSED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

SPEAKING IN SUPPORT OF THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, DR THE HON HO KAM-FAI POINTED OUT THAT FROM EXPERIENCE, IN THE MONTHS IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THEIR RELEASE, YOUNG OFFENDERS WERE LIKELY TO REVERT TO THEIR FORMER CRIMINAL ASSOCIATES AND OTHER UNDESIRABLE CHARACTERS, AND INADVERTENTLY RELAPSE INTO A LIFE OF CRIME.

THE SCHEME OF SUPERVISION PROPOSED BY THE BILL HAD ALREADY BEEN PROVED TO BE A HIGHLY SUCCESSFUL AID IN REHABILITATING OFFENDERS FROM DETENTION CENTRES AND TRAINING CENTRES, HE ADDED.

THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON LEWIS DAVIES, IN REPLY TO ANOTHER POINT RAISED BY DR HO, STRESSED THAT THE THREE NEW POSTS PROVIDED TO IMPLEMENT THE SCHEME WOULD NOT BE FILLED BY NEW RECRUITS BUT BY REDEPLOYING EXISTING AFTERCARE OFFICERS, SO THAT WELL QUALIFIED AND EXPERIENCED OFFICERS WOULD BE PUT IN CHARGE OF THE NEW PROGRAMME.

--------o-----------

/8.........

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30, 1980

8

CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) (NO 2) BILL WITHDRAWN * M * * *

THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) (NO 2) BILL 1980 WHICH ALLOWS THE SPOUSES OF ACCUSED PERSONS TO GIVE EVIDENCE FOR THE PROSECUTION WAS WITHDRAWN FROM THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.

IN WITHDRAWING THE BILL, THE ACTING ATTORNEY GENERAL, THE HON G.P. NAZARETH SAID THAT THE MATTER WOULD BE EXAMINED IN CONSULTATION WITH UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS AND HE HOPED TO INTRODUCE A FRESH BILL TO THE COUNCIL SOON.

MR NAZARETH EXPLAINED THAT SOME UNOFFICIALS HAD EXPRESSED GRAVE RESERVATIONS ABOUT THE IMPLICATIONS AND POTENTIAL CONSEQUENCES OF PERMITTING, ON A GENERAL BASIS, THE SPOUSES OF ACCUSED PERSON TO TESTIFY FOR THE PROSECUTION.

♦THEY WOULD PREFER THE EXISTING BASIS OF COMPETENCE TO TESTIFY IN SPECIFIED CASES TO BE RETAINED AND EXTENDED TO SPECIFIC TYPES OF CASES CONSIDERED APPROPRIATE^ HE SAID.

AT PRESENT, EXCEPT IN A FEW SPECIFIED CASES, SPOUSES ARE NOT PERMITTED TO GIVE EVIDENCE FOR THE PROSECUTION.

0

/9.......

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30, 1980

9

FIREMEN EARN COMMENDATION FOR DARING RESCUE * * * *

TWO FIREMEN RECEIVED COMMENDATIONS TODAY FROM THE DIRECTOR OF ™?£JERV,CES’ MR F’M’ WATS0N F0R THEIR PART IN RESCUING TWO MEN TRAPPED IN A NO 5 ALARM FIRE IN CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD LAST DECEMBER.

AT A PRESENTATION CEREMONY HELD IN THE FIRE SERVICES HEADQUARTERS, MR WATSON HIGHLY COMMENDED FIREMAN TO KAM-CHAR FOR THE COURAGE, SKILL AND DETERMINATION HE DISPLAYED IN THE INCIDENT. SENIOR FIREMAN CHOW MAN-HING WAS COMMENDED FOR HIS LEADERSHIP AND DETERMINATION.

THE FIRE STARTED IN A HUT AT AN MTR CONSTRUCTION SITE AT THE JUNCTION OF KWEILIN STREET AND CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD ON DECEMBER 12. AT ABOUT 10.30 PM.

IT SPREAD QUICKLY TO AN ADJOINING BUILDING, ENGULFING THE FLOORS AND STAIRCASES. HOWEVER, THE MAJORITY OF THE TENANTS WERE ABLE TO ESCAPE OR WERE RESCUED BY FIREMEN ON SNORKEL APPLIANCES.

WHEN SENIOR FIREMAN CHOW MAN-HING WENT UP TO THE ROOF OF THE BURNING BUILDING, HE SAW TWO MEN TRAPPED ON ONE OF THE FLOORS BELOW. ONE PERCHED ON A CLOTHES RACK AND THE OTHER WAS LEANING OVER A WINDOW LEDGE ABOUT 21 METRES ABOVE GROUND DESPERATELY TRYING TO ESCAPE THE SMOKE AND HEAT.

SENIOR FIREMAN CHOW REASSURED THEM THAT THEY WOULD BE RESCUED AND ASKED THEM TO REMAIN CALM. HE THEN WENT DOWN AND BROUGHT UP A RESCUE LINE.

FIREMAN TO KAM-CHAR VOLUNTEERED TO BE LOWERED FROM THE ROOF OF THE BURNING BUILDING TO RESCUE THE TWO MEN.

WITH THE LINE SAFELY SECURED, MR TO WAS LOWERED TO THE SEVENTH FLOOR. HE CLIMBED ALONG THE WINDOW SILLS UNTIL HE WAS DIRECTLY ABOVE THE CLOTHES RACK. HE WAS THEN ABLE TO TIE THE RESCUE LINE TO THE MAN WHO WAS THEN HOISTED TO THE ROOF.

FIREMAN TO RETRACED HIS TRACK ALONG THE WINDOW SILLS AND WAS ABLE TO REACH THE SECOND TRAPPED MAN WHO WAS LIFTED TO THE ROOF BY OTHER FIREMEN. MR TO THEN CHECKED THE ROOMS NEARBY BEFORE HE WAS HIMSELF HOISTED TO SAFETY.

- - o----------

/1O.........

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30, 1980

10

ELECTIONS OF HEUNG YEE KUK COUNCILLORS TO BE HELD IN MAY

*****

THE ELECTION OF SPECIAL COUNCILLORS FOR THE SOUTHERN ELECTORAL DISTRICT OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK WILL TAKE PLACE ON THURSDAY (MAY 15) AT THE KUK’S HEADQUARTERS IN KOWLOON TONG.

THE ELECTIONS ARE FOR THE 24TH TERM OF THE KUK WHICH BEGINS ON JUNE 1.

A TOTAL OF 12 NAMES HAVE BEEN PUT FORWARD FOR THE SEVEN SEATS. THEY ARE MESSRS LEE KENG-CHING, CHAN WING-YAU, WONG TAI-HI, CHAN HING-FAT, YUEN SHU-KWAN, YUEN WAI, NG TAM-HING, LAI CHEONG-YUEN, MO NGAN-FUK, WONG WAI-KWAN, KWONG KWOK-KAM AND CHAN SUEN.

THE SOUTHERN ELECTORAL DISTRICT COMPRISES TSUEN WAN, ISLANDS AND SAI KUNG DISTRICTS.

ELECTIONS WILL NOT NEED TO TAKE PLACE IN THE OTHER TWO ELECTORAL DISTRICTS - YUEN LONG (INCLUDING TUEN MUN) AND TAI PO (INCLUDING SHA TIN AND NORTH) - BECAUSE ONLY THE REQUIRED NUMBER OF CANDIDATES - SEVEN - WERE NOMINATED IN EACH DISTRICT. THEY ARE THEREFORE AUTOMATICALLY ELECTED.

THE REPRESENTATIVES FOR THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT ARE MESSRS HO SUN-KUEN, LAM YIN, TANG TIM-KAU, MAN YEUNG-PO, LI SHUI-CHING, LAI KAM-MAN AND CHEUNG CHING-KAT.

MESSRS CHAN YIU-FAI, LUK CHEUNG, YAU FUK-PING, YAP TIN-YEUNG, CHEUNG SAN, KAN CHAU-CHI AND PANG TSO-YIU ARE SPECIAL COUNCILLORS FOR THE TAI PO DISTRICT.

THE ELECTORATE FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT COMPRISES THE CHAIRMEN AND VICE-CHAIRMEN OF RURAL COMMITTEES AND UNOFFICIAL JUSTICES OF THE PEACE FROM THE DISTRICT.

THE ELECTION WILL BE HELD BY SECRET BALLOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE HEUNG YEE KUK ORDINANCE.

THE RETURNING OFFICER WILL BE THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, WHO WILL BE ASSISTED BY STAFF OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION.

BEFORE THE ELECTION, VOTING PROCEDURES WILL BE EXPLAINED BY MR AKERS-JONES, WHO WILL ANNOUNCE RESULTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE VOTES HAVE BEEN CHECKED AND COUNTED.

ELECTION OF A CHAIRMAN, TWO VICE-CHAIRMEN AND 15 ORDINARY MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE FOR THE NEW TERM WILL BE HELD ON MAY 29.

/11

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30, 1980

11

IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL *****

THE IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980 WHICH SEEKS TO PROVIDE SENIOR IMMIGRATION ASSISTANTS AND IMMIGRATION ASSISTANTS WITH CERTAIN STATUTORY POWER UNDER THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE WAS PASSED INTO LAW IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

UNDER THE AMENDED LEGISLATION THESE TWO GRADES OF IMMIGRATION OFFICERS ARE GIVEN THE POWER TO SEIZE, REMOVE AND DETAIN ANYTHING WHICH MAY BE FORFEITED UNDER THE ORDINANCE OR WHICH IS OR CONTAINS EVIDENCE OF THE COMMISSION OF AN OFFENCE UNDER THE ORDINANCE.

MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON LEWIS DAVIES SAID HE WAS GRATEFUL TO THE UMELCO LEGISLATIVE GROUP FOR DISCUSSING WITH HIM THEIR CONCERN ABOUT THE IMPLICATION AND OPERATIONAL DESIRABILITY OF THE BILL.

HE ASSURED THAT THE POWER CONFERRED WOULD BE USED BY A SENIOR IMMIGRATION OFFICER OR AN IMMIGRATION ASSISTANT ONLY UNDER INSTRUCTIONS FROM AN IMMIGRATION OFFICER AND NORMALLY AS PART OF A LARGE SCALE OPERATION UNDER THE CONTROL OF A SENIOR OFFICER.

+IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT A SENIOR IMMIGRATION ASSISTANT OR AN IMMIGRATION ASSISTANT SHOULD GO OUT AND SEIZE OBJECTS ON HIS OWN INITIATIVE,* HE STRESSED.

-----o------

EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES IN NT ARE SATISFACTORY * * * *

THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR THE HON K.L. THONG SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THE PRESENT ARRANGEMENTS FOR TREATING EMERGENCY CASES ARISING FROM TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS AND MATERNITY COMPLICATIONS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WERE SATISFACTORY.

IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON CHARLES YEUNG IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, DR THONG SAID BEFORE THE OPENING OF THE MAJOR HOSPITALS IN SHA TIN AND TUEN MUN, STEPS HAD BEEN TAKEN TO IMPROVE THE EMERGENCY SERVICES WHENEVER NECESSARY IN THE DISTRICT HOSPITALS AND CLINICS SO AS TO ENSURE THAT ADEQUATE FACILITIES WERE PROVIDED.

HE EXPLAINED THAT AT PRESENT, SUCH EMERGENCY CASES WOULD BE FIRST ATTENDED TO AT THE EMERGENCY UNIT OF THE NEAREST DISTRICT HOSPITALS OR CLINICS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

♦AFTER APPROPRIATE INITIAL TREATMENT, DEPENDING ON THEIR CONDITIONS AND IF CONSIDERED NECESSARY BY THE ATTENDING PHYSICIANS, SOME OF THE CASES MAY THEN TRANSFERRED TO THE NEAREST HOSPITALS FOR MORE SOPHISTICATED TREATMENT,♦ HE SAID.

0

/12.........

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30, 1980

12

BLASTING SITES REGULARLY CHECKED *****

ABOUT 1 350 INSPECTIONS OF 135 BLASTING SITES WERE CARRIED OUT DURING THE YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 1980 BY OFFICERS FROM THE MINES DIVISION OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, THE ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, THE HON J.C.A. HAMMOND, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

THE NUMBER REPRESENTED AN AVERAGE FREQUENCY OF 10 INSPECTIONS OF EACH SITE DURING THE YEAR. HOWEVER, MORE FREQUENT INSPECTIONS WERE MADE IN CASES WHERE THIS WAS CONSIDERED TO BE NECESSARY. HE ADDED.

REPLYING TO REV THE HON JOYCE BENNETT, MR HAMMOND SAID THERE WERE 17 OFFICERS OF VARIOUS RANKS EMPLOYED IN THE MINES DIVISION WHO WERE INVOLVED IN ENSURING THAT PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WERE TAKEN BY BOTH EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS DURING BLASTING OPERATIONS.

-----o------

TRAINING FOR TEACHERS OF * * *

THE MENTALLY RETARDED * *

THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR KENNETH TOPLEY, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY THAT THE PRESENT ONE YEAR IN-SERVICE TRAINING COURSE FOR TEACHERS OF THE MENTALLY RETARDED WOULD BE PHASED OUT AND WOULD BE REPLACED BY A TWO-YEAR PART-TIME DAY RELEASE COURSE INCORPORATING AN ELEMENT OF FULL-TIME TRAINING.

IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM REV THE HON JOYCE BENNETT, bF TOPLEY SAID A FULL-TIME TRAINING COURSE WAS NOT PROPOSED AT PRESENT.

-------o----------

/13........

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30, I960

13

FINANCE COMMITTEE THANKED FOR ITS WORK ******

MEMBERS OF THE FINANCE COMMITTEE OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WERE THANKED TODAY BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JACK CATER FOR DEVOTING THEIR TIME AND EFFORT IN SCRUTINISING PUBLIC EXPENDITURE.

THE TRIBUTE WAS MADE BY SIR JACK WHEN THE REPORT OF THE FINANCE COMMITTEE ON THE DRAFT ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE 1980-81 WAS TABLED IN THE COUNCIL.

HE SAIDi +ONCE AGAIN, I WOULD LIKE TO PLACE ON RECORD THE GOVERNMENT’S APPRECIATION OF THE VERY CONSIDERABLE TIME AND EFFORT MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE HAVE DEVOTED TO THE SCRUTINY OF PUBLIC EXPENDITURE, BOTH AT THE SPECIAL MEETINGS AT WHICH THEY EXAMINED THE DRAFT ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE AND AT REGULAR MEETINGS HELD THROUGHOUT THE YEAR WHEN REQUESTS FOR SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISION AND FINANCIAL COMMITMENT ARE CONSIDERED.+

BILLS PASSED * * *

SEVEN BILLS WERE PASSED INTO LAW IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

THEY WERE THE APPROPRIATION BILL 1980, THE OATHS AND DECLARATIONS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, THE IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, THE IMMIGRATION SERVICE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, THE URBAN COUNCIL (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980, AND THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1980.

- - o - -

WATER CUT * * *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN KOWLOON CITY WILL BE TURNED OFF FOR SIX HOURS FROM MIDNIGHT TO 6 AM ON FRIDAY (MAY 2) FOR A LEAKAGE TEST.

THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY JUNCTION ROAD, DUMBARTON ROAD, INVERNESS ROAD, NGA TSIN WAI ROAD AND GRAMPIAN ROAD.

o - -


本網站純為個人分享網站,不涉商業運作,如有版權持有人認為本站侵害你的知識版權,請來信告知(contact@histsyn.com),我們會盡快移除相關內容。

This website is purely for personal sharing and does not involve commercial operations. If any copyright holder believes that this site infringes on your intellectual property rights, please email us at contact@histsyn.com, and we will remove the relevant content as soon as possible.

文本純以 OCR 產出,僅供快速參考搜尋之用,切勿作正規研究引用。

The text is purely generated by OCR, and is only for quick reference and search purposes. Do not use it for formal research citations.


如未能 buy us a coffee,點擊一下 Google 廣告,也能協助我們長遠維持伺服器運作,甚至升級效能!

If you can't buy us a coffee, click on the Google ad, which can also help us maintain the server operation in the long run, and even upgrade the performance!